(CBTC) Project Technical Specifications (PDFDrive)

SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA
TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY
Media Sharon Hill Lines

Communications-Based Train Control
(CBTC) Project
Technical Specifications
Issued for Bid

October 2014
Submitted by:
Burns Engineering, Inc.
SECTION 00001
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Division 1 – General Requirements

01010 Summary of Work 01010-1 to 01010-30
01025 Measurement and Payment 01025-1 to 01025-6
01041 Project Coordination 01041-1 to 01041-6
01050 Field Engineering 01050-1 to 01050-6
01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety 01060-1 to 01060-10
01067 Media-Sharon Hill Safety Requirements 01067-1 to 01067-8
01068 Maintenance Facilities Safety Requirements 01068-1 to 01068-4
01091 Reference Standards 01091-1 to 01091-6
01092 Abbreviations and Definitions 01092-1 to 01092-6
01100 Special Project Procedures 01100-1 to 01100-10
01200 Project Progress Meetings 01200-1 to 01200-4
01300 Submittals 01300-1 to 01300-8
01305 Requests for Information 01305-1 to 01305-4
01400 Quality Requirements 01400-1 to 01400-10
01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01500-1 to 01500-10
01600 Material and Equipment 01600-1 to 01600-4
01620 Reliability, Availability and Maintainability (RAM) 01620-1 to 01620-10
01630 Safety Program 01630-1 to 01630-16
01700 Contract Closeout 01700-1 to 01700-4
01720 Project Record Documents 01720-1 to 01720-6
01820 Manuals and Training 01820-1 to 01820-34
Division 2 – Site Work

02200 Earthwork 02200-1 to 02200-12
02270 Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control 02270-1 to 02270-6
02450 Railroad Trackwork 02450-1 to 02450-16
02500 Paving 02500-1 to 02500-20
02720 Stormwater Drainage 02720-1 to 02720-6
02830 Retaining Walls 02830-1 to 02830-10
Division 3 – Concrete
Not used
Division 4 – Masonry
Not used
Division 5 – Metals
Not used
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

Issued for Bid 00001-1 October 2014
Division 6 – Wood and Plastics
Not used
Division 7 – Thermal and Moisture Protection

Not used
Division 8 – Doors and Windows

Not used
Division 9 – Finishes
Not used
Division 10 – Specialties
Not used
Division 11 – Equipment
Not used
Division 12 – Furnishings
Not used
Division 13 – CBTC and Signal Systems

13570 Basic Requirements for Systems 13570-1 to 13570-10
13572 Wiring and Terminals 13572-1 to 13572-8
13573 Wired Instrument Housings 13573-1 to 13573-14
13574 Train Detection 13574-1 to 13574-6
13575 Switch and Lock Movements 13575-1 to 13575-4
13576 Colorlight Signal Layouts 13576-1 to 13576-4
13579 Relays 13579-1 to 13579-6
13580 Microprocessors 13580-1 to 13580-10
13582 Local Control Panels 13582-1 to 13582-6
13584 Electric Snow Melting Devices 13584-1 to 13584-8
13585 Miscellaneous Components and Products 13585-1 to 13585-4
13587 System Verification Testing 13587-1 to 13587-20
13591 Vehicle Materials and Workmanship 13591-1 to 13591-42
13592 EMI and EMC Requirements 13592-1 to 13592-6
13593 MSHL CBTC Signaling System General Operational and
Functional Requirements 13593-1 to 13593-26
13594 CBTC Office and Control Center Requirements 13594-1 to 13594-16
13604 DC Power Supplies 13604-1 to 13604-6
Division 14 – Conveying Systems

Not used
Division 15 – Mechanical
Not used

Division 16 – Electrical
16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 16010-1 to 16010-4
16050 Basic Electrical Means and Methods 16050-1 to 16050-8
16060 Grounding and Bonding 16060-1 to 16060-4
16740 Communications Systems Overview 16740-1 to 16740-10
16750 Network Management System 16750-1 to 16750-18
16754 Network Security System 16754-1 to 16754-18
16760 CBTC Ground Based Network 16760-1 to 16760-16
16780 Radio Systems 16780-1 to 16780-12
16786 CBTC Communications Power Systems 16786-1 to 16786-6
DRAWING INDEX
GENERAL (GEN)
GEN-1 COVER
GEN-2 TITLE, NOTES, INDEX, AND REVISIONS
GEN-5 LEGEND
GEN-6 FAIRFIELD AND 69TH ST PLAN
GEN-7 CONGRESS AVE PLAN
GEN-8 DREXEL HILL JUNCTION PLAN
GEN-9 SPARE
GEN-10 SCENIC PLAN
GEN-11 WOODLAND PLAN
GEN-12 MEDIA, BOWLING GREEN, SMEDLEY PARK PLAN
GEN-13 SPARE
GEN-14 CLIFTON PLAN
GEN-15 NORTH PLAN
GEN-16 SHARON HILL PLAN
SIGNAL LOCATIONS (LOC)

LOC-0 69TH ST WEST YARD PLAN
LOC-1 FARFIELD CROSSOVER PLAN (EXISTING)
LOC-2 FAIRFIELD AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-3 WALNUT ST CROSSING PLAN
LOC-4 BYWOOD INTERLOCKING PLAN (PROPOSED)
LOC-5 AVON RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-6 HILLTOP RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-7 BEVERLY BLVD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-8 BEVERLY START PLAN
LOC-9 N. LANDSDOWNE AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-10 WINDERMERE AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-11 FAIRFAX RD CROSSING PLAN

LOC-12 IRVINGTON RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-13 DREXEL INTERLOCKING PLAN
LOC-14 SHADELAND AVE CROSSING & HILL INTERLOCKING PLAN (EXISTING)
LOC-15 SHADELAND AVE CROSSING & HILL INTERLOCKING PLAN (PROPOSED)
LOC-16 TURNER AVE CROSSING PLAN (BOTH SPURS)
LOC-17 ROSEMONT AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-18 HUEY AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-19 EDMONDS AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-20 SCHOOL LANE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-21 133+64 PLAN
LOC-22 148+51 PLAN
LOC-23 BURMONT RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-24 WILDELL RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-25 182+92 PLAN
LOC-26 196+46 PLAN
LOC-27 SCENIC INTERLOCKING AND XING PLAN (EXISTING)
LOC-28 SCENIC INTERLOCKING AND XING PLAN (PROPOSED)
LOC-29 219+03 PLAN
LOC-30 240+93 PLAN
LOC-31 E. SPRINGFIELD RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-32 247+24 PLAN
LOC-33 264+73 PLAN
LOC-34 SAXER AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-35 E. LEAMY AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-36 286+47 PLAN
LOC-37 WOODLAND INTERLOCKING AND XING PLAN (EXISTING)
LOC-38 WOODLAND INTERLOCKING AND XING PLAN (PROPOSED)
LOC-39 296+19 PLAN
LOC-40 W. THOMSON CROSSING PLAN
LOC-41 PAPERMILL RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-42 366+52 PLAN
LOC-43 SMEDLEY PLAN (EXISTING)
LOC-44 SMEDLEY PARK INTERLOCKING PLAN (PROPOSED)
LOC-45 PINE RIDGE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-46 389+80 PLAN
LOC-47 405+40 PLAN
LOC-48 BEATTY RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-49 BOWLING GREEN INTERLOCKING AND PROVIDENCE XING PLAN
(EXISTING)
LOC-50 BOWLING GREEN INTERLOCKING AND PROVIDENCE XING PLAN
(PROPOSED)
LOC-51 GARRETT RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-52 EDMONDS AVE/JONES ST CROSSING PLAN
LOC-53 BURMONT RD CROSSING PLAN
LOC-54 W. MARSHALL RD CROSSING PLAN

LOC-55 BALTIMORE AVE CROSSING AND CLIFTON INTERLOCKING PLAN
(EXISTING)
LOC-56 BALTIMORE AVE CROSSING AND CLIFTON INTERLOCKING PLAN
(PROPOSED)
LOC-57 E. BROADWAY AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-58 S. PENN ST CROSSING PLAN
LOC-59 E. BERKLEY CROSSING PLAN
LOC-60 SPRUCE ST CROSSING PLAN
LOC-61 BROAD CROSSING AND WALNUT INTERLOCKING PLAN (EXISTING)
LOC-62 BROAD CROSSING AND WALNUT INTERLOCKING PLAN (PROPOSED)
LOC-63 CHESTNUT ST CROSSING PLAN
LOC-64 BARTRAM AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-65 ANDREWS AVE CROSSING PLAN
LOC-66 MACDADE BLVD CROSSING PLAN
SIGNALS TYPICAL DRAWINGS (TYP)

TYP-1 TYPICAL SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
TYP-2 TYPICAL SWITCH TURNOUT
TYP-3 TYPICAL SWITCH CROSSOVER
TYP-4 TYPICAL SIGNAL LIGHTING
TYP-5 TYPICAL TRAFFIC LIGHTING
TYP-6 TYPICAL TRACK CIRCUIT
TYP-7 TYPICAL WAYSIDE ARCHITECTURE
TYP-8 ZONE 1 ARCHITECTURE
TYP-11 CONCEPTUAL SYSTEMS DESIGN
TYP-12 TYPICAL TRAFFIC CONTROL
TYP-13 TYPICAL LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
ONBOARD VEHICLE DRAWINGS

V-101 Figure 1: General Arrangement of Double Ended Trolley
V-103 Figure 3: Double Ended Trolley CBTC Equipment Layout
V-104 Figure 4: Under Seat Enclosure for CBTC Electronic Components
V-105 Figure 5: Alternative Under Seat Enclosure for CBTC Electronic Components
V-106 Figure 6: CBTC Operator Display Unit Location
V-107 Figure 7: CBTC Operator Display Unit
V-108 Figure 8: Operators Area Left Side Wall (A and B Ends)
V-109 Figure 9: Circuit Breaker Panel Diagram
V-110 Figure 10: Potential CBTC Radio Enclosure Location
V-111 Figure 11: Electric Coupler Diagram

COMMUNICATIONS DRAWINGS
C-0000 SYSTEM DRAWINGS GROUND BASED NETWORK
C-0010 FIBER REFERENCE DRAWINGS
C-1010 SITE LAYOUT – FAIRFIELD AVE
C-1011 FLOOR LAYOUT – FAIRFIELD AVE
C-1012 CABINET LAYOUT – FAIRFIELD AVE
C-1020 SITE LAYOUT – WALNUT
C-1021 FLOOR LAYOUT – WALNUT
C-1022 CABINET LAYOUT – WALNUT
C-1030 SITE LAYOUT – AVON ROAD
C-1031 FLOOR LAYOUT – AVON ROAD
C-1032 CABINET LAYOUT – AVON ROAD
C-1040 SITE LAYOUT – HILLTOP ROAD
C-1041 FLOOR LAYOUT – HILLTOP ROAD
C-1042 CABINET LAYOUT – HILLTOP ROAD
C-1050 SITE LAYOUT – BEVERLY BLVD
C-1051 FLOOR LAYOUT – BEVERLY BLVD
C-1052 CABINET LAYOUT – BEVERLY BLVD
C-1060 SITE LAYOUT – LANSDOWNE AVE
C-1061 FLOOR LAYOUT – LANSDOWNE AVE
C-1062 CABINET LAYOUT – LANSDOWNE AVE
C-1070 SITE LAYOUT – WINDERMERE AVE
C-1071 FLOOR LAYOUT – WINDERMERE AVE
C-1072 CABINET LAYOUT – WINDERMERE AVE
C-1080 SITE LAYOUT – FAIRFAX AVE
C-1081 FLOOR LAYOUT – FAIRFAX AVE
C-1082 CABINET LAYOUT – FAIRFAX AVE
C-1090 SITE LAYOUT – IRVINGTON
C-1091 FLOOR LAYOUT – IRVINGTON
C-1092 CABINET LAYOUT – IRVINGTON
C-1100 SITE LAYOUT – SHADELAND
C-1101 FLOOR LAYOUT – SHADELAND
C-1102 CABINET LAYOUT – SHADELAND
C-1103 FLOOR LAYOUT - DREXEL HILL JUNCTION HUT
C-1104 RACK LAYOUT - DREXEL HILL JUNCTION HUT
C-1110 SITE LAYOUT - TURNER
C-1111 FLOOR LAYOUT – TURNER

C-1112 CABINET LAYOUT – TURNER
C-1120 SITE LAYOUT – ROSEMONT
C-1121 FLOOR LAYOUT – ROSEMONT
C-1122 CABINET LAYOUT – ROSEMONT
C-1130 SITE LAYOUT – HUEY
C-1131 FLOOR LAYOUT – HUEY
C-1132 CABINET LAYOUT – HUEY
C-1140 SITE LAYOUT - EDMONDS
C-1141 FLOOR LAYOUT – EDMONDS
C-1142 CABINET LAYOUT – EDMONDS
C-1150 SITE LAYOUT – SCHOOL LN
C-1151 FLOOR LAYOUT – SCHOOL LN
C-1152 CABINET LAYOUT – SCHOOL LN
C-1160 SITE LAYOUT – BURMONT
C-1161 FLOOR LAYOUT – BURMONT
C-1162 CABINET LAYOUT – BURMONT
C-1170 SITE LAYOUT – WILDELL
C-1171 FLOOR LAYOUT – WILDELL
C-1172 CABINET LAYOUT – WILDELL
C-1180 SITE LAYOUT – SCENIC
C-1181 FLOOR LAYOUT – SCENIC
C-1182 CABINET LAYOUT – SCENIC
C-1190 SITE LAYOUT - SPRINGFIELD
C-1191 FLOOR LAYOUT – SPRINGFIELD
C-1192 CABINET LAYOUT – SPRINGFIELD
C-1200 SITE LAYOUT – SAXER
C-1201 FLOOR LAYOUT – SAXER
C-1202 CABINET LAYOUT – SAXER
C-1210 SITE LAYOUT – LEAMY
C-1211 FLOOR LAYOUT – LEAMY
C-1212 CABINET LAYOUT – LEAMY
C-1220 SITE LAYOUT - WOODLAND
C-1221 FLOOR LAYOUT – WOODLAND
C-1222 CABINET LAYOUT – WOODLAND
C-1230 SITE LAYOUT – THOMPSON
C-1231 FLOOR LAYOUT – THOMPSON
C-1232 CABINET LAYOUT – THOMPSON
C-1240 SITE LAYOUT – PAPERMILL
C-1241 FLOOR LAYOUT – PAPERMILL
C-1242 CABINET LAYOUT – PAPERMILL
C-1250 SITE LAYOUT – PINE RIDGE
C-1251 FLOOR LAYOUT – PINE RIDGE
C-1252 CABINET LAYOUT – PINE RIDGE
C-1260 SITE LAYOUT – BEATTY
C-1261 FLOOR LAYOUT – BEATTY
C-1262 CABINET LAYOUT – BEATTY

C-1270 SITE LAYOUT – PROVIDENCE
C-1271 FLOOR LAYOUT – PROVIDENCE
C-1272 CABINET LAYOUT – PROVIDENCE
C-1280 SITE LAYOUT – GARRETT
C-1281 FLOOR LAYOUT – GARRETT
C-1282 CABINET LAYOUT – GARRETT
C-1290 SITE LAYOUT – EDMONDS
C-1291 FLOOR LAYOUT – EDMONDS
C-1292 CABINET LAYOUT – EDMONDS
C-1300 SITE LAYOUT – BURMONT
C-1301 FLOOR LAYOUT – BURMONT
C-1302 CABINET LAYOUT – BURMONT
C-1310 SITE LAYOUT – MARSHALL
C-1311 FLOOR LAYOUT – MARSHALL
C-1312 CABINET LAYOUT – MARSHALL
C-1320 SITE LAYOUT – BALTIMORE PIKE
C-1321 FLOOR LAYOUT – BALTIMORE PIKE
C-1322 CABINET LAYOUT – BALTIMORE PIKE
C-1330 SITE LAYOUT – BROADWAY
C-1331 FLOOR LAYOUT – BROADWAY
C-1332 CABINET LAYOUT – BROADWAY
C-1340 SITE LAYOUT – PENN
C-1341 FLOOR LAYOUT – PENN
C-1342 CABINET LAYOUT – PENN
C-1350 SITE LAYOUT – BERKLEY
C-1351 FLOOR LAYOUT – BERKLEY
C-1352 CABINET LAYOUT – BERKLEY
C-1360 SITE LAYOUT – CLIFTON-ALDEN
C-1361 FLOOR LAYOUT – CLIFTON-ALDEN
C-1362 CABINET LAYOUT – CLIFTON-ALDEN
C-1370 SITE LAYOUT – BARTRAM
C-1371 FLOOR LAYOUT – BARTRAM
C-1372 CABINET LAYOUT – BARTRAM
C-1373 FLOOR LAYOUT - BARTRAM COMMS NODE
C-1374 RACK LAYOUT - BARTRAM COMMS NODE
POWER DRAWINGS
E-001 INDEX OF DRAWINGS, GENERAL NOTES, LEGNDS & ABBREVIATIONS
E-002 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIST SHEET 1 0F 3
E-003 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIST SHEET 2 0F 3
E-004 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIST SHEET 3 OF 3
E-100 MEDIA SHARON HILL ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION PLAN

Trunk Line
E-101 FAIRFIELD AVENUE GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-102 WALNUT STREET GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-103 AVON ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-104 BYWOOD INTERLOCKING GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-105 HILLTOP ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-106 BEVERLY BLVD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-107 CONGRESS AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-108 N. LANDSDOWNE AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-109 WINDEMERE AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-110 FAIRFAX ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-111 IRVINGTON ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-112 SHADELAND AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
Media Spur
E-113 TURNER AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-114 ROSEMONT AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-115 HUEY AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-116 EDMONDS AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-117 SCHOOL LANE GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-118 WOODLAND & HIGHLAND GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-119 BURMONT ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-120 ANDERSON AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-121 WILDELL ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-122 DREXELLINE GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-123 SCENIC ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-124 ROLLING ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-125 E. SPRINGFIELD ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-126 BROOKSIDE ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-127 SAXER AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-128 E. LEAMY AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-129 W. WOODLAND AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-130 W. THOMPSON AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-131 SPRINGFIELD MALL GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-132 BALTIMORE PIKE GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-133 PAPERMILL ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-134 SMEDLEY PARK GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-135 HEMLOCK GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-136 PINE RIDGE ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-137 CHESLEY GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-138 BEATTY ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-139 PROVIDENCE RD. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN

Sharon Hill Spur
E-140 HILL INTERLOCKING GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-141 GARRETT ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-142 BURMONT ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-143 DREXEL MANOR STATION GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-144 W. MARSHALL ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-145 CHESWOLD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-146 CREEK ROAD STATION GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-147 GLENWOOD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-148 E. BALTIMORE AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-149 CLIFTON INTERLOCKING STATION GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-150 E. BROADWAY AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-151 S. PENN ST. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-152 E. BERKLEY AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-153 SPRINGFIELD RD. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-154 CLIFTON-ALDAN GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-155 SHISLER AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-156 PROVIDDENCE ROAD GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-157 MAGNOLIA AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-158 NORTH ST. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-159 SPRUCE ST. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-160 BROAD ST. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-161 WALNUT ST. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-162 CHESTNUT ST. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-163 BARTRAM AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-164 ANDREWS AVE. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-165 MACDADE BLVD. GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-166 SHARON HILL GRADE CROSSING ELECTRICAL PLAN
Interlockings
E-200 INTERLOCKINGS ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
E-201 BYWOOD INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-202 DREXEL INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-203 HILL JCT. INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-204 SCENIC INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-205 WOODLAND INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-206 SMEDLEY PARK INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-207 BOWLING GREEN INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-208 CLIFTON INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-209 WALNUT INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E-301 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND SWITCH HEATER LOAD SUMMARY
E-302 700VDC CATENARY TAP ARRANGEMENT
E-303 700VDC TRACK HEATER CONTROL PANEL
E-304 700VDC TRACK HEATER CONTROL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
E-305 240VAC SWITCH HEATER CONTROL PANEL
E-306 240VAC TRACK HEATER CONTROL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

TRACK DRAWINGS
W-001 TRACK KEY PLAN
W-101 FAIRFIELD CROSSOVER
W-102 BYWOOD CROSSOVER
W-103 CONGRESS CROSSOVER
W-104 DREXEL HILL JUNCTION
W-105 DREXEL HILL JUNCTION
W-106 SCENIC CROSSOVER
W-107 WOODLAND CROSSOVER
W-108 SMEDLEY PARK CROSSOVER
W-109 BOWLING GREEN CROSSOVER
W-110 CLIFTON CROSSOVER
W-111 WALNUT CROSSOVER
END OF SECTION 00001

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK

SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work described herein consists of all work necessary for the final design,
provision of materials, fabrication, construction, and complete installation of the
SEPTA Media Sharon Hill Line (MSHL) Communications-Based Train Control
(CBTC) System. This work shall include testing of Wayside, Communications,
Vehicle, and Control Center systems, Special Trackwork, Electrification and
components. The Contractor shall provide a fully functional SEPTA CBTC system
as required by these contract documents.
B. This Project is a Design-Build Project and therefore, the work of this Project
includes Final Design. The bid documents provided are intended to represent a
conceptual design predicated on the operational functionality that will be required on
this project It is the Contractor’s responsibility to complete the design for all
systems and elements of the Project for final approval by the SEPTA Project
Manager and to submit Final Design drawings and technical specifications at 60%,
90% and 100% level of completion. [CDRL 01010-001]
C. This work shall hereafter be referred to in these documents as the SEPTA MSHL
CBTC Project. This work shall be accomplished with minimal disruption to the
existing signal system and rail operations. The following summary of work is not
necessarily complete and is not presented in the order in which the work is general in
nature and only provided to depict the salient features of the system. A detailed
description of the work required under this Project is contained within the
appropriate Specification Sections and/or Contract Drawings. The absence of detail
in this Section does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete and
operational system in accordance with these Contract Documents.
D. For design purposes, this line is considered at running South and North: The
Southward direction being towards Media/Sharon Hill and the Northward direction
being towards Philadelphia.
E. Abbreviated Written Summary: In order to simplify, the use of the words “design”,
“furnish”, and “provide” shall mean design, manufacture, furnish, factory test and
install in a state acceptable to the SEPTA Project Manager.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Summary of Work

F. The work described below consists of, but is not necessarily limited to the detail
design, fabrication, factory testing and delivery of new remotely controlled
interlockings and CBTC wayside houses and vehicle equipment, traffic light signal
houses as well as all supporting cable, terminal boxes, impedance bonds, track wire
junction boxes, wayside colorlight Light Emitting Diode (LED) signals, dual control,
electric power switch and lock movements, snowmelting equipment, and all other
equipment and devices as shown on the typical Contract Drawings and included
within these specifications.
G. Briefly, the work of this contract can be summarized as follows. All stationing is
provided for reference only. Where “Install new CIH” is noted below, Contractor
shall consider the visual impact of the proposed case on the surrounding
neighborhood, which in many locations is residential. Where possible, Contractor
shall make use of existing cases or consolidate new construction into minimum
number of new cases.
4+70 69th St Transportation Center
a. Replace existing MicroLok I in instrument room on platform with new

MicroLok II.
b. Remove pushbutton apparatus for control of 5 switch.
c. Switch 5 to be controlled by new TWC function from vehicle and VMIS.
d. Renew switch 5
e. New circuit controllers to be placed on switches to the 69th St. Carshop.
f. Control existing signal B12 from new VMIS to correspond to switches to 69th
Street Carshop.
g. Track circuit to be installed over 5 switch as detection circuits.
h. Renew all color light traffic control trolley signals and replace with LED type
color lights.
i. All cables to signals and switches to be renewed.
11+02 Fairfield
a. Remove existing Spring Switches
b. Remove existing 2E & 4W signal
13+48 Fairfield Ave.
a. Install new instrument case.

b. Install new VMIS equipment.
c. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC.

d. Remove existing approach overlay north and south of the crossing.
24+80 Walnut St.
a. Install new instrument case

29+00 Bywood Interlocking (new)
a. Install new CIH

b. New VMIS with control from OCC and with CBTC Interfaces.
c. Universal crossover with 4 new power operated, dual control electric switches.
d. Four new LED signals.
e. Local control panel.
f. Two (2) POWER FREQUENCY AC track circuits
g. Impedance bonds for traction return
33+44 Avon Road

c. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC .
45+77 Hilltop Ave.

51+58 Beverly Blvd

c. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC .

75+01 Lansdowne Ave.
a. Install new case for crossing equipment.

d. Remove existing island track circuits.
e. New cable to all wayside devices.
f. Install new overlay island track circuits.
g. Renew existing crossing flashers
83+68 Windemere Ave
a. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC.

b. Install 2 new AFO island track circuits.
c. Remove all inductive loop equipment and wiring.
90+97 Fairfax Road

98+30 Irvington Road

107+77 Drexel Interlocking (new)
a. Install new CIH

b. Remove existing spring switches
c. Remove existing ABS signal and routing signals.
d. New VMIS with local control from Hill Interlocking and with CBTC
Interfaces.
e. Universal crossover with 4 new power operated, dual control electric switches.
f. Four new LED signals.
g. Two (2) POWER FREQUENCY ac track circuits
h. Impedance bonds for traction return

110+56 Shadeland Ave.
a. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC.

112+24 Track and Signal Temporary Work
a. Drexel Hill Junction and Bywood Interlocking special trackwork and catenary
shall be designed and installed by SEPTA under a separate initiative. The
CBTC Contractor shall be responsible to provide power switch and lock
mechanism and signal protection circuits for the new special work.
b. Bywood shall be provided with power switch and lock mechanisms and the
CBTC Contractor shall be responsible to connect the machines to the special
work. In addition, the CBTC Contractor shall install temporary switch point
protection to the switch points and install temporary switch indication,
colorlight signals indicating the status of the swith point to the trolley
operating with the current of traffic.
c. Drexel Hill Junction shall have a temporary interlocking operation installed
using spare I/O in an existing MLK2 half box located within Shadeland
Avenue crossing house. There are 14 spare inputs, 6 spare outputs, as well as a
spare slot for an additional 16 bit output board. Three power switches will
replace the existing power switch and two spring switches. The rail
configuration will be rearranged such that all switches are located south of
Shadeland Avenue while retaining the current available train movements.
Seven LED wayside signals shall be installed to govern all movements through
the Interlocking. The northbound signals shall be placed such that a two car
trolley can clear Turner Rd prior to reaching the signal. The existing push
button for 1 track heading south shall continue to be used. An additional push
button shall be installed for southbound 2 track. Push buttons shall align route
through the interlocking and call for signal. Series overlay circuits for
northbound signals shall trigger request for the route on a first come, first serve
basis. Siding movements shall be aligned by throwing switches manually. Four
track circuits shall be installed within the interlocking and shall be checked by
signaling along with switch correspondence.
d. Final design of this temporary Interlocking will be done by the Contractor and
submitted for approval by SEPTA. All design, materials procurement and
installation shall be completed by the CBTC Contractor in coordination with
the planned Summer 2015 line outage.

112+24 Hill Jct. (new)
a. Switch layouts track 1 and 2 moved south from Shadeland Ave.

b. Remove push button and power switch from track 1.
c. Remove spring switches from tracks 1, 2 and yard.
d. Remove switch layout in yard.
e. Remove all signals south of Shadeland Ave.
f. Install new CIH.
g. New VMIS with control from OCC and with CBTC Interfaces.
h. Provide interface to Drexel Interlocking
i. Universal crossover with 3 new power operated, dual control electric switches.
j. Seven new LED signals.
k. New pushbutton for backup route request
l. Local control panel.
m. Four (4) POWER FREQUENCY ac track circuits
n. Impedance bonds for traction return
M115+88 Turner Ave. (operates in conjunction with SH115+88 Turner Ave.)
a. There are two Turner Ave. crossings and highway traffic signals, one for the
Media Branch (M115+88) and one for the Sharon Hill Branch (SH115+88).
The highway traffic signals at both crossings operate in conjunction.
b. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC.
c. Install 2 new AFO island track circuits.
d. Remove all inductive loop equipment and wiring.
M118+64 Rosemont Ave.

M124+61 Huey Ave.


M129+38 Edmonds Ave..

M131+98 School Lane

M151+74 Burmount Rd.

M180+37 Wildell Ave.

b. Remove existing approach overlay north and south of the crossing.
M215+00 Scenic Interlocking (new)
a. Remove existing spring switches.

b. Install new CIH
c. New VMIS with control from OCC and with CBTC Interfaces.
d. Crossover with 2 new power operated, dual control electric switches.
e. Four new LED signals.
f. Local control panel.
g. Two POWER FREQUENCY ac track circuits
M217+55 Scenic Road.


M243+02 Springfield Road.

M266+78 Saxer Ave.

M280+62 Lemy Ave.

M280+08 Woodland Interlocking (new)

b. Install new CIH.
d. Crossover with 2 new power operated, dual control electric switches.
g. Two POWER FREQUENCY ac track circuits
M289+59 Woodland Ave.

M309+39 East Thompson Ave.

M352+70 Paper Mill Road


M361+15 Smedley Park Interlocking (new)

b. Install new CIH.
d. Turnout with one new power operated, dual control electric switch.
e. Three new LED signals.
g. One POWER FREQUENCY ac track circuit.
h. Impedance bonds for traction return.
M386+54 Pine Ridge Road

M407+70 Beatty Road

M410+00 Bowling Green Interlocking (new)

b. Install new CIH.
d. Crossover with two new power operated, dual control electric switches.
g. Two POWER FREQUENCY ac track circuits.
M418+87 Providence Road


SH115+81 Turner Ave. (operates in conjunction with M115+88 Turner Ave.)
a. There are two Turner Ave. crossings and highway traffic signals, one for the
Media Branch (M115+88) and one for the Sharon Hill Branch (SH115+88).
The highway traffic signals at both crossings operate in conjunction.
b. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC.
c. Install 2 new AFO island track circuits.
d. Remove all inductive loop equipment and wiring.
SH121+28 Garrett Road

SH123+98 Edmonds Ave/Jones St.

SH128+45 Burmont Road.

SH140+41 Marshall Road

SH175+63 Baltimore Pike.


SH179+00 Clifton Interlocking (new)

b. Install new CIH.
g. Two POWER FREQUENCY AC track circuits.
SH182+27 East Broadway Ave.

SH184+89 Penn St.

SH187+28 Berkeley Ave.

SH195+00 (est) Springfield Road
a. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller at point of entrance to street running

onto Springfield Rd to CBTC and OCC.
SH234+58 Spruce St.


SH237+22 Broad St.

SH234+12 North Interlocking (new)

b. Install new CIH.
f. New pushbutton for backup route request.
g. Local control panel.
h. Two POWER FREQUENCY AC track circuits.
i. Impedance bonds for traction return.
SH239+88 Walnut St.

SH242+46 Chestnut St.

SH243+83 Bartram Ave.

SH258+22 Andrews Ave.

SH263+96 McDade Blvd.


H. The SEPTA MSHL CBTC System shall consist of the following primary subsystem:
1. Design, construction, and commissioning into service of a CBTC Signaling

System throughout the MSHL track area and a defined portion of the storage
and maintenance tracks. Included in this work is the design, construction, and
commissioning into service of the necessary vehicle portions of the CBTC
System and the necessary communications and Control Center modifications.
2. Design, construction, and commissioning into service of new remote controlled
interlockings employing new Vital Microprocessor Interlocking Systems
(VMIS) controlling new color light signals, electric power operated switch
machines and power frequency track circuits to be installed at defined
locations on the MSHL tracks.
3. Design, construction, and commissioning into service of a data
communications and radio frequency system to support the CBTC
Interlockings and Control Center and other equipments associated with the
MSHL CBTC Project.
4. Design, construction, and commissioning into service the specified Electrical
Power Distribution System.
5. Design and construction of special trackwork at select locations on the MSHL.
6. Retaining wall modifications and new work as specified.
7. Right of way drainage modifications and new work as specified.
I. The Interlockings shall be remotely controlled from the new MSHL CBTC
Operations Control Center (OCC), and shall be integrated into the overall signaling
system and shall provide for safe train operations, switch point movements and
power-frequency track circuits for occupancy detection within the Interlockings.
Track circuits shall not be required outside of the Interlocking areas unless otherwise
required by the Contractor’s design.
J. The SEPTA CBTC System shall provide continuous, moving-block signaling

functionality throughout the MSHL and storage and maintenance track areas. The
CBTC System shall monitor the position and status at all times of trolleys, switch
points and color light signals, grade crossings, and other devices as necessary, and
provide Movement Authorities (MAs) to trolleys so as to provide a vital, safe CBTC
system.
K. The CBTC system shall implement vital Temporary Speed Restrictions (TSR) across
all tracks with a granularity or speed segmentation to be defined during the final
design. The Operational Control Center (OCC) and Emergency Backup Control
Center (EBCC), collectively known as the Control Centers (CC) shall implement

routing functions and automatically request the Interlockings to align points and
display signals as necessary to enable trolleys to move along their assigned service
patterns without delay.
L. The SEPTA CBTC System shall interface to existing Local Traffic Controller (LTC)
systems as described within these Specifications to obtain efficient and safe passage
for trolleys across automobile roadways. Changes to LTC systems required for the
implementation of the SEPTA CBTC System, including the functionality required to
obtain safe trolley passage across automobile roadways, shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor.
M. The Contractor shall perform a simulation and analysis of trolley and motor vehicle
movements for the entire MSHL using trolley and traffic service patterns identified
by SEPTA. Simulation of the timing and movement of trolleys and vehicles shall
accurately portray the final system operation. It shall be possible to use varying and
random delays for system attributes including: passenger exchange delay, delay in
obtaining passage across roadways (unique values for each roadway crossing shall be
used), crossing closing delays, closeness of the actual operating speed of trolleys to
the permitted speed, and communications delays.
N. Communications Systems – General
1. The CBTC system architecture selected for the MSHL CBTC will have a
significant impact on the architecture of the data communications system and
the required characteristics of the data radios and the protocol. Careful
analysis shall be performed by the Contractor to select the appropriate type of
radio, its functional design, the frequency band in which it will operate, the
Ground Based Network and coverage design and selection of appropriate
means of Radio Frequency (RF) propagation.
2. The CBTC Communications System shall include, but not be limited to, the
following major sub-systems, as shall be required for the Contractor to design,
supply and furnish a comprehensive CBTC Communications System that
meets the required functional requirements, as described in the Contract
Documents:
a. Radio Systems – The Contractor shall engineer, furnish and install a
radio systems, including base stations (Base Wireless Radio
Transceivers) and vehicle borne mobile radios (Mobile Wireless Radio
Transceivers), that shall be utilized to provide CBTC data
communications between the wayside CBTC systems and all on-board
(trolley) CBTC systems. The radio system shall include Wireless Radio

transceivers and ancillary equipment as described in the Contract
Documents.
b. Ground Based Network (GBN) - The GBN shall consist of existing
SEPTA supplied fiber optic cable and equipment (OTN), copper
communications cables, and new Contractor supplied fiber optic cable
and equipment, copper communications cable, leased carrier data
circuits, leased carrier wireless data circuits, and any and all network
equipment as necessary for the provision of a path diverse Ethernet
based transport system between and among CBTC system elements. The
GBN shall be supplied in accordance with the Contract Documents.
O. Work described under this Section shall be performed in accordance with the
Contract, Special Conditions, and Technical Provisions of these Contract
Documents, and references contained therein.
P. The Contractor shall furnish all final engineering, design, labor, material, equipment,
supervision, transportation, and miscellaneous services, whether or not explicitly
identified herein, to provide a completely tested and fully operational CBTC System,
including all work at the Control Center and any ancillary systems.
Q. The Contractor shall provide all final engineering, design, labor, tooling, materials,
parts, training, publications, support, special tools, warranty, spare parts and
apparatus required for all components, use of all facilities needed for vehicle
modification, and the actual installation of the components.
R. The Contract Drawings provided herein represent layouts for the system as shown in
“typical” format, which are to be used as guidelines. They are not definitive and
final as presented. The Contractor shall provide “complete” final as-built drawing
using the Contract Drawings and Specifications as a guide for methodology, not
explicit intent.
S. In this Specification all references to “number of days” shall mean calendar days
unless otherwise stated. References to “major systems” shall mean those products
which are generically described by the title of any Section of this Technical
Specification, and references to “major suppliers” shall mean the suppliers of these
major systems.
T. The Contractor shall perform simulation, pre-operational tests, factory tests, and
operation service tests of all equipment, structures, and systems installed as well as
oversee all field testing and commissioning activities. Any and all interface and
temporary circuitry or works shall be designed by the Contractor; and all material
and hardware equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor’s forces.

Contractor-provided apparatus and materials shall embody recommended practice,
actual experience, compatibility of parts, and shall be of the latest service-tested and
service-proven model that can be incorporated within this project without delaying
delivery of the MSHL CBTC System, unless such delay is approved.
U. As used throughout this Contract the words design, furnish, provide, wire, upgrade,
modify, install, program, test, commission, certify, or other words meant to convey
the Contractors work on this project shall mean design, furnish, install and test to an
operational and reliable state all systems and sub-systems required for MSHL CBTC
System.
1.02 WAYSIDE SIGNAL WORK
A. General Requirements
1. General Description: Track circuits shall be used for trolley detection in the
immediate area of all interlocked switch points to determine if the switch
points are fouled by a trolley and to positively insure switch locking. Track
circuits shall not be used for trolley approach detection. Time locking of
switch points shall be accomplished by running time on a cancelled signal
prior to unlocking the affected points. Route alignment and locking shall be
performed by the interlocking equipment based on requests from the CTC
subsystem. Route cancellation shall be via trolley passage or manual
cancellation request by the CTC Dispatcher via the CTC equipment.
B. Specific Requirements
1. Power frequency, track circuits shall be used for trolley detection in the
immediate area between home signals of all interlockings to determine if a
trolley is occupying the switch point area. Track circuits shall be clear of
approaching or standing trains prior to unlocking or moving switch points.
Track circuits shall not be used outside of these areas unless otherwise
approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
2. The interlocking equipment shall input requests from the CTC equipment to
align and lock routes. All requests from the CTC equipment shall be
acknowledged by the VMIS interlocking equipment with a pass or fail status.
If a failed acknowledgement status is returned, the reason for the failure shall
be provided with the acknowledgement.
3. A means shall be provided to take local control of the interlocking equipment
so as to allow local manual setting and cancelling of routes. The location from
which control is accomplished shall be locally using panels installed in each

Interlocking house and remotely from either of the Maintenance Control
Center (MCC) terminals, subject to final design review and approval. The
means to take control and operate the interlockings shall be provided and
maintained at each location; no equipment shall be needed to be brought to the
location to take control or operate the interlocking equipment. When an
interlocking area is under local control, that interlocking area shall not be
affected by any OCC request for interlocking operations. When an
interlocking is taken under local control, that fact shall be alarmed and
displayed on the CC equipment.
4. All routes shall cancel upon passage of a trolley. Signals controlling entry to
an interlocking area shall transition from green to red upon detection of track
occupancy via the track circuits in the interlocking area. Upon detecting the
passage of a trolley, the track circuits will transition from occupied to
unoccupied when it shall be possible to align and lock another route
immediately.
5. When a route is manually cancelled (as opposed to cancelled by trolley
passage), the corresponding signal(s) shall immediately display a stop aspect
and a vital timer shall be run before the affected switch point(s) can be
unlocked and another route permitted to be aligned and locked.
6. The interlocking equipment shall provide switch point and signal status data to
the CBTC equipment (CTC, wayside ATP, other subsystems).
7. All other AREMA and SEPTA interlocking functionality as described in this
document shall be included in the design.
1.03 VEHICLE WORK
A. General requirements
1. The Contractor shall be required to design and support SEPTA forces to install
new onboard CBTC system components on SEPTA trolleys that operate on
MSHL.
2. The Contractor shall be provided with a general layout of the space available
for all the onboard CBTC equipment. However the Contractor shall be
responsible for final design and supporting the installation.
3. The Contractor shall be given an opportunity to inspect the trolley for space
allocation.
4. SEPTA will provide the electrical schematics of the existing trolley, however it
will be the responsibility of the Contractor to confirm and verify the accuracy
and any additional specific detail that is required to complete the design.

5. The Contractor shall be responsible for configuration of the Operator Display
Unit (ODU). A working mockup of the Operator Display Unit shall be
submitted to SEPTA for approval before proceeding with the final design.
[CDRL 01010-002]
6. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all wiring and cable harnesses
required to interconnect with existing vehicle systems with the new Contractor
supplied equipment.
7. A crash-hardened event recorder capable of recording all CBTC related events
shall be installed on each trolley.
1.04 CONTROL CENTER WORK
A. The MSHL CBTC system shall include a primary Control Center to be housed at the
Subway\Light rail Operational Control Center (OCC) located on the 19th Floor at
1234 Market Street. This Control Center shall include operator workstations,
servers, communications equipment and other equipment as necessary to accomplish
the specified functionality.
B. The MSHL CBTC system shall also include a backup Control Center located at the
Market Street East Platform Communications Room. This Control Center shall
include operator workstations, servers, communications equipment and other
equipment as necessary to accomplish the specified functionality.
C. Local Control Panels shall be provided as described and shall provide an additional
operator control location for Interlocking operation and testing.
D. Maintenance Control Centers shall be provided at the Fern Rock Maintenance

Headquarters and the 103 Victory Avenue Maintenance Facility. These control
centers shall be the primary points for MSHL maintenance forces to perform systems
diagnostics, event recording and analysis, troubleshoot wayside and vehicle
problems and operate the interlockings in the event it is necessary. The maintenance
control centers shall be used as, but not be limited to functions which include remote
control operations and operational data collection and recording for off-line analysis.
The equipment at these locations shall include operator workstations, servers,
communications equipment and other equipment as necessary to accomplish the
specified functionality.
1.05 COMMUNICATIONS WORK
A. General Requirements: The CBTC system architecture selected for the MSHL CBTC
will have a significant impact on the architecture of the data communications system

and the required characteristics of the data radios and the protocol. Careful analysis
shall be performed by the Contractor to select the appropriate type of radio, its
functional design, the frequency band in which it will operate, the Ground Based
Network and RF coverage design and selection of appropriate means of Radio
Frequency (RF) propagation.
B. Perform any and all necessary site surveys, communications environment studies,
analysis, and test required to support the design, installation, testing, and
commissioning of the data communications subsystem of MSHL CBTC system.
C. Select the radio, frequency and protocol design for the RF data communications
system.
D. Develop a complete CBTC data communications system design.
E. Prepare an installation plan for all elements of the CBTC data communications
subsystem.
F. Prepare a document describing the proposed interface of the CBTC data

communications subsystem to the SEPTA Fiber Optic Network.
G. Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment, and perform all operations
necessary to design, build, install, and test the CBTC data communications system as
required and specified herein. The CBTC data communications system shall include
all interface equipment, CBTC-CTC network interface processors, communications
routing equipment, data radios, backbone wayside equipment, onboard wiring and
interfaces, and other system elements necessary to implement a complete end-to-end
data communications network for CBTC.
H. Ship, receive, unload, store, and install all equipment necessary for the complete
CBTC data communications system as required and specified herein.
I. Following approval of the installation plan, install the complete data communications
system in accordance with all applicable standards, specifications, and regulations.
J. Test the data communications subsystem in accordance with applicable requirements

of the Contract Documents.
1.06 SYSTEM SAFETY PROGRAM
A. Refer to Section 01621.

1.07 CBTC SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY
A. The MSHL CBTC system shall consist of Centralized Traffic Control (CTC)
facilities, Maintenance Control Center (MCC) facilities, trackside equipment, and
onboard equipment. The MSHL CBTC system shall interface to other systems
installed as part of the MSHL CBTC Project including the communications
subsystem and interlocking subsystem.
B. The CTC facilities shall include servers and workstations which shall function as the
OCC’s platform by which the Dispatchers interface with the MSHL CBTC system. It
shall function to provide all command and control functionality of the field based
Interlocking and highway crossing systems. The CTC shall also interface with the
CBTC system to function as the intermediary system between the interlockings,
crossings event recorders and CBTC as further described herein.
C. The onboard equipment shall be installed identically on all trolleys and shall enable
the trolleys to accomplish the following functions as defined in these Specifications:
1. Determine trolley position throughout the entire MSHL system,

2. Communicate with the trackside equipment,
3. Provide safe trolley separation,
4. Enforce worker exclusion zones,
5. Enforce permitted speed, and
6. Enforce positive trolley stop in advance of interlocking and crossing signals
requiring a stop.
7. Onboard equipment shall also include a crash-hardened event recorder.
D. The trackside equipment shall include three (3) independent zone controllers for
CBTC control identified approximately as:
1. 69th Street Terminal, including storage tracks, to Drexel Hill

2. Drexel Hill to Media End of Line (EOL)
3. Drexel Hill to Sharon Hill End of Line (EOL)
E. Trolleys have operating cabs in both ends and shall be equipped for CBTC operation
from either end. MSHL CBTC shall also support one- and two-car consist
operations. Trolleys shall be able to couple and uncouple on the storage tracks and
revenue tracks with the CBTC system configuring itself automatically in accordance
with the coupled status of the consist.
F. Bi-directional trolley operations shall be supported on all tracks with no degradation

in safety, speed or performance.

G. The CTC shall be capable of automatically routing trolleys according to their
assigned service pattern without CTC Dispatcher involvement through an internal
schedule function.
H. Operational data shall be recorded by trolleys and passed to the Regions for eventual
transmission to the MCC subsystem for troubleshooting, analysis, data storage and
playback functions. The trackside CBTC equipment shall store and forward all
trolley events in two formats: critical alarms/ errors shall be passed and alarmed
immediately, and non-critical alarms / errors shall be passed at each terminal and the
storage yards. The CTC system shall receive the events and alarms from CBTC
system in real-time for storage and display to the CTC Dispatcher for action and
final disposition.
I. Onboard CBTC equipment shall support manual trolley operating modes only; the
system to be provided shall NOT be driverless. Trolley operating modes shall be
automatically changed based on the location and circumstances of the trolley. An
onboard CBTC “cut-out” switch shall also be provided to bypass the onboard CBTC
equipment in the event of equipment failure or other authorized use.
1.08 TRACKWORK
A. MSHL Trunk Line
1. Fairfield: remove existing scissor crossover.

2. Bywood: build new universal No. 8 crossovers.
a. As noted above, this is an early-action location where the Contractor
shall design, furnish and install certain signal equipment to the track
construction materials installed by SEPTA, and shall perform all work
during a planned shut-down of the MSHL during the Summer of 2015,
between mid-June and Labor Day.
3. Congress: remove crossover.
4. Drexel Hill Junction: replace crossovers, crossing diamond and turnouts with
new universal No. 8 crossover east of Shadeland Avenue and new junction
turnouts and crossing diamond on the west side of Shadeland Avenue.
a. As noted above, this is an early-action location where the Contractor
shall design, furnish and install certain signal equipment to the track
construction materials installed by SEPTA, and perform all work during
a planned shut-down of the MSHL during the Summer of 2015, between
mid-June and Labor Day.
B. Media Line

1. Scenic: remove both existing crossovers and build new trailing point crossover.
2. Woodland: replace crossover.
3. Smedley Park: replace turnout.
4. Bowling Green: remove existing crossover and build new facing point
crossover.
C. Sharon Hill Line
1. Clifton: remove existing crossover and build new universal No. 8 crossovers.
2. North: remove crossover, extend Track 1, build new grade crossings at Spruce
Street and Broad Street and build new crossover on east side of Walnut Street.
D. Turnout and crossover replacement includes removal of existing spring-switch or

manual turnout or crossover and construction of new turnout or crossover with dual-
controlled, electrically powered switch.
1.09 DRAINAGE AND GRADING IMPROVEMENTS
A. MSHL Trunk Line
1. Congress:
a. Provide curb and repair shoulder on the north side of Garrett Road.
b. Clean out pipes under platforms at Congress Station and under the tracks
east of Congress Station.
c. Provide rip rap channel protection for pipe from athletic fields draining
onto MSHL Right-of-Way.
d. Re-establish and fortify existing wayside swales.
2. Drexel Hill Junction:
a. Provide bituminous concrete pavement where existing turnouts are
removed from Shadeland Avenue.
b. Clean out existing stormwater inlets in Shadeland Avenue and discharge
pipe that conveys water to north and west onto MSHL Right-of-Way.
c. Provide catch basins between tracks east of Shadeland Avenue and
connect to municipal stormwater system.
B. Media Line
1. Scenic:
a. Replace retaining wall along north side of MSHL Right-of-Way.

2. Woodland:
a. Replace crib wall and provide drainage improvements along north and
south side of MSHL Right-of-Way.
b. Provide retaining wall to support new communications house.
3. Smedley Park:
a. Provide erosion protection at eroded channel on north side of MSHL
Right-of-Way.
b. Provide retaining wall to support new communications house.
C. Sharon Hill Line
1. Clifton:
a. Provide rip-rap lined stormwater channel along east side (inbound side)
of MSHL Right Of Way.
b. Clean out existing stormwater inlets in Baltimore Pike.
c. Remove ballast from abandoned high-rail access to track area east of
station platforms.
2. North:
a. Establish new drainage ditch, clean out existing stormwater pipes, and
install new concrete curb at east corner of Woodlawn Street and North
Street.
1.10 ELECTRIC POWER
A. Provide electrical power to new CBTC equipment.
B. Provide electrical power to wayside signals and track switches.
C. Provide electric power to new snow melting equipment
D. Provide electric power for all new equipment provided under this contract.
1.11 OVERHEAD CONTACT SYSTEM (OCS)
A. Design and construction of the OCS (trolley wire) modifications will be performed
by SEPTA during SEPTA’s track work construction phase.

1.12 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE.
A. Contractor shall provide a schedule of schedule of design submissions and

construction stages for the SEPTA Project Manager’s approval.
[CDRL 01010-003]
1.13 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall assign a dedicated Project Team to the project for its duration.
The following positions are defined as key staff and shall be assigned to this Project
on a full-time basis for the duration of the design and construction phases:
1. Project Manager
2. Systems Integration Engineer
3. Resident Vehicle Engineer,
4. Track, Power and Civil Engineer
B. Resumes of all key staff members shall be submitted for approval by the SEPTA
Project Manager. The Contractor shall also submit a listing and organization of
other personnel required to support the key personnel. [CDRL 01010-004]
C. After approval, key staff personnel shall be dedicated to this Contract and shall not
be removed from this Project without the written approval of the SEPTA Project
Manager.
D. The Contractor shall submit a listing of other principal staff assignments and
responsibilities for this Contract, all other assignments for these individuals external
to this Contract, including a percentage of time allocated to this Contract for each
staff member. The listing shall include the key personnel assignments including
resumes for approval by the SEPTA Project Manager. [CDRL 01010-005]
E. Key staff personnel shall have previous experience in a similar position on at least
three other projects similar in scope and magnitude to this project.
F. Project Manager
1. The Contractor shall designate a full-time employee of their staff to act as the
Contractor’s Project Manager. The Contractor’s Project Manager shall have a
minimum of 10 years of experience in the management, administration and
supervision of large and complex trolley or light rail Communications and
Signals engineering and construction projects, and he shall also be experienced
in the management and direction of sub-Contractors and their work. The

Contractor’s Project Manager shall have the authority to make contractual
commitments and decisions that are binding on the Contractor.
2. The Project Manager may also provide the duties of the Safety Officer and
Quality Control Representative for the Project. This shall include all quality
assurance and Project related safety plans and tasks. Project safety personnel
shall report directly to the Project Manager. The Project Manager shall have
the authority to direct removal and replacement of any defective work. The
Project Manager shall report all on-the-job injuries at once to the SEPTA
Project Manager and submit all paperwork pertaining to such injuries, as
required.
G. Systems Integration Engineer
1. The Contractor shall assign a Systems Integration Engineer to work on the

Project on a full time basis during the design development, construction,
testing, and verification and validation, of the CBTC System. The Systems
Integration Engineer shall have a minimum of 10 years of experience in the
performance of systems integration tasks for CBTC, communications, control
center, vehicle retrofit and wayside signal system (interlocking) projects. This
shall include, but not be limited to, managing, engineering, designing, testing,
installing, configuring, debugging and documentation of all necessary
hardware and related software activities. This person’s responsibilities shall
include the management and direction of the Contractor’s Resident Engineers
and other senior technical staff.
2. The Systems Integration Engineer shall also be responsible for ensuring
compatibility of all of the system elements of the project for the intended
function and performance. He shall be responsible to verify that all physical,
software and operational elements are interfaced and coordinated so that the
project can achieve the specified performance, safety, reliability, availability,
and maintainability requirements.
3. The Systems Integration Engineer shall be responsible for the coordinated
design of the vehicle retro-fit, communications and control center and signal
system modifications for this Project. He shall be responsible to ensure that
the systems provided are properly integrated between each other and with the
vehicle, track, traction power, communications, control center systems and
signal systems that are already in place on SEPTA’s MSHL System.
4. The Systems Integration Engineer shall organize and manage a formalized
process for systems integration that will ensure that individual system elements
are compatible with and operate efficiently and reliably with the subsystems
that they are related to. The Systems Integration Engineer shall also ensure

that all existing and newly provided subsystems operate efficiently and reliably
with each other and SEPTA’s existing operating systems. The SEPTA
operating system includes train operations and the operations of existing
facilities such as the Operations Control Center (OCC) and yards.
5. As part of the Systems Integration process, the Systems Integration Engineer
shall implement a systems engineering program designed to assure attainment
of the reliability, availability, and safety goals of this Project. The System
Integration Engineer shall be responsible for providing a Systems Integration
Design Document [CDRL 01010-001] that defines the processes for
accomplishing these goals. The Systems Integration Design Document will
address the process for demonstrating coordination between crafts, disciplines,
and systems. The Systems Integration Engineer shall be responsible for the
coordination of the integrated design, factory and site acceptance testing, and
CBTC program validation and verification for this Contract.
6. The Systems Integration Engineer shall be familiar and experienced with
design and installation of CBTC systems, communications ground based
networks and RF based and wireless communications systems, control center,
and signaling systems, including hardware, software, and signal technology
similar to those found on the MSHL. This individual shall also have experience
in the development, simulation, and integration testing of trolley or light rail
vehicle, signal communications, control office equipment, and shall be familiar
with SEPTA operations.
7. The Systems Integration Engineer shall be satisfactory to the SEPTA Project
Manager, and shall not be changed except with the consent or at the direction
of the SEPTA Project Manager, unless the Systems Integration Engineer
proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be employed. If the
SEPTA Project Manager orders that the Systems Integration Engineer be
changed, then the Contractor shall promptly replace him or her with a new
Systems Integration Engineer who is satisfactory to the SEPTA Project
Manager.
8. The Systems Integration Engineer shall attend all Project meetings.
H. Resident Engineer Vehicles, Track, Power and Civil
1. The Contractor shall assign a Resident Engineer for each of the following
disciplines: Vehicles, Track, Power and Civil. Resident Engineers shall work
on the Project on a full time basis during the design development, construction,
testing, and verification and validation, of the vehicle CBTC System. The
Resident Engineer shall have a minimum of 10 years of experience in their
respective disciplines in trolley or light rail projects similar to those found on

the MSHL. This shall include, but not be limited to engineering, designing,
testing, installing, configuring, debugging and documentation of all necessary
hardware and software applications as well as construction experience in
coordination with track construction and CBTC. The Resident Engineer shall
have experience in related projects of comparable size and complexity.
2. The Resident Engineer shall report the progress of all construction activities
directly to the Systems Integration Engineer. The Resident Engineer shall be
exclusively assigned to the site whenever any Contractor or Subcontractor
work is being performed. The Resident Engineer shall be satisfactory to the
SEPTA Project Manager, and shall not be changed except with the consent or
at the direction of the SEPTA Project Manager, unless the Resident Engineer
proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be employed. If the
SEPTA Project Manager orders that the Resident Engineer be changed, then
the Contractor shall promptly replace him or her with a new Resident Engineer
who is satisfactory to the SEPTA Project Manager.
3. The Resident Engineer shall attend all technical and construction meetings
related to their work.
1.14 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. Where items of equipment and/or material is defined by using a trade name or the
name and catalog number of a particular manufacturer or vendor, or a limited
description, the term “OR EQUAL” if not written thereafter shall be implied. Any
reference to a particular manufacturer’s product either by trade name or limited
description is only for purposes of setting a standard of performance, quality,
composition, construction or size.
B. The term “OR EQUAL” means any other manufactured product or article which is
equivalent in material, workmanship and service and is as efficient and economical
in operation in the opinion of SEPTA.
C. Certain aspects of the work cannot be substituted by the Contractor. Products

referred to in this Specification that have only a single source vendor and without “or
equal” must be provided as specified and may not be fulfilled by substitution.
D. Contractor requirements for submission of substituted materials and equipment are

defined within Section 01600, “Materials and Equipment”.

1.15 CONCURRENT OR FUTURE WORK
A. The following projects are concurrent or future Work by others, which may impact
the work of the Contract.
B. Sharon Hill Grade Crossing Upgrades Spruce Street and MacDade Boulevard:
Renewal of crossing equipment and signals at 7 grade crossings.
C. West Terminal Reconstruction: renewal of west terminal portion of 69th Street

Terminal.
D. Township traffic signal controller to be installed at Springfield Rd on the 102

Division.
1.16 SUBMITTALS
A. CDRLs.
CDRL No. Title or Reference Para.

CDRL 01010-001 Final design documents 1.01B
CDRL 01010-002 ODU mock-up 1.03A.5
CDRL 01010-003 Schedule of design submissions and construction 1.12A
stages
CDRL 01010-004 Key staff resumes and a listing and organization of 1.13B
other project personnel
CDRL 01010-005 Principal staff assignments, responsibilities for this 1.13D
Contract, all other assignments for these individuals
external to this Contract, and percentage of time
allocated to this Contract
CDRL 01010-006 Software documentation details 3.04B
PART 2– PRODUCTS
This Part not used in this Section.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 CBTC CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A. The MSHL CBTC Project encompasses critical life\safety train operations. As such,
to be considered capable and responsible to be awarded this contract, the apparent
low bidding prime Contractor and all the Sub-Contractors shall be required to show
through documentation that they possess the financial capability and the specialized,

firsthand knowledge and experience deploying similar CBTC technology and that
they meet all other responsibility requirements as so stated herein.
B. The apparent low bidding Contractor shall have fourteen (14) days after the bid
opens to assemble and deliver to SEPTA ten (10) copies of all the necessary
responsibility documentation for SEPTA detailing the Contractors ability to
undertake and complete this work successfully to SEPTA for review. Failure of the
apparent low bid Contractor to provide the responsibility documentation in sufficient
detail to allow SEPTA to make a determination of responsibility within the time
allotted, shall render the Contractor non-compliant.
C. The apparent low bid Contractor shall be required to provide for the responsibility
review all the necessary documentation, for both the prime Contractor and each sub-
contracted firm. This documentation shall include, as a minimum: organizational
charts, names and resumes of key personnel, relevant work experience and history’s,
CBTC experience, corporate financial statements and all other information as shall
be required.
3.02 WARRANTY
A. Refer to Section 01400 Quality Requirements.
3.03 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to Section 01621 Safety Program
3.04 SOFTWARE ESCROW ACCOUNT
A. The Contractor shall enter an escrow agreement with SEPTA as specified herein, to
protect SEPTA’s right to access the MSHL System software source code should it
become necessary during the term of the license. The Contractor shall deposit a copy
of the source code in the hands of an independent third party who shall keep the
MSHL System software source code safe and confidential during the term of the
license and to release it to SEPTA if the Contractor is unable to continue to maintain
the software for SEPTA.
B. The placing of software documentation details, such as proprietary source code or

compilers, testing requirements, etc., in a third-party escrow account, in lieu of
submittal to the SEPTA Project Manager, may be permitted, subject to SEPTA
Project Manager approval, provided that sufficient software is provided (submitted
and/or shown to an approved reviewer) to enable SEPTA to evaluate overall system
performance. [CDRL 01010-006]

C. The Contractor shall conduct a software escrow verification test for all escrowed
software. These tests, at a minimum, shall verify that all software and developmental
tools have been escrowed to compile, link, or otherwise generate the firmware,
object code, P-Code, executable code, or whatever is required to run on the vehicle
system or portable test equipment or other software-based system supplied by the
Contractor or its Sub-Contractors.
D. The escrowed design, documentation details, shall include all source code, licensed
copies of all compilers linkers, and any specialized programming devices etc.,
required to generated and install the executable files, and any other technical data
that the SEPTA Project Manager may deem necessary..
E. The escrow package shall be made available to SEPTA for its own use if the
Contractor or its sub-supplier is no longer in business, or no longer supports the
product and has not transferred the rights to the design to another entity, or if, based
on an independent third party assessment, the Contractor or its sub-supplier no
longer supports the product at a reasonable cost and a reasonable time.
F. SEPTA will maintain the escrow account for a minimum of ten (10) years after the
start of full revenue service.

SECTION 01025
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. This Section specifies the general requirements for measurement of quantities and
the provisions for payment of the Contract in addition to the requirements and
provisions set forth in this Contract.
B. Provide a detailed breakdown of the Contract Sum showing values allocated to each
of the various parts of the Work, as specified herein, and as required by other
provisions of the Contract Documents.
C. The Contractor shall submit a Value Line Breakdown in tabular form, identifying
each value line description, unit of measure, quantity and total cost to SEPTA’s
Project Manager for approval. The Value Line Breakdown shall be in compliance
with all provisions of Exhibit III of the Agreement. [CDRL 01025-001]
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Exhibit III of the Agreement.
B. Article XII, “Payment and Completion” of the Agreement and all other payment
provisions within the Agreement.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01300.
B. CDRLs

CDRL 01025-001 Value Line Breakdown 1.01C
1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
A. The Work performed under the Contract will not be measured, except to establish
percentage of completion for each value line payment item.
1.05 SCOPE OF PAYMENT
A. Payment shall be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price in accordance with the
provisions of this Contract and shall constitute full compensation for the provision of
complete usable items.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Measurement and Payment

B. Payment shall not be made until the SEPTA Project Manager or his representative
has inspected and approved the work for payment. All costs for work to be
performed shall be covered by the Lump Sum prices indicated on the Schedule of
Base Bid Items.
C. Where work described in the Specifications is not directly indicated to be covered by

a specific price item, the costs in connection with such work shall be included in the
prices bid for the appropriate items in the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid,
Schedule A of the Agreement.
D. Deviation in the actual quantities either above or below the estimated quantities
shown in the Contract Documents shall not be made a basis for a claim or adjustment
in any of the Contract prices. Work paid under one item shall not be paid for under
any other item.
E. All payments shall be made in accordance with the conditions listed in Exhibit III of
the Agreement.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Work of this Section shall be in accordance with Section 01400, “Quality
Control and Warranty Requirements”.
1.07 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS
A. The Contractor shall supply unit prices for items identified in the Schedule of Items
and Prices Bid, Schedule A of the Agreement.
1.08 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS BREAKDOWN
A. In addition to the requirements of this Contract, the payment items in the Schedule of
Items and Prices Bid, Schedule A of the Agreement, shall be governed by the
following:
1. Mobilization, Facilities, Administration, and Project Documentation

a. This work consists of the mobilization of the construction plant and field
office and equipment at the work site; for materials and supplies
necessary for the prosecution of the Work, but not to be incorporated in
the Work; for construction of temporary facilities; for personal services
hired for work preparatory to commencing the Work and for
demobilization of the construction plant and field office.
b. Any work which consists of project administration and creation of
required documentation.
c. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid as indicated on
the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid, Schedule A of the Agreement,
complete as specified.

2. Communications, Control Center, Signal Systems, CBTC Systems, Track and
Civil Design including Completion of MSHL System Modeling (Simulation)
a. This work consists of all final design for all locations at 30, 60, 90, and
100% design levels. This is to include all labor, materials and expenses
for design review meetings and attendance.
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for
Communications, Control Center, Signal Systems, CBTC Systems,
Track and Civil Design as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices
Bid, Schedule A of the Agreement, complete as specified.
3. Vehicle Design
a. This work consists of all final design for vehicles at Preliminary and
Final Design levels. This is to include all labor, materials and expenses
for design review meetings and attendance.
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for Vehicle
Design as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid, Schedule A
of the Agreement, complete as specified.
4. Demonstration of Factory Integration Testing, Completion of Design
Verification/Validation Including Requirements Tracing and RAM targets.
a. This work consists of the Demonstration of Factory Integration Testing,
Successful Completion of the Demonstration Period including
Requirements Tracing and RAM targets required for the implementation
of a fully functional MSHL CBTC System.
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for
demonstration of Factory Integration Testing and Completion of Design
Verification/Validation as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices
Bid, Schedule A of the Agreement, complete as specified.
5. Vehicle Systems
a. This work consists of furnishing, installing, and the operational testing of
complete vehicle retrofits and final acceptance of each vehicle static
testing.
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for Vehicle
Systems as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid,
Schedule A of the Agreement, complete as specified.
6. Control Center Systems
complete CBTC Systems elements, components, networks, and ancillary
devices that are required to supply a complete and comprehensive
SEPTA MSHL CBC Primary and Back-up Control Center.
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for Control
Center Systems as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid,
7. Control Center Build-Out

a. This work consists of the architectural, mechanical and electrical design
and construction necessary to provide modifications to the existing
Control Centers for the installation of the MSHL CBTC Control Center
Systems.
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for Control
Center Build-out as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid,
8. Ground and Radio Based Communications Network
a complete ground and radio based communications network for the
SEPTA MSHL CBTC system. The work includes the factory acceptance
testing, installation and in service testing of the Radio Instrument Houses
(RIH).
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for Ground
and Radio Based Communications Network as indicated on the Schedule
of Items and Prices Bid, Schedule A of the Agreement, complete as
specified.
9. Wayside Systems and Signal Power Distribution
transponder layouts and Wayside Encoder Units at each Interlocking.
The work includes modifications to existing interlocking central
instrument locations, including Signal Power Distribution and final
acceptance of signal system testing per Section 13587 “Installation and
System Validation Testing”.
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for Wayside
Systems as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid, Schedule
A of the Agreement, complete as specified.
10. Civil and Trackwork
a. This work consists of furnishing, selective demolition, installing and
testing of turnouts, crossovers and associated site work at each
Interlocking.
b. Payments to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for Civil and
Trackwork as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid,
11. Training Program
a. This work consists of all costs for the Contractor’s approved training
plan and training facility, complete with the development, demonstration
and approval of a CBTC system simulator to be used in the training of
SEPTA employees on all aspects of the delivered system which includes
but is not limited to:
1) Communications
2) Signals (C&S),
3) Dispatchers,

4) Equipment troubleshooting and Maintenance,
5) Supervision,
6) Trolley Operators
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for the
Training Program as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid,
12. Safety Validation Testing and System Safety Certification
a. This work consists of Overall Systems Integration and Safety Validation
Testing and receiving an approved System Safety Certification from the
from the Contractor for the entire MSHL System.
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for Systems
Integration, Validation Testing and FRA System Safety Certification as
indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid, Schedule A of the
Agreement, complete as specified.
13. Warranty
a. This work consists of provisioning of all Warranties as described by
these Specifications and as required within the Agreement.
b. Payment to be made at the Contract Lump Sum Price Bid for Warranty
as indicated on the Schedule of Items and Prices Bid, Schedule A of the
Agreement, complete as specified.
PART 2– PRODUCTS


SECTION 01041
PROJECT COORDINATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DECRIPTION OF WORK
A. General
1. The work of this Project requires close coordination between the Contractor,
Sub-Contractors, and SEPTA operations to ensure revenue service disruptions
during Project execution are kept to a minimum to ensure a successful
deployment of the SEPTA MSHL Communications Based Train Control
(CBTC) System.
B. Management of Work
1. The Contractor’s Project Manager shall execute and take responsibility for:
a. The overall progress of the project
b. Reporting of all project activities to SEPTA
c. Meeting scheduled milestones and deliverables
d. Ensuring high quality of tangible and written output
e. Meeting the contractual obligations of the project in relation to reporting
and financial matters
f. Overall planning of the project
g. Coordinating and overseeing all work of the Sub-Contractors
h. Organizing and writing minutes of progress meetings and technical
meetings
i. Maximizing the dissemination activities of the project required to
optimize its impact
j. Resolving any conflict that arises in the project, through discussions with
the relevant parties and reference to the Specification where necessary
k. Overall safety including related plans and tasks
l. Quality assurance and authority to direct the removal and replacement of
defective work
2. Responsibility for achieving the objectives of the work in the project shall be
shared between the project partners. The role of the Systems Integration
Engineer shall be to:
a. Plan and organize the work required
b. Coordination and integration of all details among the various disciplines
c. Ensure the work is progressing at the rate required to achieve the
milestones and deliverables envisaged.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Project Coordination

d. Ensure good communication between partners
e. Monitor the quality of field work
f. Carry out technical work as designed
g. Provide written reports to the SEPTA Project Manager as required.
3. Further requirements for the management of the work are as defined within
Section 01010 “Summary of Work”.
C. Systems Coordination
1. General
a. The Contractor shall be responsible for all facets of the entire CBTC
system, its equipment, and its deployment on the MSHL. The Contractor
shall be responsible to SEPTA for proper operation, reliability, safety,
functionality, and system integration of all phases of the CBTC system
and its integration with the Control Center, Communications, Wayside
Signal, and Vehicle work. Interfaces regarding “outside the vehicle
envelope” topics shall be coordinated with SEPTA by the Contractor.
Subject areas requiring such interfaces include, but are not limited to, the
wayside signal system, the CBTC system, Control Center, vehicle
system, RF and GBN systems, and local traffic controller system.
2. Vehicle
a. The time system used by all microprocessor equipment including the
vehicle, wayside and office equipment, including all event and data
recorders, shall be Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). All time displays
for the Trolley Operator shall be shown in Eastern Standard Time or
Eastern Daylight Savings Time, whichever is appropriate for the given
date, in 24 hour clock time. The Contractor is responsible for
coordinating this requirement with all suppliers. All Vehicle systems
shall be time-synchronized with the Wayside systems.
3. Wayside Signaling
a. The wayside signaling system shall control interlockings and signal
aspects in a vital and safe manner at all times regardless of the operation
or influence of any other part of the system.
b. Coordination between the CBTC system and the wayside signaling
system shall be provided to ensure no conflicting information is
presented to the Trolley Operators or Dispatchers at any time.
c. The necessary interfaces shall be designed and coordinated between the
wayside signaling system, CBTC system, the Local Traffic Controller
system, the Control Center, trolleys, and all other elements of the CBTC
system.
4. Control Center
a. The Contractor shall be responsible for all design and interfaces between
the control center and all other elements of the overall CBTC System.

5. CBTC Communications System
a. The system and it associated components (e.g., the Radio Systems, the
Ground based network, Network Management System, Communications
Managers, and the Communications Power System, Network Security
System) shall provide all necessary communications between the
elements of the overall CBTC System.
1.02 SUBCONTRACTOR WORK
A. The Contractor must, before making any Sub-Contract, submit a written statement to
the SEPTA Project Manager for approval to execute the contract. If SEPTA
determines that the proposed Sub-Contractor is acceptable the Contractor will be
notified in writing. SEPTA may revoke approval of any Sub-Contractor when such
Sub-Contractor evidences an unwillingness or inability to perform his work in strict
accordance with the Contract Documents, and at any time during the duration of the
project. Notice of such revocation of approval will be given in writing to the
Contractor. [CDRL 01041-001]
B. The Contractor shall promptly, upon request, file with SEPTA a conformed copy of
the Sub-Contract. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in
all Sub-Contracts relative to the work to bind Sub-Contractors to the Contract by the
terms of these Contract Documents, insofar as applicable to the work of Sub-
Contractors, and to give the Contractor the same power as regards terminating any
Sub-Contract that SEPTA may exercise over the Contractor under provisions of
these Contract Documents. [CDRL 01041-002]
C. The approval by SEPTA of a Sub-Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any
of his responsibilities, duties and liabilities. The Contractor shall be solely
responsible to SEPTA for the acts or defaults or omissions of his Sub-Contractor and
of such Sub-Contractor's officers, agents, and or employees of the Sub-Contractor.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual
relationship between any Sub-Contractor and SEPTA.
D. The Contractor shall organize, establish, maintain, control, and justify all
subcontractors performing activities or supplying products within these Contract
documents.
E. The Contractor’s Project Manager shall be responsible for communications to and

from Sub-Contractors, and timely delivery of all Sub-Contractor provided products,
information and work.
1.03 MANAGING PROJECT INFORMATION
A. The Contractor shall incorporate software programs to increase efficiency, such as to

maintain project files and manage key information.

B. The Contractor shall make sure that project information remains easily accessible to
key participants.
C. Project deliverables (software, hardware, documentation, manuals, etc.), design

documentation, and other project-related information shall be maintained under
configuration control and shall be backed-up at all times by the Contractor subject to
SEPTA inspection.
1.04 CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION
A. The Contractor’s Systems Integration Engineer shall be responsible for providing a

Construction Coordination Plan for the SEPTA Project Manager’s review and
approval within 30 days of NTP. This plan shall define how revenue service shall be
maintained during construction activities and what special provisions shall need to be
made by the Contractor to ensure service is maintained. [CDRL 01041-003]
B. The Construction Coordination Plan shall detail the following information:
1. The sequencing of construction activities on the MSHL with regard to

minimizing the impact to existing revenue service operations. Required service
impacts shall be defined in terms of their affect on revenue operations
including, but not limited to defining:
a. Specific track sections to be taken out of service or service impacted and
the length of the impacts.
b. How revenue service will be affected and how these affects will be
minimized.
c. What special provisions will need to be made to maintain revenue
service during the outage.
d. Refer to Section 01100 “Special Project Procedures”, for requirements
for track usage, track outages, and specifies general procedures for
performing work on the MSHL.
2. The means by which impacts to roadway crossing operations will be
minimized during construction.
3. How the provided equipment will be cut into service.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300:
1. Meeting minutes. [CDRL 01041-004]

2. System Integration Engineer’s reports. [CDRL 01041-005]

B. CDRLs

CDRL 01041-001 Written request for approval to execute contract 1.02A
with each subcontractor
CDRL 01041-002 Conformed copies of subcontracts 1.02B
CDRL 01041-003 Systems Integrator’s Construction Coordination 1.04A
Plan
CDRL 01041-004 Meeting Minutes 1.05A.1
CDRL 01041-005 Systems Integration Engineer’s reports 1.05A.2
PART 2– PRODUCTS


SECTION 01050
FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: This Section of the Specifications covers field engineering services
as necessary to correctly complete the Work including, but not limited to:
1. Performing existing condition assessment and engineering topographic surveys

to support the final design of signal, civil and trackwork portions of the project.
2. Establishing and maintaining lines, levels and other survey controls as dictated
by the specific project parameters.
3. Structural design of sheeting, shoring, formwork, temporary
supports/falsework and other similar items provided by the Contractor as part
of the means and methods of construction.
4. Responsibilities: Each Separate Contractor is responsible to perform its own
field engineering/surveying work.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01300 – Submittals.
B. Section 01700 – Contract Closeout.
C. Section 01720 – Project As-Built Documentation.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300.
B. Contractors shall submit:
1. Data demonstrating qualifications of persons proposed to be engaged for field

engineering/survey services. [CDRL 01050-001]
2. Documentation detailing the methods that the Contractor proposes to use to
achieve and verify required survey accuracy. [CDRL 01050-002]
3. All survey-related submittals shall be accompanied by a certification, signed
by the Contractor's retained Field Engineer, stating that elevations and
locations of improvements are in conformance or nonconformance with the
requirements of the Contract documents.
4. Shop drawings and design calculations for all falsework and temporary or
interim supports including sheeting, shoring, excavation supports, cofferdams,
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Field Engineering

concrete forming systems and steel erection devices among others. [CDRL
01050-003]
C. CDRLs

CDRL 01050-001 Field Engineer/Surveyor Qualifications 1.03B.1
CDRL 01050-002 Surveying Accuracy Methodology and 1.03B.2
Certification
CDRL 01050-003 Temporary Falsework and Sheeting and Shoring 1.03B.4
Shop Drawings and Calculations, Signed and
Sealed by PE
CDRL 01050-004 Project Survey Record: Certified Survey of 1.06A
Newly Installed Major Structural Element
CDRL 01050-005 Project Survey Record: Field Books and Stakeout 1.06B
Data
CDRL 01050-006 Project Survey Record: Survey Documentation in 1.06C
Electronic Format
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled professionals and technicians who are thoroughly
trained and experienced in the necessary areas and who are completely familiar with
the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the
work of this section.
B. A Professional Land Surveyor (PLS) Licensed to Practice in the Commonwealth of

Pennsylvania shall perform the survey work for the Contractor. The PLS shall be on
the Work site whenever survey activities are taking place.
C. Temporary support/excavation support shop drawings shall be prepared, signed and

sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
1.05 PROCEDURES
A. In addition to procedures directed by the Contractor for proper performance of the

Work, the Contractor shall:
1. Locate and protect control points before starting work on the site.
2. Preserve permanent reference points during progress of the Work.
3. Not change or relocate reference points or items of the Work without specific
approval from the SEPTA Project Manager.
4. Promptly advise the SEPTA Project Manager when a reference point is lost or
destroyed, or requires relocation because of other changes in the Work.
a. Upon direction of the SEPTA Project Manager, require the Contractor's
surveyor to replace reference stakes or markers.

b. Locate such replacements according to the original survey control.
B. Before proceeding with the layout of actual work, each Prime Contractor shall verify
the layout information shown on the drawings, in relation to the property survey and
existing benchmarks. As the work proceeds, the surveyor shall check every major
element for line, level and plumb. A surveyor's log or record book of such checks
shall be maintained current at all times. Make this log or record book available for
SEPTA Project Manager’s. The surveyor shall record deviations from the required
lines and levels, and shall, upon detection, promptly advise SEPTA of deviations
exceeding indicated or recognized tolerances. The Contractor shall update final
survey information on as-built drawings.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the stakeout of all property lines and corners
required to establish the location of fences and other items of work, of which
location is referenced thereto.
D. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for dimensions and elevations taken
from benchmarks and baselines and for the setting of lines and grades.
E. The Contractor shall provide SEPTA with any assistance required for checking lines,
grades, and measurements as may be requested by the SEPTA Project Manager.
1.06 PROJECT SURVEY RECORDS
A. On completion of any major structural element of the Work such as foundations,

abutments, piers or other significant site improvement, the Contractor shall prepare
and submit a certified survey illustrating dimensions, locations, angles, and
elevations of the final construction and site work. [CDRL 01050-004]
B. The Contractor shall preserve all field books and stakeout data until Final
Acceptance of the Work at which time they will be signed and sealed by the licensed
Surveyor (PLS) and turned over to SEPTA. The Contractor shall comply with any
requests by the SEPTA Project Manager to review field books and stakeout data at
any time during the course of Work. Submit field books and stakeout data to SEPTA
as part of Project Closeout. The field books and stakeout data will become the
property of SEPTA. [CDRL 01050-005]
C. Along with the survey books, all documentation from the surveys shall be submitted
to SEPTA in an electronic format as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
[CDRL 01050-006]
1.07 SURVEY CREWS
A. The minimum required crew shall be onsite at all times to perform all survey related
tasks as necessary to properly execute the Work in accordance with these
specifications and the Contract Drawings. The members of the survey crew must be

located in such proximity to the Work site that mobilization is possible within four
hours of notification by SEPTA.
1.08 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY
A. Topographic surveys are required for final design of civil/site improvements and
trackwork. In this Article, the term “Project Area” refers to the locations within the
overall project where there are civil/site improvements and trackwork.
B. Planimetric detail: Survey the location and boundaries of existing, permanent,

surface (at-grade) site improvements, including, but not limited to: buildings,
miscellaneous structures, pavement, curbs, curb ramps, utility poles (include pole
numbers), light poles, bollards, fire hydrants, surface evidence of underground
utilities (meter box covers, valve covers, vent covers, handhole covers, manhole
covers, etc.), fences, site walls, retaining walls, steps, stairs, guide rail, railing, train
tracks, trolley tracks, trees (4” caliper and greater, indicate caliper at chest height and
species), landscaped areas, parking meters, sign posts (include sign face
information), pavement marking (parking lot striping, loading zone gore striping,
parking lane lines, stop bars, street traffic control striping), traffic signal poles
(include diagrammatic mast arm and signal heads), perimeter of tree masses, heavily
wooded or vegetated areas, edge of water bodies, location of existing property
corner monuments found in field.
C. Topography: survey spot elevations at bottom of curb, top (back) of curb, and back
edge of sidewalk at regular intervals (not less than 25 feet) and at PC, PCC, PT and
beginning and end of depressed curb (driveway apron); spot elevations at top and
bottom of walls; spot elevations at finished floor inside each door (not at door sill);
invert elevations of all sewer pipes at each manhole; top of bank, bottom of bank,
centerline and invert of stream channels and drainage swales/ditches; spot elevations
on a 10-foot grid in open areas and paved areas; survey sufficient detail to provide
existing condition drawings with 1-foot contours.
D. Track:
1. Alignment: survey the centerline of existing track. Locate the centerline every
50 feet on tangent track and every 25 feet within curves. Locate the Point of
Curve (PC), Point of Tangent (PT) and Point of Intersection (PI) for all curves.
For curves less than 50 feet long, provide a minimum of 3 intermediate Point
on Curve (POC) shots.
2. Profile: survey top of rail elevations for all tracks at 50-foot intervals on
tangent track and every 25 feet within curves.
3. LIDAR survey will not be accepted for track survey.
PART 2– PRODUCTS



SECTION 01060
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND SAFETY
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section specifies the regulatory and safety requirements for prosecution of the
Work and supplements the requirements specified in the Agreement. The Contractor
is required to assure that all employees, subcontractors, and suppliers/vendors, while
on the Work site and/or in the conduct of the Contract, comply with the provisions of
this Section.
B. The Contractor shall take every precaution necessary to assure the safe access and
egress of all SEPTA patrons and employees, the safe and continuous operation of all
SEPTA vehicles, ensure the appropriate protection of the environment as well as the
safety and general welfare of the public at large.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01041 – Project Coordination.
B. Section 01067 – Media-Sharon Hill Safety Requirements.
C. Section 01068 – Maintenance Facilities Safety Requirements.
D. Section 01100 – Special Project Procedures.
E. Section 01400 – Quality Requirements.
F. Section 01500 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300:
B. The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the Contractor’s employee safety program to
the SEPTA Project Manager within 60 days from receipt of the Notice to Proceed.
[CDRL 01060-001]
C. CDRLs

CDRL 01060-001 Contractor’s Employee Safety Program 1.03B
CDRL 01060-002 Weekly (tool box) safety meeting agendas and 1.04C
minutes
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Regulatory Requirements and Safety
CDRL 01060-003 Contractor’s written safety program including 1.06B
guidelines for emergency procedures
CDRL 01060-004 Fully equipped first aid station 1.06C
CDRL 01060-005 Crane (or other equipment that may foul track) 1.08E
operation sketch
CDRL 01060-006 Proof of utility notification 1.11A
CDRL 01060-007 Preconstruction survey, including photographs, 1.12C.3.c
and plan for protecting existing trees, vegetation,
survey monuments, markers, signs and other
features that are to remain and could be damaged
by construction operations.
A. The Contractor shall daily monitor and document the compliance and performance of
the requirements set forth in this Section consistent with appropriate SEPTA Work
rules and Local, Commonwealth, and Federal rules and regulations. The Contractor
shall furnish a copy of the Contractor’s employee safety program to the SEPTA
Project Manager. This safety plan shall document the Contractor’s compliance with
all of the above-referenced codes and be submitted within 60 days from receipt of
the Notice to Proceed.
B. The Contractor shall provide a qualified safety officer who shall be responsible for
all safety-related activities until the completion of the Work. The Safety Officer
shall report all on-the-job injuries at once to the SEPTA Project Manager and submit
all paperwork pertaining to such injuries, as required.
C. The Contractor’s Superintendent or Safety Officer shall hold weekly (tool box)
safety meetings with all of the Contractors personnel. Subjects, time, and location
may be set at the Contractor’s convenience. SEPTA requires at least three (3) days
prior notice of location and time of each meeting, and an agenda shall be submitted
to the SEPTA Project Manager. Minutes of each safety meeting shall include the
meeting date, time and attendee signatures and shall be provided to the SEPTA
Project Manager at the regularly-scheduled project coordination meeting.
[CDRL 01060-002]
1.05 GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent injury to the public
and damage to property of others. All Work shall be performed in accordance with
rules, regulations, procedures, and safety practices of SEPTA, the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania OSHA, and all other governmental agencies having jurisdiction over
the Work.
B. Before commencing operations, the Contractor shall furnish and erect construction
fencing or barricades, as specified, for the safeguarding of the public against accident
or damage resulting from the Contractor’s operations, and as required to prevent
unauthorized access to the Work and to the storage areas. The Contractor shall
maintain the construction fencing until removal.
C. The Contractor shall dismantle and remove construction fencing when required or
when directed by the SEPTA Project Manager.
1.06 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
A. The Contractor shall set up emergency procedures and prepare written guidelines
discussing such procedures for the following categories:
1. Fire
2. Injury to employees
3. Injury to general public
4. Property damage, including property of utilities, i.e., gas, water, sewage,
electrical, telephone or pedestrian and vehicle routes.
5. Hazardous/toxic material spill discharges.
6. Site evacuation
7. Other situations as determined by the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. Copies of all guidelines for emergency procedures shall be written and posted prior
to the initiation of actual construction. Posting shall include emergency telephone
numbers and directions to and from the nearest hospital. These guidelines shall be
included in the Contractor’s written safety program and shall be submitted to the
SEPTA Project Manager. [CDRL 01060-003]
C. The Contractor shall provide and fully equip a first aid station at the work site.
[CDRL 01060-004]
1.07 PROTECTION OF SEPTA FACILITIES
A. The Contractor shall be cognizant of and bound by SEPTA’s safety rules and
regulations specified herein and conduct operations in strict accordance with same.
B. SEPTA shall be the sole judge of protection necessary for the safe operation of its
facilities.
1.08 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall store equipment and materials at the job site in accordance with
instructions of the SEPTA Project Manager and in conformance with applicable
regulatory provisions. The Contractor shall not store unnecessary items at the job
site. Flammable materials shall not be stored in confined spaces.
B. The Contractor shall take care to prevent any structure from being loaded with a
weight which will endanger its security or the safety of persons.
C. The Contractor shall enforce the instructions of the SEPTA Project Manager
regarding such items as signs, fires, and smoking.
D. Where it is permitted to store materials on streets, the Contractor shall place such
materials in a secured place in accordance with local jurisdictions so as to cause
minimum obstruction to traffic and the public safety. The Contractor shall not place
materials within 15 feet of fire hydrants nor obstruct drainage gutters or inlets. The
Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required permits relative to storage of
materials.
E. The Contractor shall submit for review by the SEPTA Project Manager, sketches
defining the operations of all cranes used in support of construction during periods of
train operations. The Contractor shall submit, at the SEPTA Project Manager’s
request, similar information for cranes or other equipment in use and capable of
encroachment. [CDRL 01060-005]
1. These sketches shall include planned locations and movements of the

equipment, calculations demonstrating the adequacy of the capacity of the
crane for the loads, the interface between the footprint of the equipment the
movement of the boom and loads relative to the existing structure and
surrounding buildings, the support grillages and the protection of existing
utilities and facilities, and any other pertinent details required by the SEPTA
Project Manager.
2. The following data shall be required for all hoisting operations adjacent to
active SEPTA operations and facilities and shall be prepared by and sealed by
a Professional Engineer licensed in Pennsylvania.
a. Plans and sections showing locations of cranes, horizontally and
vertically operating radii, with delivery of disposal locations shown. The
location of the SEPTA Right of Way and all active facilities shall also be
shown.
b. Crane rating sheets showing cranes to be adequate for 150% of the actual
weight being lifted. A complete set of crane charts, including crane,
counterweight, and boom nomenclature is to be submitted.
c. A location plan showing all obstructions such as wires, poles, adjacent
structures, etc., and that the proposed lifts are clear of these obstructions.
d. A data sheet shall be prepared listing the type, size, and arrangements of
slings, shackles, or other connecting equipment, all to be designed for
150% of the actual weight being lifted. Copies of a catalog or
information sheets for specialized equipment shall be included.
e. A complete procedure is to be included, indicating the location and order
of lifts and any repositioning or rehitching of the crane or cranes.
f. Temporary support of any components or intermediate stages is to be
shown and detailed.
g. A time schedule of the various stages must be shown as well as a
schedule for the entire lifting procedure.
F. Materials Handling:
1. Reinforcing steel shall not be used as a lifting (“pick”) point on any load or as
a guyline anchor.
2. All scrap material of any kind, type, or nature shall be placed daily into
designated confined areas or containers specifically supplied for this purpose.
Containers shall be removed from the job site when full.
3. All loose material on platforms or other exposed locations shall be removed or
secured at the end of each day to prevent dislodgment by train movement,
wind, vandalism or other causes.
4. The Contractor shall assure that all chemicals, paints, solvents, and cleaners
are maintained per OSHA’s hazard standards. Discarded chemicals shall be
disposed of in accordance with Pennsylvania D.E.P. requirements. Copies of
all Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), OSHA Form 20, and the Product Use
sheets shall be sent to SEPTA’s SEPTA Project Manager. All training shall be
done in accordance with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard.
1.09 SNOW REMOVAL
A. The Contractor shall remove all snow and ice within the SEPTA Project site as
required for the proper protection and prosecution of the Work. The Contractor shall
at all times provide and maintain adequate protection against weather so as to
preserve all Work, materials, equipment, apparatus, and fixtures free from damage.
B. The Contractor shall not use sodium chloride on any facilities adjacent to SEPTA
electric rail lines where the possibility exists that melting mixture may leach onto the
trolley Right of Way.
1.10 WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER HOT WORK
A. Gas or electric cutting, burning, or welding shall be done in accordance with the
guidelines of NFPA 51 B. Spark shields and a fire watch must be posted when
burning. A supply of water shall be readily available.
1.11 UTILITIES
A. As per 73 P.S., § 176, et seq., the Contractor is required to notify utilities prior to all
excavations. Submit proof of utility notification to the SEPTA Project Manager.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage done to any utility in the
prosecution of the Work. The Contractor shall exercise any precautions necessary to
prevent damage in working underneath or adjacent to any underground structure. If
it becomes necessary for a utility company, through emergency procedures or
because of unforeseen conditions, to repair, reconstruct, relay or relocate utilities
within the contract area, after work has commenced by the Contractor, then the said
utility company and the Contractor shall make suitable arrangements to overcome
such interference. No compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for the
disruption to his work. A no-cost time extension may be granted in accordance with
the Contract to the Contractor by SEPTA for the delay that has occurred.
[CDRL 01060-006]
B. All of the above shall be accomplished at no extra cost or charge to SEPTA.
1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
A. Environmental protection considerations consist of, but are not limited to, the
following factors:
1. Natural resources, including air, water, and land

2. Solid waste disposal.
3. Noise.
4. Control of toxic substances, hazardous materials, and radiation.
5. The presence of chemical, physical, and biological elements and agents that
adversely affect and alter ecological balances.
6. Degradation of the aesthetic use of the environment.
7. Historical, archaeological, and cultural resources.
B. General Requirements:
1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain environmental protection as defined

herein.
2. The Contractor’s operation shall comply with all applicable Federal,
Commonwealth and Local laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to
environmental protection.
3. Compliance of subcontractors with the provisions of this and various other
sections of these Specifications shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
4. The Contractor shall not use equipment from which factory-installed
antipollution and noise control devices have been removed or rendered
ineffective through lack of proper maintenance.
5. The Contractor shall provide adequate pollution controls for painting and
surface preparation in compliance with the State Department of Environmental
Resources Regulations.
C. Protection of Natural Resources:
1. General: It is intended that the natural resources within the project boundaries
and outside the limits of permanent Work performed shall be preserved in their
existing condition or be restored to an equivalent of the existing condition, as
approved by the SEPTA Project Manager upon completion of the Work. The
Contractor shall confine its on-site construction activities to areas defined by
the Contract Drawings and Specifications or directed by the SEPTA Project
Manager.
2. Protection of Project Site and Existing Roadways: Debris or rubbish of any
kind shall not be dumped onto the site or roadways. This shall include paint
splatters and spillage during painting operations. Care shall be taken to
prevent damage and injury to personnel, vessels, and vehicles using roadways,
or areas accessible to pedestrians. Devices shall be provided and maintained
by the Contractor as required to prevent such occurrences. Material or items
falling onto roadways shall be promptly removed at the Contractor’s expense.
3. Land Resources:
a. Except in areas indicated to be cleared or excavated, the Contractor shall
not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees, shrubs, or vegetation.
No ropes, cables, or guys shall be fastened or attached to any existing
nearby trees for anchorage unless otherwise permitted by the SEPTA
Project Manager. Where such use is permitted, the Contractor shall be
responsible for any resulting damage.
b. The use of herbicides is not permitted unless otherwise specified.
c. The Contractor shall submit a plan for protecting existing trees and
vegetation that are to remain and that may be injured, bruised, defaced,
or otherwise damaged by construction operations. Rocks that are
displaced into uncleared areas shall be removed. Monuments, markers,
and works of art shall be protected prior to the start of the operations. A
preconstruction survey, including photographs, shall be performed by the
Contractor, and a written report of the survey shall be furnished to
SEPTA within five (5) days of its request by the SEPTA Project
Manager. [CDRL 01060-007]
d. Repair and Restoration: All trees, vegetation and other landscape
features that are to remain and become scarred or damaged by the
Contractor’s equipment or operations shall be repaired and restored to
their original condition at the Contractor’s expense. The SEPTA Project
Manager shall approve the repair and restoration program prior to its
initiation and after completion.
4. Water Resources: At all times, measures shall be taken to prevent oil, gasoline
and other hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage areas,
sewers, streams, and other local bodies of water.
5. Wildlife Resources: The Contractor shall not disturb native habitat adjacent to
the project construction area.
D. Erosion and Sediment Controls:
1. Burning of ground cover shall not be permitted.
2. The Contractor shall conform to all applicable requirements of the Department
of Environmental Resources of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania with
respect to erosion and sediment control measures to prevent discharge into
storm water discharge systems and active waterways.
E. Toxic Substances:
1. The Contractor shall comply with the Toxic Substance Control Act, P.L. 94-
469 (TSCA).
2. No toxic chemical substance, mixture, equipment, container, sealant, coating,
or dust-control agent shall be used except in accordance with all provisions of
the TSCA as interpreted by the rules and regulations of 40 CFR 761.
3. Any toxic chemical substance, mixture, equipment, container, sealant, coating,
or dust-control agent found stored within the project area shall be immediately
reported to the SEPTA Project Manager in writing and Work shall be stopped
in the area. The SEPTA Project Manager shall make arrangements for the
removal of the toxic materials, after which the Contractor may continue work
in the area.
F. Control and Disposal of Chemical and Sanitary Wastes:
1. Trash shall be picked up and placed in containers that shall be emptied on a

regular schedule. Handling and disposal shall be so conducted as to prevent
contamination of the site and other areas, and shall not be disposed of in
wetlands or burned on the right-of-way. On completion, the area shall be left
clean and in natural condition.
2. Disposal of rubbish and debris shall be as follows: The Contractor shall
transport all waste, including excess excavated material, off the site and
dispose of it in a manner that complies with the Federal, Commonwealth, and
Local requirements. The Contractor shall secure a permit or license prior to
transporting any material off the site. Waste materials shall not be burned on
the site.
3. The Contractor shall transport the garbage to a pickup point or disposal area.
4. Chemical waste shall be stored in corrosion-resistant containers, removed from
the project site, and disposed of as necessary, but not less frequently than
monthly. Disposal of chemical waste shall be in accordance with standard
established practices as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. Fueling and
lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles on the site shall be conducted in a
manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation.
Lubricants to be discarded, including burned oil, shall be disposed of in
accordance with approved procedures meeting Federal, Commonwealth, and
Local regulations. For oil and hazardous material spills that may be large
enough to violate Federal, Commonwealth or Local regulations, the SEPTA
Project Manager shall be notified immediately.
G. Dust Control
1. Dust shall be kept down at all times, including non-Working hours, weekends,
and holidays. Soil at the site, station platforms, haul roads, and other areas
disturbed by the Contractor’s operations and materials stockpiled for the
project shall be treated with dust suppressors or covered to control dust. Dry
power brooming shall not be permitted. Vacuuming, wet mopping, wet
sweeping, or wet power brooming shall be used instead. Air blowing shall be
permitted only for cleaning off non-particle debris, such as that from
reinforcing bars. Sandblasting shall not be permitted except as otherwise
specified elsewhere. Only wet cutting of concrete block, concrete, and asphalt
shall be permitted.
2. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the National
Emission Standards for Asbestos (40 CFR 61 Subpart B).
3. The Contractor shall inspect all vehicles for dirt prior to their leaving the
construction site. Dirt, soil, and rubble likely to be dislodged during transit
shall be removed from the trucks and other vehicles prior to leaving the site.
4. The Contractor shall ensure that equipment transporting material to and from
the site that may become airborne is covered.
5. The Contractor shall not cause or permit fugitive particulate matter to be
emitted into the outdoor atmosphere from any source such that emissions are
visible beyond the project property line.
1.13 PROTECTION OF EXISTING WATER AND SEWER LINES
A. When the equipment axle load exceeds 15 tons, the Contractor shall provide and
work from timber mats placed over existing underground water lines and sewer lines.
1.14 NOISE CONTROL
A. As specified by the controlling jurisdiction. It is incumbent for the Contractor to

research and determine the applicable jurisdiction requirements in the Project area.
If in the event a Project site lies in two or more jurisdictional areas and the
requirements conflict the strictest will govern.
B. In absence of specific jurisdictional instructions regarding noise control, OSHA

29CFR §1910 will apply.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
SECTION 01067
MSHL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies the general safety requirements governing the Contractor’s
activities when its Work impacts the active Media-Sharon Hill Line (MSHL) Right-
Of-Way.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01041 - Project Coordination.
B. Section 01060 - Regulatory Requirements and Safety.
C. Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures.
D. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements.
E. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
B. CDRLs

CDRL 01067-001 Proposed method of executing Work, sequence of 1.05C
operations and time schedules for Work affecting
safety or movement of trolleys.
CDRL 01067-002 Proposed excavation bracing drawings and 1.05F.5
structural calculations sealed by a Pennsylvania
PE for earthwork excavations that extend below
the bottom of railroad crossties or where the
stability of the railroad embankment or structures
may be affected by excavation.
A. Refer to Section 01060 - 1.03.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC MSHL Safety Requirements

1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. General: The information contained in this Section is intended to provide guidance

and safety precautions to the Contractor when working on a live rail line. The
Contractor is advised that SEPTA shall operate trains over this location during the
performance of Work under the Contract, except as specified otherwise. The
Contractor shall comply with all parts of this Section, as well as with the general
intent of this Section.
B. Responsibility: The Work covered by the Contract shall involve safety of persons
and property on a live electrified rail line. Therefore, relevant skill and experience is
required of the Contractor to do its work safely. The Contractor shall be responsible
for the safety of its construction operations. The Contractor shall, therefore, be
expected to post adequate watchpersons and/or protective devices to protect its work
crews, equipment and the work site. Pertinent safety rules, which shall be followed,
are listed in, but not limited, to Paragraphs F, G, and H of this section. The
Contractor shall exercise proper care at all times. Operations:
C. Operations: When Work is being performed by the Contractor under active trolley
operations by SEPTA, the safety and continuity of operation of the trolleys by
SEPTA shall be of the first importance. They shall, at all times, be protected and the
Contractor shall arrange its work accordingly. Whenever the Work may affect the
safety or movement of trolleys, the method of doing such Work, together with the
proposed sequence of operations and time schedules for same, shall be submitted to
the SEPTA Project Manager for approval. [CDRL 01067-001]
1. No Work shall be prosecuted until such approval has been obtained. However,
such approval of the SEPTA Project Manager or duly authorized representative
will not be considered as a release of Contractor from responsibility for any
damage to SEPTA by the acts of the Contractor, its employees, and/or its
subcontractor’s.
2. In the event of an unplanned discontinuation of trolley service due to the
Contractor’s operations, the Contractor is not only liable for any injury or
damage that might occur, but also for the full cost of any detour of trolley
traffic, shuttle bus service and any associated costs.
3. Because of the potential safety hazard to its employees and the general public
in these type of operations, SEPTA reserves the right to restrict access to its
property. Any person will be removed and barred from SEPTA property if in
the opinion of SEPTA’s Project Manager, that person constitutes a safety risk.
D. SEPTA Personnel:
1. Flagperson: SEPTA Flagpersons are responsible for the safety and continuity
of operations. The SEPTA Flagperson shall have authority to direct the
stoppage of trolleys. Any sharing of protective duties between SEPTA and the
Contractor within the work site can be considered coincidental.

2. SEPTA Project Manager: The SEPTA Project Manager or a duly authorized
representative shall have complete authority in matters related to the safety of
SEPTA’s operations and facilities. The SEPTA Flagperson, SEPTA Project
Manager, or a duly authorized representative shall have authority to direct
passage of trolleys.
3. Pilots: If the Contractor wishes to occupy live or operating tracks with on-track
equipment, the Contractor shall request a SEPTA pilot who will obtain
exclusive track occupancy on the live track. All SEPTA pilots shall be
requested from the Project Manager a minimum of 1 week in advance of the
required starting time.
4. Qualified Protection Employee (QPE): A SEPTA employee qualified on
operating rules, physical characteristics, and on-track protection procedures
and is responsible for establishing on-track protection and safety. The QPE is
responsible for conducting Job Briefings relative to on-track protection, and
works with the Contractor’s PAR to ensure proper oversight of activities.
E. Contractor’s Personnel:
1. Protection Assurance Representative (PAR): The Contractor’s Protection

Assurance Representative (representative) may be the Superintendent, Safety
Officer or responsible foreperson. The representative shall be present at all
times when the Contractor’s employees are working within the SEPTA
operating envelope and under the requirements of this Section. In general the
PAR shall be responsible for day to day oversight of the Contractor’s gang
watchperson and employees so that they are working safely, according to all
parts of this Section, to coordinate construction activities with SEPTA’s
Flagging personnel.
2. Gang Watchperson: The role of the Contractor’s gang watchperson is solely
for the purpose of safety for the Contractor’s employees where external
influences, i.e., rail or street traffic, shall expose the workers to a safety hazard.
The gang watchperson should be on site with each work crew at all times. If it
becomes necessary for the watchperson to leave the site, work shall be
suspended until he/she returned or is replaced by another qualified gang
watchperson.
F. Right of Way Restrictions
1. Work and Slow Zones

a. Fouling type work is defined as follows:
1) For Contractor’s work at other than station platforms which is four
(4) feet or less from the near rail of operating track.
2) For Contractor’s work which extends off the edge of a station
platform.
3) For Contractor’s work which is outside of the above limits that has
the potential to foul.

b. SEPTA will protect its service from the Contractor’s operations in the
Contractor’s work areas by establishing SEPTA Work Zones. Within a
SEPTA Work Zone are one or more SEPTA Work Areas. A SEPTA
Work Zone is the pre-arranged limits of a work project along the right-
of-way, which is then defined for operational safety purposes in bulletin
information disseminated to SEPTA personnel. A SEPTA Work Area is
the actual working limits within the pre-defined boundaries of the
SEPTA Work Zone. The SEPTA Work Area is more clearly defined
visually in the field by the erection in place of specific SEPTA Work
Area signage.
c. The Contractor’s work area is defined as a linear space in or adjacent to
the track area. The Contractor’s work area starts (in the direction of
normal trolley movement) where the first worker is working or piece of
equipment is set up and ends where the last worker is working or piece
of equipment is set up. The Contractor’s work area shall remain within
the SEPTA Work Area. The limits of the SEPTA Work Area, in
accordance with SEPTA operating rules, is visually identified in the field
by a Stop Sign (or substitution of a Work Area Speed Limit Sign by the
Flagperson) AND a Work Area Resume Speed Sign. The approach to the
Work Area is visually identified in the field by an Approach Sign.
1) A SEPTA Work Zone will be established by SEPTA for fouling
type work on or about the operating tracks.
2) SEPTA will determine if the SEPTA Work Zone requires single
tracking or slow speed operations.
d. Applicable SEPTA Work Area signage or portable signals at prescribed
distances from the Contractors work area define the SEPTA Work Areas
for the control of train operations. The Contractor’s employees shall
confine themselves to stay within the limits of their SEPTA Work Area
at all times. Movement out of the SEPTA Work Area into another
SEPTA Work Area or another SEPTA Work Zone with personnel,
equipment and/or material shall not be permitted and shall be considered
a violation of the safety regulations. SEPTA Flagpersons are required
when fouling type work is being performed. No work shall be done in
the track area when visibility is poor.
2. Where fouling is not possible or if working in de-energized tracks or a de-
energized track, which can be physical, separated from an active track, the
above is revised as follows: The Contractors non-certified employees are
allowed to work in such areas. The Contractor’s supervisors, safety
supervisor, and foreperson shall attend the track safety seminar and obtain
certification.
3. The Contractor shall insure that the Contractor’s equipment will not foul any
track until proper protection has been afforded. While trains or cars are
passing on an adjacent track, any work that has the potential to foul shall be
stopped.

4. The SEPTA Project Manager shall have the right to restrict the operations of
fouling or on-track equipment when, in the SEPTA Project Manager’s opinion,
the equipment is not in satisfactory condition to be safely operated or where
operation will adversely affect the track structure. The SEPTA Project
Manager shall also have the right to prohibit the operation of any fouling or
on-track equipment by any Contractor-employed operator who is, in the
SEPTA Project Manager’s opinion, not qualified or able to operate said
equipment in a safe manner.
5. When any excavation extends below the bottom of the crossties, or where the
stability of the railroad embankment and/or structure may be affected by
excavation, such excavation shall be adequately braced by the Contractor.
Prior to starting any such excavation, detailed drawings of the proposed
bracing method shall be prepared and submitted to the SEPTA Project
Manager for his approval. When deemed appropriate by SEPTA’s Project
Manager, the shop drawings shall be accompanied by structural calculations
sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. [CDRL 01067-002]
G. General Safety Rules: The following safety rules of SEPTA are applicable to all of
the Contractor’s employees and those of its subcontractors in regard to conduct while
on or close to the track area:
1. At all times while working on or adjacent to operating tracks, the Contractor,

its subcontractors, and all of their employees, shall closely observe the
applicable flagging rules and regulations of SEPTA.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that all of its employees and the
employees of its subcontractors are familiar with the safety rules, safety
instructions and safe performance of work. These employees shall so conduct
themselves so as not to violate any of such flagging or safety rules.
3. Prior to the start of construction, all of the Contractor’s employees scheduled
to work on or near trackage shall attend a safety seminar on track safety rules
conducted by SEPTA. If these individuals are replaced, during the course of
the Project, the replacements and any other new employees shall also be
required to attend this seminar, before being able to work. Re-certification is
required on an annual basis.
4. Before permitting workperson on the track, the Contractor shall hold a Job
Briefing conducted by the contractor-employed Protection Assurance
Representative and/or SEPTA QPE (as prescribed by SEPTA’s Rail
Construction Safety Plan) and verify and document that the foreperson and
watchperson have an understanding with all employees as to the location they
will go when necessary to clear for trains. The Contractor’s PAR shall make
certain that the SEPTA QPE responsible for track safety explains the track
safety methods being utilized during the work. These Job Briefings will be
documented by the Contractor at the time of the briefing(s). The record of “Job
Briefings” shall be maintained by the Contractor for inspection by SEPTA.

5. The Contractor’s gang watchperson must give their entire attention to watching
for trains and warning the employees and are prohibited from performing any
other duties. They must not leave their posts until instructed by SEPTA that
the protection is unnecessary or other watchperson have been assigned and are
in position and watching in the direction of an approaching train.
6. The Contractor’s Protective Assurance Representative shall be responsible to
insure the safety of all its personnel and be equipped with audible and visible
warning devices to warn its personnel of the approaching trains.
7. The Contractor’s Protective Assurance Representative shall, before permitting
employees on or close to the track, ensure that all employees shall have an
understanding as to where they shall go when necessary to clear for trains.
8. The Contractor’s job forepersons presence at the work site is mandatory while
the work is being performed on or close to the track area.
9. A maximum of four non-certified contractor’s employees who are not
performing work may enter track areas where third rail power is energized
accompanied by a certified employee, (SEPTA or Contractor’s) with the
approval of the Train Dispatcher or any duly authorized representative.
10. While working on scaffolding or non-conductive ladders on the platform, the
Contractor’s employees shall secure scaffolding/ladder to eliminate rolling or
falling.
11. When small hand tools or construction equipment are used in electrified
territory, the Contractor shall exercise due care including the clearance
requirements to safeguard persons and property in the area. If the required
clearance cannot be maintained or any hazards are involved, prior guidance
from SEPTA’s Project Manager shall be requested.
12. The Contractor’s employees shall consider all tracks as operating tracks and be
on the alert for trains operating in either direction at all times. When it is
necessary to walk in the track area, it is the Site Superintendent and/or
Foreperson/Gang Watchpersons responsibility to let the train operators know
where the employees are. To do this, first notify and gain approval of the
Train Dispatcher, protect the employees by displaying a lighted lantern,
flashlight, and/or flags at all times. At first indication of an approaching train,
get off the track promptly, and conceal light from train operator’s view.
13. Any employee leaving the work area for any reason shall receive permission
from the on-site safety representative and protect himself with a lighted lantern
or flashlight. He shall follow route to and from the work location designated
by the foreperson in order to avoid crossing of track insofar as possible.
14. When standing in the track area, the Contractor’s employees shall allow
sufficient room for the car and third rail shoes, which extend beyond the car
body to clear body, clothing, or any object they may have in their hands. This
includes keeping their coats buttoned up so that they cannot catch on any part
of a moving car.

15. The contractor’s employees shall not step on track behind stopped trains.
Trains overrunning station platforms may have to be reversed to place doors
properly for opening.
16. Carry and use hand held flashlights when visibility is restricted, and at all
times from dusk to dawn.
17. When hearing flagpersons warning of the approach of a train, the contractor
shall remove tools and material clear of the track and depart the track area to
the catwalk or platform immediately without interfering with the pathway of
train.
18. Avoid track switches by walking around them.
19. Contractor’s watchpersons shall observe and acknowledge horn signals
conveyed from operating trains as required. A warning signal from a train
operator must always be acknowledged by a signal to proceed when you are in
the clear except when you are working under protection of flagperson.
H. Electrical Safety:
1. Overhead Wires: When equipment is used in electrified territory or in the

vicinity of Verizon, PECO, as well as SEPTA overhead wires, the Contractor
shall exercise special care to safeguard all persons in the area. Special
attention shall be given in the vicinity of overhead bridges and other structures
where the wires may be depressed.
a. All overhead wires, including catenary, transmission, and signal lines in
electrified zones, shall be considered live at all times.
b. Insulating covering of wire shall not be depended upon for protection
against shock.
c. No employee of the Contractor shall do any work near high voltage
wires of apparatus where it is possible for any part of employee body or
tools and material with which he is working to come within ten (10) feet
of such wires.
d. Use of metal ladders is forbidden in the area of overhead wires.
2. Emergency Guidelines
a. When an emergency occurs endangering life of a person that requires
that power be de-energized the most responsible person shall call the
Control Center. Give the proper location requiring de-energizing by
indicating the closest station, signal number, proper track number, and
line.
b. In case of electrical contact, personal judgment and initiative has to be
used, bearing in mind that the rescuer’s safety should not be imperiled.
Contact with a live overhead wire may prove fatal in a matter of seconds.
The most important thing is to stop the flow of electricity through the
victim’s body and then apply mouth-to-mouth resuscitation (or CPR
when necessary and if qualified to do so) until he or she recovers
consciousness or trained help arrives. Once a victim is freed from the

overhead wire, do not move him or her unless they can do so under their
own power. Except for qualified rescuers, moving an injured person
may result in further injury.
c. If a fire in the vicinity of the third rail, overhead wire or cable can be
readily extinguished, use a dry chemical extinguisher, do not use water.
d. Emergency phones numbers:
1) Control Center: 215-580-8560
2) Note: DO NOT use emergency phone numbers for non-emergency
situations such as confirming flagging, single tracking or power
outage requests.
PART 2– PRODUCTS

SECTION 01068
MAINTENANCE FACILITIES SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section specifies the regulatory and safety requirements governing the
Contractor’s activities. The Contractor shall take every precaution necessary to
assure the safe access and egress of all SEPTA patrons, vehicles and employees, the
safe and continuous operation and maintenance of buses, trolleys and trains, as well
as the safety and general welfare of the public at large.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01010 – Summary of Work
B. Section 01060 – Regulatory Requirements and Safety
C. Section 01067 – Media Sharon Hill Line Safety Requirements
D. Section 01500 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
A. Refer to Section 01060 - 1.03.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
B. CDRLs

CDRL 01068-001 Method of performing work that could impact 1.05D.2
SEPTA operations
CDRL 01068-002 Method of performing erection work in the 1.05D.2
vicinity of any track, catenary, and/or overhead
wire
A. Contractor-employed supervisors, forepersons and gang watchpersons shall be

responsible for the safety, safety instructions and safe performance of all employees
under their immediate supervision. Inexperienced employees must be instructed by
immediate supervisors of safety methods in performing their duties. The Contractor
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Maintenance Facilities Safety Requirements
shall arrange to have appropriate employees attend SEPTA safety training classes, as
required by referenced Specification Section 01067.
B. No work shall be started or prosecuted until approval has been obtained. However,
such approval of the SEPTA Project Manager or his duly authorized representative
will not be considered as a release from responsibility for any damage to the
Authority by the acts of the Contractor, its employees, and/or its subcontractor’s
employees.
C. The responsibility for cooperation in the maintenance of SEPTA traffic will be

entirely upon the Contractor and no claims may be made against SEPTA for delay or
any other interference that may have caused the Contractor’s operations to be
delayed in connection with any work under this contract.
1. While concrete breaking or cutting is done, suitable barriers must be erected to

protect passengers, passers-by, SEPTA employees and others from flying
debris, dust and rubble. When masonry saw cutting is done, a water
washdown must be run simultaneously.
2. Before crossing traffic lanes or vehicle storage areas, STOP and look for
vehicles approaching in either direction. Do not cross traffic lanes, tracks or
vehicle storage areas with oncoming vehicle movement.
3. During a period of material delivery by the contractors onto SEPTA property,
Contractor shall provide a traffic flagperson, which will be utilized to control
movement of vehicles and other equipment. A Contract flagperson must also
be present during periods of construction, which may adversely affect
passenger and employee safety as well as transit vehicles.
D. SAFETY RULES FOR CONSTRUCTION NEAR OVERHEAD CATENARY

OPERATIONS
1. Prior to commencing any work, the Contractor shall insure strict compliance
with Safety Section 01067 of this Specification, and during prosecution of
work, will likewise be in strict conformance with all SEPTA Safety
Regulations.
2. The safety and continuity of SEPTA’s operations shall be of the first
importance. They shall, at all times, be protected and the Contractor shall
arrange his work accordingly. Whenever the work may affect the safety of
movement of vehicles, the method of doing such work, together with the
proposed sequence of operations and time schedules for same, shall be
submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval. [CDRL 01068-001]
No work shall be started or prosecuted until such approval has been obtained.
However, such approval of the SEPTA Project Manager or his duly authorized
representative will not be considered as a release from responsibility for any
damage to SEPTA by the acts of the Contractors, his employees, and/or his
subcontractor’s employees. Erection work in the vicinity of any track,
catenary, and/or overhead wire shall require a plan for the SEPTA Project
Manager approval. Refer to Section 01060. [CDRL 01068-002]
3. Track Safety
a. Before crossing any tracks, STOP, and look for vehicles approaching in
either direction. Do not cross tracks unless you have time to walk
slowly, and do not take chances.
b. When standing beside tracks, be sure that clothing cannot catch on any
part of a moving vehicle. Loose clothing is dangerous.
4. Do not step behind stopped vehicles, due to possibility of vehicles being
reversed. All workers shall receive warnings of approaching vehicles and
other equipment in time to reach a safe place.
5. Work Near Overhead Wires, Catenary and Third Rail: All overhead wires,
including catenary, transmission and signal, and all third rail in yards and
shops, are to be considered live at all times. Metal Ladders shall not be used.
6. Contractor employed supervisors foreperson and gang watchpersons shall be
responsible for the safety, safety instructions and safe performance of all
employees under their immediate supervisors. They must see that all men
working under their supervision receive warnings of approaching vehicles and
other equipment in time to reach a safe place. Inexperienced employees must
be instructed by immediate supervisors on safe methods in performing their
duties.
E. BARRICADES AND OTHER PROTECTION
1. When it is necessary to maintain public use of work areas involving sidewalks,

entrances to building and vehicular roadways, the Contractor shall protect the
public with appropriate guardrail barricades, temporary fences, and/or other
devices approved by SEPTA. Such protection shall guard against flying
materials, falling or moving material, equipment, hot or poisonous materials,
flammable or toxic liquids, gases, open flames, energized electrical circuits or
other harmful exposures.
2. All open excavations must be properly barricaded and shall be lighted at the
end of each workday and shall be illuminated from sunset to sunrise.
3. Remove and dispose of all project temporary facilities and controls used in
conjunction with the work. All costs for such removal and disposal shall be
borne by the Contractor who furnished the temporary facility or control.
4. Contractors working within drive-through bays must erect lighted caution
barriers a minimum of 100 feet in front of the scaffolding on which their crews
are working.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
SECTION 01091
REFERENCE STANDARDS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Throughout the Contract Documents, references are made to codes and standards
which establish qualities and types of workmanship and materials, and which
establish methods for testing, programming and reporting on the pertinent
characteristics.
B. Various Codes and Standards such as the American Railway Engineering and
Maintenance of Way Association (AREMA), American Public Transit Association
(APTA), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), American Society
For Testing and Material (ASTM), American National Standards Institute (ANSI),
International Electro-Technical Commission (IEC), Federal Transit Administration
(FRA), and Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) documents
mentioned in this Technical Specification are examples acceptable to the Engineer.
Material standards and specifications which are used by the Contractor, unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer, shall be of those organizations (such as ASME
or ASTM) which are based in the United States, or are generally used on a
commercial basis in the United States. The applicable document revision shall be
that in effect on the date of Proposal submission. Alternate recognized standards may
be suggested by Proposers in their detailed Technical Proposal if submitted with
sufficient supporting information to establish equivalency.
C. Additionally, the specified standards of this Technical Specification may be replaced

with Engineer approved equivalent standards proposed by the Contractor after
Contract award. The Contractor shall be required to establish the equivalency and to
obtain explicit approval from the Engineer for any substituted documents.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. CBTC and System Safety References
1. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association

(AREMA) – Part 17 (2009) [Ref. 01630-02]
2. MIL-STD 882D (1993) Standard Practice for System Safety [Ref. 01630-03]
3. MIL-HDBK-217, current version at time of bid submission [Ref. 01620-02]
4. MIL-STD 785B – Reliability Program for Systems and Equipment
Development and Production, current version at time of bid submission [Ref.
01620-04]
5. IEEE 1228-1994 IEEE Standard for Software Safety Plans [Ref. 01630-09]
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Reference Standards

6. IEEE 1362-1999 IEEE Guide for Information Technology – System Definition
– Concept of Operations Document [Ref. 13593-02]
7. IEEE 1474.1-2004 – IEEE Standard for Communications-Based Train Control
(CBTC) Performance and Functional Requirements [Ref. 01630-04] [Ref.
01620-03]
8. IEEE 1483-2000 IEEE Standard for Verification of Vital Functions in
Processor-Based Systems Used in Rail Transit Control [Ref. 01630-05]
9. IEEE 29148-2011 Systems and software engineering [Ref 13593-01]
10. EN 50121 (all parts) Railway Applications – Electromagnetic Compatibility,
current version at time of bid submission [Ref. 01630-10] [Ref. 13592-01]
11. EN 50122 Railway Applications – Fixed Installations, Electrical Safety (all
parts), current version at time of bid submission
12. EN 50124 (all parts) Railway Applications – Insulation Coordination, current
version at time of bid submission [Ref. 01630-11]
13. EN 50125 (all parts) Railway Applications – Environmental Conditions for
Equipment, current version at time of bid submission [Ref. 01630-12]
14. EN 50126 – Railway Applications – The Specification of Reliability,
Availability, Maintainability and Safety (RAMS), current version at time of
bid submission [Ref. 01630-17] [Ref. 01620-01]
15. EN 50128:2001 Railway Applications – Communications, Signaling and
Processing Systems – Software for Railway Control and Protection Systems
[Ref. 01630-06]
16. EN 50128:2011 Railway Applications – Communications, Signaling and
Processing Systems – Software for Railway Control and Protection Systems
[Ref. 01630-07]
17. EN 50129:2003 (including corrigendum May 2010) – Railway Applications –
Communications, Signaling and Processing Systems –Safety related Electronic
Systems for Signaling [Ref. 01630-01]
18. EN 50155 Railway Applications – Electronic Equipment Used on Rolling
Stock, current version at time of bid submission [Ref. 01630-13] [Ref.13592-
02]
19. EN 50159 (all parts) Railway Applications – Communication, Signaling and
Processing Systems, current version at time of bid submission [Ref. 01630-14]
20. EN 61508-1:2010 Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programmable
Electronic Safety-Related Systems [Ref. 01630-15]
21. EN 60812:2006 Analysis Techniques for System Reliability – Procedure for
Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMECA) [Ref. 01630-16]
22. EN 50126 – Railway Applications – The Specification of Reliability,
Availability, Maintainability and Safety (RAMS), current version at time of
bid submission
23. FTA-MA-06-0189-92-1 - FTA Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Guidelines document, March 1992, USDOT, Federal Transit Administration.

24. ISO 9000:2008 - Quality Management System Standards, International
Organization for Standardization
25. ANSI/ISO/ASQC Q9000-1 - Management and Assurance Standards
Guidelines for Selection and Use, latest Revision.
26. 49CFR236 Subparts A through I - Rules, Standards, and Instruction Governing
the Installation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Signal and Train
Control Systems, Devices, and Applications
27. MIL-STD-2167A - Data Item Description Specification
28. MIL-STD-781D - Reliability Testing for Engineering Development,
Qualification and Production - Exponential Distribution
29. IEEE 730 - Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
30. IEEE 828 - Software Configuration Management Plans
31. IEEE 830 - Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications
32. IEEE 1012 - Standard for Software Verification and Validation Plans
33. IEEE 1016 - Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions
34. IEEE 1058.1 - Standard for Software Project Management Plans
35. AREMA Signal Manual Section 17 - Quality Principles, Processor Based
Equipment, latest version.
36. FCC Regulations, CFR Title 47, Part 15 [13592-03]
B. Communications System Reference Standards
1. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) Technical Service Bulletin

(TSB)
a. TIA-TSB-88.1-C 2008
b. TIA-TSB-88.2-C 2009
c. TIA-TSB-88.3-C 2008
2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
a. ANSI 05.1 - Specifications and Dimensions for Wood Poles
3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).
a. 802.11
b. C62
c. 10/100BaseT
d. IEEE 1588
4. National Electrical Code (NEC)
5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
6. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
8. Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
a. FCC Part 15

9. Association of American Railroads (AAR)
a. ATCS Specification 200/250
10. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association
(AREMA)
a. C&S Manual
11. Military Specifications (MIL)
a. MIL STD 1344
b. MIL STD 810
c. MIL STD 348A
d. MIL STD 1757
e. MIL STD 188-124A
f. MIL STD 202
12. International Electro technical Commission (IEC)
a. IEC 61373
b. IEC 61000-4
c. IEC 60529 (IP66, IP67, IP68)
d. IEC 169-4
e. IEC 1024-1
13. Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)
a. HDLC
b. RS232
c. RS422
d. RS485
e. EIA310
f. TIA-EIA 222G
14. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
a. NFPA 780
15. Telcordia Bellcore
a. GR-831-CORE
b. #TA-NWT-000487
16. Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)
a. RMON
b. SNMP
c. RFC 1122
d. RFC 1123
e. RFC 1305
f. DHCP
17. International Organization for Standardization

a. ISO 4523 Metallic Coatings
C. Vehicles Reference Standards
1. Refer to Section 13591.
D. The Contractor, unless specified otherwise herein, shall follow the requirements of
the following standards which shall form a part of this Specification. The edition
and addenda of any such standard shall be the current edition or addenda in effect on
the Bid Opening date.
1. Federal Railroad Administration Rules and Regulations, 49CFR Parts 209, 234
- Standards for Development and use of processor-Based Signal and Train
Control Systems; Final Rule dated March 7, 2005
2. Military Standard Procedures MIL-STD 1692A
3. IEEE Standard 1106-1987, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing,
and Replacement of Nickel-Cadmium Storage Batteries
4. IEEE Standard 1187-1996, IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation
Design and Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Storage Batteries
5. IEEE Standard 1188-1996, IEEE Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Valve-Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary
Applications
6. Work Zone Traffic Control (67 PA Code, Chapter 203, PA DOT Publication
203)
7. ANSI-STANDARD C-37-14 and NEMA-STANDARD ICS-1970
8. Toxic Substance Control Act, P.L. 94-469 (TSCA).
9. American Society for Quality Control (ASQC) Standard ANSI/ASQC Q9001
10. Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications,
published by American Council of Independent Laboratories.
11. ASTM B-329 Standard of Recommended Practice
12. Federal Specifications RR-F-191
1.03 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
A. The Contractor is advised that Reference Documents are included within the
Contract Document set. These documents are made part of this Contract and are to
be utilized by the Contractor in the preparation of the bid as well as for information
necessary for the preparation of the Contractor’s final design for the SEPTA CBTC
Project. The following Reference Documents are provided:
1. SEPTA 69th Street West Yard Drawings.

2. Noise Floor Test Report by CWA.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

SECTION 01092
ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section lists abbreviations and definitions used throughout the Contract
Technical Requirements.
1.02 ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS
Abbreviation Long Form

A&R Availability & Reliability
AAR Association of American Railroads
ACSES Advanced Civil Speed Enforcement System
AFO Audio Frequency Overlay
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APTA American Public Transportation Association
AREMA American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association
ARS Automatic Route Setting
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASQC American Society for Quality Control
ASTM American Society of Testing and Material
ATA Air Transport Association of America
ATP Automatic Trolley Protection
BTE Bench Test Equipment
C&S Communications and Signals
CBTC Communications-Based Train Control
CDQMP Consultant Design Quality Management Plan
CDRL Contract Documents Requirements List
CIDS Configurable Item Display Screen
CIH Central Instrument House
CMP Software Configuration Management Plan
CMP Configuration Management Plan
ConOps Concept of Operations
COTS Commercial Off The Shelf
CPM Critical Path Method
CPU Central Processing Unit
CTC Central Traffic Control
EBCC Emergency Backup Control Center
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Abbreviations and Definitions

ECSB Engineering Change Service Bulletin
EDS Event Display Screen
EMC Electro-Magnetic Compatibility
EMCP Electromagnetic Compatibility Plan
EMI Electro-Magnetic Interference
EOL End Of Line
FAI First Article Inspection
FAT Factory Acceptance Test
FCC Federal Communications Commission
FF Functional Failure
FLR First Level Responder
FMEA Failure Mode and Effects Analysis
FRA Federal Railroad Administration
FRACAS Failure Reporting Analysis and Corrective Action System
FSB Full Service Brake
FTA Fault Tree Analysis, Federal Transit Administration
GBN Ground Based Network
GPS Global Positioning System
GUI Graphical User Interface
HMI Human Machine Interface
HSP Hardware Safety Plan
IC Integrated Circuits
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
IEC International Electro-Technical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
I-ETMS Interoperable Electronic Train Management System
ISA Independent Safety Assessor
ISO International Organization for Standardization
LCP Local Control Panel
LED Light Emitting Diode
LLRU Lowest Level Replaceable Unit
LRU Lowest Replaceable Unit
LRV Light Rail Vehicles
LTC Local Traffic Controller
MA Movement Authority
MAS Maximum Authorized Speed
MCC Maintenance Control Center
MDS Maintenance Display Screen
MIL Military Specifications
MMA Manual Movement Authority

MRTT Mean Repair Travel Time
MSHL Media Sharon Hill Line
MTBF Mean time Between Failures
MTBFF Mean time Between Functional Failures
MTTR Mean Time to Repair
NDGPS Nationwide Differential Global Positioning System
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NMS Network Management System
NOC Network Operations Control
O&M Operation and Maintenance
O&SHA Operating and Support Hazard Analysis
OBC On-Board Computer
OCC Operational Control Center
ODU Operator’s Display Unit
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PAR Protection Assurance Representative
PC Personal Computer
PCO Potential Change Order
PMA Permitted Movement Authority
PROM Programmable Read Only Memory
PSP Project Safety Plan
PTE Portable Test Equipment
PW Playback Workstation
QA Quality Assurance
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QC Quality Control
QPE Qualified Protection Employee
RAM Reliability Availability and Maintainability
RBSP Route and Block Scheduling Program
RF Radio Frequency
RFC Request for Change
RFI Request for Information
RFS Request for Substitutions
ROW Right Of Way
RTM Requirements Traceability Matrix
SCMP Software Configuration Management Plan
SCP Safety Case Plan

SEPTA Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority
SHA System Hazard Analysis
SHL System Hazard Log
SIL Safety Integrity Level
SLR Second Level Responder
SMC Surface Mounted Components
SMCP Software Management Control Plan
SODS System Overview Display Screen
SPR System Problem Reports
SPST Smedley Park Single Track
SQAP Software Quality Assurance Plan
SSHA Subsystem Hazard Analysis
SSP Software Safety Plan
TSR Temporary Speed Restriction
UL Underwriters Laboratories
USB Universal Serial Bus
USDOT United States Department of Transportation
V&V Verification and Validation
VMIS Vital Microprocessor Interlocking System
WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System
1.03 DEFINITIONS
Acronym Meaning
Central Traffic Control Overall trolley supervision and control function used by
Dispatcher personnel following SEPTA operating rules
and procedures. Also known as the Automatic Trolley
Supervision (ATS) subsystem though this term is not
used in the MSHL Project documents.
head end Front-most point of the trolley.
inbound Direction of travel towards 69th Street Terminal.
line speed Maximum predetermined speed at which a trolley may
proceed over a given section of track, typically equal to
the civil speed.
Local Traffic Controller SEPTA or Township equipment which controls the
displaying of automobile traffic signals and trolley bar
signal aspects.
Maximum Authorized Speed Speed at which a trolley is assigned to operate over a
section of track, typically the line speed unless a
Temporary Speed Restriction is in effect for that section
of track.
Movement Authority Section of track automatically assigned to a trolley by the

Acronym Meaning
CBTC system to permit protected trolley movements by a
Trolley.
outbound Direction of travel away from 69th Street Terminal.
roadway crossing Consists of the automobile roadway(s) and track(s) which
are controlled together as a single entity for the passage
of trolleys and automobile traffic. May consist of a single
track crossing a single roadway or may consists of
multiple tracks crossing multiple roadways.
roadway crossing approach A single track which enters a roadway crossing. For a
single track which crosses a roadway, there are two
roadway crossing approaches: one in the normal travel
direction and one in the reverse travel direction.
route Path for a trolley to follow from interlocking controlled
signal to interlocking controlled signal. For turn back
routes, a defined stopping point without an interlocking
controlled signal may be used as the beginning point or
ending point of the route.
service pattern Sequence of routes followed by a trolley to complete a
round trip.
standstill Vitally determined condition which indicates the trolley
is not moving.
tail end Rear-most point of the trolley.
Temporary Speed Restriction A speed, less than the line speed, which has been applied
to a given section of track by the OCC Dispatcher.
turnback Process of reversing a trolley along the line via traversing
an interlocking area, often but not necessarily
accomplished by crossing from one track to the other.
zero speed A vital condition determined by the onboard ATP which
indicates if the trolley is considered as not moving.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS


SECTION 01100
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. This Section specifies the general requirements for execution of the Work. It
specifies requirements for track usage, track outages, and specifies general
procedures for performing work on the SEPTA System.
1.02 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. The Contractor’s detailed construction schedules, required under this Agreement,

shall be governed by SEPTA’s overall completion dates and by the general
sequences and procedures as specified.
B. The Contractor is advised that work to be performed under this Contract requires
significant interface work with other contractors/suppliers and SEPTA. The proposed
sequence of construction shall be regarded as a formal Contractor’s submittal and
shall be identified in the submittal schedule.
C. In addition to the requirements for a detailed work plan as described within these
Specifications, all construction or testing operations requiring track outages, except
with the SEPTA Project Manager’s specific agreement, shall be defined by a time-
work scaled logic network which shall be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager
for approval thirty (30) calendar days prior to the operation. [CDRL 01100-001]
1. This network is to fully detail the extent of work proposed and the Contractor’s
plan and means for accomplishing same. All work by others which has the
potential of delaying either the work by this Contractor, or the impacts to
service, must be identified clearly in terms of scope and schedule for
coordination with others.
2. These weekly schedules must be annotated and reissued weekly to reflect
changes to the scope or schedule created during the 30-day period between the
original issue and the date of execution. Not later than noon, Monday before a
planned weeks work, a new revision of the hourly schedule incorporating all
changes and reflecting the final work plan, must be submitted to the SEPTA
Project Manager for approval.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide Submittals in accordance with Section 01300.
B. CDRLs
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Special Project Procedures

CDRL 01100-001 Detailed work plan showing all construction or 1.02C
testing operations requiring track outages as a
time-work scaled logic network
CDRL 01100-002 Sketches defining the operations of all 1.04D
construction equipment and activities capable of
encroachment on the MSHL Right-of-Way
CDRL 01100-003 Physical barrier and warning sign 1.04E.1
CDRL 01100-004 Name, address and other information of proposed 1.09A
subcontractors
CDRL 01100-005 Conformed copies of subcontracts 1.09C
CDRL 01100-006 Requests for SEPTA support services 1.09E
CDRL 01100-007 Credentials for Contractor’s proposed Safety 1.10A.4
Supervisor
CDRL 01100-008 For each outage: Site specific work plan with all 1.11B.2
construction work to be accomplished during the
outage
CDRL 01100-009 All material required for work to be completed 1.11D.1
during each specific track outage
1.04 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
A. Work shall be scheduled and sequenced in conformance with the approved

Construction Schedules and as specified.
1. SEPTA may provide limited track outages for the prosecution of the Work.
2. Except for the track outages provided by SEPTA, SEPTA operations shall be
maintained at all times.
B. The Work under this Contract is to be performed in an operating environment.

Certain regulations, as listed below or as described elsewhere in the Contract or
Specifications, must be met in the prosecution of the work.
1. The Contractor’s attention is called to the fact that the work under this Contract
will be performed on or in the vicinity of tracks of SEPTA which will be in use
for trolley operation and that the overhead trolley wire within this area are
energized and used for the transmission of electricity at approximately 600
volts, direct current and 2400VAC.
2. All of the work shall be performed in such manner and at such times and with
such precautions and safeguards as prescribed by SEPTA.
3. The Contractor shall also be advised that no roadway closures will be allowed.
C. The Contractor shall, by working methods and order of procedure, subject to the
approval of the SEPTA Project Manager, conduct his work in the most expeditious
manner possible, having due regard for the safety of persons, property and facilities

for traffic and for preventing or for reducing to a minimum interference with the
operation of SEPTA.
D. The Contractor shall submit for review by the SEPTA Project Manager sketches
defining the operations of all construction equipment and activities capable of
encroachment on the MSHL Right-of-Way. [CDRL 01100-002]
1. These sketches must include planned locations and movements of the

equipment, calculations demonstrating the adequacy of the capacity for the
loads, the interface between the footprint of the equipment and the movement
of the boom and loads relative to the existing structure and surrounding
buildings, the support grillages and the protection of existing utilities, and
facilities, and any other pertinent details required by the SEPTA Project
Manager.
E. All workers undertaking work within ten (10) feet of the rails shall be track safety
certified. The Contractor shall not permit uncertified workers to enter the track area.
1. At the start of an outage, the Contractor shall install at the beginning and end
of the contract limit a physical barrier and warning sign. The physical barrier
and warning sign shall be submitted for SEPTA’s review. [CDRL 01100-003]
1.05 OTHER WORK
A. SEPTA’s Right: SEPTA reserves the right to enter into other contracts for other
work on the project and/or for installation of special equipment. This work will be
done by SEPTA or other contractors. The Contractor shall consult with the SEPTA
Project Manager in regard to SEPTA’s wishes in this matter and shall fully cooperate
with SEPTA’s contractors. Such use of the premises and partial occupancy by
SEPTA shall not be construed as an acceptance of any portion of the work nor a
waiver of any rights.
B. During construction, the Contractor and his Subcontractors shall permit SEPTA,
Water and Sewer Department, Streets Department, Telephone Company, Electric
Company, Gas Works, Western Union, City Electric Bureau, and any other Utility
Company to enter and to work in areas being constructed by the Contractor and his
Subcontractors. No additional calendar days or additional compensation will be
granted to the Contractor as a result of these operations by others.
C. General: Concurrent with the work by the Contractor, certain work of the project
will be performed by SEPTA that shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the
following:
1. Testing of signals whenever they are moved or cut-in to new or interim cables.
2. SEPTA shall perform such other work as it deems necessary or desirable for
maintenance and/or improvement of its system.

D. Scheduling of Work by Others: The Contractor shall show on his schedule of
operations and give ten (10) business days notice to the SEPTA Project Manager as
to when all operations and work by others will be required so as to allow them to
obtain all necessary materials and schedule their work forces prior to the required
commencement of work. No extension of time will be granted to the Contractor due
to delays by others caused by his failure to give advance notice.
1.06 MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH OPERATIONS
A. If the Contractor does not prosecute the work in such manner as to make it probable
in the judgment of the SEPTA Project Manager that the work will be completed
within the time herein prescribed, the Contractor, if directed by the SEPTA Project
Manager, shall increase the number of men and provide additional facilities, and the
SEPTA Project Manager may further direct the Contractor to increase the number of
shifts including overtime, all to such extent as may be necessary to ensure the
completion of the work within the time required by this Contract.
B. In case of emergency involving danger to life, person or property, delays to regular

schedule service, continuous work with an increased force may be ordered including
overtime by the SEPTA Project Manager for such times as may be necessary.
C. Contractor shall sequence and order his work in such a manner to minimize
interruption to SEPTA activities and vehicular traffic.
D. Contractor shall provide continued access for SEPTA personnel to all SEPTA
facilities and equipment unless otherwise approved by SEPTA.
E. All the provisions of this Article, “Minimum Interference with Operations” shall,
when invoked by the SEPTA Project Manager, be performed by the Contractor
without any extra compensation.
F. Existing Equipment: All existing Highway Grade Crossing Warning Protection and
Wayside Automatic Block Signal equipment shall be maintained in active service at
all times, unless otherwise permitted by the SEPTA Project Manager. This includes,
but is not limited to, signals, transformers and other wayside equipment.
G. Provisions for Maintenance of Traffic and Services: General Requirements: The

Contractor shall provide among other things:
1. Cleanup and removal, regardless of its source, of all refuse and debris in the
station and platform areas. Platforms and other public areas shall be
thoroughly broom cleaned at the completion of each work day. This shall
include removal of all dust, dirt, oil, grease and litter on a daily basis in areas
open to the public.
2. Minimum standard clearance in all operating track areas.
3. Adequate setup time for concrete and similar materials consistent with normal
trolley operations in proximity to such work.

4. Not interfere with vehicular traffic.
H. The Contractor shall provide and erect all necessary barricades to protect the public
and prevent access to the work areas by unauthorized personnel. All barriers shall be
kept graffiti free at all times.
1.07 WORK BY SEPTA IN SUPPORT OF CONTRACTOR’S ACTIVITIES
A. CBTC Onboard System – Refer to detailed description in Section “13591Vehicle

Materials and Workmanship”. The Contractor shall undertake a pilot installation
with support from SEPTA vehicle maintenance staff. After the pilot installation,
SEPTA will complete the onboard CBTC installations.
B. SEPTA will provide the final design for trackwork at Drexel Hill Junction and
Bywood Interlocking.
C. SEPTA will perform final design and construction for all trolley wire OCS work.
1.08 WEATHER
A. Inclement weather shall not be used as a basis for any claim for delay or completion
of the work. No additional cost or time will be allowed due to adverse weather
conditions.
1.09 SUBCONTRACTORS
A. The Contractor must, before making any subcontract, submit a written statement to
the SEPTA Project Manager giving the name and address of proposed
subcontractors, the portion of the work and materials which he is to perform and
furnish, and any other information tending to provide that the proposed
subcontractors have the necessary facilities, skill, integrity, past experience and
financial resources to perform the work in accordance with the terms and conditions
of this Contract. [CDRL 01100-004]
B. If SEPTA finds that the proposed subcontractor is qualified, the Contractor will be
notified in writing. SEPTA may revoke approval of any subcontractor when such
subcontractor evidences an unwillingness or inability to perform his work in strict
accordance with the Contract Documents. Notice of such revocation of approval will
be given in writing to the Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall file with SEPTA a conformed copy of the subcontract. The
Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts
relative to the work to bind subcontractors to the Contract by the terms of these
Contract Documents, insofar as applicable to the work of subcontractors, and to give
the Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that SEPTA
may exercise over the Contractor under provisions of these Contract Documents.
[CDRL 01100-005]

D. The approval by SEPTA of a subcontractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any of
his responsibilities, duties and liabilities. The Contractor shall be solely responsible
to SEPTA for the acts or defaults or omissions of his subcontractor and of such
subcontractor’s officers, agents, and or employees of the subcontractor. Nothing
contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship
between any subcontractor and SEPTA.
E. SEPTA support services must be specifically requested in writing to the SEPTA

Project Manager a minimum of fifteen (15) business days prior to the date for which
support services are requested. Such requests are in addition to other notification
and request requirements that the Contractor is required to submit.
[CDRL 01100-006]
A. General:
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the most stringent
provisions of the applicable statutes and regulations of Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, and SEPTA as well as the Department of Labor- Occupational
Safety and Health Administration provisions, pertaining to the safe
performance of the work are observed. Further, that the methods of
performing the work do not involve undue danger to the personnel employed
thereon, the public, and public and private property.
2. All Contractor’s employees who enter SEPTA’s track areas must be Roadway
Worker certified and all other qualifications as deemed necessary to be in
compliance with this contract and SEPTA.
3. All Contractor’s employees who enter Authority track areas where overhead
traction power is energized are required to be qualified on the safety rules by
SEPTA and are responsible for the safety of the persons in their charge. These
employees shall attend SEPTA’s Track Safety Certification Program.
4. The Contractor shall designate a member of his full-time staff to act as Safety
Supervisor. This individual shall have specialized training and experience in
construction safety supervision. This person shall have a working knowledge
of all U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA) regulations. This person shall have
the ability to develop and conduct safety training courses. The Safety
Supervisor shall be responsible for supervising the safety of persons on or
about the work, and the property affected thereby. The Safety Supervisor must
be acceptable to SEPTA and this person’s performance will be reviewed on a
continuing basis. SEPTA reserves the right to revoke the approval of the
Safety Supervisor and require a replacement. Once employed, the Safety
Supervisor shall not be changed without permission of SEPTA. The
Contractor’s Project Manager may act as the Safety Supervisor with the
SEPTA Project Manager’s approval. [CDRL 01100-007]
5. The SEPTA Project Manager will notify the Contractor or his Safety
Supervisor of any noncompliance with the foregoing provisions. The

Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective
action. Such notice, when delivered to the Contractor or his Safety Supervisor
at the site of the work, shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose. If the
Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly, the SEPTA Project Manager
may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective
action has been taken. No part of the time lost due to any such stop orders
shall be made the subject of claim for extension of time or for excess costs or
damages by the Contractor.
6. In addition to stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective
action is taken, the SEPTA Project Manager may withhold payment for all or
part of the work attributable to the noncompliance.
7. Compliance with the provisions of this Article by subcontractors will be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
8. Should charges of violation of applicable statutes and regulations of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, SEPTA, FRA, OSHA, EPA, etc, be issued to
the Contractor in the course of the work, a copy of each charge shall
immediately be forwarded to the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. Reporting Accidents: The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the SEPTA Project
Manager reports of significant accidents which occur at the site and anywhere else
work of this Contract is in progress. For this purpose, a significant accident is
defined to include events where personal injury and lost time is sustained, or
property loss of substance is sustained, or where the event posed a significant threat
of loss or personal injury.
1. All data relative to an accident shall be complete and timely, with verification
of the facts, and recommendations for specific action to control the cause of
similar accidents.
2. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the investigation and reporting
of all accidents incidental to work performed under his contract, including
accidents involving all subcontractors.
3. Accident reports shall be made within the following time periods:
a. Significant accident: 24 hours
b. Fatal accident: 1 hour
C. Maintain, Protect and Secure in a Safe Condition:
1. The Contractor shall maintain, protect, and secure in a safe condition any and
all SEPTA facilities that are affected by the work. SEPTA operations will be
in continuous operation while work under this contract is being performed.
The Contractor shall at all times comply with the requirements of SEPTA as to
the handling and disposal of materials, the placing of lights, and the use of
other structures in connection with the work under this contract and he shall
comply with all other requirements of SEPTA to the end that interference with

safe and continuous operation or injury to passengers and employees and other
persons, may be avoided.
2. Manholes, trenches, or foot walks shall not be left uncovered or unprotected.
The Contractor shall as a part of his work cover to protect the opening, etc., to
eliminate possible hazards.
D. Protection While Working Within Operating Trolley Envelope:
1. The SEPTA issued Notice to Proceed with the work and acquired
qualifications as previously stated, will grant the Contractor permission to
enter into the site of the work. During the performance of work within the
operating trolley envelope flagmen, as may be deemed necessary by SEPTA,
shall be provided for the safe and continuous operation of the Line.
2. The Contractor shall furnish and station at the site of work during the
performance of his work within the operating trolley envelope such watchmen,
as deemed necessary by SEPTA, for the purpose of protecting his own
employees.
a. SEPTA will train all watchmen, and furnish the training facilities.
b. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen for the training period.
c. Watchmen are required to protect employees working within the
operating trolley envelope on observing the approach of a trolley.
Watchmen must give their entire attention to watching for trolleys and
warning the employees and are prohibited from performing other duties,
even momentarily. They must not leave their post until instructed by
SEPTA, that the protection is unnecessary or that other watchmen have
been assigned and are in position and watching the approaching tracks.
d. The SEPTA flagman is the only person qualified to hold a trolley until it
is safe to proceed. The flagman shall be provided to protect the
movement of trolleys through the work area.
e. The Contractor’s watchmen, stationed with the work crew, shall ensure
that all employees and equipment are out of the track area. The
Contractor’s watchman shall only stop the trolley in an emergency
situation, i.e., persons on the track, equipment on the track, damaged rail,
etc.
3. The need for flagmen and watchmen shall be determined at the time the
Contractor submits his written work plans.
a. SEPTA reserves the right to determine the number of flagmen and
watchmen necessary based on the Contractor’s work plan and the
number of Contractor’s employees engaged in a particular part of the
work.
E. Flagging and Operating Rules:
1. At all times while working on or adjacent to operating tracks, the Contractor,

his subcontractors and all of their employees shall closely observe the

applicable rules and regulations of SEPTA. The Contractor will be furnished
one copy of SEPTA’s operating and safety rules.
2. The Contractor must obtain from SEPTA additional copies of said operating
and safety rules and it will be his responsibility to ensure that all of his
employees and employees of his subcontractors are familiar with the contents
thereof and that these employees shall so conduct themselves as not to violate
any of such flagging and safety rules.
3. All personnel working or accessing the line track must be qualified by SEPTA.
1.11 OPERATION CONSTRAINTS
A. Definitions:
1. Track outage is defined as the removal of trolley service from operating tracks.
a. Single-track outage - One track out of service between adjacent hand
crossovers.
b. Double track outages - Not available for this project.
2. Track outage with catenary de-energized - Track outage as defined above with
the overhead catenary power turned off and grounded.
3. Signal power outage - The signal power turned off and the lines grounded.
Trolleys will still be operating.
4. Work Zone- Requires trolleys to stop before proceeding into work area. A
Work Zone permits fouling track between trolleys. The work area must be
confined to a maximum area of 1,000 feet.
a. Maximum number of concurrent work zones: 2.
5. Non-Outage Work:
a. Unless otherwise approved by the SEPTA Project Manager, Work within
the right-of-way is defined as work within ten (10) feet of the near rail of
an operating track or wire. During this operation, SEPTA will provide
protection personnel to protect SEPTA equipment and property. SEPTA
may require the Contractor to establish a Work Zone, if necessary.
b. Unless otherwise approved by the SEPTA Project Manager, Work
outside of the right-of-way is defined as work that is performed more
than ten (10) feet (horizontally) from the near rail of an operating track
or energized wire. To minimum track outage time, certain non-outage
preparatory work must be accomplished prior to SEPTA granting track
outages.
6. Daytime double track outages - Not available for this project.
B. Notice to SEPTA:
1. All construction work requiring any outage shall have prior approval of the
SEPTA Project Manager, which must be obtained within the time frames
specified below.

a. Non-outage work - 14 days before schedule
b. All other work - 28 days
2. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval, a site specific work plan
with all construction work to be accomplished during an outage. This must be
approved prior to scheduling any outage. [CDRL 01100-008]
C. Outage Limitations:
1. All work shall be in accordance with SEPTA Track Safety Manual.

2. No outages will be granted between Thanksgiving and New Year’s.
3. Single-track outages will be limited to 1:00 a.m. and 4:30 a.m. The Contractor
shall provide adequate time prior to 4:30 a.m. for SEPTA forces to reactivate
and test signal and power systems.
4. Off track work that can potentially foul tracks will not be permitted between
the hours of 5:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m.
5. Signal power outages will only be allowed during non-operating hours.
Adequate time must be allowed for restoration of SEPTA facilities prior to
trolley operations.
6. Work Zones will be allowed daily on one track only, but not between the hours
of 5:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m.
D. Mobilization:
1. All material required for work to be completed during track outage shall be on-
site, inspected, and approved by SEPTA’s Project Manager a minimum of
seven (7) days prior to the scheduled outage. [CDRL 01100-009]
2. The Contractor shall be mobilized one hour prior to the beginning of the
outage with sufficient manpower, equipment, and materials to insure
substantial progress during each outage.
PART 2– PRODUCTS

SECTION 01200
PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: To enable orderly review during progress of the Work, and to
provide for systematic discussion of problems. The SEPTA Project Manager or a
designee will conduct project meetings throughout the construction period. The
progress meetings are in addition to the coordination, pre-construction and
scheduling meetings noted elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
1.02 RELATED WORK:
A. Agreement and Division 1.
B. The Contractor’s contractual or financial relations with its subcontractors and

discussions relative thereto, are the Contractor’s responsibility and are not agenda
items in the project progress meetings.
C. The discussions and minutes of meeting shall exclude any claims-related issues not
directly impacting the progress of the Work, and other items for which SEPTA has
provided clarifications/directives/ change order(s), but remain disputed by the
Contractor.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Agenda items:
1. Contractor shall advise the SEPTA Project Manager at least 48 hours in

advance of project meetings regarding items to be discussed during the
meeting.
2. Technical questions requiring SEPTA Project Manager’s response shall be
submitted in writing, at least five (5) days prior to the project meeting.
B. Minutes:
1. The SEPTA Project Manager will ensure the minutes of each project meeting
are compiled and that one copy is furnished to the Contractor.
2. The Contractor may copy and distribute other copies as required.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Project Progress Meetings

A. Contractor’s key people shall attend and participate in each project meeting and shall
represent the Contractor consistent with Contract and commit the Contractor to
solutions agreed upon during the project meetings.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
This Part not used in this Section
3.01 MEETING SCHEDULE
A. Project meetings will be held every 4 weeks or as required by the SEPTA Project
Manager.
B. The SEPTA Project Manager will coordinate as required to establish a mutually

acceptable meeting schedule.
3.02 MEETING LOCATION
A. To the maximum extent practicable, meetings shall be held at the SEPTA offices at
1234 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA, at the Contractor’s field headquarters or at a
location to be determined by the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. Progress meetings may be included with design review, factory testing, or other
meetings organized in the development of the systems.
3.03 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. Attendance:
1. Subcontractors and others are required to attend project meetings in which

their aspect of the Work is involved.
B. Minimum agenda for each meeting:
1. Review and revise, the minutes of previous meetings.

2. Safety
3. Schedule review
4. Review progress of the Work since last meeting, including status of submittals
for approval.
5. Contractors provide progress and status of coordination and installation
meetings with other prime and subcontractors engaged in the work of the
project.

6. Identify problems, which impede planned progress.
7. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain planned schedule, if
applicable.
8. The status of Requests for Information (RFI), Request for Change (RFC),
Request for Substitutions (RFS) and all Potential Change Orders (PCO) shall
be discussed and updated. The Contractor’s PCO listing shall conform to
SEPTA’s listing.
9. Contractor shall provide and discuss “30 day look ahead” activity schedule if
the work is not progressing per the early start/finish activity dates as noted in
the latest update of the approved schedule.
10. Review status of all outstanding non-compliance items.
11. Discuss and review As-Built Drawings/Specification Status.
12. Complete other current business.
C. Revisions to minutes:
1. Unless published minutes are challenged in writing, within five (5) working
days of the distribution date they will be accepted as properly stating the
activities and decisions made at the meeting.
2. Any individual challenging published minutes shall provide proper supporting
documentation acceptable to the SEPTA Project Manager to verify that the
challenged item was truly discussed during the subject meeting.
3. Challenge to minutes shall be settled as priority portion of “old business” at the
next regularly scheduled meeting. The SEPTA’s Project Manager’s decisions
concerning challenged item(s) shall be binding on the Contractor.


SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section of the Specifications covers all submittals including shop drawing
submission and concurrence requirements, and further complements the
requirements of Paragraph VIII.N of the Agreement. Make submittals required by
the Contract Documents, and revise and resubmit as necessary to establish
compliance with the specified requirements.
B. The following products require only the submittals, and no further review is required
except for interface within Work.
1. Products specified by reference to standard specifications such as ASTM and

similar standards;
2. Products specified by manufacturer’s named and catalog model number.
a. Products list
b. Test Section
c. Manufacturer’s installation instructions
d. Manufacturers’ certificates
e. Shop Drawing
f. Manufacturer’s Samples
g. Certifications
h. Testing
i. Warranties
j. Equipment
C. Submittals that are not required will not be reviewed.
D. The Contractor may require subcontractors to provide drawings, installation

diagrams, and similar information to help coordinate the Work, but such data shall
remain between the Contractor and the subcontractors and will not be reviewed
unless it is required by other pertinent Sections of the Specifications.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01010 - Summary of Work
B. Section 01011 - Summary of Project
C. Section 01041 - SEPTA Project Coordination
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Submittals

D. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements
E. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor, within two weeks of the receipt of the SEPTA Project Manager’s
computerized listing of Contractor(s) submittals, shall review, revise and/or amend,
if applicable, and resubmit the revised listing of submittals. Long lead items shall be
identified. [CDRL 01300-001]
B. After checking and verifying all field measurements and after complying with the
applicable procedures of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings,
catalog cuts, samples and substitution(s) for review and action.
C. The Contractor shall coordinate between the Contractor/Fabricator/Detailer and the

Engineer and the SEPTA Project Manager for each complex submittal requiring
detailed coordination, including all structural items.
D. This coordination may be conducted by a meeting. The purpose of the meeting(s)

shall be to establish guidelines for details and information necessary to prepare the
shop drawings. The Contractor is responsible for determining the need for such
meeting(s).
E. Submittals will be reviewed by the designer of record and/or SEPTA.
F. The results of review of submittals will be designated as follows:
1. NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN
2. PROCEED AS NOTED
3. REVISE AND RESUBMIT
4. REJECTED
5. NOT APPLICABLE
G. Submittals not in compliance with the Contract will be returned to the Contractor for
revision. Any losses of time and additional costs associated with resubmittal(s) are
the Contractor’s responsibility.
H. Each submission and re-submission shall give specific written notice on the
transmittal of each variation that the shop drawings or samples may have from the
requirements of the Contract Documents and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each shop drawing submitted for review and approval of each
such variation.
I. Each resubmission(s) shall clearly identify and make specific notation(s) on each
shop drawing concerning the:

1. Changes that are made as a result of comments on the previous submittal(s).
2. Changes that are not made, but commented on the previous submittal(s). The
Contractor shall provide detailed explanations and justifications as to why the
comments are not addressed.
3. Changes that are solely made by the Contractor, but were not commented on
the previous submittal(s). The Contractor shall provide a detailed explanation
and justification for such changes.
J. Submittals that are “Proceed as Noted” are for the purpose of expediting
procurement/fabrication/Installation of the intended work. If re-submittal of the
document is required, the Contractor shall incorporate all corrections and resubmit
original sepias and required copies of drawings to SEPTA, within 30 days. If re-
submittal is not required then it is understood that the Contractor will proceed in
accordance with the comments.
K. For “Proceed as Noted” items that require re-submittal, payment for completed work
that is related to these items will not be made until the corrected and final resubmittal
is accepted by the SEPTA Project Manager.
L. CDRLs

CDRL 01300-001 List of all Contractor’s submittals required for the 1.03A
Project
CDRL 01300-002 Proposed file sharing system and proof of 3.01A
functionality
CDRL 01300-003 Submittal log 3.02B
A. Coordination of Submittals:
1. Prior to making each submittal, the Contractor shall carefully review and
coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted. Shop drawings of systems
containing closely related items and components must be submitted, as a single
submission showing the interrelationship of the components required for that
system.
2. The Contractor shall verify prior to submission that each shop drawing is well
prepared and that the submittal conforms in all respects with the specified
requirements. The drawings shall provide complete information regarding
proper fabrication and installation.
3. The Contractor shall sign each submittal and affix a stamp with specific
written indication that the Contractor has satisfied all responsibilities under the
Contract Documents with respect to review of the submission.

4. Shop drawings shall be tailored to the specific SEPTA Project need including
coordination of various trades and should include material descriptions,
quantities, dimensions, design criteria and similar data to enable review
information as required. The shop drawings must show clear and complete
information for the fabrication and installation of materials.
5. Orient the plan(s) on the shop drawing(s) in the same manner as the plans on
the Contract Drawings.
6. Shop drawings with reproduction(s) of the Contract Drawings will not be
accepted.
7. Structural fabrication and erection drawings shall be prepared, checked, signed
and sealed, by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania with proven qualifications and similar experience.
8. Unless the Contract Documents indicate specific steel connections, the
Contractor shall design and provide sufficient details for the Engineer’s review
and approval.
B. Responsibility:
1. The Contractor is solely responsible and accountable for:

a. Means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction
including fabrication, assembly, installation/erection, safety precautions
and programs incidental to any submittal.
b. Accuracy of all submittals, shop drawings and final installation.
c. Arranging submittals and shop drawing standards review meetings with
the Engineer and the SEPTA Project Manager.
1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. When submitting proposed substitutions as “Or Equal,” include that substitutions

have all pertinent data establishing operable history in similar configuration,
operability, sustainability, reliability, safety, in similar system integration, quality,
appearance, workmanship, design, and capacity, In addition, as other technical or
operational data as may be required by SEPTA include related information of
proprietary product of manufacturer cited herein. All substitutions shall be approved
by the SEPTA Project Manager whose decision shall be binding and final.
B. Also refer to Substitutions Paragraph in Section 01600.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 SHOP (FABRICATION/INSTALLATION) DRAWINGS
A. Scale and measurements: Shop drawings shall be made accurately to a scale

sufficiently large to show all pertinent aspects of the item and its method of
connection to the Work. Review of those aspects of submittal that pertain to the

construction process including fabrication, assembly, installation/erection will be
complimentary.
B. Types of prints required:
1. One mylar copy, one electronic copy (PDF), five paper copies.
2. Blueprints will not be acceptable
C. Review comments will be shown on the sepia transparency and one set will be
returned to the Contractor. The Contractor may make and distribute such copies as
are required for its purposes.
2.02 MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE (INCLUDING CATALOG CUTS)
A. The Contractor shall submit only the original printed literature and product data
sheets available from the manufacturer(s).
B. Where contents of submitted literature from manufacturers include data not pertinent
to the submittal, the Contractor shall clearly show which portions of the contents are
being submitted for review.
C. The Contractor shall submit the number of copies which are required to be returned,
plus the number of copies required by SEPTA’s Project Manager
2.03 SAMPLES
A. The Contractor shall provide sample(s) identical to the precise article proposed to be
provided. Identify as described under “Identification of submittals” below.
B. Number of samples required:
1. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit samples in the

quantity, which is required to be returned, plus one, which will be retained.
2. By prearrangement in specific cases, a single sample may be submitted for
review and, when approved, be installed in the Work at a location agreed upon
by SEPTA.
3.01 FILE SHARING
A. Prior to implementing the system described below, the Contractor shall submit for
approval, its proposed file sharing (SharePoint) system and proof of functionality.
[CDRL 01300-002]

B. Contractor shall establish and maintain a private, controlled-access, project-specific,
file sharing site, such as SharePoint, for the exchange of RFIs, RFCs, RFSs,
submittals, and all project correspondence.
C. Large, voluminous submittals and drawings may also be required to be submitted in

hard copy form for ease of reviewing off-line by the SEPTA Project Manager.
D. Functionality:
1. Once submittals are entered, an email shall be sent to notify the reviewers that
a submittal is available for review.
2. Engineer shall gather and collate all comments from reviewers and email final
comments sheet to the SEPTA Project Manager with recommended status
(approved / approved with comments, etc).
3. The SEPTA Project Manager shall then be responsible to review and if agreed,
go to a special location of the Contractors Sharepoint where he can set the final
status of the submittal as well as submit the comment sheet.
4. Drawings / complicated / congested submittals shall be available for review on
the site, as well as submitted in hardcopy form to all reviewers.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall consecutively number all submittals under “Transmittal”.
1. When resubmittal(s) is made for any reason, the Contractor shall transmit
under a new letter of transmittal with a new transmittal number.
2. On resubmittals, the Contractor shall cite the prior transmittal number(s) under
“submission number”.
B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate submittal log for the duration of the Work,
showing current status of all submittals at all times. The Contractor shall make the
submittal log available for review upon request. [CDRL 01300-003]
3.03 GROUPING OF SUBMITTALS
A. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall make submittals in groups

containing all associated items to assure that information is available for checking of
each item when it is received.
B. Partial and poorly prepared submittals will be rejected as not complying with the
requirements of the Contract. The Contractor will be liable for delays so occasioned.
3.04 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall make submittals consistent with early start dates shown on the
approved baseline schedule, but sufficiently in advance of early scheduled dates for

installation to provide the necessary time required for reviews, for securing
necessary approvals, for possible revisions and resubmittals, and for placing orders
and securing delivery.
B. In scheduling, the Contractor shall allow fifteen (15) days for review and processing
by the Engineer and the SEPTA Project Manager following its receipt of the
submittal. This review time will be increased for the submittal(s) that are so
extensive that twenty (20) days of turn around period is unreasonable as determined
by the Engineer and the SEPTA Project Manager. This determination shall be
binding on the Contractor.
C. Continued submission of material and repetitious submittals which clearly fail to

meet the requirements of the Contract Documents which may cause delays in the
completion of the Contract and any such delays be the sole responsibility of the
Contractor.
3.05 SEPTA’S REVIEW
A. Review and Processing shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors,
which may exist in the submitted data.
B. Revisions:
1. The Contractor shall make required revisions as noted on initial the submittal.
2. If the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change, it shall so
notify SEPTA as provided for in the Agreement. Such notification shall be
made no later than 10 calendar days from the date of return of such submittals
by the Engineer or SEPTA to the Contractor.
3. The review of the shop drawings waives the original contract requirements of
the Contract Documents only if the Contractor clearly states and highlights the
proposed deviation in a prominent fashion on the shop drawing itself, and only
as specially stated in writing by the SEPTA Project Manager, that the Contract
Document requirements are waived.


SECTION 01305
REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section stipulates procedural requirements for processing of Contractor

Request(s) for Information (RFI) and complements the requirements of the Contract
Agreement, Paragraphs V.B and VIII.B.
B. The procedures for processing Requests for Change (RFCs) and Requests for
Substitutions (RFSs) is the same as the procedure described below for RFIs.
C. An RFI is a written communication originated by a construction Contractor to

request clarification of the intent of the Construction documents.
D. SEPTA will provide a digital version of the RFI Form for use by each Contractor
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Agreement
B. Section 01010 – Summary of Work
C. Section 01011 – Summary of Project
D. Section 01041 – Project Coordination
E. Section 01300 – Submittals
F. Section 01400 – Quality Requirements
G. Section 01700 – Contract Closeout
H. Section 01720 – Project Record Documents
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Section 01300.
B. The Contractor shall submit RFIs using SEPTA’s RFI Form and shall provide
specific reference to the section of the Construction documents to which the RFI
refers. RFIs that are incomplete, unsigned or otherwise not submitted in compliance
with the Contract, will be returned to the Contractor.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Requests for Information

C. Any losses of time and/or additional costs associated with frivolous RFI submittals
are the responsibility of the Contractor.
A. All RFIs will be signed by the Contractor’s representative and submitted to SEPTA
in “hard” copy.
B. The primary purpose of an RFI is to clarify the Contract Documents
1. The Contractor has the responsibility to be familiar with the Contract

documents. RFIs that request clarification of items that in the judgment of the
SEPTA Project manager, are clearly evident in the Contract documents, shall
be rejected by SEPTA.
2. The Contractor shall not use RFIs for the following:
a. To facilitate construction coordination between contractors and
subcontractors/vendors.
b. To initiate substitutions in material, methods and or systems.
c. To transfer their responsibility for reviewing Contract documents to
SEPTA and/or the Engineer.
3. RFIs, which fail to reference the specific Contract documents in question, will
be rejected. If the Contractor uses an RFI for the purposes described above in
1.04 B2 it will also be rejected. In these cases, the Contractor will be directed
to meet the requirements specified in Section 01300 by the SEPTA Project
Manager.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
3.01 FILE SHARING
A. Submit RFIs, RFCs and RFSs through the Project SharePoint site.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION OF REQUEST(s) FOR INFORMATION
A. The Contractor shall consecutively number all RFIs. For projects with separate
contracts, each Contractor shall include a prefix (G, E, M etc.) in their numbering
sequence to designate the submittal as originating from the “CBTC/C&S”,
“Electrical”, “Track / Civil” or “Vehicle” Contractor. When an RFI must be
resubmitted for any reason it shall be sent using a new RFI number with reference
provided to the previous RFI.

3.03 TIMING OF REQUEST(s) FOR INFORMATION
A. The Contractor shall submit RFIs sufficiently in advance of early construction

schedule “Start” dates for fabrication and/or installation activities in order to provide
the necessary time required for reviews, possible revisions and subsequent
resubmittals.
B. For scheduling purposes, the Contractor shall allow 14 days for review and response
by SEPTA following their receipt of the RFI. This review time will be increased for
RFIs that are sufficiently extensive or complex that the above turnaround period is
unreasonable as determined by SEPTA. This determination shall be binding on the
Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for delays in the completion of the
Contract that result from the submission of RFIs which clearly fail to meet the
requirements of this Section.
3.04 SEPTA’S REVIEW
A. The Engineer is responsible to review Contractor’s RFIs and provide clarifications

and/or interpretations as they relate to design documents. SEPTA is responsible to
provide clarifications and/or interpretations to RFIs that are related to the Agreement
or SEPTA operational issues and service. A clarification will not result in a change
to the Construction Contract cost. SEPTA is responsible for coordinating all RFI
clarifications with the Contractor.
B. If the Contractor considers any clarifications to an RFI to be a change; it shall so

notify SEPTA in the manner provided for in the Agreement. Such notification shall
be made no later than ten (10) business days from the date of the return of such
clarifications by the Engineer or SEPTA to the Contractor.


SECTION 01400
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Work included: The Contractor shall establish and maintain a project specific
Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) system consisting of a program manual
and supporting plans and/or procedures which address the methods to be used to
control the quality related aspects of all component and assemblies to be furnished
and installed under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall have the
“primary” responsibility for the quality of all its work and shall ensure that the
pertinent requirements for the achievement of quality are included in all relevant
sub-contracts.
1. The QA/QC program shall include a description of the organization and shall
identify the responsibilities and accountabilities of all personnel performing
quality-affecting activities. The Quality Control plans and/or procedures shall
include and/or reference those checklists and test and inspection forms to
properly document the activities performed to achieve the quality of the Work.
B. This Section also includes Warranty requirements.
C. The Following definitions pertain to requirements of this section.
1. Quality Assurance (QA): QA is a program of planned and systematic actions

that provide adequate confidence that all activities affecting quality have been
accomplished in accordance with governing codes, standards and contract
requirements. QA oversight of activities affecting quality is accomplished
through field and manufacturing facility surveillance, audits or other
documented measures conducted to verify that requirements have been met.
2. Quality Control (QC): QC is the act of examining, witnessing, inspecting,
checking and/or testing of in-process or completed work to determine
conformity with specified requirements and documenting the results.
3. QA Audit: A documented activity performed by written procedure or checklist
to verify that selected elements of the QA/QC Program have been developed,
documented, and implemented in accordance with specified requirements.
4. Calibration: Comparison of two instruments or measuring devices, one of
which is of known accuracy traceable to national standards, to detect, correlate,
report or eliminate by adjustment any discrepancy in the accuracy of the
instrument or measuring device being compared with the standard.
5. Certification: The action of determining, verifying and attesting, in writing, to
the qualifications of personnel, materials, and/or equipment.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Quality Requirements

6. Inspection: A phase of QC, which by means of examination, observation, or
measurement, determines the conformance of materials, components , parts,
appurtenances, systems, processes, installations, or structures to predetermined
quality requirements.
7. Source Inspection: Source inspection consists of the review, monitoring,
observation, and/or inspection, random or consistent, or at selected stages of
manufacture or construction, of manufacturer or sub-manufacturer’s personnel,
material, equipment, processes, or tests.
8. Site Inspection: Site Inspection consists of reviewing, monitoring, observing
and inspecting the Work at the project site.
9. Surveillance: Term used to describe a review performed for the purpose of
verifying that applicable quality requirements are properly accomplished.
1.02 RELATED WORK:
A. Requirements of the Agreement.
B. Section 01700: Contract Closeout.
C. Specific requirements of Agreement Paragraph XVIII.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Manufacture/Fabrication: The Contractor shall develop and submit inspection

and test plans and procedures for all elements of the work and assemblies that will be
shop manufactured and/or shop fabricated and tested. The inspection
plans/procedures shall include source inspection and testing that will be performed,
accept/reject criteria and the witness/hold points to be implemented to control the
quality of work. [CDRL 01400-001]
B. Site Construction/Installation: The Contractor shall develop and explain inspection

and test plans and procedures for all elements of the Work that will be site
constructed, and installed, including the storage and installation of shop
manufactured/fabricated items. The installation plans and procedures shall include
checklists, which outline the sequence of construction/installation activities and
describe the verification checks for each step in the sequence, which must be found
acceptable prior to proceeding. The plans and checklists shall be submitted to
SEPTA for the identification of hold and/or witness points by SEPTA.
[CDRL 01400-002]
C. The Contractor shall develop and explain a Quality Assurance program and
surveillance methods to verify that reviewed inspection, testing and documentation
activities have been performed to assure that shop manufactured/fabricated and site
construction/installation comply with the highest quality standards.
[CDRL 01400-003]

D. The Contractor shall submit above programs to SEPTA for review prior to
proceeding with shop manufacturing/fabrication and site construction/installation
activities.
E. The QA procedures shall define the organizational structure within which the
programs are to be implemented, and delineate the responsibility and authority of the
various personnel involved. Original program manuals shall be amended and/or
revised with the written direction and concurrence of SEPTA’s Project Manager.
F. SEPTA’s review of the above submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from its
primary responsibility for the quality of the work.
G. CDRLs

CDRL 01400-001 QC program for shop manufacture/fabrication 1.03A
CDRL 01400-002 QC program for site construction/installation 1.03B
CDRL 01400-003 QA program 1.03C
CDRL 01400-004 All Project test reports 1.04G
CDRL 01400-005 CQC Manager 1.06A
CDRL 01400-006 Bill of Lading and Certifications for all material 1.06E
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Engage an adequate number of skilled professionals who are thoroughly trained,

experienced and familiar with the specific requirements and methods needed for the
proper performance of the Work.
B. Establish technical and administrative surveillance and/or audit methods to ensure

the highest degree of quality, and to correct potential problems without affecting the
Contract schedule.
C. Verify that the required quality control inspection, testing and documentation
activities have been performed to assure that the equipment, materials and
construction comply in all respect to the requirements of the Contract Documents.
D. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, products, services,

site conditions, workmanship and installation to produce work of the highest quality.
E. Take corrective actions in a timely manner to identify undesirable conditions

affecting the quality of Work and the contract schedule.
F. All test results shall clearly include a statement that the item tested or analyzed
conforms or fails to conform to the contract requirements. Each report shall be
conspicuously stamped on the cover sheet in large red letters a minimum of ½ inch
high “CONFORMS” or “DOES NOT CONFORM” to the Specifications as the case
may be.

G. All test reports shall be signed by a testing laboratory’s authorized person and
counter signed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide all tests, reports,
certifications and other documentation to the SEPTA Project Manager promptly after
the completion of tests. [CDRL 01400-004]
H. The quality assurance functions shall include, but not be limited to:
1. Contract Review
2. Document Control
3. Procurement
4. Shop Fabrication
5. Field Fabrication
6. Field Installation
7. Field Assembly
8. Receiving Inspections
9. Final Inspection
10. In process inspections
11. Factory and Field Testing
12. Handling and Storage
13. Packaging and Shipping
14. Quality Records
15. Non Conformance Reporting
16. Corrective Action (s)
17. QA Audits
18. Training
19. Control of In Process Activities
20. Identification and Traceability
I. The Contractor shall promptly reject work, which does not comply with the
requirements of the Contract Documents. If the contractor elects to propose that
SEPTA accept work that is nonconforming, the contractor shall reimburse SEPTA
for the costs associated with the review of the nonconforming work by SEPTA’s
Engineer.
J. Develop quality assurance forms in a format acceptable to SEPTA for all major
elements of the Work including any additional elements
1.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Document that each material, manufactured product and fabricated item is produced
and tested to comply with highest quality standards. The Contractor shall perform
required audits to maintain level of quality.

B. Do not deliver material, manufactured product or fabricated item until certified
quality assurance documents are satisfactorily reviewed by SEPTA.
C. Do not schedule any factory tests/inspections by SEPTA until these documents are
satisfactorily reviewed by SEPTA. Twenty one (21) day’s prior written notice is
mandatory for (re)scheduling any factory tests/inspections by SEPTA and/or
Engineer.
D. SEPTA reserves the right to source inspect the material, manufactured product or
fabricated item after acceptance of the certified quality assurance documents. Any
and all costs related to reinspection(s) by SEPTA and Engineer shall be the
E. The certified quality assurance documents shall identify and include any changes
made to the material, manufactured product or fabricated item as compared to the
Contract requirements and approved shop drawings. The Contractor shall describe
as to how each change will affect the installation, space and subsequent operations.
F. SEPTA’s review of certified quality assurance documents and inspections shall not
relieve the Contractor from its “primary” responsibility for the quality of work.
1.06 SITE QUALITY CONTROL:
A. The Contractor shall identify an individual (CQC) within its organization at the site
of the Work, who shall be responsible for overall management of Contractor’s
QA/QC system. An individual who has no other duties shall fill the function of the
CQC. [CDRL 01400-005]
1. The CQC shall be experienced in the performance and supervision of the

inspections and tests required by the specifications. The CQC shall be on the
work site at all times that work is taking place and have complete authority to
take any action necessary to ensure conformance with the Contract. The CQC
will be the point-of-contact for all quality matters. The CQC is expected to
represent the Contractor with respect to all QA audit and review activities
performed on the Contractor by outside parties. The CQC shall be appointed
by letter. The CQC may take daily direction from the Contractors
Superintendent however unless prohibited by organizational size the CQC shall
independently report to an official within the Contractor’s organization who is
separate from direct responsibility for the outcome of the project.
B. The CQC shall be responsible for the documented incoming inspection and
determination of acceptability in conformance with Contract requirements of all
material arriving at site. Receiving inspection(s) shall include the review of
associated documentation where necessary to verify the compliance of the item.
Segregate and remove from the site, any nonconforming and/or damaged material.

C. Protect all materials and equipment from rust, corrosion and similar damage by
either factory applied or field applied protective coatings. Clean and touch-up such
protected surfaces that become scratched marred or otherwise damaged and make
surfaces ready for field painting.
D. Unless otherwise specially allowed elsewhere in the contract, do not deliver

reconditioned material to site. Protect all stenciled markings, labels and any other
type of identification(s) to clearly identify the originality of the material.
E. As soon as the material arrives at site, (but before beginning installation) provide to
SEPTA the original Bill of Lading and Certification that the material complies with
the requirements of the contract documents. [CDRL 01400-006]
F. Do not begin installation until relevant installation shop drawings have been
appropriately reviewed by SEPTA. Installation shall comply with conformed shop
drawings.
G. Perform necessary and specified tests and document the results. Replace material
that fails the tests at no cost to SEPTA.
H. Remove and replace new or existing material that is damaged in storage or in the
performance of Work unless specifically accepted in writing by SEPTA’s Project
Manager.
I. No Work shall be performed at the site if Contractor’s Superintendent or his

authorized representative, as approved by SEPTA, is not present at the location
where Work is being performed.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. General
1. The warranty period shall commence at the successful completion of the

Availability and Reliability Demonstration Period as defined in Section 01620
(Reliability, Availability and Maintainability).
2. Except as otherwise provided in this Contract, the warranty for all goods,
supplies, subsystems, equipment, design, engineering, manufacture,
installation, repair, rework, and other work covered by this Contract, shall
extend for a period of two (2) years (the Warranty period).
3. During the Warranty period or any extension to the warranty that may arise
under the provisions of these Contract Specifications, the Contractor shall
maintain, a staff of qualified Field Engineers/Technicians at the Project site
who are suitably trained in the equipment of the MSHL System capable to
perform the corrective work under the warranty and to provide guidance as
required by SEPTA personnel. If necessary on an as-needed basis the
Contractor shall also provide teams assigned to provide warranty support
onsite.

4. Should the Contractor contest any warranty claim, the Contractor’s Field
Engineer and SEPTA shall make a joint inspection, with a written report made
by the Field Engineer to SEPTA concerning the Contractor’s proposal to
resolve the claim. SEPTA shall review the proposal and if found acceptable,
the Contractor shall proceed in correcting the defective work. If SEPTA does
not accept the proposal, the matter shall be treated as a Contract dispute in
accordance with the Agreement.
5. Replacement parts and repairs provided by the Contractor pursuant to
corrective work hereunder shall be subject to prior approval of the SEPTA
Project Manager and shall be tendered and performed in the same manner and
extent as items originally delivered. Any warranty work shall be accomplished
by the Contractor with a minimum of disruption of SEPTA operations and its
maintenance and service facilities. SEPTA will make every reasonable effort to
make such facilities and elements of the SEPTA MSHL System available to
the Contractor consistent with SEPTA’s operational requirements.
6. In the event the Contractor is required to perform warranty work and is unable
or fails within the time prescribed to commence and diligently pursue and
complete the corrective work, SEPTA is by this provision authorized by the
Contractor, at the option of the SEPTA Project Manager and upon written
notice to the Contractor, to contract with another or to use its own forces for
the performance of the warranty work. The costs of such work may be
deducted from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. If no monies are
then owed the Contractor, SEPTA shall invoice the Contractor for such costs,
and the Contractor shall pay the invoice within thirty (30) calendar days of its
receipt. Contractor hereby agrees to reimburse SEPTA for all costs and
expenses in connection with such corrective work.
B. Performance Requirement
1. In the event any single failure mode develops (as distinct from failures due to
all or various causes) on a single Item (I.E.: Lowest Level Replaceable Unit,
subsystem, component, or other identifiable item) and in which the rate of such
failure reaches ten percent (10%) of the population of the Item prior to the
expiration of the Warranty period or any extensions thereof, the Contractor
shall provide repairs, adjustments, or redesign and replacement at no cost to
SEPTA on one hundred percent (100%) of the Items concerned, not just the
failed Items. The Contractor’s actions to correct the failed Item(s) shall be
documented and accepted by SEPTA prior to the start of any redesign or other
such corrective action for the subject Item(s). The Warranty period for the
major assembly containing the affected Item(s) shall be extended by two (2)
years from the date that all such Item(s) pertaining to a particular defect have
been returned to service.
2. In the event, prior to the expiration of the Warranty period or any extensions
thereof, the SEPTA MSHL System fails to achieve the Reliability Goals stated
in Section 01620 “Reliability, Availability and Maintainability” or testing
reveals that a SEPTA MSHL System component, subsystem or other element

providing safety-related functionality does not fail in a safe manner (i.e.: does
not “fail safe”), a detailed analysis shall be performed and an assessment made
whether such equipment, safety-critical system, subsystem, or component is to
be repaired, or the defective parts replaced, or software modified, or some
combination thereof. The analysis as to which alternative will be used shall be
based upon minimizing down time of the SEPTA MSHL System and whether
or not the failure of the safety-critical system, subsystem, or component might
adversely affect the life-cycle of said SEPTA MSHL System. The Contractor
shall perform such necessary change or repair or may, at its option, arrange
such necessary change or repair by SEPTA under the supervision and at the
expense of the Contractor. The Warranty Period for any equipment replaced
due to this clause shall be extended for two (2) years from date that all such
equipment pertaining to the repair/replacement have been returned to service.
3. If the Contractor fails to demonstrate that such failure(s) were not the result of
defects in design, engineering, application, software, workmanship,
manufacture, installation and/or material, the Contractor shall redesign and
replace (repairs and adjustments do not constitute redesign) the affected Items,
to correct and prevent failure of the SEPTA MSHL System. The Contractor
shall perform such tests as SEPTA may deem necessary to verify that such
redesign complies with the requirements of the Contract. All costs associated
with such redesign, testing and repair, including but not limited to removal,
replacement, and reinstallation, shall be borne by the Contractor. Such
redesigns and tests shall be subject to approval by SEPTA.
4. Any retrofit, modification, redesign, or replacement work performed under
warranty on any SEPTA MSHL System item during the warranty period or any
extensions to the warranty period, or detected during the warranty period and
performed after the warranty period expires, shall be guaranteed against
material, design and workmanship defects for two (2) years from the date of
such retrofit, modification, repair or replacement.
5. In no case shall the corrections, under the warranty or otherwise, of defects in
design, workmanship and/or materials, result in an increase in maintenance
requirements, work or cost to SEPTA without prior written SEPTA approval.
6. SEPTA owned parts shall not be used for warranty purposes without the
express written approval of the Project Manager. Any SEPTA owned parts
used for warranty purposes shall be promptly replaced with new parts or,
subject to SEPTA’s written approval, with reconditioned or repaired parts.
C. Corrective Action during the Warranty Period
1. Warranty work shall be acknowledged and monitored by the parties using a

work order system. The Contractor shall propose and SEPTA review and
approve the work order system.
2. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, components, tools
and test devices to perform all retrofit programs, correction of SEPTA MSHL

System defects or failures, and reliability program corrective actions during the
Warranty Period.
3. SEPTA will send the Contractor a written notice of observed defects or failures
with reasonable promptness, but in any event no later than seven (7) days after
observing the defect or failure. Unless otherwise directed in said notice, the
Contractor shall commence corrective work or provide supervision, as
provided here-in, at the time specified by SEPTA but in no event later than two
(2) working days following notification by SEPTA of the defect or failure. The
Contractor shall advise SEPTA before commencing the corrective work, and
shall be prepared to demonstrate the work to SEPTA personnel. The
Contractor shall diligently pursue such corrective work to completion. To
prevent delays and disruption to SEPTA’s operations or violation of
assumptions or requirements of the underlying MSHL System Safety Case, the
Contractor shall immediately inform SEPTA whether continued operation of
the associated MSHL System equipment constitutes a safety hazard. Based on
this direction form the contractor, SEPTA shall have the right, when practical
and feasible in its opinion, to continue use of any such equipment, subsystems
and work deemed defective or unsatisfactory, until such equipment can be
taken out of service pursuant to the corrective work hereby undertaken by the
Contractor.
4. In the event a defect or failure, in the opinion of SEPTA, constitutes an
emergency which will jeopardize or impair the operations and schedules of
revenue service, SEPTA will provide the Contractor both verbal and written
notice thereof and the Contractor shall commence corrective work within
twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of written notice. If the Contractor
determines that the defect or failure constitutes a hazard, the Contractor shall
commence corrective work within twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of
written notice and determination of the existence of any hazard. Under such
emergency conditions, the Contractor, with approval of the SEPTA Project
Manager, may utilize spare parts from SEPTA’s spare parts inventory,
provided the Contractor agrees to replace each and every spare part so used
within the time period to be prescribed by the SEPTA Project Manager.
Nothing herein shall be construed as preventing SEPTA’s forces from
immediately commencing corrective work, provided all such corrective work
is performed in accordance with the Operations and Maintenance Manuals
furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall reimburse SEPTA for actual
costs of labor, fringe benefits and overhead at the prevailing rates when the
work is performed. SEPTA shall advise the Contractor of the current rates.
SEPTA shall also be reimbursed for 125% of its actual material costs. Any
corrective work by SEPTA’s forces shall not invalidate Contractor’s warranties
and other provisions contained in these Contract Documents.
D. Manufacturer’s Warranties
1. The Contractor shall obtain all manufacturer’s warranties and guarantees of all
equipment and materials required by this Contract; provided that the delivery

of such manufacturer’s warranties and guarantees shall in no respect relieve the
Contractor of its obligation under this Article. Unless expressly waived in
writing by the Project Manager, no such manufacturer's warranty or guarantee
shall not expire prior to the date of expiration of the warranty/guarantee
provided by the Contractor for such item under this Article nor shall it contain
any terms substantially different than required under this Contract. SEPTA, by
accepting the manufacturer's warranties and guarantees provided by the
Contractor, in no respect waives any of its rights as against the Contractor, and
should there be a failure of the applicable manufacturer to honor any such
guarantee or service obligation or a failure of the Contractor to secure any such
rights from the for SEPTA, SEPTA may, in its discretion, enforce any such
rights against the Contractor.
2. The Contractor shall transfer to SEPTA all unexpired manufacturer’s
warranties and guarantees for materials and equipment installed on the Project.
Such warranties and guarantees shall recite that they are enforceable by
SEPTA.
PART 2– PRODUCTS

SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the
performance of its Work including, but not necessarily limited to:
1. Temporary utilities such as heat, water, electricity, and telephone;

2. Project field offices and sheds
3. Contractor laydown area
4. Sanitary facilities
5. Enclosures such as tarpaulins, barricades and canopies;
6. First-aid facilities
7. Temporary fencing and other safety devices for pedestrian and vehicular traffic
as well as isolating the construction area.
8. Personnel Identification badges
9. Project Vehicle
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Agreement
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work
C. Section 01041 - Project Coordination
D. Section 01060 - Regulatory Requirements and Safety
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300.
B. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings including means, methods and
procedures related to all temporary facilities. [CDRL 01500-001]
C. CDRLs

CDRL 01500-001 Shop drawing or means and methods for all 1.03B
temporary facilities
CDRL 01500-002 Shop drawing or means and methods for 1.05A
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
drinking water
CDRL 01500-003 Shop drawing or means and methods for sanitary 1.05B
facilities
CDRL 01500-004 Shop drawing or means and methods for 1.05C
temporary electrical power and lighting
CDRL 01500-005 Shop drawing or means and methods for 1.05D
telephone service
CDRL 01500-006 Shop drawing or means and methods for heat 1.05E
CDRL 01500-007 Location of construction office compound 1.06A
CDRL 01500-008 Layout of construction office compound 1.06D
CDRL 01500-009 Specifications for laptops for SEPTA field 1.07C.3.n
personnel
CDRL 01500-010 Location and layout of proposed laydown area 1.08D
CDRL 01500-011 Proposed temporary barricades 1.09B
CDRL 01500-012 Specifications/catalog cuts/photographs of the 1.11F
proposed project vehicle
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. The Contractor shall maintain and protect all temporary facilities and controls in
proper and safe condition throughout progress of the Work.
1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND SERVICES
A. Water: [CDRL 01500-002]
1. The Contractor shall provide potable drinking water from an approved source,
so piped or transported as to keep it safe and fresh and served from single
service containers or satisfactory types of drinking stands or fountains. All
such facilities and services shall be furnished in strict accordance with existing
governing health regulations.
2. Refer to the Agreement, Paragraph VIII.D. The Contractor shall protect pipes
from freezing during inclement weather and any vandalism.
B. Sanitary facilities: [CDRL 01500-003]
1. Refer to the Agreement Paragraph VIII.D.

2. The Contractor shall furnish for the work force on this project, the necessary
toilets, secluded from public observation. The toilets shall be kept in a clean,
sanitary condition and shall comply with the requirements and regulations of
the agencies having jurisdiction.
C. Power and Lighting: [CDRL 01500-004]
1. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for all costs of temporary
electrical and lighting services required at the site for the proper performance
and inspection of work. Remove services and lighting after completion of
work and repair of all damages.
2. The Contractor shall provide area distribution boxes so located that the
individual trades may furnish and use 100 ft. maximum length extension cords
to obtain power and lighting at points where needed for work, inspection, and
safety.
3. The Contractor shall provide all necessary items such as breakers,
transformers, panel boards, and cable required for the service. The Contractor
shall provide a complete distribution system expanded as required during the
construction including wiring devices, outlets, distribution panels,
transformers, cable and other related work necessary to provide a temporary
power system for use during construction.
4. The Contractor shall pay all costs associated with the utility tie-ins, physical
plant, maintenance of system throughout construction, removal of same at
project completion and any other items necessary in providing temporary
power and light.
5. The temporary power and lighting system shall at all times conform with the
applicable codes and regulations of OSHA, NEMA, UL, and the local
municipality.
D. Telephones: The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and pay costs for
installation, maintenance and operation of direct land line (non-pay type) telephone
services in SEPTA’s field office at the site. [CDRL 01500-005]
E. Heating: The Contractor shall provide and maintain heat necessary for proper
conduct of operations. [CDRL 01500-006]
1.06 ACCESS, STORAGE AND PARKING AREAS
A. The Contractor shall establish a construction compound in which the Contractor-

provided SEPTA office facilities will be located adjacent to the Contractor’s office.
The physical location of the facility will require written approval of SEPTA’s Project
B. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 4 parking spaces adjacent to the SEPTA
office for SEPTA vehicles.
C. The Contractor shall provide all necessary security for this area. The Contractor
shall provide all necessary keys to SEPTA’s Project Manager so as to provide access
to the location at any time.
D. The Contractor shall submit to the SEPTA Project Manager a plan layout of the
location within 30 days after Notice to Proceed (NTP). [CDRL 01500-008]
E. The Contractor shall coordinate the provision of utility services for all Contractor
locations and be responsible for all installation charges, removal costs at Project
completion, and any periodic or other charges incidental to the provision of those
utility services.
F. Upon final acceptance of the Work, the Contractor shall clean up the work areas and
leave them in a neat and orderly condition. The Contractor shall dismantle and
remove all temporary fencing and barricades and other temporary items installed,
unless otherwise directed by the SEPTA Project Manager. Repair damaged areas to
their original condition.
1.07 PROJECT FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
A. General
1. Furnish a field office building adequate in size for the Contractor’s offices,
including conference/training room, supply room, and tool room.
2. The project field office location shall be approved by the SEPTA Project
Manager. The field office, including equipment and personnel, shall not only
have sufficient excess capacity, in the opinion of the SEPTA Project Manager,
to permit a rate of progress which will ensure completion of the Work within
the time stipulated in the Contract, but shall also have sufficient excess
capacity for emergencies and overloading.
3. The SEPTA Project Manager shall have the right to reject field offices,
locations and apparatus which is, in his opinion, unsafe, improper, or
inadequate. Rejected construction offices and apparatus shall be brought to
acceptable condition, or shall be removed from the jobsite.
B. Conference / Training Facilities
1. Provide a facility large enough and with provisions to accommodate a thirty-

five (35) person job meeting or training meeting.
C. Availability to the SEPTA Project Manager
1. Make the field office buildings and conference facility available to the SEPTA
Project Manager and his team throughout the entire construction period.
2. Provide a room lockable from Contractor’s space, for a field office or office
space for use by the SEPTA Project Manager and or his team.
3. For duration of project construction, provide the SEPTA Project Manager
space with:
a. 300 square feet of office space, with office lighting, HVAC, toilet
facilities, running water, and electrical outlets.
b. Three chairs
c. One first aid kit
d. One plan storage rack
e. Storage cabinets
f. Three waste paper baskets
g. One water cooler with appurtenances
h. One work table
i. Two wall boards (Dry erase boards, minimum size 48 inches by 72
inches)
j. Two desks with chairs, and desk lamps
k. Two fire extinguishers
l. A copying machine and Fax or free use of the Contractor’s copying
machine and Fax
m. Two telephones
n. Provide, install, and connect to SEPTA’s server, two rugged laptop
computers for use by SEPTA field personnel. The laptops shall be a
Panasonic Toughbook Model F9 and shall be provided with 2.9 GHz,
Intel processor, 320 GB hard drive, 2GB SDRAM memory and 14.1 inch
LCD, color widescreen monitor with 1440 X 900 resolution. The
laptops shall also be provided with wireless card and combination DVD /
CD-ROM drive. The Contractor shall also provide a compatible printer
scanner, and complete software for both laptops including the latest
version of MICROSOFT Small Business. Confirm specific configuration
with SEPTA prior to purchases. [CDRL 01500-009]
o. Digital camera, 12 or greater mega pixels with 12X optical zoom. If the
camera is damaged during the project, the Contractor shall replace the
camera within 48 hours of notice by SEPTA.
D. Field Office Requirements
1. Weather tight, with barred windows and doors, each equipped with screens and
adequate locking devices. Exterior doors shall be equipped with cylinder locks
and dead bolts, both keyed alike with two keys and also provided with
burglarproof bars and locks across the doors.
2. Insulated exterior wall, ceilings and floors
3. Floor covering with resilient flooring material such as asphalt tile or linoleum
4. Restroom with lavatory, toilet, soap holder, toilet paper, holders, paper towel
dispenser, wastepaper basket, mirror, and hot and cold water supply.
5. Sufficient lighting to provide a minimum of 100-foot candles at desk light
uniformly in all areas.
6. Grounded duplex electrical receptacles around interior walls at approximately
10-foot spacing
7. Automatically controlled heating and air conditioning systems with
thermostats, capable of maintaining the office at an ambient temperature
ranging between 64 and 78 degrees F
8. The Contractor shall provide fuel and bear all costs in connection herewith.
9. The Contractor shall provide water, sewer, and electrical utility services as
required.
10. The Contractor shall provide continuous telephone service within the field
office and bear all costs in connection therewith, including long distance
telephone charges until final completion and acceptance of work. The
Contractor shall provide as follows:
a. SEPTA Project Manager: two units with two separate phone lines on one
unit.
b. One telephone answering machine connected to the SEPTA Project
Manager’s line.
E. Maintenance and Service:
1. The Contractor shall provide all electrical and telephone tie-ins for the field
office and provide continuous maintenance of utility tie-ins during the
construction period.
2. The Contractor shall provide continuous maintenance during the construction
period including janitorial service for offices and toilet facilities and provide
toiletry supplies as necessary.
3. The Contractor shall repair of refurnish damaged areas as required.
4. The Contractor shall provide supplies for the copying machine for an average
usage of approximately one thousand (1000) copies per month.
5. The Contractor shall repair or replace the FAX machine and related equipment
within 48 hours of becoming inoperable or defective.
6. The Contractor shall pay cost of all utilities including long distance telephone
usage.
F. SEPTA Parking
1. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of four (4) parking spaces at the
Contractor’s Field Office and at the SEPTA Project Managers Field Office for
SEPTA’s use.
G. Security
1. The Contractor shall guard against unauthorized or illegal entry and protect the
field offices and storage yards against vandalism, theft and mischief. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement and/or compensation for
any item owned by SEPTA or its employees, which are related to the subject
work, removed or damaged as a result of vandalism, theft, mischief of illegal
entry to the field office.
1.08 CONTRACTOR LAYDOWN AREA
A. The Contractor shall provide a contractor’s lay-down area of adequate size for the
safe storage of equipment, vehicles, materials, etc, preferably at the Contractor’s
field office location.
B. Where materials cannot be exposed to the inclement weather, the Contractor shall
provide a secured controlled environment.
C. The Contractor shall make provisions to secure all areas and shall include adequate
lighting, security cameras, fencing, and security personnel if deemed necessary. If
security personnel are stationed at this location, sanitary service shall be provided.
D. The Contractor shall submit the location and layout of the proposed lay down area
for approval. [CDRL 01500-010]
1.09 TEMPORARY BARRICADES, ENCLOSURES AND FENCING
A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary barricades required by Phasing Plans,
including barricades for designated Contractor work areas, Contractor laydown
areas, and public access for areas that must remain open during a phase. Barricades
required outside a designated work area for the exclusive use of a Contractor shall be
provided by that Contractor.
B. Submit drawings of the proposed temporary barricades for SEPTA’s review. Do not
install barricades until the drawings for them have been reviewed by SEPTA.
[CDRL 01500-011]
C. Barricades shall enclose and prevent entry into the work area and shall be full height
and dustproof.
D. Barricades shall be constructed of materials suitable for location. Wood construction

shall conform to the AFPA “National Design Specification for Wood Construction”,
the latest edition. As a minimum, the barricades shall be constructed of 5/8 “thick
APA rated exterior grade plywood. Framing members shall be Spruce-Pine-Fir No.2
or better, a minimum of 2 inches by 4 inches (2x4, nominal) and larger sizes as
necessary, spaced at a maximum 16 inches on center to provide a rigid temporary
structure to resist all applicable loads.
E. Barricades shall be painted on all solid surfaces exposed to public view.
F. Traffic cones and/or stakes with ribbons shall not be used in SEPTA Stations to
differentiate construction areas in lieu of barricades.
G. Temporary Doors: The temporary barricades shall have a reasonable number of

hollow metal doors and frames, with locksets, at locations acceptable to SEPTA.
The locksets on the doors requiring SEPTA access for operational and safety reasons
shall be keyed to SEPTA’s Standard Lock System.
H. On a daily basis, the Contractor shall maintain the temporary barricades in a “like
new” condition. The Contractor shall remove graffiti and restore surfaces on a
continual maintenance basis. Maintenance shall continue until the barricades are
removed.
I. The Contractor is required to enclose areas required by SEPTA for access and
maintenance. If these areas are in public areas they shall be secured with temporary
barricades and doors in accordance with the provisions above. The Contractor shall
take all means to alleviate any or all tripping and falling hazards both within the
work site but also in public areas. Areas where the general public or passengers may
fall shall be secure and covered.
1.10 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall provide adequate security measures to protect material,

equipment, and work from incidental and intentional damage or theft at project site
locations, staging areas and fabrication yards. The use of guard dogs and the
possession of firearms on SEPTA property are prohibited.
1.11 PROJECT VEHICLE
A. During the construction phase of the project, provide new, current model-year, mid-
size truck or SUV for SEPTA Project Manager’s use.
1. Quantity: 1
B. Description:
1. Doors: 2-door.
2. Drivetrain: 4-wheel drive.
3. Transmission: automatic.
4. Engine: Gasoline, with minimum displacement of 2.8 L.
C. Acceptable Truck Manufacturer/Model:
1. Chevrolet Colorado.
2. GMC Canyon.
3. Toyota Tacoma.
4. Honda Ridgeline.
5. Nissan Frontier.
D. Acceptable SUV Manufacturer/Model:
1. Chevrolet Tahoe or Avalanche.
2. Ford Explorer.
3. Jeep Cherokee.
4. Dodge Durango.
5. Toyota Highlander.
E. Provide all insurance, annual inspections, fuel, fluids, monthly exterior washing and
interior cleaning, and engine, drivetrain and tire maintenance for the duration of the
construction phase.
F. Submit specifications/catalog cuts/photographs of the proposed project vehicle for

SEPTA’s review. [CDRL 01500-012]
PART 2– PRODUCTS
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work of this section includes:
1. Products
2. Transportation and handling
3. Storage and protection
4. Repairs and Replacements
5. Product options
6. Substitutions
7. Spare requirements
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. SEPTA Agreement
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work
C. Section 01060 - Regulatory Requirements and Safety
D. Section 01300 - Submittals
E. Section 01400 - Quality Requirement
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. The Contractor shall include in its Quality Assurance Program such procedures as
are required to assure full protection of work and materials.
1.04 MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS:
A. The Contractor shall comply with manufacturers’ recommendations on product

handling, storage, and protection except as noted in the Contract Documents or
otherwise approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
1.05 EXISTING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. The Contractor shall not reuse materials and equipment removed from existing
premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Material and Equipment

B. The Contractor shall provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture,
for components being replaced.
1.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. The Contractor shall transport and handle products in accordance with

manufacturer’s instructions.
B. The Contractor shall promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with
requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.
C. The Contractor shall provide equipment and personnel to handle products by

methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
D. The Contractor shall deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer’s original
container, with labels intact and legible.
1. The Contractor shall maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and
labels intact until time of installation.
2. The Contractor shall promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items
from the job site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified
requirements, at no additional cost to SEPTA.
E. SEPTA may reject, as non-complying, such material and products that do not bear
satisfactory identification as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent
information.
F. The SEPTA Project Manager reserves the right to require the contractor to turn over
copies of all bills of lading, packing slips, labels and other material which establishes
that material delivered to the job site match the material requirements of the
construction documents.
1.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers’
instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible.
B. The Contractor shall store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled
enclosures.
C. For exterior storage of fabricated products, the Contractor shall place on sloped
supports, above ground.
D. The Contractor shall make off-site arrangements for storage and staging, and deliver
material to the site as required so as not to affect work progress of other contractors
and create unsafe conditions.

E. The Contractor shall protect all finished surfaces and equipment.
F. The Contractor shall provide protection for finished floor surfaces prior to allowing
equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces.
G. The Contractor shall maintain finished surfaces and equipment clean, unmarred, and
suitably protected until final acceptance by SEPTA.
1.08 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS:
A. In event of damage, the Contractor shall promptly make replacements and repairs at
no additional cost to SEPTA.
B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be
considered by SEPTA as justification for extension to contract time.
1.09 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products specified by reference standards or by description only: Any Product

meeting those standards or description may be used regardless of manufacturer.
B. Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers: Products of manufacturers

named no options or substitutions allowed, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
1.10 SPARES
A. Complete Spare Systems - As part of its bid for the base contract, the Contractor
shall include complete spare systems. The quantity of spare systems shall equal 10%
of the total number of systems supplied (but not less than 2 of any item). These
spare systems shall be delivered before the end of the Warranty period.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply of spare parts used prior to the end
of the Warranty Period.
C. With its bid, the Contractor shall submit a list of additional spare parts, with
recommended quantities and unit pricing, for future spare parts purchases by
SEPTA. SEPTA shall have the option to increase the quantity of parts or modify the
list to add or delete specific line items.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS


SECTION 01620
RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY (RAM)
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This document contains Reliability, Availability and Maintainability (RAM)

requirements for the overall Media Sharon Hill Line (MSHL) Communication Based
Trolley Control (CBTC) System.
1.02 APPLICABILITY
A. This document applies to the entire MSHL CBTC System which includes but is not
limited to the following equipment:
1. CBTC trackside
2. CBTC onboard
3. Operational Control Centers (OCCs) and Maintenance Control Centers
(MCCs)
4. Ground Based Communications and Radio Frequency (RF) Communication
Subsystems
5. Interlocking Subsystem
6. Local Traffic Controller (LTC) Subsystem
7. Test and Diagnostic Equipment
8. Power Supply Equipment
9. Other Equipment as Required by a Contractor’s Particular Design
B. The overall MSHL CBTC System shall be designed to meet the Reliability,
Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) requirements specified in these Contract
Documents.
1.03 S UBMITTALS
B. CDRLs

CDRL 01620-001 RAM Program Plan 1.06A
CDRL 01620-002 System Reliability Report 1.07A.1
CDRL 01620-003 System Availability Report 1.08A.1
CDRL 01620-004 Availability and Reliability Demonstration Plan 1.08C.1
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Reliability, Availability and Maintainability
1.04 MEETING RAM REQUIREMENTS
A. The RAM requirements specified shall be demonstrated to be met by both design

analysis and empirically during the demonstration period. Should the specified
requirements not be met, the Contractor shall be responsible for modifying the
design and implementing any required changes to enable the provided equipment to
meet the RAM requirements.
B. The warrantee period shall not begin until the conclusion of the demonstration period
during which the RAM requirements were successfully met.
1.05 DEFINITIONS
A. Relevant Failure – An independent failure resulting in a loss of a provided function

due to the failure of an item to provide its intended function while operating within
its design limits. Failures due to correctly following Contractor-supplied instructions
are considered relevant failures.
B. Non-Relevant Failure – A failure that is not classified as a relevant failure.
C. Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) – The mean time required to perform corrective
maintenance on an item to restore it to its normal operating condition including any
additional time required to restore the overall system to its normal operating
condition. Does not include time spent traveling to the failure site to perform the
repair.
D. Mean Repair Travel Time (MRTT) – The mean time for a maintainer to travel to the
site of the failure and begin corrective action after a failure. MRTT shall be assumed
to by 1 hour unless otherwise demonstrated and agreed to by SEPTA.
E. Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) – The mean time between failures for a
Lowest Level Replaceable Unit (LLRU), item, component, subsystem, or system.
MTBF = MTTR + MRTT where MTTR and MRTT are calculated for the equivalent
item, component, subsystem, or system. MTBF shall be calculated for all LLRUs,
items, components, subsystems, and the entire MSHL CBTC System in accordance
with MIL-HDBK-217, [Ref 01620-02].
F. Mean Time Between Functional Failures (MTBFF) – Similar to MTBF except only
relevant failures are included.
G. Availability – Probability that at any point in time an LRU, item, component,

subsystem, or system is able to perform its intended function. Availability = MTBFF
/ (MTBFF + MRTT + MTTR).
1.06 RAM PROGRAM PLAN
A. The Contractor shall implement a RAM Program Plan [CDRL 01620-001], for
SEPTA review and approval, in accordance with EN50126 [Ref 01620-01], IEEE
1474.1 [Ref 10620-03], MIL-STD 785B [Ref 01620-04] and in accordance with
these Contract Documents.
B. The RAM Program Plan shall be provided at the first formal design review and
updated at each subsequent formal design review.
C. The RAM Program Plan shall include the following general information:
1. The methods by which the Contractor shall predict and measure compliance
with the RAM requirements of these Contract Documents.
2. The personnel responsible for implementing and carrying out the plan.
3. Controls and methods to be used to manage subcontractors and suppliers shall
be detailed as to how compliance with the RAM requirements shall be met.
Additionally, the surveillance and monitoring activities of subcontractors and
suppliers shall be defined.
4. First Article Inspection (FAI), equipment and material inspections,
manufacturing inspections, factory and field testing methods used to achieve
the RAM requirements shall be defined.
5. Methodology, including data capture, calculations, and analysis techniques, to
determine the ability to the provided equipment to detect, annunciate and log
equipment failures down to the LLRU level shall be defined.
6. Analysis methods by which the MSHL System RAM requirements are
apportioned to subsystems and lower-level equipment.
7. Specification of the Failure Reporting Analysis and Corrective Action System
(FRACAS) to be used by the Contractor to record, analyze and correct failures
which occur in the Contractor and subcontractor’s plants and on-site. The
methods by which errors and failures are identified and handled through to
their disposition, including design or all operating procedural changes as
required, shall be identified. Reporting methods of FRACAS data shall be
reviewed and approved by SEPTA. The Contractor shall provide to SEPTA, at
least quarterly, FRACAS reporting documentation using the approved
methods.
8. Other reports and analyses as specified by this document section.
1.07 RELIABILITY
A. System Reliability
1. A System Reliability Report [CDRL 01620-002] shall be provided for SEPTA

review and approval. This report shall be based largely on the subsystem
reliability reports and shall substantiate that the design and operation of the
provided equipment meets the reliability requirements of the overall MSHL
CBTC System as follows:
a. The System Reliability Report shall be organized in the same fashion as
the Subsystem Reliability Reports from a system perspective.
b. The System Reliability Report shall be provided at the first formal
design review and updated at each subsequent formal design review.
c. The apportionment of the overall reliability requirements, specified
herein, to the various subsystems and other equipment shall be identified
and substantiated by the Subsystem Reliability Reports.
d. Subsequent to the first formal design review, the target values for MTBF
shall be refined into actual predicted values.
e. The System Reliability Report shall be approved by SEPTA prior to the
start of manufacturing.
2. Subsystem Reliability
a. Each subsystem in the overall MSHL CBTC System, and other
equipment as necessary, shall have a corresponding Subsystem
Reliability Report produced and provided to SEPTA for information.
This report shall include:
1) The calculations performed including input date, methodology
used in the calculations, and the result of the calculations.
2) Reliability Block Diagrams.
3) Detailing and apportionment of reliability values (MTBF) to the
LRU-level which are used in the calculations.
4) A quantified, substantiated, basis for the reliability values used for
all LRUs, or other equipment as necessary.
1.08 AVAILABILITY
A. System Availability
1. A System Availability Report [CDRL 01620-003] for the overall MSHL

CBTC System shall be provided for SEPTA review and approval and shall
include:
a. The calculations performed including input date, methodology used in
the calculations, and the result of the calculations.
b. The report shall be provided at the first formal design review and
updated at each subsequent formal design review.
c. Availability Block Diagrams.
d. MTBFF and MTTR for all LRU, items, components, subsystems, system
and other equipment as necessary.
e. All assumptions shall be substantiated and their quantified basis
explained including, but not limited to:
1) Number and type of spare parts required to be available
2) Level of training for SEPTA personnel
3) Various response times (e.g., delivery of parts, return from factory
service, delivery of failed equipment to maintenance depot)
f. Availability targets (MTBFF) allocated from the requirements of this
document section to each LRU, item, component, subsystem, or system
capable of causing a Functional Failure (FF). Input from the Subsystem
Availability Reports shall be used in these determinations.
g. Subsequent to the first formal design review, the target values for MTBF
and MTBFF shall be refined into actual predicted values.
h. The System Availability Report shall be approved by SEPTA prior to the
start of manufacturing.
B. Subsystem Availability
1. A Subsystem Availability Report shall be provided for each subsystem.

2. The Subsystem Availability Reports shall calculate MTBF and MTBFF based
on the necessary parameters including:
a. Equipment architecture
b. Component reliability
c. MTTR of each LRU
d. Required Preventative Maintenance
C. Availability and Reliability Demonstration Plan
1. The Contractor shall provide an Availability and Reliability (A&R)

Demonstration Plan [CDRL 01620-004] for SEPTA review and approval. The
A&R Demonstration Plan shall define:
a. The A&R Demonstration Testing which will occur during the A&R
demonstration period.
b. The method by which data will be collected for availability and
reliability accounting. Data to be collected shall be automated to the
maximum extent possible using facilities at the OCC and MCC. Manual
data logging required shall be reviewed and approved by SEPTA only if
such logging cannot be performed automatically.
c. The methodology which will be used to reduce the collected data to
permit reliability and availability calculations to be performed.
d. The methodology and calculations which shall be used to arrive at
pass/fail for the testing performed.
e. The corrective actions which will be employed following any test failure.
2. The A&R demonstration period shall be a six (6) contiguous month window
starting with the agreement of SEPTA and after the MSHL CBTC System is
first used to provide revenue service. The A&R demonstration period shall
continue as long as needed to reach the required operating MTBF, MTBFF and
availability figures over a contiguous six (6) month period.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the performance of the A&R
demonstration testing to include providing any personnel and equipment
required.
4. Only operating data from equipment actually providing revenue service shall
be included in the A&R Demonstration Tests.
5. During the A&R demonstration period, any non-onboard failure, or
combination of non-onboard failures, which result one or more trolleys being
delayed in excess of ten (10) minutes or results in one or more trolleys being
required to be operated in “bypass mode” (i.e.: onboard CBTC supervision or
train tracking at the Operational Control Center is not available) in excess of
ten (10) minutes, shall cause the demonstration period to be reset and the six
(6) month window to start over.
6. All equipment shall continuously be accounted for as part of the A&R
demonstration testing until the required operating history of all equipment in
the demonstration period is achieved.
7. Test logs shall be maintained daily during the demonstration period. Weekly
status reports shall be provided to SEPTA summarizing:
a. Total accumulated operating time per equipment type or subsystem.
b. Relevant and non-relevant failures per equipment type. Details of each
failure shall include: time/date of failure, equipment identification, root
cause, repair performed, MTTR, failure disposition (relevant, non-
relevant), MRTT.
c. MTBF and MTBFF for equipment type or subsystem.
d. Overall MSHL CBTC System availability since the start of the
demonstration period.
1.09 MAINTAINABILITY
A. Maintainability Report
1. A Maintainability Report shall be provided to SEPTA for review which

identifies for each LRU, or other replaceable equipment:
a. LRU or equipment identification
b. Common tools required to replace the item
c. Special tools required to replace the item
d. Number of people to replace the item
e. Weight of the item
f. Time to replace the item
g. Special skills required
h. Where in the maintenance manuals the instructions for replacing the item
is located
i. MTTR the item (this shall include the total time required to troubleshoot,
isolate and identify the failed equipment, the replacement process and
restoral of the equipment to its normal operating configuration including
the replacement of panels, performing any configuration or post-repair
acceptance tests, and final turnover of the repaired equipment to normal
operating service)
B. Maintainability Demonstration
1. A maintainability demonstration plan shall be provided to SEPTA for review.

2. The demonstration plan shall identify representative LRUs to be replaced to
confirm the information in the maintainability report. SEPTA and the
Contractor shall jointly identify the sample LRUs or other equipment to be
replaced in the demonstration.
1.10 RAM REQUIREMENTS
A. General ram requirements
1. Availability shall generally be provided through equipment redundancy.

2. The failure of a single LRU, piece of equipment, or other component, shall not
cause a loss of function nor shall it result in a hazard.
B. System availability and reliability requirements
1. The MSHL CBTC System shall have an overall availability of 99.5%.

2. Equipment service life shall be as specified elsewhere in these Contract
Documents.
3. Numeric requirements are as follows:
Equipment MTBF (hours) MTBFF (hours)

Onboard (to be met by both single and double
10,000 40,000
trolley consist)
Interlocking Note 1 Note 1
Region/zone controller 20,000 100,000
Local Traffic Controller Note 1 Note 1
Office 10,000 500,000
Uninterruptible Power Supply 30,000 100,000
Trackside CBTC Radio and Associated RF
20,000 100,000
Communication Equipment (excluding GBN)
GBN 100,000 1,000,000
Note 1: values per specified equipment.
4. The trackside radio equipment shall be fully redundant such that a single
failure will not cause a degradation in the ability of the trackside equipment to
communicate with trolleys.
5. The ground Based Network (GBN) equipment shall be fully redundant such
that a single failure will not cause a degradation in the ability of any two
connected devices to communicate via the GBN. The GBN shall detect failures
and automatically reconfigure to maintain service without degradation.
C. Maintainability requirements
1. Equipment shall be designed such that where redundancy is used to ensure

availability, a redundant unit may be removed and replaced during normal
revenue service without affecting revenue service or posing an undue risk to
personnel.
2. Components, plug in modules, and mechanical units shall be designed with
keyed connectors or mating surfaces such that incorrect installation is
prevented.
3. Replacing any single LRU or piece of equipment shall not exceed thirty (30)
minutes nor require more than two persons.
1.11 DEFINITION OF FUNCTIONAL FAILURES
A. FF are those failures which result in, or directly contribute to, a decrease in the level
of service which is or can be provided to passengers. Generally, FF will inhibit
SEPTA from providing the normal level of passenger service for which the System
was designed, or will prevent the operation of the MSHL CBTC System in its normal
configuration, or will inhibit the availability of a provided function. FF will be used
to determine MTBFF and availability during the demonstration period.
B. The list of FF provided herein is based on a generic concept MSHL CBTC System.
A Contractor’s specific design may require the list of FF be added to, or deleted
from. Based on a Contractor’s particular design, the list of FF will be reviewed
jointly by SEPTA and the Contractor and adjusted as necessary during the final
design approval stage of the Project.
C. Unless stated otherwise, the loss of functionality shall be considered to have

occurred when any such functionality loss persists for more than twenty (20)
seconds.
D. Trolleys which fail in service such that “bypass mode” must be selected due to an
onboard failure, or which are attempted to be entered into service but fail due to
failing departure test, etc., shall be counted as one FF. If normal daily service cannot
be met due to a shortage of trains due to failed onboard equipment, each such
reduction by one train shall count as one FF for any part of a single day for which
service has been reduced.
E. A single trackside failure which causes multiple trolleys to not operate normally
shall be counted as one FF.
F. Redundant equipment which “fails-over” to the non-failed redundant part and does
not interrupt service shall be counted as a F only after the second such failover of the
same particular equipment in a single day, or third such failover of the same
particular equipment in a single week, regardless whether a root cause for the
switchover was determined or not.
G. Equipment which is intentionally shutdown to reload software, change configuration,

or otherwise make adjustments shall not be counted as a FF.
H. Failures arising from non-MSHL CBTC System equipment or due to vandalism shall
not be counted.
I. Failures of SEPTA-provided equipment shall not be counted except where it can be

shown that the use of the SEPTA-provided equipment by the Contractor is the root
cause of the failure.
J. Failure of a trolley to receive a “Proceed” bar signal aspect due to township-owned

equipment malfunction will not be counted.
K. A single operator workstation failure will not be counted provided all other operator
workstations at the same control location are operable.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
SECTION 01630
SAFETY PROGRAM
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This document contains Safety Program requirements for the overall Media Sharon
Hill Line (MSHL) Communication Based Trolley Control (CBTC) System. In
addition, general software requirements are also provided by this document.
1.02 APPLICABILITY
A. The MSHL CBTC System includes but is not limited to the following equipment:
1. CBTC trackside
2. CBTC onboard
3. Operational Control Center (OCC), Emergency Backup Control Center
(EBCC), Maintenance Control Centers (MCCs), Local Control Panels (LCP)
Subsystems
9. Other Equipment as required by a Contractor’s Particular Design
B. The overall MSHL CBTC System shall be designed to meet the Safety requirements
specified in these Contract Documents including the referenced standards.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
B. CDRLs

CDRL 01630-001 Wayside Equipment Positioning Tolerance 1.06X
Manual
CDRL 01630-002 Project Safety Plan 1.09B.2.a
CDRL 01630-003 Safety Integrity Level Analysis 1.09B.3.a
CDRL 01630-004 Software Safety Plan 1.09B.3.b
CDRL 01630-005 System Safety Concepts 1.09B.4.a
CDRL 01630-006 SIL Recommendation Report 1.09B.4.b
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Safety Program

CDRL 01630-007 System Hazard Analysis 1.09B.5.a
CDRL 01630-008 Hardware Safety Plan 1.09B.6.a
CDRL 01630-009 Safety Case Plan 1.09B.7.a
CDRL 01630-010 System Hazard Log 1.09B.9.a
CDRL 01630-011 Final Safety Case Report 1.09B.10.a
CDRL 01630-012 System Verification and Validation Plan 1.09B.11.a
CDRL 01630-013 System Fault Tree Analysis 1.09B.13.a
CDRL 01630-014 System Level FMEA 1.09B.14.a
CDRL 01630-015 Operating and Support Hazard Analysis 1.09B.15.a
CDRL 01630-016 Non-Vital Equipment Analysis Report 1.09B.16.a
CDRL 01630-017 Certificate of Compliance 1.09B.16.a
CDRL 01630-018 Software Verification and Validation Plan 1.09B.17.a
CDRL 01630-019 Software Quality Assurance Plan 1.09B.18.a
CDRL 01630-020 Software Configuration Management Plan 1.09B.19.a
CDRL 01630-021 System Commissioning and Cutover Hazard 1.09B.20.a
Analysis
CDRL 01630-022 Safety Program Audit and Compliance Plan 1.09B.21.a
CDRL 01630-023 Non-Vital Equipment Analysis 1.09B.22.a
CDRL 01630-024 Database Verification Report 1.09B.23.a
CDRL 01630-025 Safety Program Audit and Compliance Plan 1.09B.24.d
Open Items List
1.04 MSHL SAFETY PROGRAM
A. The purpose of the MSHL Safety Program is to ensure that safety is designed into
the overall system, that identified hazards are mitigated such that the residual risk is
acceptable, and that verification and validation has been performed to demonstrate
that the Safety Plan has been followed.
B. An important part of the Safety Program is recordkeeping to establish documentary

evidence supporting the claims of the Safety Case. Periodic audits shall be conducted
to establish that the required evidences are being complied during the Project.
C. Hazard identification and mitigation is a critical part of the Safety Program. All
hazards shall be traced from identifying source to the demonstration of their
acceptable mitigation.
D. Configuration control of all Project artifacts shall be controlled and monitored by

activities identified in the Safety Plan or its subordinate plans.
E. These Contract Documents and the referenced industry standards shall be used as the
framework to define the acceptable processes and methods to be followed in the
execution of the Safety Program and overall delivery of the MSHL CBTC System.

1.05 SAFETY EVIDENCE
A. Generally, the required safety evidences and documentation related to equipment

design and development shall be produced expressly for the MSHL System.
However, for products (combined hardware and software) which are unchanged in
form, function, and application from previous projects, existing documentary
evidence which complies with the intent of these requirements related to design may
be provided to SEPTA for consideration of acceptance in lieu of the documentary
requirements herein specified. This does not apply to testing to establish
performance, hazard mitigation, or analyses.
B. SEPTA or its authorized agents will conduct independent reviews during the design,
development, manufacture, integration, factory testing, installation, testing and
commissioning of the Contractor’s equipment and shall have access to all Contractor
documentation and personnel. SEPTA or its authorized agents shall also be given the
authority to attend any Contractor design reviews or walkthroughs deemed necessary
to complete and accomplish a complete safety assessment.
1.06 GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor is solely responsible for all aspects of the MSHL Safety Program
including, but not limited to: it’s adequacy, performance and compliance monitoring.
Receiving approvals from SEPTA, including approvals for submitted documents,
shall not relieve the Contractor of this responsibility.
B. All equipment providing safety-related functions shall be fail-safe by design. Safety

analyses shall be provided for all safety-related equipment. Safety analyses shall be
performed at the system, subsystem, and individual component level as necessary to
establish that the safety criterion of these Contract Documents, and the referenced
industry specifications have been met. Analysis shall also be performed to confirm
that equipment deemed not safety-related is in fact such.
C. All functions shall have a Safety Integrity Level (SIL) rating commensurate with the
safety function provided unless otherwise stated in these Contract Documents.
D. All Automatic Trolley Protection functions and the Temporary Speed Restriction
(TSR) function shall be designed, implemented, and tested in a vital failsafe fashion
and in accordance with SIL 4.
E. Independence of all persons performing safety tasks including management, design,

testing, verification and validation shall be in accordance with the industry standards
specified in this document section.
F. Should SEPTA use an Independent Safety Assessor (ISA), the Contractor shall
support the activities and tasks undertaken by the ISA including audits, document
CDRL reviews, test witnessing. Should an ISA not be appointed by SEPTA, the
Contractor shall perform the role of ISA from within their organization.

G. There shall be a single identified person within the Contractor’s organization
responsible for the overall MSHL Safety Program.
H. No single failure shall result in a decreased level of safety or present a hazard.

Should a single failure, when combined with a second failure cause a decrease in the
level of safety or present a hazard, then the first failure shall be detected and be
automatically acted on and annunciated before the second failure can occur.
I. All failures of equipment providing safety-related functions shall be automatically

detected, shall be automatically acted upon to ensure no decrease in safety results
from the failures, and shall be annunciated locally, and shall be alarmed and logged
at the OCC, MCC or onboard as appropriate.
J. Design documentation shall clearly indicate whether the hardware and software to
implement a function will be reused without change, reused with modification, or
newly developed so as to enable the Contractor’s safety team to unambiguously
apply the required safety techniques based on the reused, modified, new status of the
provided hardware and software.
K. The Contractor shall ensure subcontractors follow the requirements in these Contract
Documents including all Safety Program requirements. The Contractor shall audit
subcontractors for compliance with these requirements.
L. Safety tasks shall include verification and validation activities which determine
whether the equipment design has take into account the range of environmental
conditions the equipment will be exposed to, and the range of environmental
conditions for which it is designed. These activities shall include verification and
validation of Electro-Magnetic Interference/Electro-Magnetic Compatibility
(EMI/EMC), shock and vibration, and temperature and humidity design and
compliance testing performed on all equipment. In addition, safety activities shall
include validation that the required environmental conditions have been accounted
for in the design and have been verified/validated as correctly implemented.
M. Safety requirements derived from these Contract Documents and safety requirements
intrinsic to the Contractors provided equipment (safety requirements the Contractor
has placed on its own equipment design) shall be explicitly identified as a safety
requirement within the requirement tracing tool used. (See elsewhere for
requirements for a requirements tracing tool.) Each identified safety requirement
shall be traceable to the means used to justify that it has been correctly implemented
and traceable to the hazard which it provides mitigation for (if existent).
N. Once entered in the System Hazard Log, items shall remain in the System Hazard
Log throughout the Project. The means by which each hazard is closed shall be
clearly identified and supported by auditable documentary evidence.
O. Hazards which are mitigated by the addition of safety requirements shall have those
requirements identified in the Hazard Log.

P. Hazards which are mitigated by the performance of a procedure shall have the
analysis which confirms the adequacy of the procedure and the procedure itself
identified in the Hazard Log.
Q. Hazards which are mitigated by assignment to others shall have a reference to the
formal acceptance of the hazard/mitigation in the hazard log.
R. Safety tasks shall be undertaken to validate that proper grounding, electrical

isolation, and equipment bonding has been performed as required by these Contract
Documents and industry standards.
S. System Safety Concepts shall clearly identify potential equipment failures (hardware
and software) and detail how failsafe operation is achieved during these failures. In
addition, the System Safety Concepts shall address how data and inputs from non-
vital sources and cannot compromise safety.
T. System Safety Concepts shall clearly identify the means and methods by which a
trolley is assured to vitally remain within its assigned movement authority. Events
covered shall include, but are not limited to: removal of a trolley’s movement
authority by the wayside equipment, removal of an interlocking proceed aspect,
removal of a roadway crossing bar signal proceed aspect, trolley equipment failure,
driver-induced overspeed condition.
U. How “hackers” or other unauthorized persons will be prevented from gaining access
to the data or equipment within the MSHL CBTC System equipment shall be
addressed in the safety plans. Methods used by the provided equipment to mitigate
such risks shall be identified.
V. Safety tasks shall include an analysis of the adequacy of the training to be provided
to SEPTA personnel.
W. Safety tasks shall include an analysis of the adequacy of the operating and
maintenance procedures and manuals provided to SEPTA.
X. Safety tasks shall include the identification of trackside equipment whose physical
location is critical to the safety function provided by the MSHL CBTC System.
Tolerance for repositioning of the identified equipment shall be defined and this
information provided to SEPTA as the Wayside Equipment Positioning Tolerance
Manual [CDRL 01630-001]. If repositioning of any equipment beyond a defined
tolerance requires a database or other update to the MSHL CBCTC System
equipment, that update shall also be defined in the CDRL.
Y. Safety tasks shall be undertaken to validate that the interlocking equipment has been
designed in accordance with AREMA and SEPTA requirements.
Z. A hazard analysis shall be conducted to verify that the equipment design and
procedural methods specified by the Contractor for switching of the Dispatcher’s

control location between the OCC, EBCC, LCPs, and other locations if applicable,
can be accomplished with a minimum of risk. The methods used to minimize any
hazards from control location switching shall be identified.
1.07 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS
A. New and modified software shall follow the requirements of EN 50128-2011 [Ref.
01630-07]. Existing software shall be subject to the requirements of EN 50128-2001
[Ref. 01630-06].
B. When software which provides safety-related functions is operated on, or otherwise

shares the resources of hardware with software which is not providing safety-related
functions, the highest SIL of all such software shall be met by all such software
unless SEPTA approves otherwise on a case-by-case basis.
C. Commercial operating systems are not permitted to be executed by the same

processor used to execute SIL 4 software nor reside in the same addressable memory
space as SIL 4 software without SEPTA approval on a case-by-case basis.
1.08 TESTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Safety-related requirements, regardless of their origin, which are used by the

Contractor to specify the MSHL CBTC System, shall be explicitly tested or
otherwise proven to be correctly implemented. Traceability shall be provided from
the requirement though to its demonstration of correct implementation.
B. Testing shall comply with 49 CFR Part 236 Subpart H paragraphs 13 and 17.
C. The required testing to be performed following changes to any part of the installed
MSHL CBTC System equipment (i.e.: regression testing) which provides safety-
related functions shall be determined by analysis of the changed hardware and
software. Such analyses shall be performed by the appropriate persons, shall be
documented and included in the verification and validation activities related the
change, and shall comply with 49 CFR Part 236 Subpart H paragraph 20.
D. Periodic maintenance testing shall comply with 49 CFR Part 236 Subpart H
paragraphs 13, 16 and 18.
E. Safety qualification testing shall be performed on one trolley to establish that the
design and installation of the supplied equipment is suitable to provide its intended
safety-related functions. SEPTA shall be invited to the performance of this safety
qualification testing.
F. Safety qualification testing shall be performed to establish the safety functions of the
LTC. The LTC, CBTC Zone Controller, trolley, and other necessary equipment shall
be used in the field for this qualification testing. SEPTA shall be invited to the
performance of this safety qualification testing.

G. Equipment which provides safety-related functions and which implements
redundancy shall have failures inserted into the operational equipment to cause the
failover to the redundant equipment to establish that safe operation is not affected by
the failover process.
H. Equipment which provides safety-related functions and which relies on detecting

inappropriate inputs or feedback shall have such inputs and feedback failed to
determine whether the equipment detects the failure and responds appropriately.
1.09 SUBMITTALS
A. General
1. All submittals shall be updated throughout the project as needed by the

Contractor’s safety team and in conformance to the specified submission
requirements.
2. Analyses shall be conducted as recommended in MIL-STD 882D [Ref. 01630-
03], AREMA Manual Part 17 [Ref. 01630-02] and the other specifications
identified in this section as applicable to the analysis being conducted.
3. Submittals identified as "for SEPTA review and approval" shall be provided to
SETPA as part of the CDRL submission for every formal design review unless
otherwise noted. Submittals identified as "for SEPTA information" shall be
provided to SEPTA upon demand; all such CDRLs shall be available by the
second formal design review.
B. Required Submittals
1. Unless otherwise noted, all submittals in this section shall be provided to

SEPTA for review and approval.
2. Project Safety Plan
a. A Project Safety Plan (PSP) [CDRL 01630-002] shall be developed in
compliance with EN 50129 and EN 50126 [Ref. 01630-01 & 17,
respectively]. The PSP shall provide the overall safety philosophy,
implementation methodology, safety management and criterion for the
safety activities required for the delivery of the MSHL CBTC System.
b. The PSP shall identify all subordinate safety plans, all safety tasks, all
safety activities and all safety documentation to be produced (whether
submitted to SEPTA or not) culminating in the Safety Case, Final Safety
Report and Safety Certificate to be provided by the Contractor.
c. The Contractor’s safety team shall be defined. Persons and roles
responsible for performing the identified tasks and producing the
identified documentation shall be identified.
d. The PSP shall identify the major project lifecycle phases and the safety
tasks/activities/documentation to be developed during each phase. The
PSP, or its subordinate plans, shall identify the safety-related

requirements for transitioning from one phase to the next and the
verification and validation steps to be performed to ensure these
requirements are met before moving to the next phase.
e. The PSP shall also include:
1) The industry standards which shall be followed by the Contractor
for the various tasks identified in the PSP, including developing
the PSP itself.
2) How safety requirements will be identified and tracked throughout
the life of the project, including verification and validation that the
delivered system meets the safety requirements.
3) How MSHL CBTC System requirements will be identified as
safety-related or non-safety-related.
4) How requirements will be traced from the originating source to the
point that they have been determined to be satisfied by the
delivered system.
5) The processes that the Contractor will use to identify, design and
develop the safety-critical portions of the system.
6) The verification and validation methods that shall be employed for
safety-critical hardware and software.
7) How hazards will be identified and the formal process for tracking
that the identified hazards have been acceptably mitigated or
handed off to others.
8) Identification of the overall test planning process and responsible
persons/agencies including the major testing evolutions to be
conducted (e.g., development tests, factory acceptance tests, field
commissioning tests, field safety demonstration tests).
9) How configuration management will be accomplished for all
hardware, software and documentation during the entire project
and how configuration management of the delivered system will be
handed-over to SEPTA.
10) Identification and justification for the method the Contractor will
employ to provide and independent assessment of the Safety
Programs conducted by the Contractor.
11) Identification of SEPTA responsibilities in the Contractor’s overall
Safety Program.
12) A high-level milestone schedule which identifies what safety tasks,
including SEPTA approvals, are predecessors to other identified
safety tasks.
f. The PSP shall provide the safety document hierarchy which outlines the
safety-related plans and documentation to be developed and a proposed
schedule tied to project milestones at which these plans and documents
are proposed to be submitted to SEPTA for review and approval. The
proposed schedule shall include a thirty (30) day SEPTA review period

for documents requiring SEPTA review. SEPTA shall review and
approve the proposed schedule of delivery of safety-related plans and
documentation.
3. Safety Integrity Level Analysis
a. A Safety Integrity Level (SIL) Analysis [CDRL 01630-003] of the
overall proposed MSHL CBTC System equipment functionality
including hardware and software shall be performed. The SIL Analysis
shall be provided to SEPTA for information.
b. A SIL Recommendation Report [CDRL 01630-004], based on the
findings of this analysis, shall recommend an apportionment of SILs to
the proposed MSHL CBTC System equipment and functions.
c. Hardware and software tools shall be assigned a classification of T1, T2,
T3, or T4 in accordance with EN 50128-2011 [Ref. 01630-07] as part of
the SIL analysis.
d. Existing functionality implemented in hardware and/or software which
cannot be shown to have been developed to the requirements for its
assigned SIL shall require rework and validation to meet these
requirements.
4. Fault Tree Analysis
a. Fault Tree Analyses (FTAs) shall be performed and FTA reports
produced for the overall system level [CDRL 01630-005] and at the
subsystem level. The system level FTA report shall be provided to
SEPTA for review and approval, other FTA reports shall be provided to
SEPTA for information.
b. The FTAs shall be used as part of the justification that the SIL of the
overall MSHL CBTC System is adequate based on the SIL Analysis
[CDRL 01630-006].
c. The subsystem FTAs shall feed into the system-level FTA.
d. FTAs shall be performed using an industry accepted software tool which
has been certified by a reputable body to provide correct results.
Documentation of this certification shall be provided in the system-level
report.
e. The input hazard rates to the FTA calculations shall be justified and their
derivation basis provided in the FTA summary reports.
f. Each FTA report shall include a graphical representation of the
combinatorial logic used in the analysis.
5. System Safety Concepts
a. A System Safety Concepts document [CDRL 01630-007] shall be
developed in accordance with EN 50126, EN 50129, and EN 50128
[Ref.s 17, 01, 06 & 07, respectively]. IEEE 1483 [Ref. 01630-05] may
also be used for additional guidance.
b. The System Safety Concepts document shall provide a separate section
for each subsystem in the MSHL CBTC System which provides safety-

related functions and shall provide a system-level section which outlines
how the safety functions of the subsystems are vitally implemented and
how they work together to provide the required level of safety for the
overall system.
c. The System Safety Concepts document shall include the means by which
failsafe operation is provided by the equipment design.
d. To be included in the System Safety Concepts document:
1) Reliance on operator actions including the timeliness of the
actions.
2) Reliance on maintenance procedures.
3) The means by which data communications (wired and through the
air) are secured from inadvertent and malicious actions.
4) The means by which hardware and software fail-safe operation is
achieved.
5) The means by which each subsystem, or a smaller division of
equipment, employs defensive strategies against faults from other
connected equipment or subsystems.
6) The failure detection mechanisms employed in equipment and
software providing safety-related functions. Periodic testing and
requirements, rebooting requirements and similar operational
requirements shall be identified.
7) The means by which movement authorities are determined and
delivered to trolleys.
8) The means by which a trolley vitally ensures it will remain within
its assigned movement authority at all times including during
failures of equipment, signal cancelation, movement authority
cancelation,
9) The means by which a trolley is prevented from overspeeding.
Timing diagrams shall be used to identify the sequence and timing
relationships between events.
10) The means by which temporary speed restrictions are applied,
enforced and removed in a vital fail-safe fashion.
11) The means by which a trolley is prevented from entering a
roadway intersection without proper authorization.
12) The means by which a trolley is prevented from entering an
interlocking area without proper authorization.
6. Software Safety Plan
a. A Software Safety Plan (SSP) [CDRL 01630-008] shall be developed for
existing software in accordance with EN 50128-2001 [Ref. 01630-06]
for the project. Where appropriate, IEEE 1228 [Ref. 01630-09] may be
used for further guidance. The SSP shall be provided to SEPTA for
information.

b. The SSP shall detail how the “Highly Recommended” practices of the
Annexes of EN 50128 [Ref.s 06 & 07] have been, or will be
accomplished during the Project including the specific selection of the
practices to be followed, where a choice is possible.
7. Hardware Safety Plan
a. A Hardware Safety Plan (HSP) [CDRL 01630-009] shall be developed
in accordance with EN 50129, EN 50121, EN 50124, EN 50125, EN
50155, EN 50159, IEC 61508-1 [Ref.s 01630-01, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
respectively]. Where appropriate, IEEE 1483 [Ref. 01630-05] may be
used for additional guidance. The HSP shall be provided to SEPTA for
information.
b. The HSP shall specify that all equipment interfaces which participate in
providing safety functions shall be analyzed
c. The HSP shall detail how the “Highly Recommended” practices of EN
50129 [Ref. 01630-01] have been, or will be accomplished during the
Project including the specific selection of the practices to be followed,
where a choice is possible.
8. Tool Safety Plan
a. All hardware and software tools used in the design, development,
verification, validation or maintenance of the MSHL CBTC System
equipment provided shall be treated exactly as the actual operating
hardware and software and either included in the SSP and HSP, or may
be handled in a separate Tool Safety Plan. If developed, the Tool Safety
Plan shall be provided to SEPTA for information.
b. The classification and resulting activities related to each tool shall be
based on the outcome of the SIL analysis.
9. Safety Case Plan
a. A Safety Case Plan (SCP) [CDRL 01630-010] shall be developed in
accordance with EN 50129 [Ref. 01630-01]. The SCP may be
incorporated into the PSP.
b. The SCP shall provide an outline of the Safety Case to be developed by
the Contractor and shall include the appropriate major components of the
Safety Case.
10. System Commissioning and Cutover Hazard Analysis
a. A System Commissioning and Cutover Hazard Analysis
[CDRL 01630-011] shall be performed to determine the hazards
associated with the proposed System Commissioning and Cutover Plan.
b. Identified hazards shall be documented in the SHL.
11. System Hazard Analysis
a. A System Hazard Analysis (SHA) [CDRL 01630-012] shall be
conducted to identify hazards at the system-level in the MSHL CBTC
System.
b. The output of the SHA shall be the basis for the System Hazard Log.

12. Subsystem Hazard Analysis
a. Subsystem Hazard Analyses (SSHA) shall be conducted to identify
hazards at the in each of the subsystems in the MSHL CBTC System
including:
1) Zone controllers
2) Operational Control Centers
3) Maintenance Control Centers
4) Interlocking including track circuits, local control panels, color
light signals and switch machines
5) Local traffic controllers including track circuits and trolley bar
signals
6) Ground based data network
7) RF data network
8) Onboard equipment
9) Operational procedures
10) Maintenance procedures
11) Interfaces between equipment providing safety functions.
b. The output of the SSHAs shall be entered into the System Hazard Log.
13. Operating and Support Hazard Analysis
a. An Operating and Support Hazard Analysis (O&SHA)
[CDRL 01630-013] shall be conducted to assess hazards associated with
personnel, procedures, equipment and external influences on the MSHL
CBTC System throughout the operational phase the MSHL CBTC
System.
b. The O&SHA shall include operating and support hazards identified in
the System Hazard Log.
14. System Hazard Log
a. A single System Hazard Log (SHL) [CDRL 01630-014] shall be
developed and maintained for the Project in accordance with EN 50129
[Ref. 01630-01]. The SHL shall be provided to SEPTA for information
on a quarterly basis.
b. All identified hazards shall be managed from within the SHL.
c. The SHL shall track hazard source, assessment, determined severity,
mitigation, handoff (if applicable) and final closure including any
additional safety requirements generated as mitigations.
d. Hazards mitigated by transference to SEPTA operating procedures,
maintenance works, or other efforts performed by SEPTA personnel
shall be formalized and maintained in a single controlled document
during the Project and shall be handed-over to SEPTA at the conclusion
of the Project. SEPTA review and approval is required for all such
mitigations measures.

15. Failure Mode and Effects Analysis
a. Failure Mode and Effects Analyses (FMEAs) shall be developed in
accordance with EN 60812 [Ref. 01630-16]. A system level FMEA
[CDRL 01630-015] shall be provided to SEPTA for review and
approval, other FMEAs shall be provided to SEPTA for information.
b. FMEAs shall be conducted for the following interfaces:
1) Interlocking to zone controller interfaces
2) All local traffic controller interfaces
3) All interfaces to non-SEPTA owned equipment (e.g., township
owned automobile traffic control equipment)
4) Trolley to CBTC equipment interfaces
5) Other interfaces between subsystems or equipment which provide
safety functions
c. FMEAs shall be performed for all vital hardware to the component level
unless otherwise approved by SEPTA.
d. Any single component or Lowest Replaceable Unit that is listed as a
potential cause of a hazard on the SHL shall have a FMEA conducted on
its operation.
16. Non-Vital Equipment Analysis
a. A Non-Vital Equipment Analysis [CDRL 01630-016], shall be
performed to ensure that equipment considered to not be providing a
safety-related function is, in fact, not providing any safety functions. A
report shall be issued summarizing the findings of the analysis
[CDRL 01630-017].
b. System safety requirements shall be used as a basis for the analysis. For
each requirement, an analysis as to whether it is provided in whole or
part by equipment with a SIL of less than four (4) shall be identified
using the appropriate expert persons. If a safety requirement is
determined to be implemented by equipment or software with a SIL of
less than four (4), a hazard shall be added to the SHL.
17. System Verification and Validation Plan
a. A System Verification and Validation Plan [CDRL 01630-018], shall be
developed in accordance with EN 50126 and EN 50129 [Ref.s 01630-17
& 01, respectively].
b. The techniques and methods used for Verification and Validation (V&V)
shall be commensurate with the SIL of the function.
c. Testing employed shall confirm that the Project safety requirements have
been adequately implemented and any mitigations to hazards in the SHL
have been adequately addressed.
d. Testing to support V&V shall delineate between safety function testing
and other testing.
18. Software Verification and Validation Plan

a. A Software V&V Plan [CDRL 01630-019] shall be developed in
accordance with EN 50128 [Ref. 01630-06 & 07 as appropriate].
19. Software Quality Assurance Plan
a. A Software Quality Assurance Plan (SQAP) [CDRL 01630-020] shall
be developed in accordance with EN 50128 [Ref. 01630-06 & 07, as
appropriate].
20. Software Configuration Management Plan
a. A Software Configuration Management Plan (SCMP)
[CDRL 01630-021] shall be developed in accordance with EN 50128.
21. Database Verification Report
a. A Database Verification Report [CDRL 01630-022] shall be developed
in accordance with EN 50128 [Ref. 01630-06 & 07, as appropriate] and
provided to SEPTA for information.
b. This report shall identify provide a compliance audit that the
requirements of EN 50128 regarding the use of configuration data and
related tools has been met including verifying the data is correct.
c. The report shall also address the use of configuration control as applied
to configuration data, whether the required plans and processes are in
place and have been used to control changes to the data.
22. Final Safety Case Report
a. A Final Safety Case Report [CDRL 01630-023] shall be developed
which addresses the results of the overall MSHL CBTC System Project
Safety Plan including:
1) Verification through inspection of documentation evidence that all
task, activities and requirements in the Project Safety Plan, and its
subordinate plans, have been satisfied.
2) Verification of closeout of all items on the SHL.
3) Verification that the Mean Time Between Hazardous Events
(MTBHE) for the MSHL CBTC System is equal or better than that
recommended in IEEE 1474.1 [Ref. 01630-04], Section 5.3.4, with
the maximum number of trolleys operating.
4) Verification that all safety requirements have been documented as
validated through test, inspection, analysis or other SETAP
approved means.
5) Verification that the SIL targets for all equipment have been met.
b. The FSR shall contain a synopsis of the safety tasks and activities
undertaken during the Project.
c. The FSR shall include any Safety Related Application Conditions
(SRACs), their ownership, and documentation that their ownership has
been formally accepted.
23. Certificate of Compliance

a. Following SEPTA approval of the Final Safety Report , the Contractor
shall submit a Certificate of Compliance [CDRL 01630-024] prior to the
MSHL being operated for passenger service.
24. Safety Program Audit and Compliance Plan
a. A Safety Program Audit and Compliance Plan shall be developed based
on the Contractor’s specific safety practices and the requirements of
these contract documents.
b. The recommendations of the references of this section shall be taken into
account in the preparation of the plan.
c. The plan shall identify the list of audits and compliance analyses which
will be performed by the Contractor during the Project.
d. A report shall be issued for each audit or compliance analysis performed.
Open items from the audits and compliance analysis shall be tracked on a
Safety Program Audit and Compliance Plan Open Items List
[CDRL 01630-025] which shall be provided to SEPTA for information.
e. A schedule based on major Project milestones shall be provided in the
Plan which identifies when each of the major audits and compliance
analysis will be performed.
PART 2– PRODUCTS


SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section specifies the requirements for closing out the Contract and supplements
requirements specified in Paragraph XII of the Agreement.
B. Contract closeout is the term used to describe the collective Project requirements that
are to be fulfilled near the end of the Contract term in preparation for final
acceptance and occupancy of the Work by SEPTA, as well as final payment to the
Contractor and the completion of the Contract.
C. If in the event that the Work of the Contract is completed in phases and/or portions
of the Work is completed to the full satisfaction of SEPTA and SEPTA is to utilize
that completed phase and/or portion, SEPTA shall issue a Certificate of Substantial
Completion in accordance with 1.03 below.
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Section 01720 - Project Record Documents
B. Section 13587 – Installation and System Validation Testing
1.03 SUBMITTALS
B. CDRLs

CDRL 01700-001 Written certification of substantial completion 1.04A.3
CDRL 01700-002 List of items to be completed or corrected 1.04A.4
CDRL 01700-003 Contract record documents, maintenance 1.04A.6
manuals, warranties, and bonds
CDRL 01700-004 Releases, occupancy permits, operating 1.04A.7
certificates
CDRL 01700-005 Request for final inspection 1.04B
CDRL 01700-006 Final payment 1.05A.1
CDRL 01700-007 Certificates of insurance 1.05A.1
CDRL 01700-008 Final statement of project cost 1.05A.2
CDRL 01700-009 Final punchlist 1.05A.3
CDRL 01700-010 Final meter readings for utilities 1.05A.4
CDRL 01700-011 Consent of Surety 1.05A.5
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Contract Closeout

CDRL 01700-012 Affidavit of Payments of Debts and Claims 1.05A.5
CDRL 01700-013 Affidavit of Release of Liens 1.05A.5
CDRL 01700-014 General Release by Trade Contractor of Owner 1.05A.5
CDRL 01700-015 Guarantee against Defects 1.05A.5
CDRL 01700-016 Warranties 1.05A.5
CDRL 01700-017 Maintenance Bonds 1.05A.5
CDRL 01700-018 Engineer or DER Permits 1.05A.5
CDRL 01700-019 Certification of Occupancy 1.05A.5
CDRL 01700-020 Final continuing insurance coverage 1.05A.6
CDRL 01700-021 Record documents and drawings 1.05A.7
CDRL 01700-022 Maintenance manuals 1.05A.7
CDRL 01700-023 Final project photographs 1.05A.7
CDRL 01700-024 Damage or settlement survey 1.05A.7
CDRL 01700-025 Property survey 1.05A.7
1.04 PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. General: The Contractor shall complete the following before requesting the SEPTA
Project Manager’s inspection for certification of substantial completion for the Work
of the Contract. The Contractor shall list known exceptions in the request.
1. What constitutes substantial completion will be determined solely by the

SEPTA Project Manager.
2. In the progress payment request that coincides with, or is the first request
following the date substantial completion is claimed, activities should be either
100 percent complete for the portion of the Work claimed as “substantially
complete,” or provide a list incomplete items, the value of incomplete Work,
and reasons for the Work being incomplete. Include supporting documentation
for completion as indicated in the Contract Documents.
3. Submit written certification to the SEPTA Project Manager that the project, or
designated portion thereof, is substantially complete. [CDRL 01700-001]
4. Submit the list of items to be completed or corrected and material delivery
dates of major items, as applicable. [CDRL 01700-002]
5. Advise SEPTA of pending insurance change-over requirements.
6. All contract record documents, maintenance manuals, warranties, and bonds
shall be submitted as defined in the Agreement and Sections 01720 (Project
Record Documents). [CDRL 01700-003]
7. Obtain and submit releases enabling SEPTA full, unrestricted use of the Work
and access to services and utilities. Where required, include occupancy
permits, operating certificates and similar releases. [CDRL 01700-004]
8. Start up testing and demonstration of equipment and systems shall be
completed as specified in Section 13587 Installation and System Validation
Testing.

9. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from
the project site as directed by the Project Manager along with construction
tools and facilities, mock-ups, and similar elements.
10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes.
11. All maintenance instructions for the SEPTA’s personnel shall be completed as
defined in Section 01820 Training.
B. Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of the Contractor’s request and submittal for
inspection [CDRL 01700-005], the Project Manager will either proceed with
inspection or advise the Contractor of unresolved prerequisites.
1. Following the initial inspection, the SEPTA Project Manager or the Engineer
will either prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion or advise the
Contractor of Work which must be performed before the certificate will be
issued. The SEPTA Project Manager will repeat the inspection when
requested and when assured that the Work has been completed.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the initial “punch list” for final
acceptance.
3. The “punch list” shall include a reasonable time period to effectuate the work,
which is mutually agreed upon by all parties.
1.05 PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A. General: The Contractor shall complete the following before requesting the SEPTA
Project Manager’s final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final
payment as required by the Agreement, specifically sections regarding the Contractor
and Payment and Completion. The Contractor shall list known exceptions, if any, in
the request.
1. Submit the final payment request [CDRL 01700-006] with final releases and
supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include
certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required.
[CDRL 01700-007]
2. Submit an updated final statement to account for final additional changes to the
Contract sum. [CDRL 01700-008]
3. Submit a Certified copy of the SEPTA Project Manager’s final “punch list”
which documents all work which has been completed. [CDRL 01700-009]
4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel and
similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or as of the date SEPTA
took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work,
if required. [CDRL 01700-010]
5. Submit Consent of Surety [CDRL 01700-011], Affidavit of Payments of Debts
and Claims [CDRL 01700-012], Affidavit of Release of Liens
[CDRL 01700-013], General Release by Trade Contractor of Owner
[CDRL 01700-014], Guarantee against Defects [CDRL 01700-015], any

Warranties [CDRL 01700-016] and Maintenance Bonds [CDRL 01700-017]
and any special documentation such as copy of Engineer or DER Permits
[CDRL 01700-018] or Certification of Occupancy. [CDRL 01700-019]
6. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage, which complies with
insurance requirements. [CDRL 01700-020]
7. Submit any remaining record documents and drawings [CDRL 01700-021],
maintenance manuals [CDRL 01700-022], final project photographs
[CDRL 01700-023], damage or settlement survey [CDRL 01700-024],
property survey [CDRL 01700-025], and similar final record information.
B. Reinspection Procedure: The SEPTA Project Manager will re-inspect the Work
upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice that the Work, including “punch list” items
resulting from earlier inspections, has been completed except for those items whose
completion has been delayed because of circumstances that are acceptable to the
1. Upon completion of re-inspection, the SEPTA Project Manager will either

prepare a Certificate of Final Acceptance or will advise the Contractor of Work
that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but which are
required for final acceptance.
2. If necessary, the re-inspection procedure will be repeated.
PART 2– PRODUCTS

SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor, throughout progress of the Work, shall maintain an accurate record
of changes to the Contract Drawings and Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall at the time of substantial completion, but prior to requesting
release of retainage, transfer the changes to a set of Final As-Built Documents, which
shall include an As-Built set of Construction Drawings an annotated set of these
Specifications and an updated collection of all documents, programs, schedules,
correspondence, et al., created as a result of this Project.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to,
the Agreement and Division 1 of these Specifications.
B. Other requirements affecting Project As-Built Documents may appear in pertinent

other Sections of these Specifications.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300.
B. CDRLs

CDRL 01720-001 Final As-Built Documents 3.02E.1
CDRL 01720-002 All final documentation in hardcopy and 3.04A
electronic formats
CDRL 01720-003 Copy of each location’s as-built drawings placed 3.04B
in each instrument house and full sets of as-
builts for the locations stated.
A. Accuracy of Records:
1. The Contractor shall thoroughly coordinate changes within the As-Built

Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of documents
created, of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other documents
where such entry is required to show the change properly.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Project Record Documents

2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future searches for items as installed
may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Final Record
Documents.
B. The Contractor shall make entries on the As-Built Documents on a weekly basis to
include all changes to the Work performed during the last week to confirm they are
an accurate representation of the As-Built conditions.
C. The Contractor shall use professional draftsperson to prepare to transfer “job set”
information to Final As-Built Documents.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. The Contractor shall maintain the “job set” of Record Documents completely
protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work
and transfer of all recorded data to the Final As-Built Documents.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Job Set: Following receipt of SEPTA’s Notice to Proceed, the Contractor, shall
secure from SEPTA one complete set of all drawings and specifications comprising
the Contract Documents. This “job set” will be maintained at the site to record all
As-Built changes.
B. Final As-Built Documents: The Final As-Built Documents are to include but not
necessarily be limited to:
1. Updated As-Builts of the original Contract Drawings.

2. Additional As-Built Drawings as necessary, to describe changes during the
Contract period that could not be included on the original contract drawings.
3. Annotated Specifications to include Contract Specifications with all changes
made during the Contract period.
4. “As installed” versions of same size drawings of all fabrication, detail and
installation drawings.
5. All project related correspondence, including all reports, emails, spreadsheets,
etc.
6. All calculations, specifications and technical documentation crested for the
project
7. All training materials, technical manuals, applications programs, engineering
reports and or analysis
8. Any other contract related information required by the SEPTA Project
Manager.

3.01 MAINTENANCE OF JOB SET
A. The Contractor shall, immediately upon receipt of the job set described in Paragraph
2.01, A. above, identify each of the Documents with the title “AS-BUILT
DOCUMENTS - JOB SET.”
B. Preservation:
1. The Contractor shall devise a suitable method for protecting the As-Built Job
Set (job set) in consideration of the Contract duration, the probable number of
occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for
examination; the transfer of information on Final As-Build Documents; and the
conditions under which these activities will be performed.
2. The Contractor shall not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new
data, for review by SEPTA and for the transfer of data to Final As-Built
Documents.
3. Maintain the job set at the site of Work.
C. Making entries on Drawings:
1. The Contractor shall utilize an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible
pencil) to clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required.
2. The Contractor shall date all entries.
3. The Contractor shall call attention to the entry by a “cloud” drawn around the
area or areas affected.
4. The Contractor shall in the event of overlapping changes, use different colors
for the overlapping changes.
D. Revisions:
1. The Contractor shall transfer all changes to respective Specifications and/or

Drawings set (if appropriate) immediately, as the change is approved.
2. The Contractor shall make appropriate entries in the drawings as soon as the
change is incorporated in the field.
E. Conversion of schematic layouts:
1. The Contract drawings may indicate arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping,

ducts, and similar items shown schematically, and is not intended to portray
precise physical layout.
2. Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to
SEPTA’s written approval. However, design of future modifications of the
facility requires accurate information as to the final physical layout of items,
which must be schematically shown on the Final As-Built Drawings.

3. Show on the job set of As-Built Drawings, by dimension accurate to within
(English Dimensioning Standards), the centerline of each run of items such as
are described in subparagraph 3.01E.1 above.
a. The Contractor shall clearly identify the item by accurate note such as
“cast iron drain”, “galv. conduit,” and the like.
b. The Contractor shall show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the
item (“under slab,” “in ceiling plenum,” “exposed,” and the like).
c. The Contractor shall make all identification sufficiently descriptive that
it may be related reliably to the Specifications.
3.02 FINAL PROJECT RECORD INFORMATION
A. The purpose of the Final Project As-Built Documents is to provide factual

information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable
future modifications of the Work to proceed without lengthy and extensive site
measurement, investigation, and examination.
B. Accuracy of Record Data Prior to Transfer: The Contractor is solely responsible for
accurate transfer of all field changes and preparing additional reproducible drawings
and specification pages.
C. Transfer of Data to Drawings:
1. The Contractor shall carefully transfer change data shown on the job set to the
Final As-Built Documents coordinating the changes as required.
2. The Contractor shall clearly indicate at each affected detail and master drawing
a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location
of items.
3. The Contractor shall call attention to each entry by drawing a “cloud” around
the areas affected.
4. The Contractor shall make changes neatly, consistently, and with the proper
media to assure longevity and clear reproduction.
5. The Contractor shall prepare additional reproducible drawings in the same size
as the original contract drawings for changes to details (including installation
and fabrication drawings) incorporated in the construction that could not be
corrected on the As-Built drawings. These drawings shall be adequately
identified and cross-referenced with pertinent Drawing(s) to make it part of the
Final As-Built Documents.
D. Transfer of Data to Specifications: The Contractor shall accurately and legibly

transfer all information from job set to Final Annotated Project Record
Specifications Set.
E. Review and Submittal:

1. The Contractor shall submit the completed set of Final As-Built Documents to
SEPTA. [CDRL 01720-001]
2. The Contractor shall participate in review meetings as required.
3. The Contractor shall make required changes and promptly deliver the Final
Project As-Built Documents to SEPTA.
4. The Contractor shall sign each sheet of the record drawings, certifying that
they are an accurate representation of the As-Built condition.
3.03 CHANGES SUBSEQUENT TO ACCEPTANCE
A. The Contractor has no responsibility for recording changes in the Work subsequent
to Final Completion, except for changes resulting from work performed under
Warranty.
3.04 DELIVERABLES
A. The Contractor shall submit all final documentation in both a hardcopy and in
electronic formats deliverable on two (2) terabyte-sized, capacity drives and
operating software. [CDRL 01720-002]
B. A copy of each location’s as-built drawings shall be placed in each new instrument
housing. A full set of as-builts shall be provided for the Fern Rock, 103 Victory,
1234 Market Street, 2nd and Wyoming Avenue and 69th Street Shop locations.
[CDRL 01720-003]


SECTION 01820
MANUALS AND TRAINING
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. This section specifies requirements for the provision of a complete and all-
encompassing training program for the SEPTA MSHL CBTC System. This section
also specifies requirements for the provision of Operation and Maintenance (O&M)
Manuals for the SEPTAMSHL CBTC System.
B. This document applies to the entire MSHL CBTC System which includes but is not
1. CBTC trackside
2. CBTC onboard
(MCCs)
Subsystems
9. Other Equipment as required by a Contractor’s Particular Design
C. The Contractor shall furnish complete documentation including, but not limited to,
maintenance manuals, part lists, wiring drawings, instruction sheets and detailed
component documentation for the entire MSHL CBTC System. Documentation shall
be provided in final form before any portion of the System is placed in-service or as
otherwise indicated in these Contract Specifications.
D. The Contractor shall also develop and provide an operation, installation, and
maintenance training program for SEPTA personnel as specified herein. Training of
all SEPTA personnel shall be completed before any portion of the System is placed
in-service or as otherwise indicated in these Contract Specifications.
1. Instruction: Classroom instruction shall be designed to cover, in detail, the

functions of each subsystem including the interrelationships of the subsystems.
Fault isolation and troubleshooting techniques shall be covered to the extent
necessary in preparation for maintenance laboratory instruction and shall be
designed to provide SEPTA engineering and maintenance personnel with
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Manuals and Training

practical experience in the performance of preventive and corrective
maintenance, including routine servicing. Troubleshooting and fault isolation
of simulated faults shall be provided for each sub-system.
2. Simulations: Troubleshooting and fault isolation of simulated faults shall be
provided for each sub-system including all special test equipment provided.
The maintenance laboratory instructions shall be designed to conclude with a
dynamic system fault isolation exercise.
3. System Operational Simulations: The System Simulator specified in these
Contract Specifications shall be used to train OCC and MCC personnel in the
operation of the System. Training scenarios shall include all normal
OCC/MCC operations, faults and equipment malfunction, as can reasonably be
expected to occur.
E. The Training Program shall employ a combination of formal classroom instruction

and "hands-on" training using either actual system equipment or subsystems or
components (subsets) to allow the introduction of faults, fault diagnosis procedures
and repair techniques. Systems or equipment in-service shall not be used for training.
The Program shall be based on the use of the publications and manuals provided by
the Contractor.
F. Classroom instruction shall be presented utilizing Web-based training aids, Power

Point presentations, and video sessions. Presentations and training materials shall
utilize oversize diagrams from the actual O&M Manuals, as well as actual equipment
models and mock-ups. Upon completion of the training, the student shall not only
have a basic understanding of the subject matter, but shall also be well versed in how
to obtain any needed information from the training publications, or from a network
server. Hands-on training shall target seventy five (75) percent of the classroom
instructional hours. Training shall be based on equipment, functions, tasks and target
audience.
G. Training Program Courses shall consist of a series of instructional classes for each
system, topic or craft, as applicable. Training shall be organized into either (8) hour
classes. Instruction shall include the functionality of each system, sub-system,
assembly, and sub-assembly to at least the Lowest Level Replaceable Unit (LLRU)
level, and the essentials of their operation and maintenance, as appropriate.
H. A Lesson Plan shall be developed for each unit of instruction, whether conducted in
the classroom or field, and shall include the following:
1. Student prerequisites, including SEPTA craft or job category, prior knowledge,

and skills;
2. Measurable learning objectives;
3. Material shall cover safety considerations, fault isolation and all levels of
inspections;
4. Time required for instructional units of the lesson;

5. Lists of training aids and other training technology;
6. Set-up time and lists of equipment for hands-on sessions;
7. Safety, protective equipment and hazards;
8. Instructor preparation;
9. Student preparation;
10. Evaluation of students (tests);
11. Lesson summary;
12. Student application of material; and
13. Student assignments.
I. For each course the Contractor shall furnish the following:
1. Instructor Guides in three ring binders containing a series of Lesson Plans

covering all training material for the complete course, divided into class topics
and individual presentation units. The guides shall include:
a. Table of Contents: providing a breakdown and listing of all topics
contained in the instruction guide.
b. Introduction: including course outline, purpose, objective, and testing
and evaluation procedures.
c. Class Instructions: for each unit of instruction, including all information
necessary for presentation to the class in a logical, systematic approach,
including purpose, objectives, student material and handouts, tests and
evaluations, administration requirements, time frames, and lesson plans.
Class instructions shall explain how best to integrate audio/visual aids
and other training technology into each Lesson Plan.
d. Student Guide Notations or Materials: instructors shall have notations on
pages to indicate which ones are also provided in the Student Guides.
Copies of materials provided to students shall be provided to instructors,
where they differ from instructor materials.
e. Index: a complete list of training aids and training technology shall be
provided, cross referenced to the Lesson Plan where they are used.
2. Each student shall be provided with a Student Guide in a three ring binder,
which shall contain all classroom material required by the student for the
course, divided into class topics and individual presentation units. The Student
Guide shall contain materials necessary to allow for self study.
3. Web-based training shall be provided along with handouts and mock-ups.
Video presentations shall be on CD-ROM, with Universal Serial Bus (USB)
memory stick master copies, and shall be approved by the SEPTA Project
Manager. Closed-captioned versions of all video presentations shall be
included. Classes to be scheduled at SEPTA’s convenience and class size will
be determined by the SEPTA Project Manager.

4. Training technology such as computer-based training, simulations and working
mock-ups, shall consist primarily of realistic graphics with text only where
required for labels or instructions.
J. The Training Program shall be conducted in English, and the Contractor's Instructors
shall have a fluent command of the technical English language used in the rail transit
industry in the US.
K. During each training subset periodic written quizzes shall be given, concluding with
a written final examination. Test content to be approved by SEPTA Project Manager.
Those not showing an understanding of the material, as determined by test scores,
shall repeat the subject or subset area found deficient.
L. If an excessive number of personnel (as determined by the SEPTA Project Manager)

fail to pass a particular training subset, the Contractor shall investigate the areas in
which personnel have shown weaknesses, and revise the training subset to provide
more effective training in these areas, while not exceeding normal industry minimum
levels of education. Upon the conclusion of each training subset, the Contractor
shall have all participants fill out a questionnaire concerning the Program's strong
and weak points, and suggestions for improvement. These suggestions shall be
incorporated, as appropriate, into the Training Program.
M. The Instructors used by the Contractor shall be familiar with the MSHL. In addition,
the Instructors shall be completely knowledgeable on the specific topic/equipment
being presented, have full understanding of the interface of the equipment being
presented with other signal, communications, Control Center and vehicle equipment,
and be experienced trainers and/or trained in adult education training techniques.
N. The Contractor shall provide all necessary audio-visual aids such as projectors,
computer screens, Power Point presentations, testing equipment, mock-ups, etc.
necessary to present the course material. Instructors shall be qualified to teach the
required course. The SEPTA Project Manager reserves the right to check the
qualifications and/or references of the proposed Instructors and also to reject for
cause any Instructor not believed to be adequately qualified.
O. Formal classroom instruction shall be conducted in a suitable classroom furnished by

the Contractor. Informal field instructions may also be conducted on SEPTA's
property at its discretion. The SEPTA Project Manager may require the Contractor
to provide instructions in the shop facilities of the Contractor and/or his suppliers and
manufacturers for a limited number of SEPTA supervisory and technical personnel
to familiarize them with the system assembly methods. The SEPTA Project
Manager will make available to the Contractor, upon fourteen (14) days notice,
vehicles and space at accessible shop locations for educational purposes, and will
arrange for vehicle operation and support as needed.
P. When actual trolley operation is required, it shall be conducted under SEPTA's

Operating Rules by qualified and authorized SEPTA employees under the direction

of the Contractor. Instruction in operation shall follow a logical progression
involving the manipulation of all controls and actual operation of the vehicle, and
shall include trouble indications, their proper reporting, and corrective measures
available to operating employees. "Hands-on" instruction for some subsystems may
be conducted in the classrooms using mock-ups or equipment components.
Q. The Contractor shall provide mock-ups of various system components, as agreed to

by the SEPTA Project Manager. Instructional aides such as relays, printed circuit
boards, test equipment, mock-ups, training units, models and training technology
such as computers, software and overhead projection panels shall be used in the
presentation of the training program and/or for hands-on demonstration and training;
and shall be furnished to the SEPTA Project Manager upon completion of the
program.
R. The Contractor shall present a proposed list of instructional aides, mock-ups, or

capital spare equipment to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval and must take
the responsibility for assuring that the defined training aids are available for use in
the training. These items may make use of SEPTA's pool of spare parts provided
that at least two spare parts of the type to be used were purchased by SEPTA. In
addition, the Contractor shall supply enlarged wall charts suitable for classroom use
of diagrams and schematics from the publications depicting the various sub-systems.
S. The Contractor shall update all instruction material upon completion of the warranty
period to cover any changes or retrofits to the systems performed after delivery. Any
inconsistency or incorrect information uncovered during the instruction period must
be immediately corrected and formally submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager in
the form of replacement drawings, video tapes, lesson plans, mock-ups, schematics
and changes in documentation.
T. Training shall include the use of all special tools and test equipment including
Portable Test Equipment (PTE) and Bench Test Equipment (BTE).
U. The training program specified herein shall be provided by the Contractor in a

facility, which has ample room for ten (10) people. The facility shall have bathroom
facilities, a controlled environment, and ample parking for attendees. SEPTA
requires that the training facility be conveniently located for SEPTA within 1500 feet
of a SEPTA Regional Rail train station where train service is provided throughout
the day.
1.02 TRAINING HOURS
A. All instruction shall be conducted according to SEPTA schedules for a three (3)
shift, seven (7) day a week operation, except on SEPTA holidays. The Contractor is
required to allow SEPTA to videotape all classroom and field instruction. The
Training Program shall be designed around SEPTA’s ability to provide personal for
training during their regular shifts, and at quantities convenient for SEPTA’s staffing
needs. Class size shall not exceed ten (10) employees.

1.03 ORGANIZATION
A. The Training Program shall be organized in parts as specified herein. Each part shall
contain modules consisting of individual elements (subsets) assembled as necessary
to fit its needs. The training program shall be organized into modules to target
different personnel and departments. The Contractor may propose additional areas
for the Training Program, subject to the Engineer's approval. Scheduling of these
training modules shall be at times and locations that are convenient to the SEPTA
Project Manager.
B. Prior to commencing each individual training course the Contractor shall provide the
training to select personnel of the craft to be trained. The objective is for the
respective craft management to critique and make adjustments to the course or
presentation prior to training the entire craft. The contractor shall make
modifications to the course as directed by SEPTA Project Manager.
1. Part I Transportation, Operations and Roadway Workers

a. CBTC Overview shall be an overview of CBTC and its subsystems and
their operation for SEPTA operations personnel. In general, the CBTC
Overview shall include operating personnel responsible for interfacing
with the CBTC system and shall be an introduction to the systems, their
features, operation, and capabilities. It shall include items that affect the
operations of trolleys including CBTC system operations, CBTC vehicle
operations, manual trolley operations and OCC/MCC operations.
b. All craft employees training will include the CBTC Overview
information. These shall include:
1) Trolley operators training shall provide familiarity of the vehicle
system's operations, capabilities and limitation’s, provide
techniques to diagnose and repair vehicle malfunctions during
revenue operations and to provide guidance on how to quickly
identify and isolate faults. It shall contain all information needed
for vehicle operations on single vehicles and two trolley consists. It
shall include the role of the Control Center and an explanation of
the role the wayside communications and signaling systems. It
shall describe Temporary Speed Restrictions (TSRs), movement
authorities, automobile roadway crossing functionality, operating
modes, Route and Block assignment, terminal and yard track
operations, removing failed trolleys from service, and all other
aspects of operations, especially the changes to operations as a
result of CBTC introduction on the MSHL. It shall also include
CBTC definitions giving nomenclature, function, location and
operation of all indicators, controls, and components utilized in the
vehicle’s operation. This shall include conducting departure testing
and troubleshooting startup problems as well as requirements for
tying down vehicles after service. There shall be special emphasis
placed upon on-the-road troubleshooting, the uses of all bypass

functions and the possible hazards associated with their use, and
the operation of the systems under unusual conditions. It shall also
cover all new Operating Rules created as a result of the MSHL
CBTC System, and the meanings and reasons therefore.
2) Dispatcher’s training shall include everything included in the
Trolley Operator’s training well as the features, functions and
operation of the new OCC systems and equipment. This shall
include the issuance of TSRs and other directives to trolleys, the
use of Route and Blocks for trolley routing, how track is removed
from and placed back into service, how to manage manual
operations, manage automatic operations, and how the equipment
monitors and records the overall MSHL System’s performance. It
shall describe in detail the usage, features and functionality of all
the new systems used in the MSHL CBTC System. It shall cover
all new or modified Operating Rules resulting from the installation
of the CBTC System and the meanings and reasons therefore.
3) Training shall also include relevant information and elements of
the other CBTC subsystems including but not limited to:
Communications, Signals, Maintenance, and the responsibilities of
the other crafts.
4) Training shall also include relevant information and elements of
the Trolley Operator’s and Dispatcher’s training programs as
applicable to Roadway Worker Protection, as well as to provide
trainees with an understanding of the effects of the MSHL CBTC
System on, and the responsibilities of the other crafts.
5) Individual manual(s) shall be provided describing in greater detail
the information provided in the individual craft training classes.
Each attendee shall be provided copies of their own manual(s).
Part I Class Participation

Classification Number of Students Number of Students Number of Hours of
per Class Instruction per
Student
Transportation 20 10 8
Managers
Dispatchers 15 5 32
Trolley Operators 75 15 24
Track Workers 50 20 8
SEPTA Training 15 10 16
Personnel
2. Part II - Vehicle Maintenance

a. Vehicle maintenance training shall provide a complete explanation of
how to maintain, inspect, repair, test and service the vehicle CBTC

equipment. It shall stress and detail all preventive maintenance functions
that need to be performed. It shall demonstrate all preventative
maintenance and troubleshooting procedures needed on the various
systems. This shall include all tasks necessary to perform running
maintenance, repair and overhauls of the vehicle CBTC equipment.
Methods of testing the systems to assure that proper operation and
repairs have been made shall also be covered. Performing and
troubleshooting departure tests, operations on the test track and effecting
running repairs shall be explained. Special emphasis shall be placed on
equipment that is safety critical, complex, new to SEPTA and/or
different from SEPTA's prior practice.
b. Repair shall provide complete system information, presented on a sub-
system basis, on the complete repair, troubleshooting, testing of all major
system components. The repair module shall be presented on a subset
basis to the repair shop personnel responsible for the respective subject
area. Each subset shall include a detailed component description,
complete disassembly, re-assembly and inspection and test procedures.
Special tooling and test equipment provided by the Contractor and
necessary to maintain, troubleshoot, calibrate service or overhaul each
systems and subsystem shall be used, and shall then become the property
of SEPTA.
c. Repair training shall provide complete system information, presented on
a subsystem and system basis, on theory of operation, troubleshooting,
software updating and repair of system defects, to the LLRU. These
courses shall include how to use all special tools and test equipment,
including laptop computers, etc.
d. Training shall also include relevant information and elements of the
Engineer’s, Dispatchers, Roadway Workers and Communications and
Signals training programs applicable and necessary for Vehicle
Maintenance personnel, as well as to provide them with an
understanding of the effects of the MSHL CBTC System on, and the
responsibilities of the other crafts.
Part II Class Participation

per Class Instruction per Student
Vehicle Supervisors 15 5 16
Vehicle Maintainers 30 20 40
3. Part III – Communications and Signals (C&S) Maintenance

a. C&S maintenance training shall provide a complete explanation of how
to maintain, inspect, repair, test and service all Control Center and
wayside systems including but not limited to: OCC, EBCC and MCC
workstations and server equipment, wayside CBTC zone/region
controllers, location transponders, interlocking equipment, LTC

equipment, Ground Based Network (GBN) equipment, RF equipment,
track circuits, signals, power supplies, SEPTA equipment incorporated
into the Contractor’s design, and other equipment based on a particular
contractor’s design. It shall stress and detail all preventive maintenance
functions that need to be performed. It shall demonstrate all preventative
maintenance and troubleshooting procedures needed on the various
systems. This shall include all tasks necessary to perform inspection,
maintenance, troubleshooting, repair and testing of the systems. Methods
of testing the systems to assure that proper operation and repairs have
been made shall also be covered. Special emphasis shall be placed on
equipment that is safety critical, complex, new to SEPTA and/or
different from SEPTA's prior practice.
b. Repair shall provide complete system information, presented on a
subsystem and system basis, on the complete repair, troubleshooting,
testing of all major system components. The repair module shall be
presented on a subset basis to the repair shop personnel responsible for
the respective subject area. Each subset shall include a detailed
component description, complete disassembly, re-assembly and
inspection and test procedures. Special tooling and test equipment
provided by the Contractor and necessary to maintain, troubleshoot,
calibrate service or overhaul each systems and subsystem shall be used,
and shall then become the property of SEPTA.
c. Repair training shall provide complete system information, presented on
a subsystem and system basis, on theory of operation, troubleshooting,
updating of software and repair of system defects, to the LLRU. These
courses shall include how to use all special tools and test equipment,
including laptop computers and other types of test equipment as
necessary.
d. Training shall also include relevant information and elements of the
Trolley Operator’s, Dispatcher’s, and Vehicle Maintenance training
programs applicable and necessary for C&S personnel, as well as to
provide them with an understanding of the effects of the MSHL CBTC
System on, and the responsibilities of the other crafts.
e. In general, the Contractor shall develop and provide two levels of
training for C&S Personnel responsible for, the GBN, Control Center,
RF, CBTC Wayside and related subsystems provided under this contract.
The training levels shall be:
1) First Level Responder (FLR) – Target audience is the C&S
Maintainer that is the first persons on site for a C&S failure. FLR’s
shall be provided with an understanding of all systems and
equipment, troubleshooting and analytical aids and processes and
procedures for quickly identifying and resolving failures. The
course instruction and material shall be presented and written such
that the average qualified Maintainer is enabled to maintain,
identify, repair, test and adjust all C&S systems. The course shall

cover system operation, function, system components, alarms,
interconnectivity, LED or other indicators, and system
troubleshooting to LLRU.
2) Second Level Responder (SLR) – Target audience are C&S
Technicians, Forepersons and Supervisors. SLR’s shall receive the
same level of training as FLR with additional in-depth theory of
operation to permit them to be able to identify, analyze,
troubleshoot, repair and test failures of a non-routine nature or of
increased difficulty. This training should include access to
equipment software alarms, configuration files, firmware files,
uploading files for component replacement. SLR shall be trained
on using laptops, special metering equipment and manufacturer
provided diagnostic software programs and techniques for
providing a more in-depth analysis leading to the repair of the
MSHL CBTC System. The course material shall cover all aspects
of FLR training along all manufacturer provided software, tools
and utilities for monitoring and troubleshooting the GBN and RF
networks. The course shall cover IP networking basics It shall
cover the wireless radio system.
f. C&S Engineering shall receive the same level of training as SLRs with a
more rigorous level of theory of operation for all systems provided. This
training shall provide C&S Engineering personnel with an understanding
of the design criteria and philosophies as they apply to the MSHL CBTC
System and components. Additionally, the training shall provide an
understanding of the software requirements of the system. Course
material and training shall be targeted at a system administrator level.
This shall include: System configuration, file maintenance, hardware and
software design and maintenance. NMS configuration and
implementation shall be covered to allow for the addition, modification
and configuration of components of the CBTC system including all
CBTC hardware and software. This training shall provide a detailed
understanding of Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) and
Contractor-proprietary software utilities for each subsystem. Training
shall also be provided on network utilities including ping, trace, Wire
Shark, Ethereal, and all other NMS trouble shooting utilities provided as
part of the MSHL CBTC System.
Part III Class Participation

per Class Instruction per Student
First Responder 50 20 40
Second Responder 50 10 80
C&S Engineering 50 15 160

1.04 PUBLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. SEPTA requires that all the publications (and related education programs) which are
associated with the MSHL CBTC System be of great significance and a major
responsibility of the Contractor. Accordingly, all publications and education
program activities described in this Contract shall be produced by an approved,
experienced, pre-qualified third-party Sub-Contractor with previous experience,
under contract to a US industrial firm or government client, in the preparation of
publications for either electrically-propelled rail transit vehicle procurement or a
commercial/military project of equal or greater magnitude and complexity.
Alternatively, the Contractor can fulfill this role provided that it can demonstrate that
it has an existing, separate in-house publications organization that can demonstrate
comparable qualifications.
B. The Sub-Contractor shall place one qualified approved individual in charge of all
publications and the Education Program who shall have full responsibility for
fulfillment of this portion of the Contract. The Contractor shall designate in-house
personnel dedicated in the organization, interface, coordination and flow of
information from the originator of the equipment's information to the Sub-
Contractor.
C. In addition, the Contractor shall be responsible for accuracy and timely submittals to
the SEPTA Project Manager. SEPTA will be reviewing and critiquing the
publications and training programs, the Contractor shall be responsible for updates
and revisions to all manuals, publications, training programs and training aids
resulting from these reviews.
D. The Contractor is required to incorporate technical document standards at the start of

work. The Contractor is required to develop electronic manuals and documents for
use during the assembly and acceptance of the vehicles, with a formally published
"mirrored" version provided once all vehicles have been delivered.
E. It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure that all suppliers of components,

systems and sub-systems are knowledgeable and capable of meeting the
informational requirements found within the Technical Specification. The
Contractor is specifically urged to include such requirements in all purchase orders
or business agreements for the ordering of equipment.
F. Technical information should be developed during the engineering process leading to

the equipment First Article Inspections (FAI) where it shall be required to be an
integral prerequisite for full acceptance and closure of the FAI. Any stand-alone
electronic versions of information, such as previously-produced standard PDF
information systems, will not be allowable.

1.05 CONTINUING EDUCATION
A. The Contractor shall grant SEPTA the right to videotape all Training Programs,
which is expected to be limited to classroom sessions, or hands-on training for future
SEPTA training use. Each class is to be videotaped by the Contractor and the video
file shall be turned over to the SEPTA Project Manager [CDRL 01820-001] at the
completion of the training.
A. Review all data supplied by product manufacturers and installers for accuracy,
completeness, and clarity prior to submittal to the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. When it is necessary that the Contractor prepare the text data required by this
Section, it shall be their responsibility to ensure that the personnel preparing such
data:
1. Have a thorough understanding of the operation and maintenance of the

described items
2. Are sufficiently skilled in technical writing to communicate the essential data
C. Provide qualified instructors, professional training personnel, and Design Engineers

who are thoroughly familiar with all subject material for each training session, and
are of exceptional ability to allow the continuous extension of information to the
student without a loss in expertise.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. All CDRLS are to be provided in hardcopy and pdf or other electronic format
acceptable to the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. Training Program Plan [CDRL 01820-002]. The Contractor shall submit to the
SEPTA Project Manager for review and approval a detailed outline of the overall
Training Program, and a schedule for its presentation. This submittal shall include
the hours of classroom and "hands-on" training projected per course, final course
content, the qualifications of the Instructors, a listing of training aids to be used and a
description of the scope of instruction, on an individual subset level, to fulfill the
program requirements.
C. Submit Operation, Installation, and Maintenance Manuals [CDRL 01820-003] for

the MSHL CBTC System and equipment items. Submittal shall be made in
electronic version and in hard copies as follows:
1. Five (5) copies of sample format and outline of contents in draft form with the
equipment shop drawings.
2. Five (5) copies of complete manual in final form on equipment delivery date.

3. Five (5) copies of approved manual prior to training sessions
D. The following Training Program items are to be submitted to the SEPTA Project
Manager for approval prior to the start of training. Training shall begin immediately
upon final approval of the complete training program:
1. Training Program Outline [CDRL 01820-004], delineating the presentation for

each system, as well as detailing topic(s) within each system and their planned
time durations.
2. Draft Lesson Plans [CDRL 01820-005], to include course outline, student
preparation and other requirements as defined herein.
3. Draft Instructor Guides [CDRL 01820-006], including all training aids, such as
handouts, overheads, slides, and sample video tapes and outlines or story
boards
4. Draft Student Guides [CDRL 01820-007]
5. Instructor Resumes [CDRL 01820-008]
6. All Training program materials shall be submitted in both hard copy and
electronic versions.
E. The Contractor shall submit the following Training Program items to the SEPTA
Project Manager for review and approval:
1. Training Location Information [CDRL 01820-009]- The Contractor shall

submit details for the training program location, which includes the layout,
training aids, and parking availability. Refer to other requirements for the
training location in this Section.
2. Training Program Plan [CDRL 01820-010] - The Contractor shall submit five
copies of the training program plan. The plan shall be prepared in narrative
form and shall be supported by such tables, charts, schedules, and graphs as are
necessary to fully convey and describe the Contractor's plan for accomplishing
the training set forth herein.
3. Training Program Schedule [CDRL 01820-011] - The Contractor shall submit
five copies of the training program schedule in accordance with the training
program plan as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. The schedule shall
show all major training activities in chart form, including submittal of
instructor and student materials and training reports. The schedule shall be
supported by such narrative description as is necessary to fully convey its
impact and relationship to other contract events, including installation and
testing of such system equipment as is necessary for training laboratory
sessions.
4. Instructor Materials [CDRL 01820-012] - The Contractor shall submit five
copies of instructor materials, except training aids, in accordance with the
training program schedule, as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager,
provided that such submittals shall occur at an approved time prior to the

scheduled commencement date of the first training session to which the
materials apply.
5. Student Materials [CDRL 01820-013] - The Contractor shall submit five
copies of student materials in accordance with the training program schedule,
as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager, provided that such submittals
shall occur at an approved time prior to commencement of the first training
session to which the materials apply. The student materials shall include a
printed copy of all visual training aids to be used by the instructor.
6. Training Records [CDRL 01820-014] - The Contractor shall submit five copies
of training records in accordance with the training program schedule, provided
that each report submittal shall occur at an approved time following the last
day of the training session to which the record applies.
F. The Contractor shall submit a five copies of a Trolley Operator Training Plan
[CDRL 01820-015] including the equipment to be used and method for training the
Trolley Operators for SEPTA Project Manager for review and approval. The
equipment used shall support, and training provided shall cover:
1. Familiarization with trolley CBTC control equipment and wayside equipment

germane to the Trolley Operator’s responsibilities.
2. Trolley Operator actions and reactions to operating scenarios.
3. Trolley Operator entry of data and manipulation of onboard CBTC equipment.
4. Trolley Operator responsibilities including normal operations, operations
during equipment failures, and emergency procedures.
G. The Contractor shall submit illustrated parts catalogs for SEPTA Project Manager for
review and approval as follows:
1. Separate stand-alone illustrated parts catalogs shall be provided for:

a. Onboard Equipment Illustrated Parts Catalog [CDRL 01820-016], five
copies.
b. Wayside Equipment Illustrated Parts Catalog [CDRL 01820-017], five
copies.
c. Office Equipment Illustrated Parts Catalog [CDRL 01820-018], five
copies.
d. Miscellaneous Equipment Illustrated Parts Catalog [CDRL 01820-019],
five copies.
2. Each Illustrated parts catalog shall include the special tools related to the parts
included in the catalog. The information provided for each part shall include
the part number(s), model number(s), manufacturer's name, and the sub-system
in which the equipment is to be used on, other information as necessary.
3. The Illustrated Parts Catalog shall enumerate and describe every item used in
the system or sub-systems with its related parts along with the diagnostic test
equipment and special tools, down to the LLRU. The LLRU is defined as the

lowest level of component assembly which consists of a separate individually
fabricated part, including all hardware items required to assemble,
disassemble, repair or overhaul the component. Each listing shall include the
accepted generic modified noun name description, the original supplier, the
original supplier's part number and name, the Contractor's part number, if used,
all commercial equivalents and provision for entry of SEPTA's fifteen digit
class and lot number. An appendix giving the original supplier's complete
address and telephone numbers for their offices responsible for parts ordering
shall be included. Each component that can be disassembled including all
items which may have been purchased by the Contractor as a subassembly,
must be broken down in illustrations to fully indexed parts.
4. Commercial items that have been reworked by the Contractor must be
delineated on an altered or modified part drawing, but where possible
commercial off the shelf items shall be used. This drawing shall list the
manufacturer's part number and describe specifically all of the technical details
as to how the item has been modified.
5. Computer prepared letter quality text (indented format) with line art work
using exploded isometric view drawings of assemblies shall be used to permit
identification of each and all parts. Identical parts, regardless of where used in
the vehicle, shall use only one part number. Each part or other item shall be
identified as being part of the next higher assembly. In the case of hardware
such as nuts, bolts, washers, etc., information relative to material, coating if
any, all dimensions and types shall be included. All assemblies shall be listed
alphabetically by name with reference to corresponding figure number.
6. Illustrations shall be located on the same page or facing page of the text they
support. A sequence of illustrations may be used in order to clarify or simplify
a complex procedure. When one of several possible positions is described by
text for a device, the position described shall be the same as the one shown by
the illustration. Unless the location and access to the item is obvious, a locator
view shall be included, or the assembly diagram provided at the beginning of
the chapter may be referenced to ensure that the equipment orientation is
clearly described. Photographs and turn-page drawings are not permissible in
the final manuals. Illustrations that contain unnecessary detail may be reduced
to aid in the reduction of page counts, subject to approval. Wasted image area
shall be avoided, provided clarity for the manual user is maintained. If a view
must be repeated on more than one page in a single, lengthy procedure,
consecutive numbering for call-outs in procedural text shall not be used. Each
new appearance of the view shall use call-outs that begin from number "1".
The number of call-outs is to be targeted to 40 call-outs maximum on a given
illustration for 8-1/2” x 11” illustrations, with a maximum allowable of 50 call-
outs when the use of 50 call-outs does not overly clutter the diagram. The
same numbers shall be used to refer to the same components or parts.
H. CDRLs.

CDRL 01820-001 Training Video
CDRL 01820-002 Training Program Plan
CDRL 01820-003 Submit Operation, Installation, and Maintenance
Manuals
CDRL 01820-004 Training Program Outline
CDRL 01820-005 Draft Lesson Plans
CDRL 01820-006 Draft Instructor Guides
CDRL 01820-007 Draft Student Guides
CDRL 01820-008 Instructor Resumes
CDRL 01820-009 Training Location Information
CDRL 01820-010 Training Program Plan
CDRL 01820-011 Training Program Schedule
CDRL 01820-012 Instructor Materials
CDRL 01820-013 Student Materials
CDRL 01820-014 Training Records
CDRL 01820-015 Trolley Operator Training Plan
CDRL 01820-016 Onboard Equipment Illustrated Parts Catalog
CDRL 01820-017 Wayside Equipment Illustrated Parts Catalog
CDRL 01820-018 Office Equipment Illustrated Parts Catalog
CDRL 01820-019 Miscellaneous Equipment Illustrated Parts
Catalog
CDRL 01820-020 Trolley Operator's System Supplement Manual
CDRL 01820-021 Systems Running Maintenance Supplement
Manual
CDRL 01820-022 MSHL CBTC System Heavy Repair Supplement
Manual
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All information must be provided in authoring document and Microsoft Word

(version to be defined during Project execution) formats designed to be added to the
information system used during the Contract.
1. Vehicle publications shall be produced generally according to the requirements

of Military Specification MIL-M-63036A for operation manuals, and the Air
Transport Association of America (ATA) Specification 101 for other
publications, as clarified by the SEPTA Project Manager for the individual
document. Material shall be in sufficient detail and form for easy use. In the
format used, the vehicles shall be treated as a whole and not as a grouping of
disassociated sub-systems or parts. The material in the maintenance manuals
and the illustrated parts catalog shall be similarly organized and sequenced
with a standard numbering system. Manual format throughout the documents
shall be consistent from sub-system to sub-system. A Style Guide for Vehicle

Publications will be provided to the successful bidder after the award. All
vendor material shall be reworked to conform to Style Guide format, except as
waived by the SEPTA Project Manager. Sharp, clear drawings shall be used
throughout the documents for illustration. Photographs may be used only
where explicitly approved, on a case basis, by the SEPTA Project Manager. All
publications must be reviewed in detail by the Contractor to ensure
completeness and accuracy of information and quality prior to any submittal to
the SEPTA Project Manager for approval. Chapter numbers shall be consistent
for all documents. Master art work and text must be supplied in electronic
format with final delivery of publications.
B. Requirements for Manuals
1. Manuals furnished may be manufacturer's standard publications in regard to

size and binding provided they comply with specified requirements relative to
quantity and quality of information and data.
2. Bind manuals within hard or flexible covers. Make illustrations clear, and
printed matter, including dimensions and lettering on drawings, easily legible.
If reduced drawings are incorporated into manuals, heavy-up original lines and
letters as necessary to retain their legibility after reduction. Larger drawings
may be folded into manuals to page size.
3. Clearly identify each manual through the front cover with at least the following
information:
(*description of manual)
(Description of equipment or systems)
SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY
(Name of Contractor)
Approved by: (SEPTA Project Manager Signature) Date: _____________
C. Hard Copy Manuals
1. All hard copies of the publications shall use a loose-leaf format using high
grade paper conforming to ATA Specification 101 with five punch holes.
Diagrams shall not be loose or in pockets. Line drawings are to be in reduced
size. All publication covers other than the Operator's manual shall be loose-
leaf binders, oil resistant, moisture proof and resistant to wear, ViaTech
Publishing Solutions, or approved equal, with the following specifics:
a. 122pt Unitized Board
b. White Premahyde outer covering
c. Black Skytogen lining
d. 5-prong swing metal Hinge.
2. The binder color and wording shall be as specified by the SEPTA Project
Manager during publication layout. The Operator's Manual binder shall be

lightweight plastic, which can be easily opened for page revisions. The
Operator's Manual shall use a page size of 6.75 inches wide by 3.875 inches
high, horizontal format. All other documents shall be 8.5 inches wide by 11
inches high, vertical format. A complete table of contents shall be given at the
beginning of each publication, and a complete page-numbered index at the end.
Plastic coated tabs shall be used to segregate sections within each publication.
3. It is SEPTA's intent to have totally updated published versions of the manuals
and illustrated parts catalogs, free of the need for updating inserts as possible.
Up-to-date published manuals shall be scheduled for delivery at the time of
acceptance of each MSHL CBTC sub-system.
D. Format Manuals as follows:
1. Title page: Include the name and function of the equipment, manufacturer's
identification number.
2. Provide Table of contents, in numerical order listing all sections and
subsection titles of the Manuals with reference to the page on which each starts
and a list of included diagrams and drawings.
3. Provide acronyms, abbreviations and definitions
4. Provide a Safety Summary
5. Provide introduction, which incorporates system overview, system
configurations, general system operation and specifications.
6. Provide familiarization by describing each piece of equipment, including major
assemblies and sub-assemblies, and giving manufacturer's model number and
drawing number.
7. Provide functional description including step-by-step preparation for the
following:
a. Sequence of operation
b. User interfaces
c. Procedures and Adjustments
d. Maintenance
e. Troubleshooting
f. Installation
g. Software Modification Instructions
8. Provide typical wiring diagrams, Control diagrams, troubleshooting
flowcharts, and event / diagnostic charts.
9. Maintenance schedule to include type and frequency of each maintenance item
for each system and piece of equipment.
10. Maintenance instruction: Include step-by-step procedures for inspection,
operation checks, cleaning, lubrication, adjustments, repair, overhaul,
disassembly, and reassembly of the equipment for proper operation of the
equipment. Include list of special tools which are required for maintenance
with the maintenance information.

11. Breakdowns, repairs, and troubleshooting
12. Manufacturer's parts list of all functional components, control diagrams and
wiring diagrams, giving manufacturer's model number and manufacturer's part
number.
13. "Long-Lead-Time" spare parts list for all spare parts not readily available on
the open market or for which it is anticipated ordering and delivery time will
exceed 10 days.
14. Spare parts data as follows:
a. Complete list of parts and supplies, with current unit prices and sources
of supply.
b. List of additional items recommended by manufacturer to assure
efficient operation for period of 120 days.
15. Appendix: Include safety precautions, a glossary, and, if available at time of
submittal, copies of test reports, and other relevant material not specified to be
submitted.
E. Electronic Manual Format and Copies
1. The Contractor shall provide electronic copies of all manuals and the
Illustrated Parts Catalog. Copies of all graphics, pictures and illustrations shall
also be provided separately in high-resolution formats. Formats shall be
suitable for their type, such as BMP for graphics and TIFF for monochrome
black-line illustrations. In addition to the authoring documents, all
publications shall be distilled into Adobe PDF format. Initial copies of the files
shall be provided prior to the delivery of the Pilot systems for support of
maintenance personnel.
2. Manual information shall be kept up-to-date to the vehicle configuration and
operation during the full extent of the Contract. As information becomes
available and changes occur, the Contractor shall incorporate the changes and
supply the information in updated electronic authoring and PDF files in an
organized, timely manner based on a regular schedule to be approved by the
SEPTA Project Manager. Each updated information submittal shall be
accompanied by a file containing a revised List of Effected Pages for the
manual set being changed.
3. Engineering changes that affect any potential safety issue, or may significantly
affect vehicle operation in scheduled service, shall be published in the form of
an Engineering Change Service Bulletin (ECSB). ECSBs shall be used in the
interim until the official changes in the maintenance manual and illustrated
parts catalogs have taken place. ECSB’s are intended for use only when
changes meet the criteria mentioned above, and is not intended for use for all
engineering changes. ECSB’s shall be stand-alone documents, provided in
both authoring document and PDF formats. Each ECSB shall detail the
reason, instructions and illustrations of to make the change. Associated parts
information shall also be included. A system to control ECSB’s shall be
developed between the Contractor and the SEPTA Project Manager to control

ECSB’s, such as using note tools on the existing electronic PDF versions
and/or the development of master lists of outstanding ECSB’s.
2.02 REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS
A. Publications such as manuals, information sheets, installation instructions, operating

instructions, including any software, etc., received by the Contractor as a result of the
procurement of components and equipment used directly without modification, other
than any required configuration parameters or loading of software, shall be provided
to SEPTA. This information shall be submitted as part of and in conjunction with the
associated Illustrated Parts Catalog. Examples of this equipment includes, but is not
limited to:
1. Servers
2. Workstations
3. Power supplies
4. Communications equipment
5. Transponders
6. Transponder reader
7. RF equipment
8. All computers, front-end processors, monitors and control equipment
9. Vehicle Operator Display Unit
10. Vehicle crash-hardened event recorder system
11. Air-conditioning and climate control devices for instrument houses
B. The reference publications listed above shall remain the property of the Authority.
2.03 VEHICLE OPERATOR'S SUPPLEMENT MANUAL
A. The Contractor shall supply two hundred (200) copies of a singular Trolley
Operator's System Supplement Manual [CDRL 01820-020] (from here on referred to
as, the Operator’s Supplement Manual), which will shall serve as a supplement to the
current Trolley Operator’s Manual. The Contractor shall be responsible for
maintaining accuracy of the hard copies of the Operator’s Supplement Manual for
the duration of the Contract. In addition to published copies, the Contractor shall
submit electronic copies as required. The Operator’s Supplement Manual shall
contain all information needed for the operation of the onboard MSHL CBTC
System, including definitions giving nomenclature, function, location and operation
of all indicators, controls, components and subsystems utilized in the operation of the
MSHL CBTC System.
B. Emergency procedures and safety precautions of a specific nature applicable to the

MSHL CBTC System shall be included. The Operator’s Supplement Manual shall
give troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures sufficient to isolate faults and

problems which are capable of repair by the Operator, arranged in a format to allow
ease of use under emergency and time-sensitive situations.
C. The Operator's Supplement Manual shall be divided into chapters, including but not
limited to the following:
1. Front Matter,
2. Communications,
3. Inspecting,
4. Operating,
5. Fault Isolation,
6. On-the-Road Repair, and
7. General Description
D. The Fault Isolation and On-the-Road Repair sections of the Operator's Supplement
Manual shall include, in summary form, all fault isolation and on-the-road repair
procedures. These two sections shall include, but not limited to the following:
1. Index,
2. Safety Instructions,
3. Instructions for Communications during Fault Isolation,
4. Authorized Fault Isolation Procedures,
5. Authorized On-the-Road Repairs, and
6. Equipment Location Diagrams.
E. The Operator's Supplement Manual shall accurately portray and clearly illustrate all
information required by the Operator to correctly, efficiently and safely carry out
their duties on the vehicles utilized at SEPTA.
F. Illustrations shall include layouts of the equipment, showing major components and
controls referenced in the text and their locations on the vehicles. An alphabetical
index of subjects and equipment not mentioned in the Table of Contents shall be
provided. All possible operating conditions shall be taken into account by the
Operator’s Supplement Manual's description of unit functions.
G. The daily departure test routine for all the onboard systems and test set-up conditions
shall be clearly presented.
H. A fault isolation section shall be provided to list all possible unit or system
malfunctions that are detectable by the senses of the Operator without the aid of test
equipment. This information shall be presented in tabular format listing each
symptom with corresponding potential causes, test, checks and corrective actions.
The goal of these fault isolation tables shall be to allow the Operator to identify
operational problems and, where possible, isolate faults from consists to vehicle,
vehicle to system and, in some cases, from system to sub-system.

2.04 VEHICLE RUNNING MAINTENANCE SUPPLEMENT MANUAL
A. A singular Systems Running Maintenance Supplement Manual [CDRL 01820-021]

(from here on referred to as, the RM Supplement Manual) shall contain an overview
of the MSHL CBTC Systems operation and a detailed description and analysis of the
system and its assemblies/sub-assemblies. The RM Supplement Manual shall also
contain, in a convenient form, all information required for on-vehicle testing,
troubleshooting, servicing and replacement of equipment down to the LLRU.
B. The RM Supplement Manual shall provide technicians with the maintenance

procedures that are performed at the running repair level. Running maintenance is
defined as that maintenance that can be performed on the inspection track or does not
require taking the trolley out of service.
C. Any maintenance procedure requiring the use of special tools or test equipment shall
include instructions for set up and use. This shall apply to both portable and onboard
special tools and test equipment.
D. RM Supplement Manual procedures shall be supported by illustrations. They shall

be used to simplify, clarify, or shorten the text. Illustrations shall be located on the
same page or facing page of the text they support. A sequence of illustrations may
be used in order to clarify or simplify a complex procedure. Illustrations that contain
unnecessary detail may be reduced to aid in the reduction of page counts, subject to
approval. If a view must be repeated on more than one page in a single, lengthy
procedure, consecutive numbering for call-outs in procedural text shall not be used.
Each new appearance of the view shall use call-outs that begin from number "1".
The same numbers shall be used to refer to the same components or parts.
E. The RM Supplement Manual shall provide the procedures necessary to safely

perform all required maintenance tasks. Servicing and inspection, preventive
maintenance and corrective maintenance requirements identified during development
of the systems shall be included. Types of maintenance procedures to be provided
are, but not limited to:
1. Servicing and Inspection - procedures required for servicing and inspecting an

assembly, subassembly or component.
2. Test - Test procedures shall be provided to verify serviceability or to detect
failures of a system, sub-system, assembly, sub-assembly or component. Test
procedures shall be prepared in text or tabular format. Pretest setup
instructions shall be included. Test procedures shall be used as a prerequisite
for the generation of fault isolation procedures to fault isolate to a system, sub-
system, assembly, sub-assembly or component. The types of tests that can be
performed fall into the following categories:
a. Operational Test - The procedure required to ascertain only that a system
or equipment is operable. These tests should require no special
equipment or facilities other than that installed on the vehicle and shall

be comparable to the tests performed by the Operator. It is not intended
that the operational test of the unit meets the specifications and
tolerances ordinarily established for overhaul or major maintenance
periods.
b. Functional Test - The procedure required to ascertain that a system or
equipment is functioning in all aspects in accordance with minimum
acceptable system or unit design specifications. These tests may require
supplemental support equipment and shall be more specific and detailed
than an operational test. The test shall contain all necessary information
to ensure system or unit operational reliability, without reference to
additional documents.
c. System Test - That procedure containing all adjustment specifications
and tolerances required to maintain system and unit performance at
maximum efficiency and within design specifications. The test shall be
self-contained and may duplicate other tests.
3. Adjust/Align - procedures shall be provided for any adjustment or alignment
required as a result of replacement of any equipment, or to determine that a
system, sub-system, assembly, sub-assembly or component meets required
standards.
4. Calibrate - procedures shall be provided to determine the accuracy of, and to
correct and adjust, instruments, diagnostic equipment and test measuring
devices used for precision measurement. Calibrations are performed with an
instrument which is a certified standard of known accuracy to detect and adjust
any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being calibrated.
5. The manual is to be divided into three volumes as listed below.
6. VOLUME I – System Inspection and Maintenance Manual
a. Twenty-five (25) copies of an Inspection and Maintenance Manual
volume shall be provided which identify all of the scheduled
maintenance tasks (servicing and inspection, preventive maintenance) to
be performed and the intervals at which they need to be scheduled.
b. The Inspection and Maintenance Manual shall include a System
Maintenance Plan which outlines all maintenance tasks required to keep
the MSHL CBTC System in service during the operating period between
scheduled maintenance and the person-hours required to perform each
task. Daily, 92-day, annual and overhaul intervals shall be considered.
c. Additional maintenance intervals may be presented by the Contractor to
optimize maintenance with the approval of the Engineer.
d. The MSHL CBTC System Inspection and Maintenance Manual shall
describe all inspections and tests that need to be performed.
e. The System Inspection and Maintenance Manual shall identify all of the
scheduled maintenance tasks to be performed and the intervals at which
they need to be scheduled; including all Contractor-specified daily and
periodic inspections. It shall outline all maintenance tasks required to

keep the vehicle in service during the operating period between
scheduled maintenance.
7. VOLUME II – Troubleshooting Manual
a. Twenty-five (25) copies of a Troubleshooting Manual volume shall be
provided which contains the following:
1) MSHL CBTC Systems and subsystem detailed description and
analysis, including:
a) The overall MSHL CBTC System
b) CBTC onboard equipment
c) Crash-hardened event recorder
d) Diagnostic Test Equipment including PTE, BTE
e) Wayside CBTC region/zone controllers
f) Communications equipment
g) LTC equipment
h) Other equipment as provided by a contractor’s particular
design
2) Each Chapter within Volume II shall be organized as follows:
a) Chapter Table of Contents
b) Introduction
c) Operational and Functional System Description
d) Troubleshooting
e) Corrective Maintenance
f) Preventive Maintenance
3) Operational Functional System Description shall include a block
diagram of the interconnections between the system and its
peripherals and connections to other systems for each vehicle type.
The section shall also include a functional block diagram of system
operation.
4) Functional post-inspection testing and checkout - Test procedures
shall be provided to verify serviceability or to detect failures of a
system, sub-system, assembly, sub-assembly or component. Pretest
setup instructions shall be included. Test procedures shall be used
as a prerequisite for the generation of fault isolation procedures to
fault isolate to a system, sub-system, assembly, sub-assembly or
component. The types of tests that can be performed fall into the
following categories and shall include the use of built-in test
capabilities, departure tests, test track tests:
a) Operational Test - The procedure required to ascertain only
that a system or equipment is operable. These tests should
require no special equipment or facilities other than that
installed on the vehicle and shall be comparable to the tests
performed by the Operator. It is not intended that the

operational test of the unit meet the specifications and
tolerances ordinarily established for overhaul or major
maintenance periods.
b) Functional Test - The procedure required to ascertain that a
system or equipment is functioning in all aspects in
accordance with minimum acceptable system or unit design
specifications. These tests may require supplemental support
equipment and shall be more specific and detailed than an
operational test. The test shall contain all necessary
information to ensure system or unit operational reliability,
without reference to additional documents.
c) System Test - The procedure containing all adjustment
specifications and tolerances required to maintain system and
unit performance at maximum efficiency and within design
specifications. The test shall be self-contained and may
duplicate other tests.
5) Provide detailed troubleshooting procedures for the systems,
useable with and without diagnostic test equipment.
6) Detailed inspection tasks and servicing information and
procedures.
7) Wear limits, settings and tolerances.
8) The weights of all components and assemblies provided that weigh
more than 50 pounds.
9) Supply and tool list - The repair procedures, authorized at the
running repair level, shall be provided. Maintenance actions to
restore a system, sub-system, assembly, sub-assembly, component,
module, circuit board or component part to serviceability shall be
included. Maintenance actions such as disassembly, cleaning,
inspection, replacement of defective parts, and test that can be
performed at the running repair maintenance level shall be
performed to achieve optimum or desired performance.
10) Maintenance procedures shall be supported by illustrations where
it is necessary to clarify the details and supplement the text of the
maintenance actions described.
11) This Volume shall provide procedures for the identification and
correction of MSHL CBTC equipment failures and malfunctions.
These procedures shall include determination of the cause and
isolation of the fault to replaceable parts, interface wiring, or
mechanical linkage. Diagrams of the relationships shall be
provided to enhance comprehension. Troubleshooting procedural
format shall include fault codes for each system with built-in
diagnostics and fault information and corrective actions displayed
by the diagnostic system. All fault codes are to be included, and
diagnosed, in the Troubleshooting Volume.

12) Each the troubleshooting procedures Chapter shall contain the
following sections:
a) Introduction, including General Information, Safety
Precautions, and definition of Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
with specific details
b) Operational and Functional System Descriptions
c) Troubleshooting
d) Corrective Maintenance Procedures
13) The troubleshooting and corrective maintenance procedures shall
contain:
a) Identification of the system covered,
b) A concise explanation of the troubleshooting format and how
to use the procedure,
c) Test equipment required,
d) Safety precautions that must be taken,
e) A reference to the supporting block diagrams, and
f) Preliminary tasks that must be performed prior to initiating
troubleshooting
14) When applicable, each section shall indicate and list the applicable
safety warnings and precautions, test equipment required, special
tools required, and any consumables required. The manual format
shall utilize diagrams and illustrations as required to enhance
understanding. All procedures shall be proved out in the field
during training and the demonstration period and shall be revised
as necessary.
15) If required to be used for clarity of content, grouping of 11 inch
high by 17 inch wide drawings and/or schematics together at the
end of a Running Maintenance Manual Chapter or Heavy Repair
Manual Chapter to which they apply is acceptable.
8. VOLUME III - Systems Supplement Schematic
a. Twenty-five (25) copies of the MSHL CBTC System Supplement
Schematic Volume (from here on referred to as, the Schematic
Supplement Manual) shall be an integrated series of schematic diagrams
defining the electrical, electronic, and pneumatic arrangement and
interfacing of the various vehicle sub-systems. This manual Volume
shall include:
1) Cover Sheet
2) List of Revisions sheet(s), showing all revised schematics by date
and revision number
3) Index of Schematic Sheets, sorted by Subject Area or
System/Subsystem
4) List of Symbols and Symbol Definitions

5) Sample of Schematic Diagram explaining format
6) Schematic Diagrams
7) List of Wire Numbers (can be provided as a separate document)
8) List of Wiring Diagrams
9) List of Apparatus
10) Device Location Drawings
11) Location Drawings for Terminal Strips and Junction Boxes
12) List of Related Wiring Documents
13) Point-to-point wiring lists or equivalent drawings shall be supplied
14) Similar information shall be supplied for all diagnostic test
equipment.
15) Interface points to existing vehicle schematic diagrams
b. The Schematic Supplement Manual shall be comprehensive enough to
allow troubleshooting down to the LLRU. The Schematic Supplement
Manual shall be sufficiently detailed to permit shop electricians and air
brake specialists to troubleshoot and repair vehicle systems.
c. c. Schematic diagrams shall detail all electrical, electronic and
pneumatic systems, and include all installed components, wiring and
piping on the vehicle. Interface drawings to existing vehicle systems and
trainlines shall be sufficiently detailed to facilitate tracing of all signals
through sub-systems, systems, vehicle wiring and trainlines
d. Overall system-level schematic diagrams, integrating all of the sub-
systems in the vehicle, shall also be provided. The Schematic
Supplement Manual shall be organized by sub-system, using identical
formats, device symbols and wire and pipe designators for each sub-
system. Device symbols and wire and pipe designators shall be
consistent with those already in use at SEPTA. Other conventions
observed by SEPTA, such as "A" vehicle, "F" end on the left of the page,
then "A" end, to the "A" end of the "B" vehicle, and "F" end of the "B"
vehicle on the right, shall be observed where applicable. All interfaces
from page-to-page and subsystem-to-subsystem shall be clearly
delineated. Alphanumeric zone locations shall be included for devices
and wires when referencing from page-to-page and from volume-to-
volume. Top level schematics shall tie together sub-system schematics
and supply any connections at the vehicle level.
e. Test points shall be identified and acceptable measurements described.
Description of acceptable measurements shall include, but not be limited
to, waveforms, voltages, currents, and pressures for the electrical,
electronic and pneumatic circuits
f. The description of Microprocessor controls shall include sufficient
information to allow a SEPTA technician to understand the relationship
between processor system inputs and outputs and their relationship to
other signals on the vehicles. The technician must be able to observe

processor system inputs and determine if the correct output signals are
being generated by the processor system. Information shall be structured
to be clear and understandable to a technician who is not familiar with
processor languages or techniques. Processor schematic information
shall include the following:
1) Transition charts detailing modes of operation and sequencing,
2) Data flow and Logic diagrams,
3) Timing charts,
4) Tables of set points,
5) Curves, and
6) User-definable or adjustable parameters
g. The Schematic Supplement Manual shall also be furnished in electronic
format.
h. Connection Schematic Diagrams: The connection schematic diagrams
shall include and reference all wiring, pneumatic piping, raceways,
terminals, conduits and connections.
i. Wire List: The wire list shall be a separate binder of Volume III, and
shall include all wire segments that transfer power or information for
each vehicle type. The list shall include, but not be limited to, the
following information:
1) Wire code (schematic designation),
2) Origin (from device/terminal),
3) Destination (to device/terminal),
4) Wire size,
5) Voltage rating,
6) Length
7) Specifications,
8) Jacket color,
9) Harness designation, and
10) Wireway or conduit
j. The wire list shall also be furnished in an electronic format allowing
sorts by Items a, b, c, i and j above.
k. Device Tables: Two comprehensive sets of device data tables shall be
provided as the final section of the Schematic Supplement Manual
Volume. The tables shall be included in the corresponding volume of
schematics and shall include data for all components of the electrical and
pneumatic systems and subsystems. Formats and device symbols shall
be submitted for approval by the SEPTA Project Manager. Device
symbols shall be consistent with ANSI Y32.14 and SEPTA practice.
The first set shall be arranged in logical fashion by device type. The
second set shall contain the same information as the first, but shall be

arranged by device designation, alphabetically sorted. The device
listings shall include:
1) Type, model, part number, schematic symbol,
2) Location on each vehicle type,
3) Function,
4) Location in schematic and schematic designation,
5) Location on wiring diagram,
6) Appropriate ratings data, and
7) Interface information, as appropriate.
l. For each Vehicle type, existing vehicle electrical and pneumatic
schematic diagrams that have been changed, as a result of this new
equipment installation shall be also revised to show where the existing
vehicles interface with the new equipment, so that it is clearly evident as
to what has been changed and where the interfaces are affected.
m. The schematics are to functionally relate circuit components, and it is
desirable to consolidate related circuits to as few pages as possible. The
entire system circuit, for most systems, should be shown on one sheet,
with the coils, contact definitions, and device list on the facing sheet. A
"B size print" (11” x 17”) can be used for the design documents.
n. Schematic diagram pagination must be logical; with consistency in
format of titles, use of boldface type, etc. must be provided; revision
index page listing to be provided; table of contents to have consistent
title format, list all pages, start with page 1 in listing, list of illustrations
(figure numbers for reference); tabular information is to be identified as
a Table, and be given line breaks every 5 or 10 lines.
o. Pneumatic Schematics: A simplified single page pneumatic diagram for
each vehicle type shall be provided as a system overview showing where
the new apparatus interfaces to the existing vehicles. Pressure switches
and transducers are to be identified to their system, and their pressure
settings are to be identified. Symbols representing functional aspects of
directional valves should be included in the key legend.
2.05 VEHICLE HEAVY REPAIR SUPPLEMENT MANUAL
A. Heavy repair is defined as the maintenance that may be performed on the shop track
or one of the heavy maintenance tracks if the trolley is taken out of service. Heavy
maintenance tasks will generally require more than one 8 hour shift to complete.
Twenty-five (25) copies of the MSHL CBTC System Heavy Repair Supplement
Manual [CDRL 01820-022] (from here on referred to as, the HR Supplement
Manual), shall contain a detailed description and analysis of all mechanical,
electrical and electronic assemblies/subassemblies on all vehicle types so that
SEPTA's overhaul facilities can effectively and safely service, inspect, adjust,
troubleshoot, repair, overhaul and test these assemblies.

B. SEPTA has complete facilities sufficient for the rebuilding of all mechanical,
pneumatic, electrical and electronic parts of this vehicle, and the Contractor and his
Suppliers shall provide all information needed for such comprehensive repair and
overhaul work at least as comprehensive as that used by the Suppliers' own service
and repair shops, whether the system parts were manufactured by them or purchased
from others. At SEPTA’s prerogative, it may opt to send complex printed circuit
boards with multi-layer construction or with Surface Mounted Components (SMC)
back to the OEM supplier for repair.
C. The manual shall provide information for the test, repair, and overhaul of each
repairable component of the assembly. No component shall be considered as a
throwaway item or deemed non-repairable except where agreed to by SEPTA. The
manual shall include:
1. Descriptions of how each assembly/sub-assembly operates within the system.

Each shall include:
a. Block Diagrams
b. Signal Flow Diagrams
c. Simplified Schematics
2. Functional wiring and piping diagrams
3. Completely detailed overhaul procedures.
a. Test and evaluation procedures equivalent to that performed by the
original manufacturer, including the requirements for specialized test
equipment. The Contractor is to procure or fabricate and provide to
SEPTA all such specialized test equipment
b. Disassembly/Assembly Procedures required for the disassembly and
assembly of assemblies, sub-assemblies and components at the heavy
repair level of maintenance shall be provided. Assembly instructions
shall include all pertinent assembly criteria, including clearances, torque
values and similar data. Final testing, with pass/fail criteria, of the end
item shall be provided by reference.
c. Complete instructions for use, drawings, and parts information for all
special tools that are required to be provided to SEPTA by the
Contractor.
d. The weights of all components and assemblies that weigh more than 50
pounds
4. Maintenance, repair and overhaul of all diagnostic test equipment
a. The above items shall be organized by sub-system and/or function and
shall be suitable for and available for use in training programs. Where
sufficient clarify of detail cannot be provided due to format size
constraints, large scale originals shall be supplied and reference to these
shall be placed on the reduced size material.
b. Isometric drawings shall show routing and locations of piping, wiring,
cabling and associated apparatus as accurately as possible with

supplementary call-outs and views to establish where the item may be
located.
c. Diagnostic test equipment usage shall be incorporated in the procedures,
in addition to providing procedures using generic test equipment.
Schematics shall include interface between subsystems and related
schematics.
d. The schematics shall (where applicable) show pressure, volume, voltage,
current values and wave forms. Completeness and accuracy shall be
stressed.
2.06 MANUAL CHANGES
A. Following the approved draft issue of each publication, and continuing with the final
approved version, the Contractor shall provide revised pages within thirty (30) days
of the need for a change being established covering any changes, whether required
by Field Modification Instructions, Engineering Change Notices, equipment
modification, change of design, drawings or procedures, incompleteness due to error
or any other reason.
B. All of the publications shall be kept current during the warranty period, interpreted
as that of the longest warranted part of the vehicle. Publications shall not be
considered complete or final until all revisions required due to vehicle changes or
modifications have been included by the conclusion of the warranty.
2.07 PUBLICATION DELIVERY SCHEDULE
A. The Technical Publications are to be delivered in printed and electronic form. Only
one electronic copy shall be needed with each submission. Technical publications
shall be submitted in accordance with the following schedule:
B. Prior to the conclusion of the warranty, the Contractor shall supply a complete set of
the electronic source files and the final electronic files from which the hard copy
(printed) versions of the manuals were printed, including all art work, for every
publication to the submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager.
2.08 COMPUTER CD-ROM SUBMITTAL
A. The Contractor shall also provide, by the delivery of the last production systems, all
publications, manuals, software documentation, software, etc. to SEPTA on CD-
ROMs or other approved media to be used on personal computers.
B. Three fully licensed copies for SEPTA usage during the life of the MSHL System, of
all software needed to view and edit the manuals in the future are also to be provided
to SEPTA. These CD-ROM files shall be both comprehensive and complete.

C. With these files, together with the provided software used to create the publications,
SEPTA shall have the ability to revise and reissue changes to all of the vehicles'
publications for the life of the MSHL System, following the conclusion of the
warranty.
2.09 STUDENT MATERIAL
A. The primary source of student instruction material shall be the applicable system
familiarization, operation, installation, and maintenance manuals. In addition, the
Contractor shall develop, for each course specified, student notebooks, containing
such additional drawings, descriptive information, and laboratory procedures
necessary to ensure that all learning objectives are met in an orderly and timely
manner. Student notebook material shall be arranged by subsystems and sequenced
according to the topic outline.
1. The BTE provided for onboard CBTC equipment maintenance, which has been
specified within these Contract Documents to include a full complement of the
provided equipment installed on a trolley, shall be used in the classroom
training.
2. The Dispatcher’s workstation simulator, which has been specified within these
Contract Documents, shall be utilized in classroom training.
3. Other installed materials shall be provided by the Contractor to facilitate
training and SEPTA employee familiarization with the MSHL CBTC
Equipment.
4. Hands-on training for the region/zone controller equipment may be performed
in the field.
2.10 ELECTRONIC DATA STORAGE MEDIA
A. All operation, installation and maintenance manuals, reference publications and

training manuals and documents shall be transferred to CD ROM or other suitable
electronic media storage at the end of the project fully indexed with all text and
graphics intact.
2.11 EDUCATION PROGRAM MATERIALS TURNOVER
A. A complete set of all materials used by the Contractor during the Education Program,
including lesson plans, training aids, manuals, mock-ups, special tools, displays, and
all other components used, shall be presented to SEPTA within thirty (30) days of
the conclusion of the complete Education Program which shall be properly revised
and updated by the Contractor to reflect all system and interface modifications until
the end of the warranty period. All training materials shall become the property of
SEPTA at the conclusion of the Education Program.

B. Updated sets of all deliverable materials, manuals, etc., reflecting all changes made
to the equipment of the MSHL CBTC System through the end of the warranty period
shall be delivered at the conclusion of the warrantee period.
3.01 TRAINING PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS EVALUATION
A. The primary objective of the training is to convey to the students that information
which the student needs to operate, inspect, repair, and maintain the vehicle fleet,
and the wayside and office equipment. To assess the effectiveness of the training
program evaluation capabilities shall be built into each course, at least once within
each major topic or system. These evaluation capabilities shall be in a form that
provides quantified results on an individual student basis.
B. Results of the effectiveness evaluation of student learning are to be evaluated to

determine what, if anything needs to be done to improve upon how the course matter
is being presented and assimilated by the students.


SECTION 02200
EARTHWORK
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section consists of all labor, materials, equipment and
services necessary to excavate existing soil and backfill with compacted granular fill
for various purposes described herein and in compliance with the sections, details
and grades as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. This Section includes the following:
1. Excavating and backfilling for pre-fabricated signals or communications

buildings.
2. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches.
3. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches.
C. Earthwork also includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Delivery of materials to the project site, storage, distribution, placement,

compaction, testing and satisfactory disposal of all excavated materials.
2. Construction of grade to the lines and grades indicated on the Contract
Drawings.
3. Inspection of subgrade materials at the work site and in place and as herein
specified in accordance with Section 01400 – Quality Requirements.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Contract Agreement
B. Division 1 - General Requirements
C. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
D. Section 02720 - Stormwater Drainage
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including
haunches to support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Earthwork

B. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before
laying pipe.
C. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
D. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to

lines and dimensions indicated.
1. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond

indicated lines and dimensions without direction by SEPTA. Unauthorized
excavation, as well as remedial work directed by SEPTA, shall be without
additional compensation.
E. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs,

mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features
constructed above or below the ground surface.
F. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top

surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil
materials.
G. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as

underground services within buildings.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
1. Product Data: For the following:

a. Geotextile. [CDRL 02200-001]
2. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and
interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements
indicated:
a. Classification according to ASTM D2487 of each on-site and borrow soil
material proposed for fill and backfill. [CDRL 02200-002]
b. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D698 for each on-site
and borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill.
[CDRL 02200-003]
3. Final Design: proposed grading, earthwork cross sections and typical sections
for new construction. [CDRL 02200-004]

B. CDRLs

CDRL 02200-001 Geotextile 1.04A.1.a
CDRL 02200-002 Material Test Reports: soil classification for each 1.04A.2.a
on-site and borrow soil
CDRL 02200-003 Material Test Reports: laboratory compaction 1.04A.2.b
curve for each on-site and borrow soil
CDRL 02200-004 Final design: proposed grading, earthwork cross 1.04A.3
sections and typical sections for new
construction
A. Referenced Standards: The work covered in this Section shall conform to the latest
edition and latest addenda thereto of the following publications to the extent
referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

a. ASTM C33, Concrete Aggregates.
b. ASTM D698, Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Standard Effort.
c. ASTM D1556, Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-
Cone Method.
d. ASTM D2167, Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber
Balloon Method.
e. ASTM D2487, Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes
(Unified Soil Classification System).
f. ASTM D2937, Density of Soil in Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method.
g. ASTM D2940, Graded Aggregate Material For Bases or Subbases for
Highways or Airports.
h. ASTM D6938, In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
B. Use adequate number of skilled personnel who are thoroughly trained and
experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the
specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work
of this Section.
1.06 DESIGN PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Final grading

1. Design final graded surfaces to shed stormwater runoff away from new
construction, existing railroad infrastructure and toward existing water courses
and stormwater infrastructure.
2. Provide graded surfaces and mulch or landscape to match adjacent finish.
B. Subgrades
1. Design subgrade surfaces that are sloped to drain or to follow contours of final
grade or finished surface.
C. Base courses and bedding courses
1. Design base courses and bedding courses with sufficient depth to safely
convey loads from new construction to subgrade surface.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordination: Coordinate work of this Section with the work of other trades so that
construction is not delayed.
B. Existing Service Utilities:
1. Preserve, protect and maintain at all times existing service utilities during all
earthwork operations.
2. Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work before starting
earthwork operations for utilities that are to remain in place. Determine depth
of existing utilities by hand-dug test pits. Provide adequate means of
protection during earthwork operations in accordance with the excavation
support and protection measures described in Section 01500.
3. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or other utilities be encountered
during excavation, consult the SEPTA Project Manager immediately for
directions as to procedure. Cooperate with public and private utility
companies in keeping their respective services and facilities in operation.
Repair damaged utilities to the satisfaction of the utility owner.
4. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by
SEPTA or others except when permitted in writing by the SEPTA Project
Manager and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been
provided.
C. Site Information:
1. Site information regarding subsurface conditions within the project limits is

extremely limited. Such limited data indicated on the Contract Drawings are
made available for the convenience of the Contractor and are not intended as
representations or warranties of the continuity of such conditions. It is

expressly understood that SEPTA will not be responsible for interpretations or
conclusions determined by the Contractor.
2. The Contractor may make additional exploratory operations at no additional
cost to SEPTA. The Contractor, by a suitable method, may dig exploratory
pits to determine the subsurface materials and conditions that may be
encountered in the performance of the work under this Section.
D. Temporary Protection:
1. Barricade open excavations made as a part of earthwork operations and post

with warning tape and other suitable measures.
2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, fencing, and other facilities
to remain from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining,
washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are
not available from excavations.
B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D2487 Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP,
and SM or AASHTO M145 Soil Classification Groups A-1, A-2-4, A-2-5, and A-3,
or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any
dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D2487 Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML,
OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT or AASHTO M145 A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-
7, or a combination of these groups.
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2

percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
D. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,

crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D2940; with at least 90 percent
passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
E. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed

gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D2940; except with 100
percent passing a 1-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
F. Sand: ASTM C33; fine aggregate, natural or manufactured sand.

2.02 GEOTEXTILES
A. Subsurface Drainage Geotextile: Nonwoven needle-punched geotextile,

manufactured for subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefins or
polyesters; with elongation greater than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M288
and the following, measured per test methods referenced:
1. Survivability: Class 1; AASHTO M288.

2. Apparent Opening Size: No. 70 sieve, maximum; ASTM D4751.
3. Permittivity: 0.1 per second, minimum; ASTM D4491.
4. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D4355.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape

manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4
mils thick continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows:
1. Red: Electric.
2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials.
3. Orange: Telephone and other communications.
4. Blue: Water systems.
5. Green: Sewer systems.
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls, which are specified in
Section 02270 - Erosion and Sedimentation Control during earthwork operations.
3.02 DEWATERING
A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on
prepared subgrades, and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or

water accumulation.
1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water
to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary
drainage ditches.

3.03 EXCAVATION, GENERAL
A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character

of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials
may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum
or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of
obstructions.
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil
materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
3.04 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus

1 inch. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for
placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other
construction, and for inspections.
1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of

excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete
reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to
receive other work.
3.05 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.
1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of

pipe below frost line.
B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side
of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches
higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit.
C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches deeper than bottom of pipe elevation to
allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe.
1. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other

unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course.
3.06 SUBGRADE INSPECTION
A. Notify SEPTA Project Manager when excavations have reached required subgrade.

B. If SEPTA Project Manager determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue
excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed.
C. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for

according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work.
D. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated

water, or construction activities, as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager, without
additional compensation.
3.07 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom

elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering
top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi ,
may be used when approved by SEPTA.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as

directed by SEPTA.
3.08 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without
intermixing at approved locations. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain
surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations.
3.09 BACKFILL
A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the
following:
1. Construction below finish grade.

2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents.
3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities.
4. Removing concrete formwork.
5. Removing trash and debris.
6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting.
7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported
walls.
B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

3.10 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape
bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes
and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits.
C. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than 1
inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit.
1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up
on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid
damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with
utilities testing.
D. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while installing and removing shoring and
bracing.
E. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.
F. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6
inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
3.11 SOIL FILL
A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4

horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material.
B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations.
C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
3.12 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer
before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or
contain frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material
that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact
to specified dry unit weight.

3.13 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth
for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches
in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required
elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure.
C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry
unit weight according to ASTM D698:
1. Under structures, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and
each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.
2. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material
at 85 percent.
3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer.
Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed
work comply with requirements.
B. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be
performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval
of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with
tested subgrade when approved by SEPTA.
C. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D1556,
ASTM D2167, ASTM D6938, and ASTM D2937, as applicable. Tests will be
performed at the following locations and frequencies:
1. Wall Foundation: At subgrade, at least 2 tests.

2. Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least 1 test for each layer.
3. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least 1
test for each layer.
D. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved
degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace
soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.
3.15 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and
erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.

B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially
completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction
due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by SEPTA;

reshape and recompact.
C. Where settling occurs before project correction period elapses, remove finished
surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match

adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent
possible.
3.16 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Transport surplus satisfactory soil, unsatisfactory soil and debris to

designated storage areas on SEPTA's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed
by SEPTA.


SECTION 02270
SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
services necessary to design, furnish, fabricate, install, maintain and remove soil
erosion and control devices as shown on the Contract Drawings, as specified herein
and as required for a complete and proper installation.
B. The work includes all incidental and miscellaneous items not specified under another
Section but required for the work of this Section, whether or not specifically referred
to herein.
C. This Section includes, but is not limited to, the following items:
1. Silt fence.
2. Inlet Protection.
3. Stabilized rock construction entrance.
4. Temporary Seeding and Mulching.
5. Erosion Control Blanket.
6. Temporary dewatering sumps and sediment filter bags for pumped water.
7. Maintenance, inspection, and removal of all sediment and erosion control
devices.
A. Contract Agreement
B. Division 1 - General Requirements
C. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.
D. Section 02200 - Earthwork.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
1. Product Data:
a. Silt fence geotextiles. [CDRL 02270-001]
b. Temporary seed mixture. [CDRL 02270-002]
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control
2. Final Design: proposed soil erosion and sedimentation control plans and details
for project sites where construction will cause earth disturbance.
[CDRL 02270-003]
B. CDRLs.

CDRL 02270-001 Product data: silt fence geotextile 1.03A.1.a
CDRL 02270-002 Product data: temporary seed mixture 1.03A.1.b
CDRL 02270-003 Final design: proposed soil erosion and 1.03A.2
sedimentation control plans
CDRL 02270-004 Permits 1.05C
A. Referenced Standards: The work covered in this Section shall conform to the latest
edition and latest addenda thereto of the following publications to the extent
referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
1. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation,

Specifications, Publication 408, (PennDOT Pub 408), except that measurement
and payment sections do not apply.
2. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection
(PADEP) Office of Water Management: Erosion and Sediment Pollution
Control Program Manual.
3. Pennsylvania Code, Title 25 Environmental Protection, Chapter 102 Erosion
and Sediment Control.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable portions of Federal,

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and Delaware County Soil Conservation District
environmental regulations pertaining to soil erosion and sediment controls.
C. Preconstruction Conference: Prior to any earth disturbance, conduct a conference at

the Project site with a representative of the Delaware County Soil Conservation
District.
1.05 DESIGN PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design soil erosion and sedimentation controls to mitigate the impact of soil erosion
on existing waters of the Commonwealth.
B. Design soil erosion and sedimentation controls in accordance with PennDOT,

PADEP, Delaware County Conservation District and municipal requirements.
C. Provide evidence of approved soil erosion and sedimentation control permits or
correspondence from the regulating authority that a permit is not required.
[CDRL 02270-004]
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 GEOTEXTILE
A. Geotextile for stabilized construction entrances: In accordance with PennDOT Pub

408 Section 735, Class 4, Type B.
2.02 SILT FENCE
A. In accordance with PennDOT Pub 408 Section 865.
2.03 TEMPORARY SEED AND MULCH
A. Seed: in accordance with PennDOT Pub 408 Section 804.
B. Mulch for seeded areas: straw, wood fiber or pellet mulch in accordance with
PennDOT Pub 408 Section 805.
2.04 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET
A. In accordance with PennDOT Pub 408 Section 806.2(a).2.
2.05 SEDIMENT FILTER BAG
A. Geotextile, non-woven fabric bag with the following minimum properties:
1. Weight: 10 oz/yard per ASTM D 3776.

2. Grab Tensile: 250 lbs per ASTM D 4632.
3. Puncture: 165 lbs per ASTM D 4833.
4. Flow Rate: 70 gal./min./sq. ft. per ASTM D 4491.
5. Permitivity: 1.3 sec-1 per ASTM D 4491.
6. Mullen Burst: 550 lbs-sq. in. per ASTM D 3786.
7. UV Resistant: 70% per ASTM D 4355
8. AOS % Retained: 100% per ASTM D 4751.
B. Seam: sewn, double-stitched with high strength thread. Seam average strength: 100
lb/in as per ASTM D-4884.
C. Fill spout size to accommodate a 4” hose. Provide attached strapping to secure hose
and prevent pumped water from escaping.
3.01 GENERAL
A. Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil

erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff to adjacent properties, streets,
walkways and storm sewers.
B. Inspect, repair and maintain soil erosion and sediment control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
C. Remove soil erosion and sediment control measure and restore and stabilize areas
disturbed during removal.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate schedule, and attend pre-construction meeting at the site with regulatory
agencies before the start of construction.
B. Stockpile erosion control materials on site before any work commences.
3.03 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Furnish all materials, labor, and equipment required to construct erosion control
devices in accordance with the Drawings and applicable reference standards.
B. Construct or install soil erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with
all applicable regulatory requirements.
C. Minimize the project site areas which are disturbed by the execution of work and left
unstabilized.
D. Immediately remove sediment spilled, dropped, washed or tracked onto the existing
roads or streets. Provide a mechanical street sweeping machine on a regular basis,
manual sweeping, or maintenance as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager to
remove sediment from surfaces outside the work area.
3.04 TEMPORARY SEEDING AND MULCHING
A. Where not specified on the Drawings, apply temporary seed and mulch at the rates
specified in PennDOT Pub 408 Section 804, Formula E.
3.05 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET
A. Install blanket on all disturbed soil slopes. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions.
3.06 SEDIMENT FILTER BAG
A. Install sediment filter bag on a slope so that incoming water flows downhill through
the bag without creating more erosion. Place the bag on an aggregate bed to
maximize water flow through the surface area of the bag.
B. The sediment filter bag is full when it no longer can efficiently filter sediment or
pass water at a reasonable flow rate. Flow rate will vary depending on the size of the
sediment filter bag, the type and amount of sediment discharged into the sediment
filter bag and the slope at which the sediment filter bag is placed.
C. Replace full sediment filter bag. Dispose of sediment in accordance with Earthwork
specification.
A. Inspection: Inspect and maintain all erosion and sediment control measures on a
weekly basis, before anticipated precipitation events and after precipitation events.
SSECTION 02450
RAILROAD TRACKWORK
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section consists of designing, furnishing materials,

fabricating, erecting, and removing railroad track construction (trackwork) as shown
on the Contract Drawings, as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete
installation.
B. This Section includes:
1. Final design of:

a. Railroad track alignments and profiles.
b. Turnouts, crossovers and crossing diamonds, including layout drawings.
c. Grade crossings.
2. Demolition:
a. Track, turnout and crossover removals.
3. Furnishing and installing
a. Trackwork.
b. Turnouts and crossovers.
c. Crossing diamonds.
d. Grade crossings.
A. Division 1 – General Requirements
B. Section 02500 – Paving, for hot-mix asphalt pavement at grade crossings.
C. Section 13575 – Switch and Lock Movements, for switch machines.
D. Section 13584 – Electric Snow Melting Devices.
E. Section 16060 – Grounding and Bonding, for traction return bonds.
1.03 DESIGN/PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS.
A. Design new track and special trackwork to integrate seamlessly with existing track.
B. Perform track horizontal and vertical geometry design in accordance with AREMA
Manual for Railway Engineering Chapter 5 and SEPTA standards.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Railroad Trackwork

C. Track Gage: 5 feet 2-1/4 inches on newly-constructed tangent track; 5 feet 2-1/4
inches in special trackwork, curves, and existing tracks.
D. IMPORTANT: MSHL trolleys have cylindrical wheels. Contractor shall design,

furnish and install track and special trackwork to accommodate the cylindrical wheel
profile of the MSHL trolleys and in accordance with SEPTA standard plans for the
MSHL.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
B. CDRLs

CDRL 02450-001 Lining equipment 1.05D
CDRL 02450-002 Inspectors 1.05E.3
CDRL 02450-003 Test results for all track material: ballast, ties, 1.05E.4
rail, IJs
CDRL 02450-004 Final track design 3.01A
A. Referenced Standards:

(AREMA):
a. Manual for Railway Engineering, latest edition
b. Portfolio of Trackwork Plans
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
3. SEPTA Standard Trackwork Plans
B. Maximum Allowable Tolerances:
1. Gage: Measured from rail to rail 1/4 inch below the top of rail -- deviation
from design gage on tangents: Plus or minus 1/8 inch.
2. Horizontal Track Alignment: Deviation from approved final alignment design:
Plus or minus 1/4 inch.
3. Surface:
a. Deviation from approved final vertical profile design: Plus or minus 1/4
inch.
b. Deviation from zero cross level on tangents: Plus or minus 1/4 inch.
C. Inspections and Acceptance:

1. All track materials shall be subject to inspection and acceptance by the SEPTA
Project Manager.
D. Following the final lining, the Contractor shall string line all track in the presence of
the SEPTA Project Manager to verify that the specified track alignment tolerances
have been met. Calibrated lining equipment that provides a paper printout record of
the existing and final alignment may be used as an alternate to string lining. The
lining equipment shall be subjected to approval by the SEPTA Project Manager.
Perform string lining in accordance with SEPTA Manual TS-1, “Track
Specifications for Regional High Speed Lines.” [CDRL 02450-001]
1. Field inspection of track construction shall be performed by the SEPTA Project

Manager.
E. General
1. Prior to commencement of the work, field verify existing dimensions,

elevations, locations and conditions applicable to the work. Report potential
interferences to the SEPTA Project Manager.
2. Perform topographic survey in accordance with Section 01050 prior to the
preparation of final design drawings.
3. Submit for approval by the SEPTA Project Manager the independent
inspectors that the Contractor will use. [CDRL 02450-002]
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for engaging the services of a qualified
independent inspection agency, approved by SEPTA, for all in-plant inspection
and testing of all running rail and related materials furnished by the Contractor
as specified herein. Inspection services shall include visual inspection and
measurements of the subject materials and a review of plant records to assure
compliance with plans and specifications. All costs related to the inspection
services shall be included as part of the bid proposal. Inspection and
laboratory reports are to be forwarded to the SEPTA Project Manager for
review prior to scheduling the material for shipment. [CDRL 02450-003]
5. Satisfactorily complete all qualification tests specified herein prior to the
fabrication.
F. Rail Production, Inspection, and Testing:
1. Perform all rail tests and inspections in accordance with the current AREMA
Manual for Railway Engineering, Chapter 4.
2. Perform Brinell Hardness test on all heat treated rail in accordance with the
current AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering, Chapter 4.
3. Perform all rail inspection and testing at the rail mill or supplier's storage prior
to shipment.
G. Timber Cross-Ties:

1. Inspect ties in accordance with the current AREMA Manual for Railway
Engineering, Chapter 30, Timber Cross Ties for standard ties.
2. Inspect ties at the point of shipment.
3. All inspection pertaining to the manufacture and treatment of ties shall be
performed by an approved independent agency.
4. Inspect closely the top, bottom, sides, and ends of each tie.
5. Judge each tie and timber independently without regard for the decisions on
others in the same lot.
6. Those covered with ice, or too muddied for ready examination, shall be
rejected.
7. When conditions warrant, in the judgment of the SEPTA Project Manager, ties
shall be inspected at additional points. All ties will be subject to inspection at
delivery.
H. Insulated Joints
1. The bonded joints shall be tested as specified in this Section. Shop drawings
and installation procedures of the bonded joint shall be submitted to, and shall
be approved by, the SEPTA Project Manager before testing commences. Tests
shall be certified by a laboratory accepted by SEPTA, and the test results shall
be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager for review.
a. Electrical Resistance Test - A rail joint shall be assembled in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations and supported on non-conducting
material. With 500 volts dc applied to the rail across the insulated joint
for a duration of three minutes, the current flow through the joint should
be measured to the nearest 0.01 micro ampere. The minimum
acceptance resistance for the test shall be 10 megohms. With 50 volts ac
applied to the rail across the bonded insulated joint for a duration of
three minutes, the impedance shall be measured with an accuracy of plus
or minus two (2) percent. This test shall be repeated three (3) times:
once with a frequency in the range of 20 Hz to 100 Hz, again with a
frequency in the range from 200 Hz to 1000 Hz, and again in the range
from 2000 Hz to 10 KHz. The minimum acceptable impedance for any
of these shall be 10,000 ohms.
b. Rolling Load Test - The rail joint used in the Electrical Resistance Tests
shall be mounted on a 33-inch stroke rolling load test machine supported
on 36 inch centers with the joint centered between the supports. Apply a
44,400 lb. wheel load on the rail for 2,000,000 cycles. Measure and
record to the nearest 0.001 inch deflection of the rail at the centerline of
the joint. Total range of deflection of the joint shall not exceed 0.065
inches during the test and the joint shall show no evidence of failure by
bending. The electrical resistance test shall then be repeated and the test
results shall be within the acceptance criteria specified.

c. Longitudinal Compression Test - The assembled joint shall be sawn in
half where the rails are joined together in a manner which will prevent
overheating and damage to the epoxy bond. The cut shall be
perpendicular to the centerline of the top of rail. A fixture or device
shall be used so that the reaction at the sawn ends occurs only on the face
of the joint bars when a load is applied to the centroid of the rail at the
opposite end. The load shall be applied in increments of 25,000 pounds,
maintaining each load increment until the deflection of the rail stops
before increasing the load. The load shall be increased to 650,000
pounds and a record of loading and differential be measured for each
increment. The joint shall show no indication of slippage prior to
reaching a compressive load of 650,000 pounds and the movement shall
be less than 1/8 inch in any direction. The relative position of the rail
and joint bar shall be within 1/32 inch of its original value when the load
is removed.
2. After complete assembly, the joint shall be given an insulation breakdown test
(Hi-Pot) by the manufacturer. The insulation shall resist the application of
2,200 volts at 60 Hz for a duration of 15 seconds. Provide manufacturer's test
results for approval.
3. The Contractor may submit certified test results from the manufacturer that
previously tested insulated joints meet the qualification testing specified
herein. SEPTA may accept these test results in lieu of the requirements of
Paragraph 1.
I. Stone Ballast
1. The Contractor shall notify the SEPTA Project Manager no less than 30 days
prior to the shipment of any ballast to the work site of the proposed source and
location of the crushed stone ballast, which shall be subject to the approval of
the SEPTA Project Manager.
2. Contractor shall have sampling and testing of ballast performed before
delivery, by an independent testing agency approved by SEPTA.
3. Three ballast samples shall be taken from the quarry representative of material
to be furnished under this contract. These samples shall be tested for
gradation, bulk specific gravity, water absorption, resistance to abrasion,
soundness, flat and/or elongated particles and friable particles. Furnish the
original and one copy of the report to SEPTA.
4. In the event that the material fails any of the specified tests an additional
sample shall be taken and tested. In the event that three successive samples fail
to meet the specifications set forth by this Specification, approval of the
material source shall be denied and an alternate source shall be used by the
Contractor.
5. At the discretion of the SEPTA Project Manager, it may be required that field
samples of stone ballast be taken and tested. Ballast not conforming to these

Specifications will be rejected and shall be removed and disposed of by the
Contractor.
6. If, during the installation of ballast, the ballast source changes, the Contractor
shall sample and perform all specified tests on ballast from the new source.
The new source of ballast shall meet all requirements of these Specifications.
Work site delivery of the new ballast shall not commence until the SEPTA
Project Manager has approved the new source of ballast.
7. All samples secured for test purposes shall be obtained in accordance with the
current ASTM methods of sampling, designation D75.
1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Exercise care to avoid bending, scraping or overstressing rails. Block with wood, or
otherwise protect projecting parts that could be damaged.
B. Pack separately each length and diameter of bolt or anchor and each size of nut and
washer. Plainly mark and provide an itemized list and description of the contents on
the outside of each container.
C. Load, transport, unload, and store all materials in such a manner that the material is
kept clean and free from damage. Store materials above ground on platforms, skids,
or other supports, and cover and protect them from corrosion or deterioration.
D. Bundle and ship ties in groups according to type, size and length.
E. Handle ballast at the quarry, production plant, in transit and at the site in such
manner that material is clean and free from segregation.
F. Any materials damaged during shipping, handling and storage will be rejected by the
SEPTA Project Manager and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to SEPTA.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide insulated joint assemblies with one (1) year warranty against defect in
material or workmanship from time of installation. Material and labor costs for
replacement of defective insulated joints shall be at the Contractor's expense.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 BALLAST
A. Size 3-4 in accordance with SEPTA specification F-T_92-20.
2.02 TIES
A. Provide solid sawn timber cross ties and switch ties in accordance with AREMA
Manual for Railway Engineering Chapter 30.

B. Provide ties that are straight, square-sawn, cut squarely at the ends, have top and
bottom parallel, and have bark entirely removed.
C. Acceptable woods:
1. Black Locust
2. Honey Locust
3. Red Oak
4. White Oak
5. Black Walnut
D. Size:
1. Standard ties: 7-inch grade, 8’-6” long.

2. Ties for turnouts and crossovers: 7-inch grade, in lengths required by design.
3. Switch ties: 7-inch x 10-inch deep, in lengths required by design, dapped for
switch machine installation.
E. Anti-Splitting Devices
1. Type: steel, multi-nail plate, 18 gage, or heavier, galvanized steel (ASTM

A653 Grade 40, galvanizing designation G60), sized to cover a minimum of
75% of the end of the tie.
2. Provide multi-nail plates that are stamped to identify the tie manufacturer and
SEPTA identification, SEP-XX, where XX indicates the year of manufacture.
3. Install anti-splitting devices to both ends of each tie prior to seasoning and
treatment. Center anti-splitting devices on the end face of the tie. Install anti-
splitting device flush with end face, with nails completely engaged in the wood
of the tie.
F. Seasoning: incise and air season ties for 12 months prior to preservative treatment.
G. Preservative treatment:
1. Preservative: 60/40 creosote coal-tar solution (Grade C).

2. Process: Empty Cell.
3. Retention: 8 pounds of solution per cubic foot of wood.
H. Inspection
1. All ties are at the manufacturer’s risk until accepted.

2. The inspection and acceptance of ties will be done by inspectors approved by
SEPTA, with all costs borne by the Contractor.

3. Ties may be inspected prior to treatment, after treatment and at the time of
delivery. Inspection may also include sampling and testing the preservative
and examination of equipment used for preservative treatment.
2.03 RAIL
A. Weight: 115 RE
B. Type:
1. In tangent: Standard strength, low alloy, control cooled (CC).

2. In curves: 100-8, head-hardened (HH).
3. In special trackwork: 100-8, head-hardened (HH).
C. Manufacture rail in 39-foot standard lengths or as shown on the approved on shop

drawings.
D. Main line track: Construct continuous welded rail, except within special trackwork,
by electric flash butt welding in accordance with SEPTA welding standards.
Thermite welding will not be permitted.
E. Special Trackwork: Make connections with 6-hole bolted joints in accordance with
the drilling and bolt diameters as shown on SEPTA standard plan 5-W-31093.
F. Provide compromise joint bars in locations where new rail meets existing rail of a
different section.
2.04 OTHER TRACK MATERIAL (OTM)
A. Provide new OTM that is compatible with 115 RE rail and the rail fastening system.
B. Tie Plates:
1. Mainline Track: Rolled or cast, low-carbon steel tie plates conforming to

ASTM A67 and as follows:
a. Designed for 100-8 rail section and 1:40 cant
b. Compatible with Resilient Rail Fastener.
c. Weld-on Shoulders (sleepers) compatible with the Resilient Rail
Fastener and dimensioned as shown attached to the plate in accordance
with the Contract Drawings.
d. Punched with round holes to accommodate 1-inch diameter screw spike
and insulation collars.
e. Roll the plates smooth and free from warp and projections of metal
caused by shearing and punching.

f. Marking: The tie plate rail section designation, the name or branch of
the manufacturer and the last two digits of the year rolled shall be
stamped in raised letters and figures on the top of the plate to the outside
of the shoulders.
2. Stray current mitigation items:
a. Insulating Pad: Polyethylene Tie Pad as supplied by Advanced Track
Products or approved equal.
b. Double Coil Spring Washer: For 7/8 inch lag screw (extra wide) as
supplied by Advanced Track Products.
c. Plastic Flat Washer: 7/8 inch diameter.
d. Insulating Sleeve: Fiberglass reinforced 1/4 inch high above top of plate
dimension to suite screw spikes, plate holes, and plate thickness.
C. Screw spike
1. Size: 1-inch diameter.

2. Product: “Evergrip” model, by Lewis Bolt and Nut Company, or approved
equal.
D. Resilient Rail Fasteners: "PR" Series Clip as manufactured by Pandrol,

Incorporated, or approved equal, meeting the following requirements:
1. Fabricated from high-quality spring steel bar stock.

2. Bar Diameter: 7/8 inch.
3. Nominal Toe Load: 2,000 pounds.
4. Working Deflection: 0.56 inch.
5. Nominal Rail Seat Clamping Force: 4,000 pounds.
6. Insulated joints shall be fastened with modified “PR” clips as manufactured by
Pandrol or a system approved by the SEPTA Project Manager which assures
isolation of the electrical current through the tie plates. Standard joints shall be
fastened with Pandrol "J" clips or a system approved by the SEPTA Project
Manager.
E. Track circuit connections: “ERICO” plug bond track connectors Part #SBPAC3B.
2.05 INSULATED JOINTS
A. Provide full contact, epoxy glued type, preassembled by the manufacturer, such as
manufactured by Allegheny Drop Forge Co., Portec Rail Products, Inc., or approved
equal, with the following appurtenances:
B. Rail: 115 RE end-hardened, minimum of twenty-six (26) feet in length in

accordance with the Rail Article of this Section. Rail ends at joint must remain
paired; no mismatching. "A" rails will not be accepted.

C. Joint bars: Metro "D" bar as manufactured by Allegheny Drop Forge Co. or
approved equal and conforming to the following:
1. Thirty-six inches (36") plus or minus 1/8" long by not less than 1-1/2" thick.
2. Outer side of joint bar to be tapered to allow for proper wheel clearance on
upper part, and lower part of joint bar shall have a minimum of three-quarter
inch (3/4") clearance from edge of rail base.
3. Fabricate joint bar from hot rolled AISI high carbon Grade 1045 steel, heat
treated and oil quenched to AREMA “Specifications for Joint Bars”.
Straighten bars to 1/64" in all planes.
D. Use High Strength Track Bolts as specified in the OTM Article of this Section.
E. Insulation: Treated, hardened, pre-molded, phenolic fiber with the following

physical properties:
1. Water Absorption: Maximum 2.4% submerged four (4) days.

2. Dielectric Loss Factor after four (4) days at eighty percent (80%) ambient
humidity: Three tenths (0.3) at eight hundred (800) Hertz.
3. Insulation Resistance: Two hundred forty thousand (240,000) ohm to infinite.
4. End Post Thickness: one quarter inch (1/4").
5. Lateral insulation thickness: One Thirty second (1/32) min. pre-molded.
F. Adhesive: Cold curing reactive type epoxy. Shear strength shall not be less than
three thousand five hundred (3,500) psi and shall include four layers of fiberglass
mesh for reinforcing and metering of adhesive.
G. Assembly: Provide adhesive bonded, factory assembled insulated rail joint with a
section of rail as follows:
1. Overall length of joint assembly: Minimum thirty-nine (39) feet or as required

in turnouts. Minimum arm length: 13 feet.
2. All assembles shall be tangent.
3. Identify each assembly with corresponding manufacturer, overall length and
rail quality (end hardened) located on an identification plate and adhered to
one of the joint bars or the rail web.
4. Apply sufficient bonding agent to ensure proper distribution throughout the
contact AREMA rail and joint bar bolt holes and thread. Distribute excess
epoxy around joint bar, nut, and excess thread to form an insulated layer.
5. Provide a finished water-tight assembly.
6. Apply fiberglass mesh to both sides of lateral insulation for even distribution
and reinforcement of adhesives.
7. Paint entire bond AREMA approximately twenty inches (20 inches) to either
side from center with an insulating epoxy base paint, such as General Electric

Glyptal 1201, or approved equal, to reduce electrical bridging of the insulated
AREMA by environmental contamination.
8. After complete assembly, the joint shall be given an insulation breakdown test
(Hi-Pot) by the manufacturer. The insulation shall resist the application of two
thousand two hundred (2,200) volts at sixty (60) Hz. for a duration of fifteen
(15) seconds. Provide manufacturer's test results for approval.
2.06 TRACTION RETURN RAIL HEAD BONDS
A. Refer to Section 16060 Grounding and Bonding.
2.07 SPECIAL TRACKWORK
A. Sizes: based on frog size, as shown on the Construction Drawings.
B. Design and provide turnouts and crossovers in accordance with AREMA standard
track plans, the design requirements in this Section and with the following
modifications:
1. Frogs shall be level point design.

2. Switch points shall be ¼-inch Samson cut design with graduated risers.
3. All turnouts with radii less than 800 feet shall be furnished with restraining rail
affixed to the inside rail and raised ¼-inch above the head of running rail from
the heel of switch through the heel of frog.
4. Track gage shall be 5 feet - 2 ¼ inches.
5. Switch point/ frog combinations shall be as follows:
a. Number 6 and 7 frogs switch ends shall be 13'-0" curve point design.
b. Numbers 8, 9, 10, and 11 shall be 19'-6" curve point design.
c. Numbers 12 and 15 shall be 26'-0" curve point design.
6. Turnout lead lengths shall be designed such that the curve points on the closure
rail align at the heel of switch and toe of frog.
2.08 CROSSING DIAMONDS
A. Angle: based on Final Design.
B. Provide crossing diamond design in accordance with AREMA standard track plans
with the following modifications:
1. Track gage shall be 5 feet - 2 ¼ inches for both tracks.

2. Provide manganese insert type of crossing.
3. Provide explosive-hardened running surfaces.

2.09 GRADE CROSSINGS
A. Design and provide hot-mix asphalt with rubber rail interface and rubber boot.
1. Rail boot: provide a fully-booted system to electrically isolate the running rail.
2. Provide grade crossing typical section design, including pavement design,
manufacturer's catalog cuts and installation instructions for rubber rail
interface and rail boot.
B. Rail interface products:
1. Epflex Railseal by Polycorp.

2. HiRAIL RS by HiRAIL Corporation.
3. Rail Seal by International Track Systems, Inc.
4. Approved equal.
C. Design and provide hot-mix asphalt pavement in accordance with Specification

Section 02500.
3.01 DESIGN
A. Provide final design of railroad track alignments and profiles, turnouts, crossovers
and crossing diamonds, including layout drawings, typical cross-sections for
mainline track; grade crossing layout and typical cross-sections. Perform no track
construction until the SEPTA Project Manager approves all aspects of track design.
[CDRL 02450-004]
3.02 GENERAL
A. Build-up rail ends as necessary on existing rails abutting new rail in order to provide
a smooth transition. Mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than 1/16 inch on
the tread or gage side of rail ends.
B. Alignment and Profile: Construct new track in accordance with the approved final
design. Track alignment is based on the centerline of track. Track Profile refers to
the top of rail in final position on tangent track and the low rail in curved track with
superelevation.
3.03 TRACK CONSTRUCTION GEOMETRY
A. Track Alignment:
1. Final detail lining shall be accomplished with the referencing unit of the lining
equipment set for the rail.

2. Establish track alignment in the field to conform to the computed geometric
tabulation designed for each track. The Contractor is responsible for insuring
that the track layout conforms to the computed geometrics.
B. Track Profile: Construct track to the designed profile. Tie the profile of the
reconstructed mainline track to the existing mainline track. The Contractor is
responsible for insuring that the track layout conforms to the computed geometry.
1. All final lining and surfacing shall be accomplished using production tamper
with Jupiter 5 computer system or approved equal.
3.04 BALLASTED TRACK CONSTRUCTION
A. Subgrade Preparation:
1. Excavate soil materials to establish the subgrade surface based on the proposed
rail profile and ballast depth requirements.
2. Consolidate subgrade to 95% maximum dry density.
3. Use only pneumatic tired vehicles on top of prepared subgrade prior to
construction of ballast section.
B. Ballast Construction:
1. Distribute ballast using pneumatic-tired vehicles which may use the existing
subgrade or subballast and previously distributed ballast for a roadway.
2. Construct ballast on Mainline tracks level with the top of tie and match
adjacent ballast cross-sections.
3. Construct ballast in a manner to prevent damage to the geotextile fabric or
subballast. Place ballast to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches under tie over
the geotextile fabric prior to performing any mechanical tamping.
4. Construct ballast in layers not more than 8" deep before compaction. Avoid
rutting of existing subgrade, subballast or ballast during distribution and
compacting.
5. Compact each layer with a 10 ton vibratory drum roller approved by the
SEPTA Project Manager. Make a minimum of three passes and more as
required for maximum compaction as determined by the SEPTA Project
Manager and indicated by:
a. That point at which no further consolidation occurs; or
b. That point where particles commence breaking down into fines.
6. Assemble track on the compacted ballast, assembled to permit placement of
additional ballast for subsequent raising and tamping.
7. If, during construction operations, any amount of ballast becomes
contaminated with foreign materials, remove and replace contaminated ballast
and regrade and recompact ballast at no additional cost to SEPTA. If the

compacted surface is disturbed, regrade and compact at no additional cost to
SEPTA.
C. Placement of Ties:
1. Space cross ties at twenty and one half inch (20.5”) centers, for main line track
and in accordance with the approved final design drawings for special
trackwork switch ties. Variations in the spacing shall not exceed plus or minus
1/2 inch. Skewing in excess of one inch measured from gage to gage will not
be permitted.
2. Place ties with heartwood face down and square to the rail. The line side of
standard 8'-6" ties shall be brought to a uniform line 18-1/2" from the edge of
the base of rail. Line the right hand ends of mainline track ties to match
existing track. Line side of turnout and/or crossover ties shall be defined as the
ends of ties along the straight side of the turnouts. Do not damage ties with
spiking hammers or picks when handling or spacing ties. Use tie tongs, lining
bars, other suitable tools or ties spacing equipment.
D. Installation of Rail Fastener Plates:
1. Position plate with the shoulder tight against the outside base of the rail, square
with the rail and centered on the face of the tie. In no case shall the tie plate
extend beyond the edge of tie.
2. Spiking: Conform to details on approved final design drawings for spiking
patterns. Care shall be taken to set and drive spikes at right angles to the
surface, straight down to the proper depth.
3. Machine tamp all ties and timber tight to the rail prior to spiking.
E. Furnishing and Installation of Insulated Joint Assemblies:
1. Install insulated joints assemblies after rail is fully anchored and for CWR
track, thermal adjustment is complete.
2. Cut out length of anchored rail and cut off a piece at the end of the rail of the
insulated joint assembly required to conform to the following:
a. Locate insulated joint assemblies as directed by the SEPTA Project
Manager. Install insulate joint assemblies with a stagger of not less than
thirty-two inches (32") or more than fifty-six inches (56") or as shown
otherwise.
b. Retain as such of the full length of the assembly as possible, but retain
not less than thirteen (13) feet.
c. Weld assemblies into place and test welds as specified elsewhere in this
section.
d. Install insulated joints as suspended joints, with the center of the joint a
minimum of three inches from the nearest rail fastener plate when track
is in final position.

e. After installation, if recommended by the manufacturer, paint the
insulated joint with a liberal coating of insulating paint such as General
Electric Glyptal 1201, or approved equal.
3.05 RAIL CUT-INS
A. Rail cut-ins in continuous welded rail shall be box anchored for 200 feet on each side
of the cut-in and thermally adjusted in accordance with SEPTA CWR manual.
3.06 GRADE CROSSINGS
A. Install rubber rail boot and grade crossing material in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Install hot-mix asphalt pavement in accordance with Specification Section 02500.
3.07 CLEANUP
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the complete cleanup and removal from the
right-of-way of all rail, track, material, debris, containers, etc., that has accumulated
from the work.
A. Track Gage:
1. Points of Measurement:
a. Track Gage: Measured between points 1/4 inch below the top of the rail
on the inside of the rail (gage side).
b. Dimensions: In accordance with requirements in this Section.
B. Ballast:
1. Acquire SEPTA Project Manager's approval of source of ballast prior to

ordering.
C. All track materials will be subject to inspection and acceptance by the SEPTA
Project Manager.


SECTION 02500
PAVING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
services necessary to design, obtain permits and construct bituminous pavement and
curb as shown on the Contract Drawings, as specified in this Section and as needed
for a complete installation.
B. This Section includes the following:
1. Final design of paving elements, including line and grade, typical sections and
details and interface to adjacent existing construction.
2. Obtaining all required permits from municipalities and PennDOT.
3. Hot-mix asphalt paving.
4. Concrete curbs.
A. Section 02200 – Earthwork.
B. Section 02450 – Railroad Trackwork, which requires hot-mix asphalt pavement at

grade crossings.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. The most current version of the publications listed below form a part of this
specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by
basic designation only.
B. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation (PENNDOT)
1. Bulletin No. 15: Approved Construction Materials
C. Asphalt Institute (AI): “The Asphalt Handbook”
D. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI)
1. ACI 301: Specification for Structural Concrete

2. ACI 347: Guide to Formwork for Concrete
3. ACI 304R: Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete
4. ACI 309R: Guide for Consolidation of Concrete
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Paving

5. ACI 306.1: Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting
6. ACI 311.4R: Guide for Concrete Inspection
7. ACI 311.5R: Batch Plant Inspection and Field Testing of Ready-Mixed
Concrete
8. ACI 350R: Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete
Structures
9. ACI SP 66: ACI Detailing Manual
E. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
1. ASTM D 692: Standard Specification for Coarse Aggregate for Bituminous

Paving Mixtures
2. ASTM D 979: Standard Practice for Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures
3. ASTM D 1073: Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for Bituminous
Paving Mixtures
4. ASTM D 1188: Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density
of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin-Coated Specimens
5. ASTM D 2041: Standard Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific
Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures
6. ASTM D 2726: Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density
of Non-Absorptive Compacted Bituminous Mixtures
7. ASTM D 2950: Standard Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in
Place by Nuclear Methods
8. ASTM D 3549: Standard Test Method for Thickness or Height of Compacted
Bituminous Paving Mixture Specimens
9. ASTM D 3666: Standard Specification for Minimum Requirements for
Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials
10. ASTM D 6690: Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot
Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements
11. ASTM C 31: Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test
Specimens in the Field
12. ASTM C 33: Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates
13. ASTM C 39: Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical
Concrete Specimens
14. ASTM C 94: Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
15. ASTM C 143: Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
16. ASTM C 150: Standard Specification for Portland Cement
17. ASTM C 171: Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
18. ASTM C 172: Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete
19. ASTM C 231: Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed
Concrete by the Pressure Method

20. ASTM C 260: Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for
Concrete
21. ASTM C 309: Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming
Compounds for Curing Concrete
22. ASTM C 494: Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
23. ASTM C 618: Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined
Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete
24. ASTM C 1064: Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed
Portland Cement Concrete
25. ASTM D 1751: Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler
for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient
Bituminous Types)
26. ASTM D 1752: Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and
Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction
F. The Contractor is required to have one copy of the latest edition of each of the
following publications available for review in the job-site construction office at all
times while performing the work described in this Section. The Contractor is to
comply with each of the following unless more stringent requirements are indicated
on the Drawings or within these specifications.
1. Publication 408: Specifications (PENNDOT 408), except that measurement

and payment sections do not apply.
2. ACI 301: Specification for Structural Concrete
1.04 SUBMITTALS
B. Final design calculations, drawings and details. [CDRL 02450-001]
C. Product Data: For each product specified. Include technical data and tested physical
and performance properties. [CDRL 02450-002]
D. Bituminous Job-Mix Design: Certification, by PENNDOT and other authorities

having jurisdiction, of approval of each job mix proposed for the Work.
[CDRL 02450-003]
E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance”
Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed
projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of Architects and
Owners, and other information specified. [CDRL 02450-004]
F. Material Test Reports: Test Reports shall be from the approved testing agency.
Indicate and interpret test results for compliance of materials with requirements
indicated. [CDRL 02450-005]

G. Concrete Design Mixes: For each concrete pavement mix and class. Include
alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather,
test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. [CDRL 02450-006]
H. Joint Layout: Submit a sketch showing the location of all expansion and control
joints and scoring prior to placing concrete. Indicate method of installing score lines.
[CDRL 02450-007]
I. Laboratory test reports: From a testing laboratory meeting the requirements of

paragraph 1.6.C below, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with
the requirements indicated within these specifications and based on comprehensive
testing of current materials and mix designs. [CDRL 02450-008]
J. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers and the Contractor certifying that

each of the following materials complies with or exceeds requirements:
[CDRL 02450-009]
1. Cementitious materials and aggregates.

2. Admixtures.
3. Curing compounds.
4. Applied finish materials.
5. Bonding agent or adhesive.
6. Joint fillers and sealers.
7. Forming accessories.
K. CDRLs.

CDRL 02450-001 Final design 1.04B
CDRL 02450-002 Product data 1.04C
CDRL 02450-003 Bituminous job mix design 1.04D
CDRL 02450-004 Qualification data 1.04E
CDRL 02450-005 Material test reports 1.04F
CDRL 02450-006 Concrete design mix 1.04G
CDRL 02450-007 Joint layout 1.04H
CDRL 02450-008 Laboratory test reports 1.04I
CDRL 02450-009 Material certificates 1.04J
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed pavement work

similar in material, design, and extent to that required for this Project and whose
work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Bituminous Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in
manufacturing hot-mix asphalt similar to that indicated for this project and with a
record of successful in-service performance.
1. Firm shall be a registered and approved paving mix manufacturer listed in

PENNDOT Bulletin No. 15.
C. Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete

products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and
equipment.
1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mix Concrete

Association’s Plant Certification Program.
D. Testing Agency Qualifications: Demonstrate to the SEPTA Project Manager's

satisfaction that the independent testing agency has the experience and capability to
satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work.
E. Obtain materials from the same source throughout.
F. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, unless modified by the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
G. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing laboratory to

perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes.
H. Pre-construction conference: Conduct conference at the project site to comply with

the requirements of Division 1 sections and to review the methods and procedures
related to asphalt paving including but not limited to the following:
1. Review proposed sources of paving materials, including capabilities and

location of plant that will manufacturer hot-mix asphalt.
2. Review condition of substrate and preparatory work performed by other trades.
3. Review requirements for protecting paving work, including restriction of
traffic during installation period for remainder of construction period.
4. Review and finalize construction schedule for paving and related work. Verify
availability of materials, paving installer’s personnel, and equipment required
to execute the work without delays.
5. Review inspection and testing requirements, governing regulations, and
proposed installation procedures.
6. Review forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with
unfavorable conditions.

1.06 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more

of blended hydraulic cement, expansive hydraulic cement, fly ash and other
pozzolans.
1.07 DESIGN/PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. In the absence of specific municipal requirements, design pavements in accordance

with PennDOT Design Manuals and requirements.
B. Prior to construction, submit for approval, final design drawings showing extent,
alignment, grade and typical sections for paving.
1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Traffic Control: Maintain access of and protection for vehicular and pedestrian
traffic as required for construction activities.
B. Contractor shall obtain all required Local (Township) and PennDOT permits.
1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if substrate is wet or

excessively damp or if the following conditions are not met:
B. Prime and Tack Coats: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg. F.
C. Asphalt Binder Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg. F and rising at time
of placement in accordance with PENNDOT 408 Section 401.3 (a).
D. Asphalt Wearing Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg. F at time of

placement in accordance with PENNDOT 408 Section 401.3 (a).
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 HOT MIX ASPHALT AGGREGATES
A. General: Aggregate shall be in accordance with PENNDOT 408, Section 703 latest
revision and all supplements. Aggregate supplier shall be listed in the most current
edition of PENNDOT Bulletin 15.
B. Coarse Aggregate: Sound, angular crushed stone; crushed gravel; complying with
ASTM D 692.
C. Fine Aggregate: Sharp-edged natural sand or sand prepared from stone; gravel,
complying with ASTM D 1073.

D. For hot-mix asphalt, limit natural sand to a maximum of 20 percent by weight of the
total fine aggregate mass.
2.02 ASPHALT MATERIALS
A. Asphalt Cement: PG-64-22 emulsion in accordance with PENNDOT 408, Section

420.2 (a)1.
B. Prime Coat: MC-30 or MC-70 cutback petroleum asphalt conforming to PENNDOT

408, Section 461 requirements.
C. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt, E-8 during paving season, factory diluted in water, of
suitable grade and consistency for application.
D. Water: Potable
E. Mix designs shall contain a maximum of 15% reclaimed asphalt pavement.
2.03 HOT-MIX ASHPALT MIXES
A. Hot-Mix Asphalt: Provide dense, hot-laid, hot mix asphalt plant mixes approved by
PENNDOT designed according to procedures in AI’s “Mix Design Methods for
Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot-Mix Types”, and complying with the following
requirements:
B. Provide mixes with a history of satisfactory performance in geographical area where

Project is located.
C. Binder Course: ID-2, in accordance with PENNDOT 408, Section 421.
D. Wearing Course: ID-2, in accordance with PENNDOT 408, Section 420.
2.04 CURB FORMS
A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved panel-

type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces.
Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a radius 100 feet or less.
B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercially formulated form-release agent with a

maximum of 350 g/l volatile organic compound (VOCS) that will not bond with,
stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments
of concrete surfaces.
2.05 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. General: Use the same brand and type of cementitious material from the same
manufacturer throughout the Project.

B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, type IA.
C. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F including supplementary optional requirements

relating to reactive aggregates and alkalis, and loss on ignition (LOI) not to exceed 5
percent.
D. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, class 4, uniformly graded, from a single

source, with coarse aggregate as follows:
1. Size 67.
2. Maximum size of coarse aggregates not more than one-fifth of narrowest
dimension between sides of forms, one-third of depth of slabs, nor three-fourth
of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars.
3. Do not use fine or coarse aggregate containing substances that cause spalling.
E. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33. Fine aggregate for applied concrete floor topping shall
pass a No. 4 sieve, 10 percent maximum shall pass a No. 100 sieve.
F. Water: Potable, ASTM C 94.
2.06 ADMIXTURES
A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to not contain more than 0.1 percent
water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cement and to be compatible with other
admixtures. Use only one manufacturer as a source for all admixtures. Contractor is
responsible for verifying that any and all admixtures, when used in combination, are
compatible with any other admixture used in mix design. Verification to be provided
with mix design and product data submittals, for review by the Owner.
B. Air-Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be

compatible with other required admixtures and not containing more chloride ions
than are present in municipal drinking water.
C. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A, certified by manufacturer to be

compatible with other required admixtures and not containing more chloride ions
than are present in municipal drinking water.
D. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or G, and not

containing more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water.
E. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E.
F. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.
G. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, thiocyanate or admixtures containing

more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted.

2.07 CURING MATERIALS
A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf,
weighing approximately 9 oz./sq.yd. dry.
B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-

polyethylene sheet.
C. Water: Potable.
D. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film-forming compound,

manufactured for application to fresh concrete for temporary protection from rapid
moisture loss.
E. Clear or white Liquid-Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: PENNDOT 408

Section 711.2
F. Cure for Concrete Base Course: Cationic emulsified asphalt E-8C (AASHTO Grade
CSS-1h) meeting the requirements of PENNDOT Bulletin 25.
2.08 CONCRETE PROTECTION MATERIALS
A. Concrete protection materials shall be a linseed oil mixture of equal parts, by

volume, of linseed oil and either mineral spirits, naphtha, or turpentine. At the
option of the Contractor, commercially prepared linseed oil mixtures, formulated
specifically for application to concrete to provide protection against the action of
deicing chemicals may be used, except that emulsified mixtures are not acceptable.
2.09 CURB CONSTRUCTION RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion-and-Isolation-Joint-filler-Strips: PENNDOT 408, Section 705.1, Type (b)

filler
B. Joint Sealer: In accordance with Pennsylvania Department of Transportation

Publication 408, Section 705.4.
2.10 CONCRETE MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to PENNDOT Publication 408, for

each type and strength of concrete.
B. Use an independent testing agency meeting the requirements above for preparing and
reporting proposed mix designs for the trial batch method. Do not use the Owner’s
field quality-control testing agency as the independent testing agency.
C. Proportion mixes to provide concrete with 3300 psi (28 day) compressive strength.
1. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: at point of placement, 0.45.

2. Slump Limit: 3 inches, in accordance with ASTM C143.
3. Slump Limit for concrete containing high-range-water admixture
(superplasticizer): not more than 8 inches after adding admixture to plant-or-
site verified, 2-to-3 inch slump concrete.
4. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials
other than Portland cement in concrete as follows:
5. Fly Ash: 5 percent.
2.11 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements and with ASTM C 94.
B. When air temperature is between 85 degrees F and 90 degrees F, reduce mixing and
delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90
degrees F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
2.12 CONCRETE CURB
A. Concrete curb shall be in accordance with Township and PennDOT Standards.
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Compact subgrade as indicated in Section 02200. Proceed with pavement only after
nonconforming conditions have been corrected and subgrade and base course are
stable and ready to receive pavement. Subgrade shall be in a moist condition when
concrete is placed.
B. Remove loose material from compacted base course surface immediately before
placing concrete.
3.02 CURB FORMWORK
A. Set, brace, and secure formwork to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install
forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least
24 hours after concrete placement. Form work shall be in accordance with ACI 347.
B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent to ensure separation
from concrete without damage.
C. Curbs: Curb outside forms shall have a height equal to the full depth of the curb.
The inside form of curb shall have batter as indicated on the Drawings and shall be
securely fastened and supported by the outside form.

3.03 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318 or ACI 350R and as indicated on
the Drawings.
B. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, and
installation of all items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades so that they
may install any embedded or cast in items required for their work prior to
Contractor’s inspection.
C. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase or base course surface before placing
concrete. Do not place concrete on surfaces that are frozen.
D. Moisten base course to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is
placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at
the required finish elevation and alignment.
E. Comply with requirements and with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring,
mixing, transporting, and placing concrete.
F. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project, or during placement.
G. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do

not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
H. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-

spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to consolidate
concrete according to recommendations in ACI 309R.
I. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an
internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side
forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation.
Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement, dowels, and joint
devices.
J. Remove and replace portions of bottom layer of concrete that have been placed more
than 15 minutes without being covered by top layer, or use bonding agent if
approved by the Engineer.
K. Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Commence initial
floating using bull floats or darbies to form an open texture and uniform surface
plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further
disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations.
L. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows: Protect concrete
work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost,
freezing actions, or low temperatures.

M. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 degrees F,
uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture
temperature of not less than 50 degrees F and not more than 80 degrees F at point of
placement.
N. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
O. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs.
P. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R

and as specified when hot weather conditions exist.
Q. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of

placement to below 90 degrees F. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used
to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount
of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor’s option.
R. Cover reinforcement steel with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not
exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
S. Fog spray forms and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture
uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
3.04 JOINTS
A. General: Construct construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edgings
true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct
transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings.
B. Curb Joints:
C. Curb joints shall be constructed at right angles to the line of the curb.
D. Transverse joints shall be constructed directly opposite contraction joints in abutting

portland cement concrete pavements and spaced such that monolithic sections
between curb returns will be not less than 6 feet nor greater than 10 feet in length.
E. Expansion joints shall be formed by means of a preformed expansion joint filler

material cut and shaped to the cross section of the curb. Expansion joints shall be
provided directly opposite expansion joints of abutting portland cement concrete
pavement. Where curbs do not abut Portland cement concrete pavement, expansion
joints shall be provided at intervals not exceeding 20 feet.
F. Edging: Tool edges of pavement, curbs, and joints formed in concrete after initial
floating with an edging tool to a 3/8-inch radius unless shown otherwise on the

drawings. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool
marks on concrete surfaces.
G. Sealant: Provide joint sealant at all isolation joints in accordance with sealant
manufacturer’s written instructions.
3.05 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. General: Wetting of concrete surfaces during screeding, initial floating, or finishing

operations is prohibited.
B. Comply with ACI-302-1R, regarding slab construction, regarding overworking of

slab surfaces during finishing operations; in such cases where the air entrainment
exceeds 3%.
C. Produce a surface which is free from porous spots, irregularities, depressions, and
small pockets or rough spots which may result from accidentally disturbing particles
of coarse aggregate embedded near the surface.
3.06 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold
and hot temperatures. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R for cold
weather protection and follow recommendations in ACI 305R for hot weather
protection during curing.
3.07 TOLERANCES
A. Formwork: ACI 117, except the elevation tolerance of formed surfaces before
removal of shores is +0 inch and -3/4 inch.
3.08 PAVEMENT TOLERANCES
A. Comply with tolerances of ACI 117 and as follows:
B. Elevation: ¼ inch.
C. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus ¼ inch.
D. Surface: Gap below 10-foot-long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed ¼ inch.
E. Joint Spacing: 3 inches.
F. Contraction: Joint Depth: Plus ¼ inch, no minus.
G. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus.

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING
A. Testing Laboratory: As part of this contract the Contractor shall retain the services of
an independent testing and inspection laboratory to sample materials, perform tests
and prepare and submit reports during concrete placement.
B. Testing Services: Testing shall be performed according to the following

requirements:
C. Sampling Fresh Concrete: Representative samples of fresh concrete shall be obtained

according to ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94.
D. Slump: ASTM C 143: One test at point of placement for each concrete truck
delivery. Slump testing is to be performed prior to concrete placement. Addition of
water to the concrete mix is not permitted after slump test.
E. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each compressive-strength
test, but not less than one test for each day’s pour of each type of air-entrained
concrete.
F. Concrete temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40
degrees F and below and when 80 degrees F and above, and one test for each set of
compressive-strength specimens.
G. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31 one set of four standard cylinders for
each compression-strength test, unless directed otherwise. Cylinders shall be
molded and stored for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured test
specimens are required. Contractor shall provide a insulated storage box for concrete
cylinders.
H. Compression-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day’s pour of each
concrete class exceeding 5 cu.yd., but less than 25 cu.yd., plus one for each
additional 50 cu.yd. One specimen shall be tested at 7 days and two specimens at 28
days; and one specimen shall be retained in reserve for later testing if required.
I. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests
for a given class of concrete, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly
selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
J. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three

consecutive compressive-strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive-
strength and no individual compressive-strength test result falls below specified
compressive-strength by more than 500 psi.

3.10 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or defective, or

does not meet the requirements in this Section. Concrete sections shall be removed
to the nearest regularly spaced joint.
B. Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt and other foreign
material. Sweep concrete pavement not more than 2 days before date scheduled for
Substantial Completion inspections.
C. Repair Surface Defects in accordance with ACI 301.
3.11 HOT-MIX ASPHALT EXAMINATION
A. Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to support paving and imposed
loads.
B. Refer to Section 02200 Earthwork for subgrade preparation requirements.
C. Flexible pavement courses shall be installed in accordance with PENNDOT

Publication 408, section 401.
D. Protect adjacent work and structures from splashing of paving materials.
3.12 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious
material from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared subgrade is ready to receive
paving.
B. Sweep loose granular particles from surface of unbound-aggregate base course. Do

not dislodge or disturb aggregate embedded in compacted surface of base course.
C. Prime Coat: Apply uniformly over surface of compacted-aggregate base at a rate of

0.20 to 0.50 gal./sq. yd, within specified temperature range. Apply enough material
to penetrate and seal, but not flood, surface. Allow prime coat to cure completely.
D. If prime coat is not entirely absorbed within 24 hours after application, spread sand
over surface to blot excess asphalt material. Use just enough sand to prevent pickup
under traffic. Remove loose sand by sweeping before pavement is placed and after
volatiles have evaporated.
E. Protect primed substrate from damage until ready to receive paving. Repair any
damaged areas before placing succeeding construction.
F. Adjust elevation of existing utility structure tops to remain, including but not limited
to manholes, inlet grates, valve boxes, etc. to final grades. Depending on the type of
utility structure, adjustment shall be accomplished by the installation of factory-

fabricated adjustment rings, installation of additional masonry courses under existing
manhole castings or inlet tops, or resetting structures. Coordinate with utility owners
prior to disturbing existing underground utilities to remain.
3.13 HOT-MIX ASPHALT PLACING
A. Machine place hot-mix asphalt mix on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike
off. Place asphalt mix by hand to areas inaccessible to equipment in a manner that
prevents segregation of mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section, and
compacted thickness as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Place hot-mix asphalt binder course in number of lifts and thickness indicated on the
Drawings or within these specifications.
C. Place hot-mix asphalt wearing surface course in single lift.
D. Spread mix at minimum temperature of 250 deg. F.
E. Begin applying mix along centerline of crown for crowned sections and on high side
of one-way slopes, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or within these
specifications.
F. Place paving in consecutive strips not less than 10 feet wide, except where infill edge
strips of a lesser width are required. After the first strip has been placed and rolled,
place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete
asphalt binder course for a section before placing asphalt wearing surface course.
G. Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable
hand tools to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot-
mix asphalt to prevent segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface.
3.14 JOINTS
A. Construct joints to ensure continuous bond between adjoining paving sections.

Construct joints free of depressions with same texture and smoothness as other
sections of hot-mix asphalt course.
B. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat.
C. Offset longitudinal joints in successive courses a minimum of 6 inches, however, the

joint at the top layer shall be at the centerline of the roadway for 2-lane roads, and at
the lane lines for roads with more than two lanes.
D. Offset transverse joints in successive courses a minimum of 24 inches.
E. Construct transverse joints by bulkhead method or sawed vertical face method as

described in AI’s “The Asphalt Handbook”.

F. Compact joints as soon as hot-mix asphalt will bear roller weight without excessive
displacement.
G. Compact asphalt at joints to a density within 2 percent of specified course density.
H. Apply bituminous material of the class and type designated for the surface course
where new pavement meets existing bituminous pavement, and where bituminous
pavement meets curbs and utility structures. Apply sealant in layer thickness that
provides for curing and will not cause tracking or lifting of sealant to other surfaces.
Apply a fine sand covering temporarily over sealant during curing period.
3.15 PAVEMENT COMPACTION
A. Begin new pavement compaction as soon as placed hot-mix paving will bear roller
weight without excessive displacement. Compact hot-mix paving with hot, hand
tampers, or vibratory-plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers.
B. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 F.
C. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately after

rolling joints and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown
rolling for indicated crown, grade, and smoothness. Repair surfaces by loosening
displaced material, filling with hot-mix asphalt, and rerolling to required elevations.
D. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown

rolling, while hot-mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density.
Continue rolling until hot-mix asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to the
following density:
E. Density: not less than 95 percent of the density requirements established by the
Marshall method at the time of approval of the mix design.
F. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix
asphalt is still warm.
G. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of
pavement to proper alignment. Bevel edges while still hot, with back of rake or
smooth iron. Compact thoroughly using tamper or other satisfactory method.
H. Repairs: Remove newly paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign
materials. Remove paving course over areas affected and replace with fresh, hot-
mix asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness.
I. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has
cooled and hardened.
J. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to
become marked.

3.16 INSTALLTION TOLERANCES
A. Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated on the Drawings
within the following tolerances:
B. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch
C. Binder Course: Plus or minus ¼ inch
D. Wearing Surface Course: Plus ¼ inch, no minus.
E. Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within

the following tolerances as determined by using a 10 foot straightedge applied
transversely or longitudinally to paved areas:
F. Base Course: ¼ inch.
G. Binder Course: ¼ inch
H. Wearing Surface Course: 1/8 inch.
I. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered at right angle to crown.
Maximum allowable variance from template is 0.25 inch.
A. Testing Agency: As part of this contract, the Contractor shall engage a qualified
independent testing agency meeting the requirements of paragraph 1.6 to perform
field inspections and test and to prepare test reports.
B. Testing agency shall conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether
tested Work complies with or deviates from specified requirements.
C. Additional testing, at Contractor's sole expense, will be performed to determine

compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements.
D. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness of hot-mix asphalt courses will be

determined according to ASTM D3549.
E. Surface Smoothness: Finished surface of hot-mix asphalt will be tested for

compliance with smoothness tolerances.
F. In-Place Density: Samples of uncompacted paving mixtures and compacted

pavement will be secured by the testing agency according to ASTM D 979.
G. Reference laboratory density shall be determined by averaging results from 4

samples of hot-mix asphalt-paving mixture delivered daily to site and compacted
according to job-mix specifications.

H. Reference maximum theoretical density shall be determined by averaging results
from 4 samples of hot-mix asphalt paving mixture delivered daily to site, prepared
according to ASTM D 2041, and compacted according to job-mix specifications.
I. In-place density of compacted pavement shall be determined by testing core samples

according to ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726.
J. One core sample shall be taken for every 1000 sq. yd. or less of installed pavement,
but no case will fewer than 3 cores be taken.
K. Field density of in-place compacted pavement may also be determined by nuclear

method according to ASTM D 2950 and correlated with ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D
2726.
L. The Contractor shall fill all holes from which cores were taken. Restore and seal the
surface to conditions similar to the adjacent areas.
M. Remove and replace or install additional hot-mix asphalt, at the Contractor’s sole
expense, where test results or measurements indicate that it does not comply with
specified requirements.
3.18 CLEANUP
A. Remove bituminous material from utility structure frames and covers. Open and
reset utility manhole covers and inlet grates to ensure castings are not sealed shut.
B. Clean up debris and unused material, and remove from the site. Dispose of all
material in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. Do not dump
material in manholes or inlets.


SECTION 02720
STORMWATER DRAINAGE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
services necessary to design, furnish, fabricate and install gravity-flow, non-pressure
storm drainage including pipe and fittings, as shown on the Contract Drawings, as
specified this Section and as required for a complete installation.
section but required for the work of this Section, whether or not specifically referred
to herein.
1. Final design of stormwater drainage facilities.

2. Gravity-flow, Non-pressure Storm Drainage System.
3. Pipe and Fittings.
A. Contract Agreement.
B. Division 1 - General Requirements.
C. Section 02200 Earthwork.
D. Section 02270 Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
1. Product Data: For the following:

a. Pipe and special pipe fittings. [CDRL 02720-001]
2. Field quality-control test reports. [CDRL 02720-002]
B. CDRLs.

CDRL 02720-001 Pipe product data 1.03A.1.a
CDRL 02720-002 Field quality-control test reports 1.03A.2
CDRL 02720-003 Final design calculations and drawings 1.05A
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Stormwater Drainage

1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide final design including hydrologic and hydraulic analysis and design
calculations, and construction drawings showing pipe layout and profile, typical
section, and connections to existing storm drainage infrastructure.
[CDRL 02720-003]
1.06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gravity-Flow, Non-pressure, Drainage-Piping Pressure Rating: 10-foot head of

water. Pipe joints shall be at least silt-tight, unless otherwise indicated.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store plastic pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight.
B. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, fitting, and
joining materials.
2.02 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Corrugated-Steel Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 760/A 760M, Type I with fittings of
similar form and construction as pipe.
1. Special-Joint Bands: Corrugated steel with O-ring seals.

2. Standard-Joint Bands: Corrugated steel.
3. Coating: Zinc.
2.03 PE PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Corrugated PE Pipe and Fittings NPS 12 to NPS 48 : AASHTO M 294M, Type S,

with smooth waterway for coupling joints.
B. Silt tight Couplings: PE sleeve with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 2
gasket material that mates with pipe and fittings.

2.04 PIPE OUTLETS
A. End Sections: Metal end sections.
B. Riprap Basins: Broken, irregular size and shape, graded stone according to
NSSGA's "Quarried Stone for Erosion and Sediment Control."
1. Average Size: NSSGA No. R-5, screen opening 5 inches.
3.01 EARTHWORK
A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 02200 "Earthwork."
3.02 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure Sewer Piping: Use any of the following pipe materials
for each size range:
1. NPS 8 to NPS 12: Corrugated steel pipe and fittings, standard-joint bands, and
banded joints.
2. NPS 8 to NPS 12: Corrugated PE drainage pipe and fittings in NPS 8 and NPS
10 and corrugated PE pipe and fittings in NPS 12, silt tight couplings, and
coupled joints.
3. NPS 18 to NPS 36: Corrugated steel pipe and fittings, standard-joint bands,
and banded joints.
4. NPS 18 to NPS 36: Corrugated PE pipe and fittings, silt tight couplings, and
coupled joints.
3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general
location and arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and
arrangement of piping layout take design considerations into account. Install piping
as indicated, to extent practical. Where specific installation is not indicated, follow
piping manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with
unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install
gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written
instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements.
C. Install manholes for changes in direction unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings
for branch connections unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated.

D. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or
materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of
flow is prohibited.
E. Tunneling: Install pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed
by tunneling, jacking, or a combination of both.
F. Install gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
1. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of 2

percent, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Install piping with restrained joints at changes in direction. Use corrosion-
resistant rods, pipe or fitting manufacturer's proprietary restraint system, or
cast-in-place concrete supports or anchors.
3. Install piping with 36-inch minimum cover.
4. Install corrugated steel piping according to ASTM A 798/A 798M.
5. Install PE corrugated sewer piping according to CPPA's "Recommended
Installation Practices for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings."
3.04 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Join gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
1. Join corrugated steel sewer piping according to ASTM A 798/A 798M.

2. Join corrugated PE piping according to CPPA 100 and the following:
a. Use silt tight couplings for Type 1, silt tight joints.
3.05 IDENTIFICATION
A. Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."

Arrange for installation of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside
edge of underground structures.
A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage

has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again
at completion of Project.
1. Submit separate reports for each system inspection.

2. Defects requiring correction include the following:
a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between
structures.
b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball
or cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter.

c. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping.
d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping.
e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping.
3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until
defects are within allowances specified.
4. Re-inspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory.
B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered,
extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects.
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval.
2. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least
24 hours' advance notice.
4. Submit separate report for each test.
C. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.
D. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within
allowances specified.
3.07 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of piping of dirt and superfluous materials.


SECTION 02830
RETAINING WALLS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
services necessary to design, furnish, fabricate and install pre-cast concrete
segmental retaining walls as shown on the Contract Drawings, as specified this
Section and as required for a complete installation.
section but required for the work of this Section, whether or not specifically referred
to herein.
1. Soil testing;
2. Final design of wall section, lines, grades, dimensions and details;
3. Leveling pad;
4. Pre-cast concrete retaining wall units;
5. Geogrid.
A. Section 02200 - Earthwork
1.03 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM C140 Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units

2. ASTM C1372 Specification for Dry-Cast Segmental Retaining Wall Units
3. ASTM D422 Particle-Size Analysis of Soils
4. ASTM D698 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil -Standard
Effort
5. ASTM D1557 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil -Modified
Effort
6. ASTM D3034 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC)
7. ASTM D4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils
8. ASTM D4475 Horizontal Shear Strength of Pultruded Reinforced Plastic
Rods
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Retaining Walls

9. ASTM D4476 Flexural Properties of Fiber Reinforced Pultruded Plastic
Rods
10. ASTM D4595 Tensile Properties of Geotextiles - Wide Width Strip
11. ASTM D5262 Unconfined Tension Creep Behavior of Geosynthetics
12. ASTM D5818 Evaluate Installation Damage of Geosynthetics
13. ASTM D6637 Tensile Properties of Geogrids – Single or Multi-Rib
14. ASTM D6638 Connection Strength - Reinforcement/Segmental Units
15. ASTM D6706 Geosynthetic Pullout Resistance in Soil
16. ASTM D6916 Shear Strength between Segmental Concrete Units
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
1. AASHTO M 252 Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe
C. Geosynthetic Research Institute (GRI)
1. GRI-GG4 Determination of Long Term Design Strength of Geogrids

2. GRI-GG5 Determination of Geogrid (soil) Pullout
D. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA)
1. NCMA SRWU-1 Test Method for Determining Connection Strength of SRW

2. NCMA SRWU-2 Test Method for Determining Shear Strength of SRW
1.04 DESIGN/PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design segmental retaining walls, including comprehensive engineering analysis by

a qualified professional engineer.
B. Structural Performance: Engineering design shall be based on the following loads

and be according to NCMA's "Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls."
1. Gravity loads due to soil pressures resulting from grades and sloped backfill.
2. Superimposed loads (surcharge) required by final design.
1.05 SUBMITTALS/CERTIFICATION
A. Contractor shall submit a Manufacturer's certification, prior to start of work, that the
retaining wall system components meet the requirements of this specification and the
structure design. [CDRL 02830-001]
B. Contractor shall submit construction drawings and design calculations for the
retaining wall system prepared and stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The engineering designs, techniques, and

material evaluations shall be in accordance with the Manufacturer’s Design Manual.
[CDRL 02830-002]
C. CDRLs.

CDRL 02830-001 Manufacturer’s certification 1.05A
CDRL 02830-002 Construction drawings and design calculations 1.05B
CDRL 02830-003 Previous projects 1.06A
CDRL 02830-004 Design engineer experience 1.06B
CDRL 02830-005 Soil testing during construction 3.08C
A. Contractor shall submit a list of five (5) previously constructed projects of similar
size and magnitude by the wall installer where the specific retaining wall system has
been constructed successfully. Contact names and telephone numbers shall be listed
for each project. [CDRL 02830-003]
B. Contractor shall provide evidence that the design engineer has a minimum of five
years of documental experience in the design for reinforced soil structures.
[CDRL 02830-004]
C. Contractor shall provide soil testing and quality assurance inspection during
earthwork and wall construction operations.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Contractor shall check all materials upon delivery to assure that the proper type,
grade, color, and certification have been received.
B. Contractor shall protect all materials from damage due to jobsite conditions and in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Damaged materials shall not be
incorporated into the work.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 DEFINITIONS
A. Pre-cast Concrete Segmental Wall Unit: a concrete retaining wall element machine
made from Portland cement, water, and aggregates.
B. Structural Geogrid: a structural element formed by a regular network of integrally

connected tensile elements with apertures of sufficient size to allow interlocking with
surrounding soil, rock, or earth and function primarily as reinforcement.

C. Unit Drainage Fill: drainage aggregate that is placed within and immediately behind
the Keystone concrete units.
D. Reinforced Backfill: compacted soil that is placed within the reinforced soil volume
as outlined on the plans.
2.02 PRE-CAST CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL UNITS
A. Manufacturer: Keystone or approved equal.
B. Pre-cast concrete segmental wall units shall conform to the following architectural
requirements:
1. Face color: concrete gray, unless otherwise specified.

2. Face finish: sculptured rock face in angular tri-planer configuration.
3. Bond configuration: running with bonds nominally located at midpoint
vertically adjacent units, in both straight and curved alignments.
4. Exposed surfaces of units shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections.
C. Concrete materials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C1372 - Standard

Specifications for Segmental Retaining Wall Units.
D. Concrete units shall conform to the following structural and geometric requirements
measured in accordance with ASTM C140 Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry
Units:
1. Compressive strength: greater than or equal to 3000 psi;

2. Absorption: less than or equal to 6 % for standard weight aggregates;
3. Dimensional tolerances: ± 1/8 inch from nominal unit dimensions not
including rough split face, ±1/16 inch unit height - top and bottom planes;
4. Unit size: 8 inches high by 18 inches wide by 18 inches deep minimum;
5. Unit weight: 100-lbs/unit minimum for standard weight aggregates.
E. Pre-cast concrete segmental wall concrete units shall conform to the following
performance testing:
1. Inter unit shear strength in accordance with ASTM D6916 (NCMA SRWU-2):
1500-plf minimum at 2-psi normal pressure;
2. Geogrid/unit peak connection strength in accordance with ASTM D6638
(NCMA SRWU-1): 900-plf minimum at 2-psi normal force.
F. Pre-cast concrete segmental wall concrete units shall conform to the following
constructability requirements:
1. Vertical setback: 1/8 inch ± per course (near vertical);

2. Alignment and grid positioning mechanism: fiberglass pins, two per unit
minimum;
3. Horizontal gap between erected units shall be less than or equal to 1/2 inch.
2.03 SHEAR CONNECTORS
A. Shear connectors shall be 1/2-inch diameter thermoset isopthalic polyester resin

pultruded fiberglass reinforcement rods to provide connection between vertically and
horizontally adjacent units with the following requirements:
1. Flexural Strength in accordance with ASTM D4476: 128,000 psi (882 MPa)
minimum;
2. Short Beam Shear in accordance with ASTM D4475: 6,400 psi (44 MPa)
minimum.
B. Shear connectors shall be capable of holding the geogrid in the proper design
position during grid pre tensioning and backfilling.
2.04 BASE LEVELING PAD MATERIAL
A. Compacted crushed stone base or non-reinforced concrete as shown on the

construction drawings.
2.05 UNIT DRAINAGE FILL
A. Unit drainage fill shall consist of clean 1-inch minus crushed stone or crushed gravel
meeting the following gradation tested in accordance with ASTM D-422:
Sieve Size Percent Passing

1 inch 100
3/4-inch 75 - 100
No. 4 0 - 10
No. 50 0-5
B. Drainage fill shall be placed within the cores of, between, and behind the units as
indicated on the design drawings. Not less than one cubic foot (0.028 m3), of
drainage fill shall be used for each square foot (0.093 m2) of wall face unless
otherwise specified.
2.06 REINFORCED BACKFILL
A. Reinforced backfill shall be free of debris and meet the following gradation tested in
accordance with ASTM D-422:

Sieve Size Percent Passing
2 inch 100
3/4-inch 100 - 75
No. 40 0 - 60
No. 200 0 - 35
Plasticity Index (PI) <15 and Liquid Limit <40 per ASTM D-4318.
B. The maximum aggregate size shall be limited to 3/4 inch.
C. Material can be site-excavated soils where the above requirements can be met.
Unsuitable soils for backfill (high plastic clays or organic soils) shall not be used in
the backfill or in the reinforced soil mass.
D. Contractor shall submit reinforced fill sample and laboratory test results for approval
prior to the use of any proposed reinforced fill material.
2.07 GEOGRID SOIL REINFORCEMENT
A. Geosynthetic reinforcement shall consist of geogrids manufactured specifically for

soil reinforcement applications and shall be manufactured from high tenacity
polyester yarn or high density polyethylene. Polyester geogrid shall be knitted from
high tenacity polyester filament yarn with a molecular weight exceeding 25,000 g/m
and a carboxyl end group values less than 30. Polyester geogrid shall be coated with
an impregnated PVC coating that resists peeling, cracking, and stripping.
B. The maximum design tensile load of the geogrid shall not exceed the laboratory
tested ultimate strength of the geogrid/facing unit connection divided by a factor of
safety of 1.5. The connection strength testing and computation procedures shall be in
accordance with ASTM D6638 Connection Strength between Geosynthetic
Reinforcement and Segmental Concrete Units (NCMA SRWU-1).
2.08 DRAINAGE PIPE
A. Drainage pipe shall be perforated or slotted PVC pipe manufactured in accordance

with ASTM D-3034 or corrugated HDPE pipe manufactured in accordance with
AASHTO M252.
2.09 GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC
A. Geotextile filter fabric shall be 4.0 oz/sy, polypropylene, needle punched nonwoven
fabric.

PART 3– EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate to the lines and grades required for installation based on the design.
Inspect and approve the excavation and the subgrade prior to placement of leveling
material or fill soils. Proof roll foundation area as directed to determine if remedial
work is required.
3.02 BASE LEVELING PAD
A. Place leveling pad material to the lines and grades required by the design, to a
minimum thickness of 6 inches and extend laterally a minimum of 6 inches in front
and behind the pre-cast concrete segmental wall unit.
B. Compact soil leveling pad materials to a minimum of 95 % Standard Proctor density

per ASTM D-698 or 92% Modified Proctor Density per ASTM D1557.
C. Place leveling pad material with a flat surface to insure full contact to the base
surface of the concrete units.
3.03 PRE-CAST CONCRETE SEGMENTAL WALL UNIT INSTALLATION
A. Place the first course of units on the leveling pad at the appropriate line and grade.
Check alignment and level in all directions and insure that all units are in full contact
with the base and properly seated.
B. Place the front of units side-by-side. Do not leave gaps between adjacent units.
Layout of corners and curves shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. Install shear/connecting devices per manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Place and compact drainage fill within and behind wall units. Place and compact
backfill soil behind drainage fill. Follow wall erection and drainage fill closely with
structure backfill.
E. Maximum stacked vertical height of wall units, prior to unit drainage fill and backfill
placement and compaction, shall not exceed two courses.
3.04 STRUCTURAL GEOGRID INSTALLATION
A. Orient geogrid with the highest strength axis perpendicular to the wall alignment.
B. Place geogrid reinforcement at the strengths, lengths, and elevations shown on the
construction design drawings.

C. Place the geogrid horizontally on compacted backfill and attached to the segmental
wall units. Place the next course of segmental wall units over the geogrid. Pull the
geogrid taut and anchor prior to backfill placement on the geogrid.
D. Provide geogrid reinforcements continuous throughout their embedment lengths and

placed side-by-side to provide 100% coverage at each level. Spliced connections
between shorter pieces of geogrid or gaps between adjacent pieces of geogrid are not
permitted.
3.05 REINFORCED BACKFILL PLACEMENT
A. Place, spread and compact reinforced backfill to minimize the development of slack
in the geogrid.
B. Place and compact reinforced backfill in lifts not to exceed 6 inches where hand
compaction is used, or 8 - 10 inches where heavy compaction equipment is used.
Lift thickness shall be decreased to achieve the required density as required.
C. Compact reinforced backfill to a minimum of 95 % Standard Proctor density per

ASTM D-698 or 92% Modified Proctor Density per ASTM D1557. The moisture
content of the backfill material prior to and during compaction shall be uniformly
distributed throughout each layer and shall be dry of optimum, + 0%, - 3%.
D. Only lightweight hand operated equipment shall be allowed within 3 feet (1 m) from
the tail of the segmental wall units.
E. Tracked construction equipment shall not be operated directly upon the geogrid
reinforcement. A minimum fill thickness of 6 inches is required prior to operation of
tracked vehicles over the geogrid. Tracked vehicle turning should be kept to a
minimum to prevent tracks from displacing the fill and damaging the geogrid.
F. Rubber tired equipment may pass over geogrid reinforcement at slow speeds, less
than 10 MPH. Sudden braking and sharp turning shall be avoided.
G. At the end of each day's operation, the Contractor shall slope the last lift of
reinforced backfill away from the wall units to direct runoff away from wall face.
The Contractor shall not allow surface runoff from adjacent areas to enter the wall
construction site.
3.06 Cap Installation
A. Cap units shall be adhered to underlying units with an all-weather adhesive

recommended by the manufacturer.
3.07 As-built Construction Tolerances
A. Vertical alignment: ± 1.5" over any 10-foot distance.

B. Wall Batter: within 2 degrees of design batter.
C. Horizontal alignment: ± 1.5" over any 10-foot distance.
D. Maximum horizontal gap between erected units shall be 1/2 inch.
3.08 Field Quality Control
A. Quality Assurance includes foundation soil inspection. Verification of geotechnical

design parameters and that the contractor’s quality control testing is adequate as a
minimum. Quality assurance shall also include observation of construction for
general compliance with design drawings and project specifications.
B. Quality Control – The Contractor shall engage inspection and testing services to
perform the quality control testing described in the retaining wall design plans and
specifications. Only qualified and experienced technicians and engineers shall
perform testing and inspection services.
C. Quality Control testing shall include soil and backfill testing to verify soil types and
compaction and verification that the retaining wall is being constructed in
accordance with the design plans and project specifications. [CDRL 02830-005]


SECTION 13570
BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR SYSTEMS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section describes the basic requirements and functionality for designing,
furnishing, and installing the SEPTA Wayside System in support of the
Communications Based Train Control (CBTC) and Centralized Traffic Control
(CTC) systems as specified within these Specifications and the Contract Documents.
The Media / Sharon Hill (MSHL) Trolley runs upon a dedicated ballasted right-of-
way that is exclusively for the trolley except where the trolley is in street running at
the Media terminus and in Clifton Heights where it shares the road with auto traffic.
The track is non-standard 62½” gauge vs. 56¼” standard. The existing signal system
has intermittent block signaling capabilities with signals that predominantly deliver
switch point detection. All the existing switches on the run line south of 69th Street
Transportation Center in Upper Darby are auto-return spring switches. A single
track section between Woodland Ave and Smedley Park is controlled by signals that
display track occupancy when there is a train on the single track. The entire existing
signal system will be retired by this project.
B. There are forty-seven (47) road crossings at grade that are to be interfaced with the
CBTC and CTC systems. Thirty-four (34) of those crossings are controlled by an
Ansaldo STS MicroLok II Vital Micro-Processor Interlocking System (VMIS) with
either an inductive loop train detection system or an audio-frequency overlay (AFO)
track circuit system. The Contractor shall interface to the existing VMIS in all such
locations. Where there currently is no processor control of the crossings, the
contractor shall utilize new MicroLok II’s as an interface to the CBTC and CTC
systems. Where there is pre-emption to a Township-owned Traffic Light Controller,
the interface shall be through a contact of a vital relay.
C. Refer to the Contract Drawings for further details on the existing signaling
infrastructure.
1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. The system to be provided shall be designed with the primary focus on safety,
availability, reliability and maintainability. However, the CBTC system shall also be
designed with an emphasis on minimizing the effect on trolley operations to the
extent required by SEPTA as a result of failures and or design permutations from the
CBTC system. All conditions under which the CBTC software shall require a
service brake to be automatically applied shall be identified by the Contractor during
the design and be subject to the direction and or approval of the SEPTA Project
Manager.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Basic Requirements For Systems
B. The basic requirements and design criteria of these Specifications and Contract
Drawings are written to establish guidelines in providing equipment, material,
hardware, and necessary appurtenances required by the work.
C. Design and workmanship of apparatus shall comply with the “Rules, Standards and
Instructions for the Installation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Signal and
Train Control Systems, Devices, and Appliances” as set forth by the Office of Safety
of the FRA unless relief is granted in writing by the SEPTA Project Manager
D. The Contractor shall design, furnish, and factory test the equipment to provide the
highest degree of safety and reliability.
E. Unless otherwise specified herein, provide materials in accordance with applicable

AREMA, IEEE, NEMA, FRA, and Authority standards, practices, and
recommendations unless relief is granted in writing by the SEPTA Project Manager
F. The Contractor shall provide fully detailed layout designs for each individual
location required by the new system that meets the intent as illustrated by typical
drawings included in the Contract Documents [CDRL 13570-001].
G. The Contractor shall design in detail, check and finalize the hardware design in
accordance with the design intent for the proposed equipment. The Contractor shall
provide all material and equipment whether or not specifically delineated but as may
be required by the detailed design to provide a safe and workable system [CDRL
13570-002].
H. The Contract Drawings show the general arrangement of apparatus to be provided.

Provide all material and appurtenances to ensure the installation of a fully-functional
system as may be required in support of the CBTC – CTC system.
I. Provide factory wired and tested apparatus including; instrument housings, junction
boxes, colorlight signals, traffic light signals, trolley light signals, local control
panels, switch and lock movements, and other systems and devices as shown on the
Contract Drawings and as indicated in these Specifications.
J. The Contractor shall provide an AREMA compliant train control system, which
consists of vital microprocessor based logic system with interface circuits employed
for interlocking status, traffic light control (where required) and the transmission of
messages to the CBTC Region Controllers via the ground based network subsystem.
The design shall include interfaces to new VMIS and Local Traffic Light Controllers
(LTC) where required.
K. The Contractor shall provide an infrastructure asset management system, as

approved by the project manager, capable of managing the physical hardware and
software assets of the project. It shall include the management of the project life
cycle (design, construction, commissioning, operating, maintaining, repairing,
modifying, replacing and decommissioning/disposal) of the hardware, software and
infrastructure assets. [CDRL 13570-003]
L. In conjunction with the survey tasks outlined in section 01050 the Contractor shall
perform a Geographic Information System (GIS) survey and provide a track database
design layout to be used in the development of the CBTC track database [CDRL
13570-004]. As part of the CBTC system, a complete GPS survey of the trolley
territories where CBTC equipment will be installed shall be performed. The survey
must provide a horizontal accuracy of 0.3 meters and a vertical accuracy of 0.6
meters. The Contractor will be responsible for the completion of the survey and the
creation of GIS databases. The survey shall identify the Latitude, Longitude and
Chaining Stations for the following features.
1. Main Line Tracks

a. Milepost Equations
2. Other Tracks leading into CBTC Territory
a. Yard Limits
3. Milepost Markers
4. Track Centerlines
a. Clearance Points
b. Horizontal Curves
1) Length of entry spiral
2) Length of curve
3) Length of exit spiral
4) Degree of Curve
5) Superelevation
5. Signals
a. Interlocking
b. Control Point
6. Turnouts
a. Direction
b. Facing
c. Size
d. Point of Switch
e. Type of Switch
1) Normal
2) Spring
7. Time Table Speeds
8. Highway Grade Crossings
a. Begin/End Latitude/Longitude.
b. Type of Crossing
1) Public
9. Bridges
a. Begin/End Latitude/Longitude
b. Type of Bridge
10. Station Platforms (optional)
11. Bungalows, Cases, Antenna Towers (right of way)
12. Bumping Post
13. Other Wayside features as deemed necessary by SEPTA.
This processed data must be capable of being loaded into the CBTC data mapping
system as required by the contractor.
The processed data must also be capable of being uploaded into an Asset
Management System to be determined by SEPTA. All data and maps shall become
the property of SEPTA.
Speed data will come from SEPTA’s Time Table and Special Instructions and
General Orders.
M. All interfaces between Vital Microprocessor Equipment and LTC’s shall be by

discrete outputs only.
N. All interlockings shall be provided with steady-energy AC track circuits.
O. New VMIS shall be provided for driving new electric power switches and LED type
color light signals through vital relays.
P. All interlockings shall include supplementary systems such as snowmelters, fire and
intrusion detection, standby power and other systems.
1.03 DELIVERABLES
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01050.
B. Contractors shall submit:
1. Data demonstrating qualifications of persons proposed to be engaged for field

engineering/survey services. [CDRL 01050-001]
2. Documentation detailing the methods that the Contractor proposes to use to
achieve and verify required survey accuracy. [CDRL 01050-002]
3. The Contractor shall describe the hardware and software configuration
management and control practices to be employed on the project to ensure and
maintain system safety. [CDRL 13570-003] This description shall include the
Contractor’s notification process for any required hardware/software revisions,
and shall highlight the roles and responsibilities of SEPTA in the configuration
management process.
C. CDRLs

CDRL 13570-001 Fully detailed layout designs for each 1.03B.1
individual location
CDRL 13570-002 Fully detailed hardware designs for each 1.03B.2,
individual location 2.03A.1
CDRL-13570-003 Infrastructure Asset Management System 1.02K
CDRL 13570-004 Geographic Information System (GIS) survey 1.02L
and track database
CDRL 13570-005 Vital equipment FMECA, FMEA, MTBF and 1.05D
other safety and reliability analysis
1.04 SUMMARY OF WORK
A. Provide new remotely controlled instrument housings including vital and overlay
track circuits, impedance bonds, electric switch and lock layouts, colorlight signals,
snowmelter equipment, track wire junction boxes and all other equipment as shown
on the Contract Drawings and as described within these specifications.
B. All new interlockings shall be interfaced to the CBTC system as described in this
document.
A. All wayside signal systems work shall comply with AREMA Signal Manual, SEPTA
Standards C&S 1 and C&S 2 and the FRA “Rules, Standards, and Instructions for
Railroad Signal Systems”, as they apply to the CBTC system, unless relief is granted
in writing by the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. If a conflict exists between standards and regulations as specified herein, the opinion
of the SEPTA Project Manager shall govern. Waivers to these standards shall be
C. All VMIS equipment to be provided under this Contract shall be the Microlok II as
manufactured by Ansaldo STS of Pittsburg, PA.
D. Where required by the SEPTA Project Manager, all vital circuit equipment shall be
provided with an FMECA, FMEA, MTBF and other safety and reliability analysis
attesting to each unit’s safe and reliable operation in 700 VDC traction power
territory and any and all other documentation that the SEPTA Project Manager may
require to substantiate the devices suitability for operation on the Media-Sharon Hill
Line. [CDRL 13570-005].
E. All materials shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings and as described within
these Specifications. Where no material specification has been provided, the
Contractor shall submit for approval to the SEPTA Project Manager.
1.06 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The standards of AREMA Communications and Signals Division, National

Electrical Manufacturers Association, Underwriter’s Laboratories, Institute of
Electrical and Electronic Engineers, and SEPTA shall be adhered to in every instance
where such standards have been established for the particular type of work, material,
or equipment to be installed, except where such requirements conflict with this
Specification unless relief is granted in writing by the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. Reference Standards: Pertinent provisions of the following listed standards shall

apply to the work of this Specification, except as they may be modified herein, and
are hereby made a part of this Specification where the requirements of the following
do not conflict with this Section of the Specifications.
1. AREMA Signal Manual Part 1.1.1, Specifications of Technical Terms Used in

Signaling.
2. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Standard Dictionary of
Electrical and Electronics Terms
3. In the event of a conflict between definitions, the opinion of the SEPTA
Project manager shall govern
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Provide all material and apparatus as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. Provide new products and components that are free of manufacturing defects.
Provide electrical components rated to operate at power, voltage, current, frequency,
and temperature levels, exceeding by 20%, those to which these components shall be
subjected to when in service, unless otherwise specified herein.
2.02 EQUIPMENT AND ENVIRONMENT
A. Instrument housings
1. Provide equipment in instrument housings to function in accordance with these

Specifications and within a temperature range of -22 degrees F to 158 degrees
F at relative humidity of 0 percent to 95 percent.
2. Provide equipment for outside use to operate satisfactorily in weather
conditions including rain, snow, dirt, temperature variations, and humidity
variations. In addition, follow recommendations of AREMA Signal Manual,
Part 2.3.25 to minimize condensation and frost build-up.
B. Electric Environment:
1. Determine the electrical environment to which equipment will be exposed.

Provide a signal system and equipment that performs satisfactorily in an
electrified rail environment utilizing 700 VDC direct current propulsion power
system.
2.03 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. General Design Requirements:
1. Contractor shall provide a fully detailed design for each location from the
typical Contract Drawings. All designs shall be approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager prior to commencing manufacture or material procurement.
The detailed designs shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the
following plans and drawings:
a. Energy loops,
b. Main terminal board,
c. Relay and equipment rack layouts,
d. Relay contact assignments
e. Ground equipment wiring details,
f. Input and output board assignments,
g. Cable and wiring plans, and other detailed signaling drawings as
required by the SEPTA Project Manager.
2. Command and control systems shall be centralized to the instrument housings.
Those devices required to be deployed at outlying locations shall only be high
reliability, discrete devices to minimize nuisance failures.
3. The Contractor shall provide detailed designs and shall provide all circuit plan
wiring and circuit tagging with the appropriate circuit nomenclature.
4. The Contractor shall provide all repeater relays as required by the detailed
design and as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. All repeater relays
shall be provided with a minimum of one (1) spare front/back combination
from the same contact.
2.04 FAIL-SAFE DESIGN CRITERIA
A. The Contractor shall provide designs, materials and equipment that are failsafe and
have a demonstrated history of reliability and maintainability in DC electrified
territory under conditions as may be found along this Line. In preparing the design,
the Contractor shall bring to the attention of the SEPTA Project Manager, any
condition or situation that in their opinion, does not meet this criteria.
1. Design vital circuits based on fail-safe design practices and principles, i.e.:
broken wires, damaged or dirty contacts, relay failing to respond when
energized, or loss of power shall not result in an unsafe condition.
2. Design vital repeater relay circuits on the cascade principal. Paralleling of vital
repeater relays is not allowed. Assign repeater relay contacts so safety is not
compromised by failure of repeater relay to energize.
3. Double break vital circuits. Begin double break when circuit first leaves
housing in which the coil is located and continues until positive and negative
energy is reached.
4. Use contacts of each track relay solely to control its own first repeater relay.
5. Arrange relay circuits so heel of relay contact is connected towards circuit
load, and front or back contact is connected towards energy source.
B. Vital Relay Control Circuits:
1. Provide vital control circuits based on closed circuit design principles with
additional requirements as follows:
a. No common return on open line wire;
b. No polar relays;
c. 12 VDC vital signal control circuits;
d. All vital line circuits will be double broke.
C. Checking
1. All detailed designs shall be checked by a knowledgeable and qualified

Contractor employee other than the original circuit designer who shall initial
each drawing to indicate the circuit check has been made.
PART 3– EXECUTION
3.01 EXECUTION
A. The Contractor shall provide circuits based upon criteria identified herein and on the
Contract Drawings. Provide detailed design and wiring drawings based on the
Contract Drawings to perform the functions as shown.
B. When making revisions to existing drawing packages, circuits to be removed shall be

designated by an X and circuits to be installed are to be designated by an O.
C. The Contractor shall re-design and renumber the Contract Drawings into complete
design packages based on typical designs. The renumbering shall incorporate the
existing grade crossing drawings plan numbering scheme without requiring the
crossing plans to be renumbered. All interlockings shall be numbered in a logical
order and approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. Where existing drawings do
not exist, or are not in a CAD format, the contractor shall be required to provide new
CAD drawings based upon the existing/revised circuits. Newly CADed drawings
shall provide the same level of detail as the new drawings.
SECTION 13572
WIRING AND TERMINALS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section specified the furnishing and installing of wire and cable for the
instrument houses, wayside cases, switch machines, signal heads, etc. All intra-rack
and rack-to-rack wire and cable shall conform to the requirements of these
Specifications.
A. Stranded wire, including individual conductors of multi-conductor cables shall be in

accordance with SEPTA Standard F-S-206.
B. All conductors must be sized per the NEC and shall not be smaller than the minimum
conductor sizes specified herein.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Wiring
1. All cable and wire manufacturers supplying products under this Section must
be approved, unless otherwise waived by the SEPTA Project Manager. [CDRL
13572-001]
2. The Contractor shall submit the following for approval; complete technical
data describing the wire and cable. [CDRL 13572-002]
3. The Contractor shall submit a complete listing of each type of connector,
terminal, terminal strip, fastener, and termination. In addition, the Contractor
shall specify the tooling used to attach each device. [CDRL 13572-003]
B. Tagging
1. The Contractor shall submit all nomenclature, tags, tagging materials and
procedures. Samples of printed tags of each type shall be provided. [CDRL
13572-004]
2. The Contractor shall submit his proposed method of tagging to the SEPTA
Project Manager for approval. [CDRL 13572-005]
C. Terminals
1. The Contractor shall submit all termination hardware for approval. [CDRL
13572-006]
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Wiring and Terminals

D. CDRLs

CDRL 13572-001 Wire and cable 1.03A.1
CDRL 13572-002 Complete technical data describing the wire and 1.03A.2
cable
CDRL 13572-003 Listing of each type of connector, terminal, 1.03A.3
terminal strip, fastener, and termination
CDRL 13572-004 Nomenclature, tags, tagging materials and 1.03B.1
procedures
CDRL 13572-005 Method of tagging 1.03B.2
CDRL 13572-006 Submit all termination hardware for approval 1.03C.1
1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect cables and wires from damage throughout installation, delivery, and
handling. The Contractor shall furnish all wire, terminal and connectors in
accordance with the requirements of these Technical Specification and Contract
Drawings.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 WIRES
A. The Contractor shall size all wire in order to assure proper operation of the apparatus
on the basis of equipment loads and the operating parameters for the systems
described in this specification. In no event shall conductor size be less than that
specified.
B. All wire insulation shall be colored black, except ground wires that shall be colored
green.
C. Inside wire shall be 600-volt rated wire, insulated with ethylene tetrafluorethylene
(ETFE) fluorocarbon resin, clean stripping, continuous temperature rating of 150
degrees C and minimum insulated wall thickness of 15 mils (.015 inches). Wires
shall be tinned and sized as follows within the instrument houses and cases.
1. Vital circuits #16 AWG, 19 strands.

2. Non-vital circuits #20 AWG, 19 stranded, twist where indicated shall be one
(1) turn per inch.
3. Signal Lighting circuits #10 AWG, 37 strands.
4. Switch machine motor control #10 AWG, 37 strands.
5. All power supply wiring between main buses and rack buses, #10 AWG, 37
strands.

6. All 60Hz power supply wiring from the Instrument Housing to the field
location cases and houses shall be 2 C #4, 133 strands twisted 1 to 2 turns per
foot.
7. All incoming power supply wiring to the Instrument houses from external
signal power transformers, 3 C #2.
8. All power supply wiring from battery or source to all main buses, 2 conductor
#6, 133 strand twisted 1 to 2 turns per foot.
9. Track circuits #10 AWG, 37 strand, black and white twisted 1 to 2 turns per
foot.
10. All power supply wiring from battery or source to all main buses, #6 AWG
minimum.
D. Where load conditions or operational reliability may prohibit the use of these
designated wire sizes, based on the Contractor's detailed design, the Contractor shall
size the necessary wire to meet the load and reliability requirements at no additional
cost to SEPTA. In no cases shall the wire size be less than detailed above.
E. All wires shall have printed on the jacket, with permanent ink, the manufacturer, date
of manufacture and wire gauge at no greater than 36-inch intervals.
F. All wire and cable shall be submitted to the Project Manager for approval. [CDRL
13572-002]
2.02 WIRE TERMINALS
A. Solderless, crimp-on type insulated ring eye connectors shall be used. All solderless
terminals shall be in accordance with the AREMA Signal Manual of Recommended
Practices, Part 14.1.1. The Contractor shall submit samples of each solderless
terminal for approval.
B. Spade lug, fork lug, and Faston style terminals and wire terminations shall not be
used.
C. All signal cable terminals shall consist of a double column of vertical terminals
equipped with Invensys Rail Insulated Test Links #024620 or approved equal
(insulated nut on cable side). Cables will be brought through the terminal board to
the left of the terminals and house wires on the right. Test Links, nuts and washers
shall be furnished but not installed and shipped with the Instrument House. The
Contractor shall provide a minimum of 5% spare test links, nuts and washers beyond
the full complement required.
D. The Contractor shall specify each type of connector, terminal or wiring device to be
used. The Contractor shall submit a complete listing of each type of connector,
terminal, terminal strip, fastener, and termination hardware to the SEPTA Project
Manager for approval. In addition, the Contractor shall specify the tooling used to
attach each device. [CDRL 13572-003]

2.03 TAGGING
A. The Contractor shall provide for review and approval all nomenclature, tagging
materials and procedures. Samples of each type shall be provided. The font type and
size shall be selected to provide superior legibility within the pre-wired houses and
cases provided for this contract. [CDRL 13572-004]
B. All tagging and labeling shall be produced by machine. No handwritten tagging or

identifications are permitted.
C. All material used in the tagging shall be permanent, indelible and smudge proof.
D. The materials shall meet all temperature and humidity requirements and have a
proven record of satisfactory performance in comparable applications.
E. All tagging shall have permanence and legibility. Sleeve tags shall be readable in an
upright position and located on the conductor next to the terminal. All jumper wires
on the same relay plugboard shall be provided with tags. Split sleeve wire tags shall
not be used except where necessary for revisions to existing circuits. Split sleeve
tags shall only be used upon authorization of the SEPTA Project Manager.
F. Cables and harnessed wire used as cables shall be identified. Cable identification
tags shall be a wraparound type fastened around the neck of the cable. The legend on
the tag shall state the cable size, "TO", "NOMENCLATURE" and "FROM"
destinations.
G. For non-vital circuits, color coding or equivalent means of identification of wires

may be used. The Contractor shall submit his proposed method of tagging to the
SEPTA Project Manager for approval. [CDRL 13572-005]
3.01 WIRING
A. All wall-mounted apparatus shall have the wiring fed through the plywood-mounting
panel. Sufficient clearance shall be supplied for routing wires between the wall-
mounted apparatus and the wall of the Instrument Housing.
B. The Contractor shall submit the proposed method of wiring to include the wire
management products to be used to manage clean, dirty and ground wiring. All wires
to a specific relay or device shall be held securely and separate from adjacent relay
or device wiring.
C. Twisted pair wiring configuration shall be used to reduce EMI or EMC conditions.
The number of turns per inch shall be determined by the Contractor to ensure
maximum benefit.

D. Sufficient slack shall be provided in all wiring or cabling adjacent to their terminals
to permit movement of the equipment and to permit opening of the chassis or
cabinet.
E. Wire chassis, conduits and other wire trough supplied in houses or cases shall be of
sufficient size to leave one-third of the wire space free after the full number of wires
or cables required for the installation are in place.
F. No splices shall be made in any wire.
G. All service entrance wiring shall be placed in conduit. Conduit used for service
entrance wiring shall be rigid steel with hot dipped galvanizing or other corrosion-
resistant coating. Wiring for signal and hotel power supply rated at less than 230
volts shall also be placed in metallic conduit. Electric Metallic Conduit (EMT)
Conduit shall be used for this application.
H. Where conduits enter threaded box openings, they shall be securely fastened to
provide both a watertight seal and electrical continuity.
I. Where conduits enter non-threaded boxes, they shall be secured in place with a
galvanized locknut outside the box and a galvanized locknut, plus bushing inside the
box.
3.02 TERMINATIONS
A. Terminal posts shall be provided for all signal cable conductors, including spares.
Cable termination shall start top to bottom on main terminal boards. The top terminal
post in each column shall be designated as number one and shown as such on circuit
plans. No terminations shall be permitted within 12 inches of the bottom of the main
terminal boards, racks or other installation.
B. Signal cable termination lineups shall be arranged to match the conductor assignment
at the adjacent location. Where the adjacent location is an existing location, for
which the new location must interface to the old, it shall be the Contractor’s
responsibility to insure that the cable conductor assignment of the new terminal
board matches the actual existing conductor assignment of the cable to be
terminated. The Contractor shall provide properly sized holes for the various
conductor diameters.
C. The cable termination arrangement shall be laid out to locate spare wire conductors
of a cable on a dedicated terminal posts in-line with, and grouped with, the working
conductors of that cable.
D. All terminal posts used to terminate 120 volt circuits, shall be provided with a
protective insulator. Insulators shall be individual for each terminal post, Type
023408-7X as manufactured by Siemens (formally Invensys Rail Systems
Corporation), or approved equal.

E. Terminal blocks for use in the top of all electrical equipment racks shall be cage
clamp type DIN rail mounted terminal blocks as manufactured by Wago Corp. or
screw type manufactured by Phoenix Contact or Weidmueller Inc. All new
installations and revisions must utilize the same type and manufacturer of blocks.
The proposed terminal blocks shall be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager for
approval. [CDRL 13572-006]
F. The Contractor shall submit for review and approval cage clamp products that do not
require special tools to release the clamp. Each cage clamp shall be released with a
standard flat blade screwdriver on a tab outside of the connector. Thumb release,
lever or quick release connecters shall not be used. Cage clamp wire terminations
shall be demonstrated to be designed not lose their spring tension over time and with
usage over 100 re-terminations.
G. Cage clamp or screw post style terminal blocks shall be in accordance with the
recommended practices of AREMA Manual Part 14.1.2.
H. Cage clamp or screw post style terminal blocks used for vital circuit applications
shall be grouped together and of the single tier type, and in accordance with the
recommended practice specific to vital circuit use of AREMA Manual Part 14.1.2.
I. All Cage clamp or screw post terminal blocks shall be mounted on DIN 35 mounting
rail.
J. End caps shall be used on the ends of all rows of Cage clamp or screw post
terminals.
K. The manufacturers numbering system shall be provided for all Cage clamp or screw
post terminals. The numbering system shall be mounted in such a way as to be
clearly visible from the front. The numbering system shall not interfere with the
insertion or removal of wires.
L. Cage clamp or screw post terminals shall be provided with a bayonet lug or latching
device, that shall open the circuit when activated, permitting circuit testing. The
bayonet or latch shall be provided with a visual indicator to easily ascertain if the
device is opened or closed.
M. Where solid state devices such as diodes or resistors are used in conjunction with
Cage clamp or screw post terminals for non-vital circuits, they shall be self-
contained within the terminal block. Solid state devices used in vital circuits shall be
mounted on AREMA style terminal posts.
N. Cage clamp or screw post terminal blocks shall be so assembled as to permit the
removal of one individual terminal block from an assembly of others without
disturbing the other terminal blocks in the assembly.

O. Cage clamp or screw post terminal blocks shall be provided with a method of busing
an assembly of terminal blocks together. The bus strips used for this purpose shall be
insulated to prevent the undesired bridging of adjacent terminals. The method shall
be easy to modify by the insertion or removal of screws or plugs and shall not
require the removal of any wiring when changing the configuration of a bus. The
busing method for Cage clamp or screw post type terminals shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval.
P. All DIN rail mounted terminals, blocks, and equipment shall be inspected, and all
seating devices and screw posts shall be re-tightened after delivery of the Instrument
Housing (no caps) by the Contractor.
Q. An AMP Solistrand "Ring Tongue-Flat" terminal together with slip-on Nylon post
insulator or approved equal shall be used for terminating wires to screw type
terminal post or apparatus connections. Ring Tongue flat terminals shall be used for
all connections to “AAR” type terminal posts. Ring tongue flat terminals shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval.
R. The terminals shall be attached to the ends of the conductor in such a manner that the
flexibility of the conductor is not destroyed and the possibility of breakage at the
terminal is reduced to a minimum.
S. Terminals shall be for attachment to the wire with a tool made by the manufacturer
of the terminal and recommended for the terminals being furnished.
T. The tools shall be equipped with a ratchet device to insure proper compression of the
terminal and which will not release until proper compression is complete. Six such
tools shall be furnished.
U. Tools for crimping terminals shall be new and factory calibrated at least every six (6)
months. Calibration stickers shall be required on each tool.
V. The wiremen shall be instructed not to proceed with any wiring should there be a
noticeable problem with the tools or cable.
W. The Contractor shall submit all termination hardware to the SEPTA Project Manager
for approval.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT AND WIRE TAGGING
A. The Contractor shall provide tagging and equipment identification for all elements of
the systems, subsystems and component provided.
B. A black identification number shall be stenciled to each Instrument Housing along

the top and sides on the front and rear of the frame of each rack, denoting the row
and column location. The minimum size of figures shall be one and one-half inch.

C. There shall be an identifying nameplate for each relay, rectifier, transformer, track
circuit module, event recorder, network devices, vital and non-vital microprocessor
or related component mounted on the instrument racks or mounting boards.
D. The front and back of relay plug boards as well as the relay itself shall be equipped
with a tag, or other approved means of identification to indicate the nomenclature of
the relay for which it is wired.
E. All apparatus, cables, cable wires and internal wiring shall be tagged.
F. The Contractor shall tag vital circuits to relay and all other vital circuits with a
plastic, sleeve type tag, which designates wire nomenclature, origin of wire and
destination of wire in three separate lines. Every bus shall be identified. Wires for a
specific device shall be bundled together. Tag designation shall read as:
G. Microprocessor input and output circuits shall also be tagged with a sleeve tag in a
similar manner.
H. All apparatus including, but not limited to, relays, transformers, breakers, fuses, and
energy buses shall be identified with a tag showing circuit nomenclature.
I. The position of each device or contact shall be identified on the circuit plan. This
shall include rack, row, column and terminal point. In addition, the location of all
wall and rack mounted devices shall be shown on the circuit plans.
J. Apparatus and cable terminations shall be tagged with nomenclature shown on

drawings. All energy buss wiring and terminals shall be labeled with the appropriate
buss nomenclature (Example B12, N12, BO12, NO12, 60BX110, etc.).

SECTION 13573
WIRED INSTRUMENT HOUSINGS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. This Section specifies the design, wiring, furnishing, and factory testing of a number
of Interlocking Central Instrument Locations (CIL), Region Rooms (RM) and Traffic
Light Control (TLC) (herein referred to as instrument housing) and other locations
as may be determined in the Contractors final design complete with all relays,
transformers, microprocessors, resistors, power supplies, rectifiers, emergency
control panels, and all other material and apparatus required in accordance with these
Contract Drawings and Specifications.
B. Provide Instrument Housings of appropriate size to adequately house equipment and

provide spare space as described herein.
C. Provide all required appliances to effect a complete installation for each of the
locations as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. Include the
necessary electrical supply, lighting, HVAC, means of cable entry, instrument racks,
and other equipment as required.
D. Provide the size and type of main terminal board (MTB) as required by these
Specifications for the appropriate location.
E. All incoming wires, including spare wires shall be terminated on AREMA type
terminal binding posts. The MTB shall be fully equipped with required number of
terminals, tags, and row identification and accessories as required.
F. Furnish and install instrument racks for all microprocessor based equipment utilized
in the locations in accordance with these Specifications. Furnish and install the
MicroLok II microprocessor equipment as is presently installed in the existing TLC’s
and as described within these Specifications
G. The microprocessor layouts shall be fully equipped with the required number and
type of card files, surge protectors, relays, plug boards, plug connectors, busses,
terminals, and all miscellaneous electrical and mechanical components specified or
necessary. DIN rail mounted cage clamp terminal strips shall be used for connecting
wires and cables. Spare space and spare terminals shall be provided as specified.
Insulated terminals shall be spaced as specified in Part 14.1.5 of the AREMA Signal
Manual. All VMIS units shall be provided fully loaded with the full component of
PC cards with the types as required by these Specifications. The ratio of I/O cards
shall be as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Wired Instrument Housings

H. Provide junction boxes for use in connection with switch and lock movement
layouts, signal layouts, track wire rail connection and as specified herein and as
shown on the Contract Drawings. Junction boxes shall be in accordance with
manufacturer’s standard with adequate space for double post AREMA terminals,
terminal boards, wire, cable and other associated apparatus.
I. All Instrument Locations shall be provided with a securable, exterior mounted AC

receptacle for connecting an emergency generator to power necessary systems in the
event of a loss of signal power. This receptacle shall be wired to the 60Hz load
center bus powering the critical interlocking functions as so shown on the Contract
Drawings.
J. All Instrument Houses shall be sized for installation on existing SEPTA Right-Of-
Way.
1.02 QUALITY CONTROL
A. All new Instrument Housings shall be as manufactured by PTMW.
B. Conduct factory tests for each new Instrument Housing to ensure the proper
functioning of the equipment in accordance with SEPTA approved Factory Test
Procedure.
C. Inspect each Instrument Housing after manufacture and factory testing is complete
and correct any deficiencies noted. Conduct this inspection in conformance with a
SEPTA approved pre-shipment factory inspection procedure.
D. Submit Shop Drawings of the complete grounding arrangement. The factory test of
the houses, and the functioning of the equipment contained within each, shall be
conducted in accordance with the Contractor's approved Factory Test Procedure.
E. The instrument enclosures shall be assembled and wired to conform to the Plans.
The Contractor shall ensure the enclosures are free from defects and that
workmanship is of the highest quality.
F. Each house will be inspected after it has been installed and the Contractor shall
correct any deficiencies. This inspection will be conducted in conformance with the
requirements of the Contractor's accepted Inspection and Acceptance Procedure.
G. The Contractor shall provide documentation of acceptance “in good condition”

before removing and transporting existing houses to the job site.
H. The Contractor shall provide documentation of Factory Acceptance Testing before

transporting new houses to the job site.
I. Each house and case will be inspected after they have been installed and the
Contractor shall correct any deficiencies. This inspection will be conducted in

conformance with the requirements of the Contractor's accepted Inspection and
Acceptance Procedure.
J. The SEPTA Project Manager reserves the right to make inspections and tests at the
facility where the wiring services are to be performed to determine if the equipment
and workmanship meets the requirements of this Specification.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Unless otherwise waived by the SEPTA Project Manager, submit the following
[CDRL 13573.001] for approval for each Instrument Housing to be provided:
1. Drawings showing the proposed size and equipment layout of each Instrument
Housing including as a minimum, all MTB, instrument racks, lighting, HVAC,
convenience outlet arrangement, cable egress and routing, grounding, power,
battery trays and racks, fire detection and suppression equipment, intrusion
detection equipment, plan files and tables, and Local Control Panel;
2. Drawings of each instrument rack, MTB and wallboard mounting showing the
detail arrangement and description of mounted equipment and proposed
method of inter and intra rack wiring;
3. Site Specific Instrument Location installation plans;
4. Size and type of internal wire for use in Instrument Housings;
5. Load calculations for each Instrument Housing to indicate rating of house
electrical service panel, signal power equipment, HVAC equipment, voltage
drops, and current draws;
6. Catalog cuts and descriptive literature for all equipment and systems to be
provided within the Instrument Housings;
7. Detailed circuit and layout drawings for type of fire and intrusion alarm
systems;
8. Drawings of maintainer’s call including sonalert equipment.
B. Submit details of Instrument Housing factors pertaining to weight and mechanical

strength for installation, handling, and loading. [CDRL 13573-002]
C. Drawings of each type junction box for switch, signal, and track circuits, including
terminals boards, terminals, wiring, mounting details, and any other integral
components. Submittal to consist of drawings depicting construction of junction
box, size, terminal arrangement, and grounding arrangement for each junction box
including catalog cuts and descriptive literature for each type junction box. [CDRL
13573-003]
D. The Contractor shall submit proposed Installation Test Procedures prior to

installation for approval of the Project Manager. [CDRL 13573-004]

E. The Contractor shall submit load calculations, indicating sizes of load center panel,
voltage drops, and all other 240/120 VAC equipment. [CDRL 13573-005]
F. The Contractor shall submit a Contractor’s Inspection and Acceptance Procedure

prior to transporting new signal equipment houses to the job site. [CDRL 13573-006]
G. The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings showing the proposed size and
equipment layout including rack, air conditioner, lighting, convenience outlet
arrangement, and exhaust fan mounting and location. [CDRL 13573-007]
H. The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings of the complete grounding arrangement.
[CDRL 13573-008]
1.04 CDRLs
A. CDRLs

CDRL 13573-001 Instrument House Submittal 1.03A.1-8
CDRL 13573-002 Details of Instrument Housing factors 1.03B
pertaining to weight and mechanical strength
CDRL 13573-003 Drawings and catalog cuts for Junction Boxes. 1.03C
CDRL 13573-004 Installation Test Procedures 1.03D
CDRL 13573-005 Load Calculations 1.03E
CDRL 13573-006 Inspection and Test procedures 1.03F
CDRL 13573-007 HVAC, ventilation and lighting etc. layout 1.03G
CDRL 13573-008 Grounding Arrangements 1.03H
CDRL 13573-009 Lifting Plan 2.01Q
CDRL 13573-010 Terminal board and wiring layout 2.01X
CDRL 13573-011 Foundations 2.02.A
A. Make provisions and be responsible for the delivery and handling of all materials and
equipment required by this Contract.
B. Instrument racks and MTB’s shall be properly secure to prevent damage to all
mounted equipment.
C. Vital relays and printed circuit cards shall be shipped separately, but identified for
the racks in which they are to be used.
D. Fasten and brace the house and equipment shipped within to prevent damage during
transit. Replace any equipment damaged during transit at no additional cost to the
Contract.

PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements in this section apply to all new instrument housings to be supplied
under this Contract. Interior surfaces of all housings, hardware, and fittings shall be
finished in accordance with AREMA Signal Manual, Part 2.4.30.
B. The instrument housings described in this section are shown in the Contract
Drawings and as listed in these Technical Specifications and Contract Drawings.
C. The Contractor shall submit for review and approval detailed Shop and Installation
Drawings for each enclosure to be provided under this Contract. These drawings
shall include but not be limited to material lists, fully dimensioned plans, section
details, structural details, welding or fastening details, caulking, painting, insulation,
shelves, main terminal boards, apparatus boards, HVAC, fire suppression, entry
alarm and electrical details. The Contractor shall submit both hard copies and
electronic copies of the Drawings as defined within these Technical Specifications.
D. The Contractor shall provide instrument housings that are watertight and insulated.
E. Each instrument housing shall have two hinged doors for personnel entry, unless
otherwise directed.
F. The doors of the instrument housings shall be hinged and gasketed so that they will
provide a dustproof and weatherproof seal and shall be provided with handles and
Best Locking hasps with a three-point vandal-resistant locking device which shall
insure that the door cannot be locked until it is completely closed. Each door shall
contain ventilating openings which shall be covered by fine copper or brass mesh
screens and protected by caps which will prevent entrance of moisture.
G. The Contractor shall provide the instrument housings of a size to be approved by the
SEPTA Project Manager
H. The Contractor shall provide sized enclosures or additional enclosures as necessary

to meet the requirements of these Technical Specifications, Contract Drawings and
the Contractor’s design.
I. All Instrument Housing walls, doors and floor shall be constructed of No. 12 gauge
galvannealed steel (ASTM A525). Roof shall be constructed of No. 14 gauge
galvannealed steel (ASTM A525). Exterior roof to be finished with 2-3 mils thick
white polyester powdercoat and under the floor, walls to be finished with 2-3 mils
thick anti-graffiti gray polyurethane powdercoat. The house shall be complete with
wire chases, access to underground and aerial cable entrance behind the Main
Terminal Board, lined with hot and cold insulating material and structure so as not to
sweat. Each Instrument Housing shall provide adequate space without crowding for
the relays, apparatus, and cable terminations plus 25% spare space. The zinc/iron

alloy shall have a coating weight of A40 to A60. Acceptable material includes
“Zincgrip Paintgrip” by Armco, “Satincoat” by Dofasco, “Durgrip” by Inland,
“Colorbond/Stelanneal” by Stelco, “Galvannealed” by U.S.Steel, or approved equal.
J. Any structural member whose surfaces, edges, corners or seams are exposed to the
outside environment of the enclosure shall be made of stainless steel or other
weathering steel suited for the application. The Contractor shall identify any
materials and locations within the enclosures where this application exists.
K. The undersides of the enclosures shall be painted with a black mastic covering.
L. Standing seams, necessary for joining segments of house panels or other elements,
shall not be formed externally. They shall be formed facing inward and fully caulked
on the exterior with a flexible waterproof caulking material. The caulking shall be
compatible with the interior and exterior painting materials.
M. Instrument housings shall be constructed without any standing seams. Continuous

panels are required.
N. No penetrations, vents or other components are permitted on or through the roof of

any enclosure.
O. The Contractor shall paint the interior surfaces of all enclosures with approved
primer and finish with two (2) coats of flame resistant paint, as approved by the the
P. Each instrument housing shall be fitted with screened and adjustable ventilator
openings. Each opening shall be provided with replaceable air filters. The filters
shall be commercially available and standard sized. Quantity, size and placement of
the ventilator openings shall be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager for
approval.
Q. The Contractor shall submit detailed methods and procedures for lifting and
placement for each instrument housing. [CDRL 13573-009] The procedure and
plans shall be approved and signed by a licensed Professional Engineer in the state
where the enclosure will be placed. The plan shall include but not be limited to the
weight, requirements for lifting, lifting points, lifting equipment, and drawings
showing method of installation as well as any overhead wires or other obstructions.
The Contractor’s design for enclosure lifting shall take into consideration the low
clearances due to overhead wires and cables adjacent to and over the railroad right-
of-way. The Contractor shall provide special lifting rigs and beams designed to
permit the installation of the enclosures under the overhead obstructions.
R. Each instrument housing shall have main terminal boards constructed of a 3/4" sheet
of marine grade fire retardant plywood painted with fire retardant white paint after
fabrication and drilling. All terminal boards shall have the drilled holes painted after
drilling.

S. All terminals and equipment shall be installed on the front facing side of the main
terminal board or apparatus board. No terminals or equipment shall be installed on
the rear of the boards.
T. A full complement of apparatus boards of 3/4" fire resistant, marine grade plywood,
or other approved material, painted with fire retardant white paint shall be furnished
on the sides of all instrument housings. Any holes drilled in the boards from wiring
or cabling shall be painted after drilling.
U. The apparatus boards shall be securely fastened to the walls in such a manner to
permit mounting of battery charging equipment, transformers, terminals and other
equipment.
V. The interior of all instrument housings shall be lined with a high efficiency
“Thermax” insulation, 2” thick on the walls and 4” thick on the ceiling.
W. Sufficient space shall be maintained at the rear of the terminal boards and apparatus
boards to allow easy access to the cables, wiring and connections.
X. The Contractor shall submit for review and approval [CDRL 13573.010] the design
proposed for the following:
1. Main terminal board structural design, mounting methods and layout.

2. Apparatus boards and shelves structural design, spacing, mounting methods
and layout.
3. Details concerning the work space behind apparatus boards, wire chases, wire
management and tagging mounting hardware, overhead cable trays and all
other related material.
2.02 FOUNDATIONS
A. Foundations of pre-cast concrete shall be furnished for all instrument housings.

Design of the foundation piers shall be submitted for approval. [CDRL 13573-011]
The pre-cast foundations shall be delivered after the CIL, house, case and cabinet
enclosure sizes have been approved. The SEPTA Project Manager will authorize
delivery of the foundations.
B. The Contractor shall furnish insulated mounting pads to separate the instrument
housing from the concrete foundation upon which it is to be installed. Mounting
pads for each support point shall be of minimum 3/16" thickness of No. 60 Dura
Neoprene as manufactured by Syntex Rubber Co. of Bridgeport, Connecticut, or
approved equal.

2.03 LAYOUT
A. All relay and microprocessor racks are to be installed in bays and there shall be one
overhead fluorescent light for each bay. All bays shall be arranged and sufficient space
provided for personnel in the bays to view control devices on either side of the bay.
Each instrument housing shall be provided with one (1) outlet for each six (6) feet
around the internal perimeter of the house. All outlets shall be fed from the commercial
power company where such a feed exists. All wayside case compartments shall have
one light front and back in each side of the case and the case shall have one outlet front
and back.
B. Each instrument housing shall be provided with four (4) outside ground terminals and
ground clamps. Ground clamps shall be sized to connect #6 AWG bare copper to form
a ground grid. All ground rods shall be Copperclad steel in 8 foot lengths and ¾”
diameter. All ground equipment shall be as manufactured by Erico Products, Inc.
Grounding shall utilize single point grounds.
C. Each instrument housing shall be equipped with a grounding bus. Each grounding bus
shall be made of a copper bar, shall measure 1/8 inch by 3 inches by 12 inches,
minimum and shall be insulated from the housing. Each grounding bus shall have a
smooth flat surface drilled to accept the following connectors:
a. Connector suitable for terminating the shield of the multi-conductor signal

cables.
b. Connector suitable for terminating the ground wire to the racks within the
housing.
c. Connector suitable for terminating the ground wire from the made ground
external to the housing.
d. Connector suitable for terminating the ground wire to the housing.
e. Ground wiring, colored green and solid, shall run along the bottom of the
housings.
D. Each individual rack shall be grounded to the ground bus. The racks shall be insulated
from each other and from any sporting framework and shall only be electrically
connected by the common ground bus. Provide one bolted type grounding post with
each rack to permit removal of ground wire connection for testing.
E. To accommodate 60Hz power, each instrument housing shall be equipped with

individual entrance hardware, circuit breakers and panel wiring in accordance with
NEMA standards. All power shall be tagged for identification.
F. Each instrument housing shall be equipped with the following equipment powered off
of the 220 Volt, 3 Wire, 60Hz power supply and terminated on individual circuit
breakers providing two 110 Volt circuits. The commercial power equipment electrical
load shall be divided equally between the two 110 Volt circuits. One of each of the

following equipment shall be furnished for each 15 feet of housing length and fraction
thereof unless otherwise specified:
a) 750 CFM exhaust fans thermostatically controlled.

b) 1200 watt electric heaters thermostatically controlled.
c) Convenience outlets.
d) One 18,300 BTU , 1 phase, 230/208-1, 60 Hz air conditioner w/ 5 Kw resistant
heater (Bard part number WA182-A05XWXXXJ).
G. The air conditioner unit, heater, and ventilation fan shall be circuited such that no two
systems can be operated at the same time. Provisions shall be made to close ventilation
openings when either the heater or air conditioner unit is operating.
2.04 FIRE ALARM
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install smoke detection equipment in each instrument
housing. The equipment shall consist of one or more detector heads mounted above the
racks in the house.
B. The detector heads shall detect the presence of smoke and invisible products of
combustion by the ionization chamber principle. They shall be mounted on four (4)
inch pull boxes and connected into a fire indicating cabinet by two No. 14 AWG wires
run in conduit.
C. The fire indicating cabinets shall be dustproof and shall be provided with contacts for
indication via the code system to the control office and shall contain supervisory and
power relays, constant voltage transformer and other components to supervise the
system in accordance with the Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. requirements.
D. In operation, no valving or timing mechanisms shall be necessary and there shall be no

moving parts in the system. Each detector head shall be capable of having its
sensitivity changed without removing it from its base. The heads shall be capable of
being removed from their bases for sensitivity checks if it is desired to do so.
E. The smoke detecting and thermal detecting systems shall be the PYROTRONICS
System, as manufactured by Baker Industries, Inc. or approved equal. The equipment
shall be listed by the Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc
F. Each instrument housing shall be equipped with a fire extinguisher with mounting
brackets. The size shall be a minimum of 20 pounds charge each and be rated “ABC”.
2.05 MAIN TERMINAL BOARDS (MTB) AND EQUIPMENT RACKS
A. Provide MTB’s constructed of (minimum) 14 gauge, cold-rolled steel, with open

frame weldments of 19 inches width and with panel mounting angles having standard
EIA hole spacing. All MTB’s shall be comprised of ¾” marine plywood painted with a
fire retardant paint.

B. Wiring between instrument racks, wall mounting equipment boards and the Main
Terminal Boards shall be carried overhead at rack-top level in metal wire chases which
are closed on three sides and open on the top. Wire chases shall be free of sharp edges.
C. Terminate incoming wires, including spare wires on AREMA terminal binding posts.
Provide MTB’s complete with terminal blocks, tags, rack and row identification, and
accessories.
D. Provide terminal blocks utilizing test link straps to permit each internal wire and field
wire interconnection to be separated on an individual basis without removing either
wire from its terminal.
E. Provide ten percent, or minimum of 25, spare terminal posts on each Terminal Board,
whichever is greater.
F. Provide approved communication type terminals for terminating communications type

cables in accordance with these specifications.
2.06 EQUIPMENT RACKS
A. Instrument Housings shall be equipped with equipment racks constructed of

(minimum) 14 gauge, cold-rolled steel, with open frame weldments of 19 inches width
on which the equipment will be mounted.
B. Each individual equipment rack shall be grounded to the ground bus. The racks shall
be insulated from each other and from any supporting framework and shall only be
electrical connected by the common ground bus.
C. Each equipment rack shall contain a minimum of ten percent spare space.
D. Each equipment rack shall be accessible from the front and rear.
2.07 WIRING
A. All inside wire shall be in the compliance with the requirements in these
specifications.
B. Inside wire shall be 600 Volt rated wire, insulated with ethylene tetrafluorethylene
(EFTE) fluorocarbon resin, clean stripping, continuous temperature rating of 150°C
and minimum insulated wall thickness of 15 mils (.015 inches) in accordance with
SEPTA Specifications. Wires shall be tinned: Sizes, unless otherwise indicated on
the Contract Drawings, shall be as follows:
1. Vital circuits #16 AWG, 19 strand

2. Non-vital circuits #20 gauge solid or stranded
3. Track circuits #10 AWG, 37 strand
4. Lighting circuits #10 AWG, 37 strand

5. All energy loop wiring #10 AWG, 37 strand for high voltage wiring (≥, 110 v),
#16 AWG for low voltage wiring (≤ 110 v).
C. Each row of relays shall be supplied with individual energy loops, with test links,
supplied from the relay racks DC power supply bus. Each end of energy loop shall
be terminated on a dedicated individual terminal of the bus.
D. Sufficient slack shall be provided in wire adjacent to their terminals to permit

movement of equipment. Slack shall be arranged in a neat and orderly manner.
E. No splices shall be made in any wire.
F. The wiring shall be cabled and held in place so as to present a neat and orderly
appearance.
2.08 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Line Circuit Protection: Line circuits, including spares, entering instrument housings
or cases shall be protected by air gap arresters as approved by the engineer.
B. Track Circuit Surge Protection: Track cables entering instrument housing shall be
protected by Invensys Rail heavy duty equalizers using three post terminals. All
arresters to be grounded.
C. Ground Detection
1. Push-to-test ground detectors shall be provided for in each instrument housing
D. Floor Matting
1. Provide a vinyl floor matting to cover free floor space of each instrument
housing.
2.09 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Three shall be an identifying nameplate for each relay, transformer, resistor, and
individual devices and components as well as for each relay and equipment rack and
the Main Terminal Board.
2.10 JUNCTION BOXES
A. Provide junction boxes with gaskets to prevent entrance of moisture and dust in
accordance with recommendations of AREMA Signal Manual, Part 15.2.10.
B. Provide all junction boxes with a means of applying standard Authority padlocks,
one per door or cover as described.
C. Switch-and-Lock Movement Layout and Junction Boxes

1. Provide switch-and-lock movements to include one cast iron junction box with
each layout.
2. Provide junction boxes complete with pedestal, similar to that manufactured by
GRS Co. Cat No. A91-230: US&S Co. PC No. N374993, Invensys Rail
Systems Corp. or approved equal to terminal underground cables.
3. Provide junction boxes complete with double-post AREMA terminals.
D. Signal Junction Boxes
1. Provide a junction box for each signal layout. Provide junction box for mast
and catenary mounted signals.
2. Provide AREMA terminals as specified in Section 13585, Miscellaneous
Components, of these Specifications within the junction boxes.
3. Junction boxes shall be sized by the Contractor. Boxes should be sized
sufficiently to avoid crowding. Lighting converter shall be installed in junction
boxes.
4. Boxes shall be cast aluminum, hinge and hasp fittings are to be aluminum,
gaskets are to be installed between the cover and box to provide a weather-
tight seal.
E. Track circuit track wire junction boxes shall be provided as manufactured by

Invensys Rail Systems.
2.11 PAINTING
A. The interior of the instrument housings shall be painted according to the

manufacturer’s standard. Interior color shall be white.
B. Provide MTB’s, relay racks, terminal boards, apparatus boards and shelves painted
with approved, fire retardant, ANSI 61 gray paint.
C. Provide equipment with manufacturer applied corrosion resistant undercoatings.
D. Provide instrument housings the exterior painted in accordance with AREMA Signal
Manual, Part 2.4.30. Primer shall be red lead oxide primer or approved equal.
E. The roof of the instrument housings shall be primed and painted with two (2) coats
of an approved sunlight reflective enamel based paint.
F. Instrument housings shall be given a final transparent top coating that will enable
easy cleaning of graffiti.


A. The Contractor shall properly fasten and brace equipment shipped within instrument
housing to prevent damage during transit. Any equipment damaged during transit or
prior to in-service operation shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to SEPTA.
B. Package all vital relays, batteries, and electronic plug-in modules in separate containers
for shipment and do not install until the instrument housing is set at its final location.
Each instrument housing shall be factory tested to ensure the functioning of the
equipment and systems contained within in accordance with a SEPTA approved Factory
Test Procedure.
C. All inspections and testing shall be documented on forms the format and content of which
shall be approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
D. No instrument housing shall be shipped to SEPTA without the approval of the Project
Manager. In requesting authority to ship, the Contractor shall submit the locations,
inspection, and testing forms for approval to ship.
E. Each inspection and Factory Test form shall be signed and dated complete by the
Contractor’s test technician.
F. Each instrument housing shall be delivered with three (3) boxes \ cases per housing of the
manufacturers recommended graffiti removing solvent and wraps.
G. Perform all Factory Tests as specified in these specifications


SECTION 13574
TRAIN DETECTION
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. This Section specifies the design and furnishing of Vital Track Circuits for
interlocking train detection and Audio Frequency Overlay (“Overlay”) track circuits
for detection and actuation of Traffic Light Control (TLC), stop signal overrunning
and at locations as may be determined in the Contractors final design.
B. Steady energy, power frequency AC track circuits (vital track circuits) shall be
provided as interlocking track circuits and at locations as may be determined in the
Contractors final design.
C. Overlay Track Circuits (non-vital track circuits) shall be provided for highway grade
crossing and signal overrun controls and at locations as may be determined in the
Contractors final design.
D. All track circuit shall drive a vital biased relay meeting manufacturer’s specification
for track circuit equipment use.
E. All track circuits shall be safe, reliable, available, maintainable and compatible with
700 VDC traction power systems and all other frequencies installed in the rails.
A. All steady energy track circuits shall be manufactured by Ansaldo STS Systems
“PV-250 Power Frequency Track Circuit” or approved equal.
B. Power Frequency Track Circuits shall conform to AREMA Signal Manual of

Recommended Practices, Part 8.1.1 "Recommended Functional/Operating
Guidelines for Track Circuits" where applicable. The track circuits shall have a
record of reliable service for vital circuits in 700 VDC electrified rail territory.
Power Frequency track circuit equipment shall provide stable operation with
variations in ballast resistance, impedance bonds, insulated joints or the presence of
other operating signals.
C. Overlay Track Circuits shall conform to AREMA Signal Manual of Recommended

Practices, Part 3.1.23 "Recommended Design Criteria and Functional Guidelines for
Audio Frequency Circuits" where applicable. The overlay track circuits shall have a
record of reliable service for vital circuits in 700 VDC electrified rail territory.
Overlay equipment shall provide stable operation with variations in ballast
resistance, impedance bonds, insulated joints or the presence of other operating
signals.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Train Detection

D. Contractor shall provide documentation to substantiate that all overlay track circuits
to be provided under this Contract will operate reliably and safely under all
conditions, for the use indicated. This shall include providing a Failure Tree Analysis
(FTA) or Failure Modes and Error Analysis (FMEA) describing the mean-time-
between-unsafe–failure (MTBUF) for the track circuit device proposed.
E. All Overlay units shall be IPI Track Circuits as manufactured by Invensys Rail
Systems for crossing detection as previously approved for use on SEPTA.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval, prior to
purchase or fabrication, track circuit equipment, schematic representations,
operating descriptions, typical applications, frequency usage tables, operating and
maintenance manuals, field adjustment, maintenance and test procedures and
interconnection diagrams of the track circuit equipment and methods which he
proposes to use. [CDRL 13574-001]
B. The Contractor shall submit track circuit adjustment tables for each type track circuit
to be provided under this Contract showing as a minimum, calculations showing the
minimum and maximum current and\or signal strength required for different lengths
track circuits and impedance bond configurations. These calculations shall be used
to adjust the track circuit at time of installation. [CDRL 13574-002]
C. All Contractor’s overlay frequency usage plan shall be approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager and shown on the approved drawings. Care must be taken to insure
that all new frequencies used for the CBTC project will not adversely affect adjacent
or other frequencies in close proximity. [CDRL 13574-003]
D. The Contractor shall submit factory and field test procedures prior to fabrication,
procurement, or shipment of any of the items. [CDRL 13574-004]
E. CDRLs

CDRL 13574-001 Track circuit engineering documentation 1.03A
CDRL 13574-002 Track Circuit Adjustment Table 1.03B
CDRL 13574-003 Frequency usage plan 1.03C
CDRL 13574-004 Factory and Field test procedures 1.06A
1.04 DELIVERY
A. Equipment shall be protected from damage throughout delivery, storage and

handling.
B. All relays shall be securely boxed and shipped separately from their equipment
enclosures to ensure that the devices are not damaged in transit.

PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Wiring for the overlay track and circuit shall be in accordance with Internal Wire and
Cable Specifications.
2.02 AC STEADY ENERGY TRACK CIRCUIT
A. Vital track circuits shall be double-rail steady energy and shall utilize a two-element
type track relay. They shall be capable of normal operation on 60 Hz steady energy
and shall provide immunity to direct current propulsion currents. Track circuits shall
not be adversely affected by spurious transient 60hz commercial currents. They shall
contain no active electronic components.
B. Track circuit equipment shall permit application in lengths of as much as 5,000 feet
at 60 Hz Track circuits shall have a shunting sensitivity of 0.25 ohms, or less at
infinite ballast resistance when adjusted for a minimum ballast resistance of 3 ohms
per 1000 feet. Track circuits shall operate successfully with a minimum ballast
resistance of 3 ohms per thousand feet.
C. The track circuit proposed shall utilize a track transformer for coupling and isolation
of track rails from the vital relay driver. The transformers shall be equipped with
primary winding and secondary winding taps to permit adjustment of the track
circuit operation and the specified shunting sensitivity.
D. Track transformers shall be air cooled type. Multiple tap transformers shall be
provided for voltage level adjustment, and track isolation.
E. Where vital track circuit and overlays are on the same track wires, filters shall be
provided to prevent track circuits from interfering with overlay track circuit.
F. The track relay shall have a minimum of two front and two back contact as the
standard arrangement.
G. A five second time delay pickup function shall be provided for loss of shunt
protection on all interlocking track circuits.
2.03 OVERLAY TRACK CIRCUIT SYSTEM
A. System shall consist of a transmitter which applies a discrete audio frequency signal
to the rails at one end of a track circuit and a receiver that accepts this discrete signal
at the other end of the track circuit which will drive a vital biased relay meeting
manufacturer’s specifications for overlay equipment in use. Overlay track circuits
shall be used for interlocking overrun detection, grade crossing controls other
functions as may be determined in the Contractors final design.

B. . It shall output a discrete signal on one end of the rails and accept this signal from
the other end of the track circuit and drive a vital biased relay meeting
manufacturer’s specifications for overlay equipment in use.
C. The overlay equipment shall be provided with internal surge protection.
D. The overlay equipment shall be provided with lightning surge protection and voltage
equalization devices on the track wire side.
E. Transmitter and receiver cards of different frequencies shall be indexed to prevent

the inadvertent installation of improper frequencies.
F. The overlay equipment shall be protected on the audio tone and power supply side of
the device with the equipment manufacturer’s specified surge protection and/or
approved equipment.
G. All overlay equipment shall be the shunt type.
H. Transmitter
1. Train detection frequency transmitters and associated input equipment shall

consist of:
a. Oscillators
b. Tuned power amplifier
c. Surge protection
2. This equipment shall operate from 12 VDC and be equipped with standard
AREMA terminals.
3. This equipment shall produce sufficient signal and modulation to operate a
receiver at least 200’ feet away.
I. Receiver
1. The equipment receiving the train detection signal from the transmitter shall
produce a dc voltage of the required polarity to drive a vital biased relay only
when the received signal is of the same frequency and address as the
transmitter.
2. This equipment shall operate from 12 VDC and be equipped with standard
AREMA terminals.
3. Receivers shall be provided with an LED relay drive indicator.
J. Transceiver
1. Train detection frequency transmitters and associated input equipment shall

consist of:
a. Oscillators
b. Tuned power amplifier

c. Surge protection
2. The equipment receiving the train detection signal from the transmitter shall
produce a dc voltage of the required polarity to drive a vital biased relay only
when the received signal is the same frequency and digital address as the
transmitter.
3. The transceiver shall be housed in one unit and it shall operate from 12 VDC
and be equipped with standard AREMA terminals.
K. Overlay track circuit shunting sensitivity shall be effective at 0.25 ohms. The system
shall de-energize the relay drive output of the receiver unit and\or the transceiver unit
with a track shunt applied at or between the transmitter and receiver track
connections when initially adjusted to the manufacturer’s specifications and track
circuit parameters remain constant.
L. Overlay track circuits shall be adjustable so that post-shunt and pre-shunt distances
shall not exceed five (5) feet with a shunting sensitivity as specified within these
specifications, unless otherwise directed.
2.04 TRACK JUNCTION BOXES
A. All track circuits shall be connected to the rails via a track junction box, unless
otherwise directed, to connect to the rails to the new Instrument Housing.
B. Track junction boxes shall be constructed of cast iron, and shall be placed in the
gauge of the track midway between the two rails. Junction boxes shall be Model
#463, part #091463-249X as manufactured by Invensys Rail, or an approved equal.
C. Junction boxes shall be provided with watertight track wire connectors.
2.05 IMPEDANCE BONDS
A. Impedance bond windings and magnetic circuit shall be encapsulated, watertight and
covered on four sides by impedance bond oil or petrolatum in a cast iron tub with a
removable cover. The impedance bond shall serve to permit DC traction power
current to bypass insulated joints and at the same time have a high impedance to 60
Hz track circuit energy.
B. Impedance bond shall be such that audio frequency track circuits up to 20 KHz can
be superimposed on 60 Hz track circuits.
C. The current capacity of track windings of each bond and bond connections for DC
propulsion current shall be 2500 amperes per rail continuous. The impedance bond
shall function properly with traction current imbalance of no greater than 12%.
D. The track winding shall have an untuned impedance of not less than .25 ohm at 0.2
power factor at 60 Hz at any voltage between 1.0 volt and 12 volts. The two halves
of the bond track winding shall be equal and balanced. The center tap shall be

connected to two terminals, one on each side of the bond, and to the cover plate.
Each terminal lug shall accept up to two 2/0 cables. The center tap lug shall accept
up to four 2/0 cables. The terminal lugs shall be NEMA standard cable connectors.
All hardware for the terminal lugs and impedance bonds are to be included.
E. The size of the impedance bond shall permit center mounting on the ties.
3.01 TESTING
A. All components of all Track Circuit equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be
factory tested in accordance with procedures previously submitted by the Contractor
and approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. Perform all factory tests as specified in the Testing part of this document.

SECTION 13575
SWITCH AND LOCK MOVEMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work under this Section includes furnishing of electrically operated power
switch machines, hand operated switch machine and electric lock and all switch
operating rod layouts complete with lock rod, operating rod, front rod, point detector
rod, saddles plates, mounting hardware, identification numerals, and all the hardware
required for installing it on the ties.
B. Provide complete switch layouts consisting of the switch and lock mechanisms,
junction boxes, rods, mounting holes, mounting bolts, wiring inlets, contacts,
terminal binding posts, screws, nuts, washers, and all other hardware required for a
complete and operable installation.
A. Power operated switch and lock mechanisms shall be the M23-B as manufactured by
Ansaldo STS.
B. All switch rods and hardware shall be manufactured by GNB unless approved by the
C. American Standards shall apply to threaded parts of the switch layouts.
D. Each switch mechanism shall be tested before shipping. This factory testing shall be
conducted in accordance with an approved factory test procedure.
E. All power switch mechanisms shall be provided with run-through lock out devices.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following plans and procedures to the SEPTA Project Manager for
approval prior to procurement of the equipment.
1. Switch and lock movement layout drawing. [CDRL 13575-001]

2. Plans for top line assembly of the switch machine together with a bill of
materials. [CDRL 13575-002]
3. Installation drawings of the switch and lock movement layouts showing all
switch and lock layout measurements, mounting details and connections to the
track switch points. [CDRL 13575-003]
B. CDRLs
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Switch and Lock Movements
CDRL 13575-001 Switch and Lock layout drawing 1.03A.1
CDRL 13575-002 Plans for assembly of switch layout and bill of 1.03A.2
material
CDRL 13575-003 Installation drawings 1.03A.3
1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Each switch-and-lock layout, mechanism and all its associated hardware shall be
clearly marked on the shipped crate with the appropriate switch number and location
as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. Switch-and-lock layout including mechanism, rods, and all component parts shall be
protected against damage or loss during handling and shipment.
C. Prior to shipment, coat with petroleum jelly or other approved preservative all parts
that are not painted or made of non-corroding materials.
D. Plug or cap all unused threaded outlets.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 SWITCH AND LOCK LAYOUTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish all new switch layouts. Layouts shall be designed to
mount without requiring the switch timbers to be dapped or significantly altered.
B. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and field installation requirements prior to
procurement. The Contractor shall furnish all required installation materials and
hardware required for each layout.
C. Electric switch layouts shall be high voltage electric machines with 110 VDC
motors. Each switch mechanism shall be provided with 115V/15W heaters for the
motor and circuit controller compartments.
D. Switch layouts shall be complete with all necessary rods and other hardware to
mechanically couple the switch operating mechanisms to the switch points including
the necessary riser and or junction boxes, cable and electrical fittings to interconnect
the machine to the instrument houses.
E. Pedestal mounted termination boxes shall be furnished for the switch mechanism
control for termination of direct burial cable. Box shall be capable of terminating 17
cable conductors and shall be similar to Invensys Rail 091626.
F. Each switch-and-lock movement shall be supplied with an internal wiring diagram of

a plastic laminated or plastic encased type and shall be fastened to the underside of
the contact compartment cover.
2.02 SWITCH HARDWARE
A. Track switch operating layouts shall include lock rods, lock rod lugs, point detector
rods, throw rods, throw rod brackets, point detector rod lugs, saddle plates, and all
other required rods, screws, nuts, bolts, washers, plates, and hardware necessary to
mount the switch machines and connect them to the points.
B. Track switch operating layouts shall be electrically insulated from one running rail to
the other.
C. Track switch operating layouts shall include the necessary electrical and mechanical
fittings to permit interconnection of the switch machine with controls and indications
located in the signal instrument house, including junction boxes, pedestals,
foundations, mounting brackets, conduit, hoses, tubing, terminals, and hardware.
D. Terminal blocks mounted in junction boxes shall conform to AREMA Signal Manual
Part 14.1.10.
E. Malleable metal numbers and letters, painted white, not less than three inches high
and approximately 3/16 thick, shall be securely fastened to the cover of each switch
machine and sealed of all penetrations of cover to prevent ingress of water into
switch machine. The numbering shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. Two
letters, “N” and “R” made of malleable metals, painted black, shall be used to denote
the normal and reverse position of the switch points. The letters shall be drilled to
provide means to attach them to a tie.
F. Each switch machine shall be equipped with padlocks. Padlocks shall be used to
restrict entry to the inside of the switch machine and junction box. All padlocks shall
conform to these Specifications.
G. Provide one set of switch-and-lock movement adjusting wrenches, and one set of
switch point blocking wedges and clamp for emergency blocking and clamping of
track switch points with each switch layout.
2.03 RODS AND HARDWARE
A. When the switch-and-lock movement layouts, as submitted by the Contractor require

offsets in the track connecting rods, then such offsets shall be standard and made by
the manufacturer during production of the layout.
B. Provide ample threaded area on each rod to accommodate a wide latitude in

operating adjustments.
C. All front rods shall be of the swivel type, insulated, and adjustable.
D. Provide extension or mounting plates and tie straps for each switch-and-lock
movement layout.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All switch points must be blocked and clamped with approved block and clamping
devices until point protection can be provided.
B. Switch layouts shall be designed and furnished for installation without the need for
dapping the timbers.
3.02 TESTING
A. All switch mechanisms to be furnished by the Contractor shall be factory tested in

accordance with procedures previously submitted by the Contractor and approved by
the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. All switch layouts shall be field tested prior to commissioning in accordance with
SEPTA C&S 2 including but not limited to, Tests, 11, 12, 18.
SECTION 13576
COLORLIGHT SIGNAL LAYOUTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section includes requirements for the designing and furnishing interlocking,
wayside Colorlight Signals (CLS), the number and configuration of which are shown
on the Contract Drawings.
B. The Contractor shall design and furnish all parts for each specific CLS signal
including, mounting brackets, hoods, backgrounds, masts, lockable junction box
bases, lockable access ladders, reflective Interlocking Signal number plates, LED
signal inserts, signal foundations, and all other materials as so required.
C. Each respective CLS shall be provided with all materials as required for the specific
set of signal aspects to be provided by the individual signal. All aspects shall be as
specified herein.
A. All CL signals shall be as manufactured by Siemens (Formerly Invensys Rail) or

approved equal.
B. All Light Emitting Diode (LED) type CL signals shall be as manufactured by

Gelcore or approved equal.
C. American Standards shall apply to all threaded parts of each signal layout.
D. All signals shall be inspected and tested at their point of manufacture prior to
shipping.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shall be submitted:
1. Documentation showing each proposed signal assembly and layout, including

signal mounting details, LED specifications, junction box details, foundation
installation details, base terminal board details, foundation bolt hole spacing,
cable installation details, and all other technical data required by the SEPTA
Project Manager. [CDRL 13576-001]
2. Factory CLS Test Procedure. [CDRL 13576-002]
B. CDRLs
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Colorlight Signal Layouts

CDRL 13576-001 Documentation showing each signal assembly. 1.03A.1
CDRL 13576-002 Factory test procedure. 1.03A.2
1.04 DELIVERY
A. All equipment shall be delivered to a location as provided by the SEPTA Project

Manager.
B. All wayside signal equipment shall be protected from damage during delivery and
handling.
C. All signal equipment and component parts shipped shall be properly created and
protected at the point of manufacturer to prevent damage in shipment. All exterior
openings shall be sealed during shipment.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 COLORLIGHTS
A. All interlocking signals shall be new color light Model CLS-10D dwarf signals, as
manufactured by Siemens (Formerly Invensys Rail) Systems. The signal units shall
be provided in colors and quantities shown on the contract drawings for all new
Interlockings.
B. The type of CLS aspects to be utilized in this project shall be follows:
1. Flashing Green over Red - Follow CBTC cab speed command.

2. Red over Green - Clear Block
3. Red over Red - Stop Signal
C. Signals shall be provided with backgrounds and hoods for all top and bottom
heads\units. All lenses shall be the clear polycarbonate type and shall be provided
with individual visors.
D. All signal lamping shall be the Light Emitting Diode (LED) type as manufactured by
Gelcore. The applied voltage and frequency shall be as determined by the Contractor
in their final design. In addition, the LED’s shall be provided with light out detection
E. Each signal head shall be provided rear signal access and shall be provided with
junction boxes for cable terminations.
F. All signals shall also be provided with signal foundations and mounting hardware.

3.01 SIGNAL DESIGN
A. The intent of the design is for the CLS to be driven directly through vital relays from
the CIL’s. As such, the Contractor shall be responsible to provide the detailed signal
lighting design including cable specifications, as well as providing all signal lighting
materials and equipment required for implementation, other than cable, as approved
by the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. The flashing signal aspects shall flash at 60 pulses per minute, with a 50% duty cycle
and shall provide a flashing signal display without unnecessary alarming or
shutdown due to inrush currents exceeding normal LED current thresholds.
C. LED units shall not “strobe” or otherwise alter the appearance of the aspect as a
result of a low voltage power supply.
D. The signal LED light-out detection scheme shall be submitted for approval and as a
minimum, the LED unit light-out detection shall provide checks in accordance with
the contract drawing, specifications or manufacturers approved recommendations.
E. All interlocking signals shall be lit upon the approach of a train. Approach lighting
shall be the result of an interface with the CBTC system. The LED signal lighting
circuitry shall be arranged so as to light signals red in the event of a vital
microprocessor shutdown or failure as shown on the Contract Drawings.
3.02 TESTING
A. All CL signals to be furnished by the Contractor shall be factory tested in accordance

with procedures previously submitted by the Contractor and approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager.


SECTION 13579
RELAYS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide all relays required for the new signal system as shown on the Contract
Drawings and as specified herein. Relays shall be plug-in types. Provide relays of
each type required to be uniform in design and contact assembly and be similar or
equal and compatible to those shown. Provide all relays as required by the typical
design as well as those required to be drop shipped.
B. Provide relays with a sufficient number of contacts for the number of circuits to be
controlled and an adequate number of spare contacts. Provide each relay or relay-
repeater combination with at least one spare front-heel-back contact or one spare
independent front and one spare independent back contact.
C. Operating voltage of vital relays, expressed herein as 10-16 Volts nominal shall be
manufacturer’s standard as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. All vital relays
shall be the dual coil, 500 Ohm type.
D. Provide all relays and equipment specified to be capable of rated performance

through an operating temperature range of -40 to +160 degrees F.
E. Provide all relays within dustproof enclosures except that provisions shall be made
for ventilation, where required, for heat dissipation.
F. Provide relays capable of being tested from the front of the relay.
G. Locate the tag showing relay pick-up and drop-away values inside the relay cover for
easy viewing.
H. The use of nylon or plastic stop pins in relays is not acceptable.
A. Provide vital relays meeting the requirements of AREMA Signal Manual, Part 6.2.1,
where the AREMA requirements do not conflict with any requirements specified in
this Section. The factory testing of each relay shall be the manufacturer’s standard.
All factory test results shall be recorded on approved Factory Test Report Forms.
Each Factory Test Report shall be dated and signed by the Test Technician.
B. Vital relays shall be manufactured by a reputable signal relay manufacturer with

proven service in the US.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Relays

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Unless otherwise waived by the SEPTA Project Manager, submit for approval all
relay specifications, solid state relay specifications, biased neutral switch machine
controller, and special mounting or supporting arrangements and contact stacking
arrangements for all relay types proposed. Include any information on arc
suppression, where arc suppression is required or any other proposed features or
options. [CDRL 13579-001]
B. The Contractor shall submit a standard SEPTA Relay Record Test Form for each
vital relay furnished under this Contract. A sample record form will be provided to
the Contractor by the Authority. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing
record forms of like documentation and composition. Use typewritten characters to
fill in all information requested on the form and then verify in the field in its final
configuration, for accuracy of relay serial number, location, and relay identification.
Indexing of form cards shall be by serial number, and turned over to the authority in
a metal file cabinet upon final Contractor verification. [CDRL 13579-002]
C. CDRLs

CDRL 13579-001 Relay specifications 1.03A
CDRL 13579-002 Relay Test Forms 1.03B
CDRL 13579-003 Detailed list of all relays and their application 2.01E
CDRL 13579-004 Records of vital relays, showing serial numbers, 2.02O
test date and test values.
equipment required by this Section.
B. Ship all vital relays separately from the wired racks or enclosure in which they are to
be used. Package all relays individually, each in a sturdy corrugated cardboard carton
with the drawings number of the relay printed on the outside of the carton. Store
relays in a protected area until tested and installed in racks.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 RELAYS - GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall furnish vital and non-vital relays as shown on the Contract
Drawings and as necessary to implement the microprocessor-based signal and TLCL
system. Relays shall be plug-in, rack mounted except where the application calls for
a relay that is not available in a rack mount base configuration.

B. All vital and non-vital relays specified herein to be furnished under this project shall
be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with the applicable
recommended practices presented in the AREMA Signal Manual of Recommended
Practices, Part 6. All relays shall be newly manufactured and not reconditioned.
Relays performing the same function shall be from the same manufacturer.
C. Vital relays shall be shipped separately from the instrument house or case, in a sturdy
corrugated cardboard carton with the drawing number and name of the relay printed
on the outside of the carton. The relay carton shall be identified with the instrument
location, mounting location and relay name.
D. Non-vital relays shall be protected from damage during shipment and shall be stored
in a protected area until tested and installed.
E. The Contractor shall submit a detailed list of all relays and the application in which
they are used to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval. [CDRL 13579-003]
2.02 VITAL RELAYS
A. The contractor shall furnish all vital relays required for the project..
B. All vital relays of a given type shall be furnished by a single manufacturer unless
C. Vital relays shall be quick detachable plug-in type as manufactured by Ansaldo-STS

(Formerly US&S), ALSTOM (Formerly GRS), Siemens (Formerly Invensys Rail) or
approved equal.
D. Vital plug-in type relays shall be rack mounted and have a transparent dust cover
made of nonflammable composition, meeting the applicable requirements of
AREMA Signal Manual of Recommended Practices Part 6.2.1. Each type of relay
shall include a unique registration plate or pins.
E. All vital plug-in relays, except vital time-element relays, and special application
relays shall be equipped with front testing facilities.
F. All commonly used vital relays shall have a minimum of six (6) front-back-
dependent contacts. The Contractor shall furnish all required relays.
G. Vital relay contact assignments for final design shall be such that each vital relay-
repeater combination shall have at least one (1) spare dependent front/heel/back
contact, or one (1) spare independent heel/front and one (1) spare independent
heel/back contact.
H. Vital relays with greater than six stacks of contacts shall be used to reduce or
eliminate repeater relays when required. The standard contact arrangement for these

double size relays shall be eight front-back dependent, four front and two back
contacts.
I. Relays (except time-element) with a nominal operating voltage of 12 volts shall

operate continuously, and successfully without resultant damage within a voltage
range of 10 to 16 volts inclusive, applied to their operating coils.
J. All relays shall be biased-neutral relays, except where application requires that they
not be biased.
K. Contacts must be clearly viewed from the front of the relay without distortion.
L. Vital relay repeaters shall not be wired in multiple.
M. Plugboards for plug-in relays shall include unique indexing plate or pins and shall be
equipped with self-retained contacts, which are removable by use of relay
manufacturer's tool. The plugboard shall be designed so that the self-retained contact
has a direct connection with the relay coil and contact prongs.
N. Plugboards for plug-in relays shall incorporate a front mounted insulated test link for
test dropping relays and terminal posts for voltage and current measurements.
Provide separate test points for each coil of the relay when connected in a circuit
separately. Plug-boards for plug-in relays shall be equipped with removable
contacts.
O. The Contractor shall perform factory tests on all vital relays for all mechanical and
electrical performance characteristics, including pick-up and drop-away values and
contact resistance. Records of all vital relays, showing serial numbers, test date and
test values shall be retained by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer. [CDRL
13579-004] Relay testing shall be performed prior to the factory test. Relays used
for the factory test shall be reinstalled in the same position that they were in during
the factory test, in the field by SEPTA.
2.03 BIASED NEUTRAL RELAYS
A. Biased neutral relays shall be such that their armature will not pick up with the
permanent magnet demagnetized or when no current is applied to coils or due to an
interruption of the normal magnetic circuit.
B. Biased neutral relays shall be such that when 50 times the working energization is
applied for two seconds, at both normal and reverse polarity, it will not affect the
operating characteristics of the relay by more than two percent, and will not pick up
the armature on reverse polarity.
C. Slow acting relays, either slow pick-up or slow release, shall have their slow acting
characteristics obtained by the use of copper or aluminum washers or slugs applied
to the relay core.

2.04 VITAL TIME-ELEMENT RELAYS
A. Vital time-element relays shall be of the plug-in type for nominal 10 to 16 volt DC
operation. The vital time element relays shall be electronic or microprocessor based.
If external vital electronic timer relays are used, back check contacts shall be
provided as standard.
B. Vital time-element relays shall have a minimum of two contacts that will close only
at the end of the adjusted timing cycle.
C. The vital time element relay shall have a LED display showing the actual time
settings when in operation.
D. Any interruption of input power shall cause immediate reset to the beginning of the
present time cycle. The design of the microprocessor electronic timer shall be based
on the premise that the degradation of any component shall result in a longer time
than the present time.
E. Each vital time-element shall be provided with a time adjustment which can be
sealed. When sealed, it shall be impossible to adjust the timing interval. The timing
interval shall withstand repeated operation with an error of no more than 0.5 seconds
when the applied voltage is between 9 and 14 volts, and ambient temperature
between -40 degrees F and +160 degrees F.
F. Magnetic Stick Polar Relays (if required) shall be US&S PP-151 or Engineer
approved equal.
2.05 NON-VITAL RELAYS
A. Non-vital relays for signal system functions shall be as follows, except as shown
otherwise on the Contract Drawings.
B. Non-vital relays shall be manufactured by Relco or approved equal of the plug-in

type.
C. Each non-vital relay shall be equipped with a minimum of four front-back contacts.
Stationary contacts shall be bifurcated silver, palladium, or approved equal.
Movable contact shall be bifurcated silver, palladium with gold overlay, or approved
equal.
D. Each non-vital relay shall meet or exceed the following requirements:
1. Maximum Temperature Rise: 55 degrees C at 30 vdc.

2. Insulation Resistance: 1.5 X 10 ohms.
3. Ambient Operating Temp: Minus 40 degrees C to ±85 degrees C.
4. Dielectric Strength: 500 volts RMS, 60 Hz between all mutually insulated
parts.

5. Mechanical Life: 100 million cycle operation.
6. Electric Life: 10 million operations (.05 ampere resistive load at 25 degrees C.)
E. Contact Resistance:
1. Before Life: 100 milliohms max, at 6 vdc, 100ma.

2. After Life: 200 milliohms max, at 6 vdc, 100ma.
F. Non-vital relays shall be rack mounted on DIN 35 mounting rails and shall have
removable transparent front covers that will not support combustion.
G. Non-vital relays shall be provided with mounting bases, which shall be used for
attaching to the DIN 35 mounting rails, and which shall also indicate through
illumination of an LED or mechanical indication flag that the relay coil is energized.
A contact of the non-vital relay will not be used to light the LED. The mounting base
shall be in accordance with the AREMA Manual of Recommended Practices, Part
14.1.2.
H. Non-vital relays shall be plug-in with positive latching devices, DC neutral relays
with a nominal operating voltage of 12 volts. These relays shall pick up with 9 volts
or more applied to their operating circuits, and must drop out when this voltage
decreases below 1 volt. These relays shall operate continuously with up to a
maximum of 21 volts applied to their operating circuit. Non-vital relays shall pick up
in less than 25 milliseconds when energized with 9 volts, and shall drop out when
de-energized from 14 volts in less than 50 milliseconds. These times shall be
measured as a front contact closure or opening from the instant the switch removing
the voltage opens.

SECTION 13580
MICROPROCESSORS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The contractor shall furnish a MicroLok II Vital Microprocessor Based Interlocking

System (VMIS) and Non-Vital Based Interlocking Systems (NVMIS) for each new
interlocking in accordance with the requirements contained herein.
B. The contractor shall furnish a MicroLok II Vital Microprocessor Based Interlocking

System (VMIS) for each traffic light control location which requires new TLC
control in accordance with the requirements contained herein.
A. The VMIS must conform to the standards of AREMA Communication and Signal
Division, Part 2.2.12, National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), the
Institute of Electrical, Electronic Engineers (IEEE) and the Federal Railroad
Administration (FRA).
B. The contractor shall designate vital hardware as hardware which under failure can
adversely affect the safety of train or vehicular movements. Further, if the safe
implementation of a vital function is dependent in whole or in part on the absence of
failures in the hardware circuit or device, then that hardware is vital. Vital hardware
is hardware whose failure modes and characteristics can be accurately identified,
predicted and exhaustively tested. The occurrences of failure modes that could have
unsafe consequences are eliminated, prevented, or otherwise accounted for by
design.
C. Provide materials and equipment designed to operate in accordance with all

applicable AREMA and local code requirements for Vital and Non-Vital Electronic
Hardware being installed under this Contract. Provide all systems and equipment to
be in compliance with a Contractor standard quality assurance program.
D. Provide electrical and electronic components rated to operate at power, voltage,

current, and temperature levels exceeding by 20 percent those that the components
will be subject to in service, unless otherwise specified herein.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. A. Unless otherwise waived by the SEPTA Project Manager, submit complete

performance data information and a sample of each type of new component or
product as an equivalent to those herein specified. [CDRL 13580-001] Obtain the
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Microprocessors

SEPTA Project Manager’s written approval for any such equivalent type component
or product before proceeding with manufacturer or procurement.
B. CDRLs

CDRL 13580-001 Complete performance data information and a 1.03A
sample of each type of new component
CDRL 13580-002 Test plan to be performed during the factory test 2.01R
to validate the I/O design and placement of
relays and wiring
CDRL 13580-003 Submit application software for the system as a 2.04H
readable hardcopy in Microsoft Word.
CDRL 13580-004 Event recorder bit list. 2.05N
CDRL 13580-005 Remote Diagnostic System (RDS) 2.07A
1.04 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damages in the shipment and handling of
all NVMIS and NVMIS equipment and appurtenances under this Contract.
B. All PCB cards shall be shipped in Static Shielding Bags.
C. All VMIS and NVMIS equipment cabling shall be secured from coming loose in
transit.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall provide MicroLok II Vital Microprocessor Interlocking

System’s to meet all requirements of these Technical Specifications and Contract
Drawings.
B. All NV/VMIS shall consist of, but not be limited to, chassis, racks, CPU circuit
cards, I/O circuit cards, power supplies, cabling, terminations, serial communications
links, Ethernet network links, executive software, application software, diagnostic
software, remote monitoring software and all other subsystems and components
related to the system.
C. The NV/VMIS shall be designed to operate in a hot standby redundant configuration

with an automatic transfer to the redundant system in the event of a failure to the
primary unit. The automatic transfer shall take effect immediately upon detection of
the loss of the primary processor without interfering with established routes or
operations.

D. A manual transfer of the processors shall be supplied to allow a technician to switch
from the primary to the secondary or vice versa to allow for testing or otherwise.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for integrating all components of the NV/VMIS.
The Contractor shall provide product from manufacturers that provide a complete set
of required circuit cards. Mixing and matching multiple vendors is not permitted.
F. The microprocessor based equipment shall be applied in a fault tolerant

configuration as defined within these Technical Specification and Contract
Drawings. This application shall apply for interlockings, TLC and other safety and
service critical applications. The Contractor shall only furnish systems with a proven
record of in-service applications that meet these requirements in operating
environments similar to that found on the MSHL.
G. All microprocessor based equipment provided for a specific interlocking, TLC

location or interface location shall be housed within enclosures installed at those
locations where the equipment is intended to monitor or control. No distribution of
the microprocessor based equipment is permitted across multiple enclosures for a
single location.
H. All V/NVMIS equipment shall be the Microlok II unit as manufactured by Ansaldo

STS and shall be outfitted as follows:
1. All vital input and output Printed Circuit Boards (PCB‟s) shall be the 12VDC
sourcing type.
2. All non-vital input and output PCB‟s shall be the 12VDC sourcing type.
3. All vital PCB‟s shall provide for 16 inputs or outputs or any combination of
inputs and outputs.
4. All non-vital PCB’s shall provide for 32 inputs or outputs or any combination
of inputs and outputs.
5. The unit shall be mountable in a standard 19 inch rack.
I. Each V/NVMIS unit shall be provided with, as a minimum:
1. CPU, communications, vital kill relay drive and power supply PCB’s and
cables,
2. Two (2) Standard Vital Input PCB’s and cables,
3. Two (2) Standard Vital Output PCB’s and cables,
4. Two (2) Non-Vital PCB’s and cables,
J. Event recorder inputs for each event recorder used on the project shall be submitted
to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval prior to completing each location
design.
K. Microprocessor Systems shall meet all performance requirements as defined within

these Technical Specifications.

L. The communications protocol and system configuration shall allow any
microprocessor connected to the network to communicate vitally with any other
microprocessor that is also connected to the same network.
M. A CBTC interface to the interlocking shall provide for traffic direction and block
occupancy logic and any other signal functions required by the Contractor’s final
approved design to be provided. CBTC shall indicate block occupancy and direction
of travel to adjacent interlockings. It shall be possible to determine from the Local
Control Panels that a block is occupied and the direction of travel.
N. The Contractor shall provide a system that is immune to the effects of any
electromagnetic or electrical interference generated from within or outside the
instrument housings.
O. All input and output circuit cards or other components within the microprocessor
system shall be so designed in a manner that will not generate any nuisance system
alarms or system resets when the inputs or outputs of the circuit cards or wiring to
and from the card are exposed to the normal collapsing fields developed during the
operation of vital relays, non-vital relays or signal line circuits.
P. The Contractor shall provide a vital microprocessor-based interlocking control

system that does not generate, or is susceptible to the generation of any
electromagnetic or electrical interference generated from within or outside the
instrument housings.
Q. Protection devices external to the circuit card or to external wiring or relays shall be
limited to surge arresting devices for protection when components are exposed to
conducted over-voltage or induced over-current field gradients. The location of
signal equipment and normal wiring practices shall be permitted, without any
restrictions, for future additions or modification of the system after delivery and
commissioning.
R. The Contractor shall develop methods to test and verify that the application or
designs proposed meet these requirements. The Contractor shall submit a test plan to
be performed during the factory test to validate the design, placement of relays and
wiring. [CDRL 13580-002]
2.02 MICROPROCESSOR HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
A. Microprocessor Application Logic is software whose execution is required for the

implementation of a function. As such, microprocessor’s software is a combination
of system executive and application logic required for the implementation of a
functions. Vital software shall be designed such that its execution cannot result in an
output that is in conflict with established fail safe rules.
B. All software used by the VMIS and NVMIS shall be in the form of Boolean
Statements / Logical equations

2.03 FUNCTIONAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. The vital microprocessor-based system shall consist of microprocessors, which use a

closed loop feedback and independent system diagnostics to maintain vital integrity.
System outputs shall be positively monitored with independent current/voltage
sensors and compared to the requested value. A vital “kill” circuit shall be used to
de-energize all outputs and shut down the system when the outputs fail to correspond
to the required state. The central processing unit shall be continually tested to ensure
all instructions are being executed properly and that processor integrity is being
maintained.
B. Transmission of false information from a non-vital to a vital subsystem shall in no

way affect the safety of the system. Non-vital visual indications, such as LED
lamps, shall demonstrate that the system is functioning properly; similarly, failure
and diagnostic indications shall be provided. Indications shall isolate a failure to a
particular function, or to the interface between two functions.
C. Inputs shall be buffered and shall be immune to contact bouncing and shall be
electrically and physically isolated from one another. Processor communication with
each input shall vitally assure that the proper input and input state (on or off) is read.
A non-vital visual indication, such as an LED lamp, shall be provided for each input
on the input boards to indicate when the input is activated.
D. Outputs shall be electrically and physically isolated from one another. A vital means
of verifying the proper state of the output shall be provided. Processor
communication with each output shall vitally assure that the proper output is in the
proper state (on or off). A non-vital visual indication, such as an LED lamp, shall be
provided on the output boards for each output to indicate when the output is
activated.
E. The user interface for programming site specific microprocessor application logic
shall be easy to use and shall only require knowledge of interlocking and crossing
system design to configure or reconfigure a control system.
2.04 VITAL SOFTWARE
A. Only through special application of hardware and software in which the failure
modes and effects can be revealed and proven to meet defined values of probability
of occurrence and outcome can a microprocessor be classified as a vital device.
B. The site-specific, vital logic shall define the operation of the microprocessor system,
and shall include, but not be limited to the following control logic:
1. Route Check
2. Signal Control
3. Clear Block Control

4. Signal Lighting
5. Signal Indication
6. Approach and Time Locking
7. Route Locking
8. Detector Locking
9. Indication Locking
10. Switch Locking
11. Switch Control
12. Switch Indication
13. Switch Correspondence
14. Switch Blocking
15. Track Blocking
16. Loss of Shunt Protection
17. Crossing Control
18. Crossing Release
19. Trolley Direction
20. Traffic Locking
21. Generation of speed commands and or restrictions
C. Vital timing functions for locking and crossing control requirements shall be field
settable and adjustable, without the need to change the site specific application logic.
D. System software of two types shall be functionally dependent upon each other to
perform all vital and non-vital microprocessor logic.
E. Executive system software shall be provided by the Contractor that performs all
functions necessary to provide for the proper and safe operation of the
microprocessor unit as specified.
F. Application software shall be user-defined for site specific application and

interfacing with all necessary subsystems.
G. Nomenclature shall be consistent with standard North American railroad

nomenclature as described by APTA, AREMA and SEPTA practices, and one type
of nomenclature shall be consistently used for each application program used on the
project. Nomenclature shall distinguish I/O from internal variables. Inputs shall be
distinguished from outputs and the I/O nomenclature shall reference the logical unit
on the other side of the interface, i.e., the input or output device. Variables of vital
functions shall be distinguished from those of non-vital functions. New or special
function designators shall be as simple as possible, but not conflict or lead to
confusion with established function designations.

H. The source application for the system shall be provided as a readable hardcopy and
in a word processor text file. [CDRL 13580-003] The format shall be submitted to
the Project Manager in Microsoft Word.
I. Changes in the application logic shall not require recompilation, verification and/or
validation of the executive software.
J. The logic shall be as simple as possible, expressed in a high-level, structured and

easily understood Boolean form. Application logic programming shall be in
accordance with SEPTA's standards and practices. Organization and adequate
commenting are an inherent quality of the safety of the logic, i.e., the
readability/understandability of the logic and logic organization are integral to the
long-term safe operation and maintenance of the system. Therefore, comments may
be applied liberally throughout the software.
K. General organization of the application programming logic, in the order appearing in

the program listing shall be:
1. Program name, version level, programmer, checker, etc.

2. Machine specific requirements in the programming (e.g., compiler switches)
3. General remarks, comments, special features, etc.
4. Hardwire I/O bit definition
5. Serial I/O bit definition
6. Internal Variables bit definition
7. Timers
8. Logged Bits
9. Configuration (Application Parameters)
10. Logical Assign Statements
11. Look Up Tables (if required)
12. Numeric Blocks (if required)
L. Loss-Of-Shunt (LOS) protection shall be provided by five second (5s) timing (i.e.,
delayed application of an input and/or internal variable). The Five Second LOS shall
be implemented at the track detector level. This timing shall be performed in the
processor which is processing the inputs and not by a processor removed from the
input to be timed by intermediate processing units or stages. Five second loss-of-
shunt protection for route locking shall NOT be performed at the switch locking or
route locking level.
2.05 MICROPROCESSOR HARDWARE
A. As identified in the General Statement of Work, there are 27 (twenty-seven) existing

highway crossings equipped with Ansaldo STS MicroLok II® vital processors for

traffic light control. The contractor will incorporate the existing MicroLok II
processors into the overall CBTC system architecture.
B. Spare input and output board slots are required. Vital microprocessor motherboards
shall allow the addition of inputs and outputs by the purchase of input/output boards
and simple installation by SEPTA. A minimum of 25% of all of the inputs and 25%
of all of the outputs used at an interlocking shall be provided as spare at each
interlocking.
C. A complete set of vital and non-vital microprocessor printed circuit boards shall be
provided, including processor board, input boards, output boards, power supply
boards, etc. for each new processor supplied on the project.
D. SEPTA Project Manager approved labels shall be provided by each input and output
indication which clearly denote the respective function of each, for the ease of
maintenance and troubleshooting.
E. Power for the output circuits shall be supplied through a vital cut-off circuit. This
circuit shall be driven by a vital clock signal generated by the processor checks and
diagnostics. The vital clock signal shall pass through filters tuned to prevent a false
signal from energizing the relay. The signal frequency shall be chosen such that it
could not be generated by any other device in the equipment housing: for example,
60 Hz power supplies or battery chargers, audio frequency overlay equipment, or
harmonics of these devices. The vital cut-off circuit shall remove the vital clock
signal and de-energize the vital cut-off relay.
F. The vital processors shall control several output devices, which shall be energized
with 12VDC, such as vital signal control relays. Output boards shall withstand
without damage, the shorting of the output to ground or the opposite DC polarity.
G. All power for the vital microprocessor interlocking shall be properly isolated from
the effects of electromagnetic interference, lightning, noise, current surges, and
grounds. Surge suppressor units to further enhance this isolation are required by this
Contract and shall be provided by the Contractor.
H. A SEPTA Project Manager approved vital means of indexing PCBs, either

mechanically or in software, shall be implemented to ensure that only the proper
PCBs are inserted in card slots.
I. All components of the system shall operate at temperatures of minus 40 degrees

Centigrade to plus 70 degrees Centigrade, and humidity levels of 0 - 95% non-
condensing without any external environmental controls.
J. All 'dirty' wiring (wiring not protected or isolated from the effects of electromagnetic
interference, lightning, noise, current surges and grounds) shall be kept clear of the
vital microprocessor wiring as far as is practical and where that is not possible, the
wiring methods shall utilize other means to protect against induced interference.

K. All major assemblies, subassemblies, circuit cards and devices shall be permanently
marked with the manufacturer's part identification number.
L. All ICs, PCBs, components, etc., which are subject to revision (such as PROMs)
and/or are removable from assemblies, should have the revision level identified on
the component.
M. The Contractor shall be responsible and verify that the equipment functions in a
manner intended in the environment in which it is to be installed and operated.
N. Microlok’s are provided with internal event recorder. The contractor shall submit to
the Project Manager a list of bits to be recorded by the event recorder. [CDRL 13580-
004]
2.06 NON-VITAL SOFTWARE
A. The non-vital code system shall include, but not be limited to the following controls,
which are listed below:
1. Route Setting
2. Signal Request/ Cancel
3. Switch and Signal Operation
4. Route Cancellation
5. Switch Blocking
6. Track Blocking
7. Snowmelter Control
8. Clear Block Signal Control
B. The non-vital code system shall include indication data to enable display update at
the Operations Control Center. The indications shall include, but not be limited to
the following indications, which are listed below:
1. Signal Status
2. Switch Position
3. Switch Locking
4. Route Setting
5. Traffic Direction
6. Snowmelter Status
7. Track Occupancy - Block Status
8. Control from Auto or Manual
9. Fleeting Status
10. Clear Block Signal Status
11. Intrusion

12. Vital and Non-Vital Processors Errors, Failures or Code Line Transfers
13. Fire Alarm
14. AC and DC Power Off
15. Grounds
16. Surge Faults
17. Fire Suppression System Fault Alarms
18. All other alarms and indications as may be required and that are specified in
other Technical Specification sections.
C. Indications to the Operations Control Center shall be positive true unless otherwise
2.07 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
A. The Contractor shall provide a Remote Diagnostic System (RDS) as part of this
contract. Access to all microprocessor systems is required through this system. All
aspects of the system to be provided shall be submitted for review and approval by
the SEPTA Project Manager. [CDRL 13580-005]
B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) workstations to access the RDS. These
workstations will be located at three discrete locations within the SEPTA operating
territory.
C. The system provided shall permit SEPTA Maintenance and Technical personnel to
remotely access all diagnostic aspects of the field systems normally available locally
through a laptop or vendor specific interface. Whatever can be accessed, monitored,
viewed, alarmed, controlled or changed locally shall be likewise available remotely
through the RDS. This will include the state of all software variables, I/O status,
Timer status, communications status as well as all failure bits, errors and alarms.
D. The RDS shall provide security levels to restrict unauthorized user access to the
system and to permit various level of authorization for different functions provided.
E. When alarm conditions are received, further diagnostic functions shall be provided to
analysis the exact problem.
F. This system shall allow access to the processor health, control and indication status
and to invoke diagnostic and maintenance functions, including remote trouble
shooting to the circuit board level.
PART 3– EXECUTION

SECTION 13582
LOCAL CONTROL PANELS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work to be done under this article shall be to provide a Local Control Panel
(LCP) for manual operation at each interlocking location. The LCP shall be similar
and consistent with other LCP’s presently in use at SEPTA.
B. The interlocking track plan shall appear on the face of each panel. Signal and switch
levers and route and occupancy indications shall be incorporated with the track plan.
C. The following indications and controls are to be provided as part of the panel:
1. Interlocking Trouble and alarm indications

2. Track indications
3. Switch Control and Indications
4. Signal Control and Indication
5. Traffic Direction Indication
6. Track Blocking Control and Indication
7. Panel Light On-Off Switch
8. Local/Remote Control Switch and Indication
9. Special Functions as required by Contract Documents
A. Quality Assurance Program
1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain a quality control program to ensure
compliance with the quality standards of these Specifications consistent with
these Specifications
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit the following to the SEPTA Project Manager for
approval:
1. Panel Face Arrangement Plans [CDRL 13582-001]

2. Manufacturer’s specification for all panel components including, but not
limited to, the supporting frame, enclosure, all display and control materials
and the method of application. [CDRL 13582-002]
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Local Control Panels

3. Assembly plans with a keyed parts list showing ordering numbers for
replacement parts for all equipment within the LCP to be furnished under this
Contract. [CDRL 13582-003]
4. A complete set of plans showing the mechanical details of the LCP, mounting
hardware, fastening details, and plug connected terminations. Separate plans
shall be furnished for each location. [CDRL 13582-004]
5. LCP systems methodology and operating description explaining each of the
functions of the LCP and how it interfaces and interact with the OCC, CBTC
and other system for review and approval. [CDRL 13582-005]
6. Factory Test Procedures. [CDRL 13582-006]
B. CDRLs

CDRL 13582-001 Panel Face Arrangement Drawing 1.03A.1
CDRL 13582-002 Panel component specifications. 1.03A.2
CDRL 13582-003 Assembly plans with keyed parts list 1.03A.3
CDRL 13582-004 Installation plans showing mechanical details 1.03A.4
CDRL 13582-005 Con-ops documentation 1.03A.5
CDRL 13582-006 Factory Test procedures 1.03A.6
CDRL 13582-007 Drawing showing the colors of the indication 2.03E
lights and buttons.
1.04 DELIVERY
A. The LCP shall be delivered as a mounted component within the CIL.
B. The LCP and all component parts shall be protected against damage or loss during
handling and shipment
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for shipment and handling of all equipment and
appurtenances under this Contract.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 PANELS
A. The panel enclosure shall be constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel. The frame
shall be reinforced to provide rigidity required to maintain alignment. Joints shall be
formed to a tight fit with abutting edges flush and securely welded. Joints shall be
welded their full length and dressed flush on exposed surfaces. Spot welding shall be
used when practicable in preference to screws or rivet fasteners. Holes for screws or
bolts shall be drilled and countersunk. All bolts, nuts, washers and screws shall be
chromate zinc plated. The finished work shall be strong and rigid and neat in
appearance. Surfaces shall be smooth and free from warp and buckles.

B. The panel, as described above, shall be mounted on the enclosure with a continuous
hinge on one of the front side edges. The panel shall be wired with sufficient slack,
and configured in a manner, to allow the panel to open to the maximum open
(restrained) position with no damage to the wire bundles
C. The panel frame shall be equipped with a terminal lug for the purposes of grounding.
D. The LCP faceplates shall be 3/32 inch (minimum) smooth aluminum, photo
engraved to depict the interlocking location
E. The LCP indicators shall be lit directly from a non-vital microprocessor output
circuit. Certain LCP indications however shall be required to be passed from the
OCC/CBTC system to the LCP. The track diagram, signal and switch symbols,
lettering, and identification numbering shall be configured on this panel generally as
shown on the Contract Drawings. The panel shall be equipped with levers,
pushbuttons and indicators as shown on the Contract Drawings.
F. The panel shall be of sufficient rigidity to insure that with the panel in the open
position the panel remains square, with no bending or twisting, and any pushbuttons
that are mounted on the panel face remain flush and fully seated.
G. The panel in the open position shall not block the house entrance. A stop mechanism
shall be provided to restrain the panel in a maximum open position, which shall
prevent strain on the wire harnesses and keep the open panel front clear of other
obstructions in close proximity.
H. The panel as described above shall be mounted on the CIL wall. Panel shall be
locked in place with a locking mechanism and key as provided by Chicago Lock
Company, Keyway Lock No. 2382, and all locations shall be keyed. Spare keys
shall be provided, the number which is to be provided by the engineer.
2.02 PUSHBUTTONS
A. All backlit pushbuttons shall be lighted with by light emitting diodes (LED), with
color as shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall submit this
pushbutton to the Engineer for approval.
B. Pushbuttons and levers shall be provided as follows:
C. Signal Request - Green request pushbuttons shall be used for signal clearing. The
signal request button will be pushed to clear a signal. The signal button shall flash
green when a signal is requested. The signal button shall light steady green when the
signal is established.
D. Signal Stop - Red cancel (stop) pushbuttons shall be used for signal cancel. The
signal cancel button will be pushed to restore a signal to stop. The cancel button

shall light steady red when a signal is at stop and in time. The cancel button shall
revert to dark when the signal is at stop and the route has released.
E. Clear Block - Amber Clear Block pushbuttons shall be used for signal clearing for
non-equipped train. The Clear Block button will be pushed to request a route for a
non-equipped train to proceed to the next interlocking. The Clear Block shall be
cancelled by the signal cancel pushbutton.
F. Switch Control pushbuttons located below the track line, shall be used to manually
control switches. The switch number shall be centered above the corresponding
buttons labeled "Normal," and "Reverse." The button for Normal will be green; the
button for Reverse shall be amber.
G. Switch Blocking - Blue request pushbuttons shall be used for Switch Blocking. The
switch block request button will be pushed to prevent switch operation. When
switch blocking is effective, the button will light blue. The pushbutton will be re-
pushed to unblock a switch. When the switch is unblocked the button will restore to
dark.
H. Track Blocking – Blue Track block pushbuttons shall be used to prevent the
movement of a train into the selected block under signal operation. The pushbutton
shall be momentarily depressed to initiate a track block and re-pushed to initiate an
unblock request. The lights will be illuminated when track blocking is in effect. The
limits of the track block are from the exiting signal at this location to the entrance
signal of the next interlocking.
I. Local/Remote Two Position Key Switch - A two-position switch shall that shall
allow the changing of control modes at each interlocking.
J. The switch shall be provided with the following two positions:
1. REMOTE - The position which permits the control of the respective

interlocking from the Operations Control Center. A green indication light shall
be lit with the panel in remote operation.
2. LOCAL - This position permits operation of the interlocking from the Local
Control Panel. A white indication light shall be lit with the panel in local
operation.
K. Indication Only Toggle Switch shall be provided on all local control panels. This
single pole toggle switch closed shall allow the lighting of the panels.
L. Lamp Test Pushbutton, this momentary pushbutton, when operated, shall allow all
like colored local control panel LEDs to light for 5 seconds until all color groups are
cycle tested and then automatically extinguish, whether the panel is in local
operation mode or not. This button is illuminated white while in test mode.

M. In order to facilitate quick replacement of pushbuttons, all contacts on each
pushbutton assembly shall be connected to the plug portion of a locked, quick
detachable keyed connector in order that all like units shall be interchange-able. Only
the required wires shall be provided in the wiring tree and connected to the other side
of the connector. The plug portion of the connector shall be an integral part of the
pushbutton or lever assembly.
N. All pushbuttons shall be momentarily depressed and released by spring action to

initiate a function.
2.03 LCP INDICATORS
A. All indications shall be provided by means of individual LED indicators, as required

within these Contract Documents.
B. All illuminated indications on local control and indication panels shall be provided
by means of individual LEDs and/or the backlit pushbuttons. The LEDs shall
normally be dark, except as otherwise provided in these Technical Specifications,
and color shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. Access to all lighting shall be
from the front of the panel
C. Local Control panel Alarm Indicators There shall be red LEDs, for indicating each of
the following conditions:
1. 60 Hz Power Off
2. DC Power Off.
3. DC Ground.
4. Smoke Alarm.
5. Intrusion Alarm
6. 60 Hz Power, Off, DC Power Off, Ground, Smoke, and Intrusion alarm
indications shall be extinguished when alarm conditions are corrected.
D. LCP Panel Lights on/off has two stick positions:
1. Down - panel lights off.

2. Up - panel lights on.
E. The contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for approval a drawing showing
the colors of the indication lights and buttons. [CDRL 13582-007]

3.01 GENERAL
A. Local Control Panels - The local control panels shall be installed in the Central
Instrument Locations (CIL) in accordance with the approved drawings and as
specified herein.
B. Each local control panel shall be assembled and be included as part of the testing of
the CIL in accordance with the approved factory test procedures.
3.02 WIRING
A. The control panel shall be wired with single conductor, not smaller than No. 22
AWG, 19 strand wire, insulated for 600 volt service; wire as specified within the
Internal Wire and Cable Section of these Specifications. The wiring harness shall
allow clear access to all lights, levers, and pushbuttons.
3.03 PAINTING
A. The LCP panel cabinets shall be finished with an enamel or lacquer. The finish color
of the panel shall be grey, ANSI-61 or approved equal.
3.04 TESTING
A. The panel shall be factory tested as described in these documents.
B. The panel shall be used for commissioning testing as required by the test plan.

SECTION 13584
ELECTRIC SNOW MELTING DEVICES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work to be done under this Section consists of designing, furnishing and
installing a new system of 700VDC and 240VAC snowmelters track switches on the
MSHL. The layouts shall include rail and crib heaters as well as all mounting
hardware as described in these Specifications and as shown on the Contract
Drawings.
B. Snow melting equipment shall prevent snow and ice from accumulating in the
critical area of a track switch under severe winter conditions to the extent necessary
to permit free and unobstructed operation. The critical area of a track switch that
requires protection is the area between the switch point and the adjoining stock rail.
Other areas that require protection include the tie cribs containing switch front and
operating rods.
C. The new snowmelter layouts as installed shall be complete with heating elements,
breakers, disconnects, switches, external cable, ground fault protection, conduits,
junction boxes, snowmelter control cases and all other miscellaneous hardware
required to mount and interconnect it to the existing SEPTA DC traction power
system or a new commercial PECO power source.
D. The contractor shall install electric switch heater devices on each power operated
switch on the MSHL. Electric rail heating elements shall be used including, but not
limited to: tubular “cal-rod” heaters and tubular hairpin heaters. The term "switch
heater" will be used herein.
E. "Supply Service" means the necessary equipment, usually consisting of protection

and control equipment, ground fault protection equipment, and service equipment,
located in a dedicated snow melter control case mounted separately along the right-
of-way, and is used to protect and control the electric power from the power mains to
the electric switch heater devices.
F. Power for the switch heaters shall be 700VDC (supplied by the SEPTA traction
power sub-system) or 240VAC (supplied by PECO commercial power).
G. Remote control and status indication of switch heaters shall be through Central
Office Control and the Local Control Panels. Electric snow melting devices shall be
manually controlled by OCC equipment via communications over the GBN.
Communications connection to switch heaters in 69th Street Terminal, in West Yard,
and in A and B spur tracks shall be via dedicated RF equipment, separate and distinct
from the CBTC RF data network. Communications connection to switch heaters on
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Electric Snow Melting Devices
the MSHL Main Line, Media Branch and Sharon Hill Branch shall be via the GBN
only. New RF snow-melter control system shall not interfere with SEPTA’s existing
RF snow-melter control system, which uses RAILCOM RADiANT 903CSe 900
MHz radios.
A. Electric Snow Melting Device Systems shall be a manufactured by RAILS Corp. or

approved equal.
B. Switch Heater enclosures shall conform to the instrument housing specifications in

this document.
C. Each control panel shall be designed, incorporating the latest technology and finest
high reliability components.
D. Each instrument housing shall be tested before shipping. This factory testing shall be
conducted in accordance with an approved factory test procedure.
E. Each snowmelter heating element shall be inspected immediately prior to

installation. Equipment which has suffered no damage due to storing and handling
shall be installed.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The contractor shall submit equipment, enclosures, layout plans and electrical
schematic plans for each switch and equipment enclosure to the SEPTA Project
Manager for approval. [CDRL 13584-001]
B. The contractor shall submit catalog cuts for all components of the switch heater
system. [CDRL 13584-002]
C. The Contractor shall provide detailed power calculations for the complete
snowmelting systems including ground fault protection settings. [CDRL 13584-003]
D. The contractor shall provide detailed snowmelter element mounting details and
snowmelter case foundation installation requirements and designs. [CDRL 13584-
004] Drawings shall be submitted for review and acceptance to show field mounting
arrangement for the crib elements and the switch point rail heater elements. The
drawings shall illustrate the details of the mounting hardware and the method of
installation. The instrument housing layout plans shall be drawn to scale and shall
show location and installation of equipment and components, mounting framework,
fire protection system door openings and overall physical dimensions.
E. Drawings shall be submitted showing the interconnections between:
1. The power source (commercial 240VAC) and the control cases
2. The power source (SEPTA 700VDC) and the control cases, and
3. The connections between the control cases and each heater element. [CDRL
13584-005]
F. The contractor shall provide factory test plans and field test plans to the SEPTA
Project Manager for approval. [CDRL 13584-006]
G. Prior to fabrication or purchase of the snowmelter elements, the Contractor shall

submit the following to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval:
1. Mechanical and assembly drawings of the proposed snowmelter layouts

including all components and mounting hardware. [CDRL 13584-007]
2. Catalog cuts and complete performance data for the elements. [CDRL 13584-
008]
3. An installation inspection procedure for the proposed heater elements. [CDRL
13584-009]
4. Supporting documentation including:
a. Manufacturer's parts list of all functional components, giving
manufacturer's model number and manufacturer's part number. [CDRL
13584-010]
b. Drawings showing field mounting arrangements of the snowmelter
heater layouts. [CDRL 13584-011] The drawings will illustrate the
details of the mounting hardware, the method of installation and any
special track occupancy requirements needed to install the case.
H. CDRLs

CDRL 13584-001 Equipment, Enclosures, Layout Plans And 1.03A
Electrical Schematic Plans.
CDRL 13584-002 Catalog Cuts For All Components Of The 1.03B
Switch Heater System
CDRL 13584-003 Power Calculations For Snowmelting Systems 1.03C
Including Ground Fault Protection Settings.
CDRL 13584-004 Snowmelter Element Mounting Details And 1.03D
Snowmelter Case Foundation Installation
Requirements And Designs
CDRL 13584-005 Interconnections Between The Control Cases 1.03E.3
And Power Feeds And Each Heater Element.
CDRL 13584-006 Factory And Field Test Plans 1.03F
CDRL 13584-007 Mechanical And Assembly Drawings Of 1.03G.1
Snowmelter Layouts
CDRL 13584-008 Catalog Cuts And Performance Data For The 1.03G.2
Elements
CDRL 13584-009 Installation Inspection Procedure 1.03G.3
CDRL 13584-010 Manufacturers Part List 1.03G.4.a
CDRL 13584-011 Mounting Arrangements 1.03G.4.b
1.04 DELIVERY
A. Each switch heater control case and all its associated hardware shall be clearly
marked on the shipped crate with the appropriate switch number and installation
location as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B. Switch heater components shall be protected against damage or loss during handling
and shipment.
C. All snowmelter heating elements damaged during the course of storing, handling, or
installation shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Authority.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Each switch heater enclosure shall be furnished complete, requiring only the
installation and termination of the power, track, switch, switch heater elements and
line cables.
B. Switch heater components shall:
1. Be clearly and permanently labeled with value or type identification.

2. Be rated to operate at +20% and -10% of rated voltage.
3. Retain their rated value and function as intended within a temperature range of
-20 degrees C to +50 degrees C
C. Components shall be new and free of manufacturing defects.
2.02 REQUIREMENTS
A. DC Snowmelters
1. DC electric switch heater enclosures shall provide control and operation of 700
VDC OCS power to switch points and crib heaters.
2. Tubular heaters shall be rated at ≥ 300 watts per foot at 700 VDC.
B. AC Snowmelters
1. AC electric switch heater enclosures shall provide control and operation of

240VAC commercial power to switch points and crib heaters.
2. Tubular heaters shall be rated at ≥ 300 watts per foot at 240VAC.
C. DC and AC Snowmeltes
1. The controls shall be operated from the Office Control Center or Local Control
Panel.
2. Each control case assembly shall be a complete pre-wired and tested package
designed for easy servicing.
3. All control panels shall be equipped with UL approved electrical components
rated to meet or exceed the load requirements of the switch heaters to be
controlled.
4. Enclosures shall meet the standard instrument case requirements set forth in
this document and include, but not be limited to, the following standard
features:
a. Individual Switch Heater Circuit Breaker(s)
b. Individual Switch Heater Contactors
c. Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI)
d. On indications
e. Fault indications
f. Remote control bypass switch.
g. Rail Temperature Limit Control (turns heaters off when a certain rail
temperature has been reached)
h. Ambient Temperature Control (turns heaters off above a set ambient
temperature)
5. Switch heater feeder cables shall be 1/0 AWG stranded copper rated for
5000V.
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Switch Point Rail Heater Element:
1. Rail Heater Type:

a. The snowmelter rail heater elements shall be of the tubular type, rated
for 300 watts per foot of effective heating at the heel as well as per foot
along the length of each rail.
b. The length of the switch point snowmelter elements for all switches shall
be determined by the Contractor by review of the track special work.
Where drawings are not available, the Contractor shall make field
measurements.
c. The effective length of the switch heater elements shall extend at least
one foot beyond the point of switch. The flexible wire leads connected to
the ends of the heater elements shall be at least ten (10) feet in length.
d. Each heater element shall be provided with male\female disconnects and
stainless steel snap-on hardware for ease of installation and replacement.
2. Hardware and Fittings:
a. All heater support mounting hardware shall be hot dipped galvanized
steel or stainless steel. Galvanizing shall be as per the latest edition of
ASTM-153, or approved equal. Mounting hardware shall consist of
heater support clamps and all other hardware required to support the
heater element underneath the rail head.
b. The rail heater mounting clamp hardware shall be manufactured by the
Erico, Part No. A251, A203, A205, or approved equal. Contractor shall
field verify width of rail base and rail heater element diameter for proper
selection of rail heater clamp.
3. Crib Heater Units:
a. The heating element for the crib heater units for switch layouts shall be
of the tubular type, rated for a total of 1800 watts per crib heater.
b. The crib heater element and mounting for s shall be as shown in the
Contract Drawings.
c. Each heater element shall be provided with male \ female disconnects
and stainless steel snap-on hardware for ease of installation and
replacement.
4. Crib Heater Channels:
a. The switch rod crib heater unit enclosure shall consist of a solid steel
channel cover as shown on the Contract Drawings. Crib heater units shall
accommodate heating lengths as shown on the Contract Drawings and
specified herein.
b. The switch rod crib heater channels shall be provided with tie-downs to
securely attach the unit under the switch operating rods.
5. Snowmelter Junction Boxes:
a. Junction boxes for snowmelter layouts shall be cast iron, provided with a
hinged gasketed cover and shall be provided with AAR style terminals
for termination of control cables. Junction boxes shall also be provided
with watertight strain relief connectors for cable egress.
b. Snowmelter junction boxes shall be supplied with pedestal and with
appropriate hardware for mounting in the track area.
c. Snowmelter junction boxes shall be as manufactured by Rails Company
or approved equal. Snowmelter junction boxes shall be manufactured
and installed in accordance with the Contract Drawings.
6. Wire and Cable:

a. All snowmelter heater element connecting wire and cables shall be as
specified within these Specifications, minimum size No.6 AWG, and
installed as shown on the Contract Drawings.
b. Conduit: PVC and GRS conduits shall be provided for protection of the
external snowmelter wire and cable connections, as shown on the
Contract Drawings.
7. Miscellaneous Hardware:
a. Electrical connectors, electrical tape, identification tags, and all
necessary appurtenances to install the snowmelter layout shall be as
specified within these Specifications.
b. Hardware and Fittings: All mounting hardware shall be plated as
described within these Specifications for cadmium plating. Mounting
hardware shall consist of heater support clamps and all other hardware
required to support the heating element.
8. Wire:
a. All snowmelter element wiring shall be insulated for 1000 volts and shall
meet the applicable requirements of this Specification.
b. Voltage control and indication wiring shall be run separately from all
240VAC or 700VDC or heater element wiring.
9. Terminals:
a. Solderless screw type terminals of the appropriate size shall be provided
for the 240VAC and 700VDC wiring terminations.
b. Standard AAR binding post terminals shall be provided on for the
control and indication circuitry.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All tubular switch heaters shall be clip mounted on the outside of the stock rail.
Stock rails may not be drilled for switch heater installation.
B. Switch heater enclosures shall be set as close to the switch points as practicable.
C. Rail-Mounted Heating Unit Installation:
1. The Contractor shall verify installation dimensions for each layout prior to
installation of the heaters.
2. Rail-mounted electric tubular elements shall be installed on the outside of the
stock rail and straight rail of the switch layout in accordance with the approved
plans. Rail heaters shall be applied to the web of the rail, through the slot
manufactured in the rail braces and clamped.
3. Mounting hardware shall be installed at evenly spaced intervals approximately
one foot apart on each rail heater throughout the turnout.
4. Mounting hardware shall be in accordance with the Contract Drawings.
5. Sufficient slack shall be left in all connection wires to allow for running of the
rail.
6. The heating elements shall be installed under dry conditions to eliminate the
entrance of moisture into the heater system.
D. Crib Heater Units:
1. Crib heater units shall be installed between the wood ties and under the switch
rods to be heated. There shall be a minimum three-inch separation between the
rods and heater unit. In addition, an additional crib heater shall be installed
under the hand operated switch throw mechanism to ensure snow and ice do
not obstruct the operation of the switch.
2. Pan or crib heaters shall be installed to insure the switch front rod and the
switch operating rod (#1 switch rod) is heated. Front rod heating elements
shall insure that the lock and detector rod lugs are free of ice or snow. Crib
heater lengths shall extend to the heat the connectors between the switch rods
and the switch machine. Rod heater guards shall be provided to protect the
switch timbers from burning.
E. Connections:
1. All wire and cable connections in the track area shall be installed in a neat and
professional manner. All wiring running between tracks in cribs shall be
installed in PVC conduits which shall be affixed to the inside of the wood ties
with conduit clamps. All materials installed in switch cribs shall not interfere
with the proper operation of the hand operated switches.
2. Where special installation circumstances dictate, dedicated conduit runs shall
be required between the snowmelter control case and the snowmelter junction
boxes as required by the Project Manager.
3. Sufficient slack shall be left in all connection wires to allow a minimum of
three re-terminations.
4. Connection from the heating element lead to the feeder cable shall be with a
quick disconnect. After make-up, the disconnect shall be taped with plastic
electrical tape, as manufactured by the 3M Co., or approved equal.
3.02 TESTING
A. Each switch heater enclosure shall be tested for operation at the point of manufacture
as well as when connected to the system as a whole according to an approved factory
test procedure before being shipped to the project site.
SECTION 13585
MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS AND PRODUCTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide the various products and components as referenced in this Section and
throughout this Specification required to provide for a completely operable signaling
system.
A. All materials to be utilized in the design shall be selected, verified and checked for
application against the interfacing components or devices to assure proper and safe
operation, whether materials are required by these Contract Documents or selected
by the Contractor.
B. Provide materials and equipment designed to operate in accordance with all

applicable AREMA and local code requirements for the signal related systems being
installed under this Contract. Provide all systems and equipment to be in compliance
with a Contractor standard quality assurance program.
C. Products and components provided for use on this Contract shall be new and free of
manufacturing defects.
D. Provide electrical and electronic components rated to operate at power, voltage,

current, and temperature levels exceeding by 20 percent those that the components
will be subject to in service, unless otherwise specified herein.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Unless otherwise waived by the SEPTA Project Manager, submit complete

performance data information and a sample of each type of new component or
product as an equivalent to those herein specified. Obtain the SEPTA Project
Manager’s written approval for any such equivalent type component or product
before proceeding with manufacturer or procurement.
1.04 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
equipment required by the work of this Contract.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Miscellaneous Components and Products
B. Properly package all materials, equipment, and their component parts at the
manufacturer’s point of shipment. Replace any material or equipment damaged, lost,
or stolen in shipment at no additional cost to the Contract.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 CIRCUIT BREAKERS, FUSES AND FUSE CLIPS
A. Fuses and circuit breakers shall be of suitable capacities to protect the various pieces
of signal apparatus from the effects of short circuits or overloads. Circuit Breakers
for AC Power shall be rated to provide calculated protection when used at 60 Hz.
B. Circuit fuses shall be non-renewable, and shall be of the fiber-case, time-lag, fusion
type. The circuit breakers and fuses shall be the correct size and rating for circuit
current interruption and shall protect the electrical equipment and circuits from short-
term and long-term overloads.
C. Fuse clips shall be so constructed that they shall retain their resilience under all
installation and service conditions to assure a positive contact between the clips and
the fuse. Tron type fuse clips shall be provided. Fuse clips for circuits of 120 volts or
higher shall be provided with a removable cover, which shall also serve, as a manual
disconnect of the circuit.
2.02 PRINTED CIRCUIT CARDS AND CONNECTORS
A. Printed circuit (PC) cards shall be of glass epoxy construction. Card material shall
meet the requirements of NEMA Type FR-4. Cards shall have sufficient thickness to
permit easy insertion and removal, and shall be physically keyed to protect against
incorrect interchange. Conductor material shall be copper and shall be protected
from exposure to air.
B. PC cards shall be provided with LEDs to demonstrate that the card is functioning
properly, diagnostic messages are portrayed, and inputs or outputs are energized.
C. PC card types shall be combined where possible to limit the number of different
cards required.
D. All PC cards shall be supplied with a nonproprietary bar tag showing at a minimum
the part number and manufacturer’s name.
2.03 RESISTORS AND REACTORS
A. Resistors and reactors for electronic equipment shall be in accordance with the
applicable requirements of AREMA Signal Manual of Recommended Practices
Part14.2.40.
B. All resistors, other than those required for electronic circuits, shall be in accordance
with AREMA Signal Manual of Recommended Practices Part 14.2.15.
C. All reactors, other than those required for electronic circuits, shall be in accordance
with AREMA Signal Manual of Recommended Practices Part 14.2.20.
D. Current limiting resistors shall not be used in DC branch circuits.
2.04 EQUALIZERS AND ARRESTERS
A. Equalizers shall be heavy duty. Equalizers shall be the manufacturer’s standard for
the application. Equalizers shall be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager for
approval.
B. All common steel mounting hardware exposed to the elements and used for signal
equipment, cases, junction boxes, conduit, hangers, brackets, clamps, etc., shall be
hot-dip galvanized, except as otherwise approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
C. All nuts, bolts, and washers used for the mounting of equipment within finished
enclosures shall be cadmium plated or stainless steel. As an alternate, the Contractor
may submit another type of plating or non-corroding metal for the SEPTA Project
Manager approval.
2.05 DIODES
A. All diodes to be furnished under this Contract shall carry a JEDEC number or shall
be available from more than one manufacturer and shall be used within the published
specifications for such number. All diodes shall be silicon type, unless otherwise
2.06 CAPACITORS
A. Capacitors for electronic circuits shall be in accordance with the applicable

requirements of AREMA Signal Manual Part 14.2.40.
2.07 PADLOCKS
A. Padlocks shall be provided for all instrument houses and cases. The Contractor shall
keep all instrument houses and cases locked at all times. Instrument houses and
cases shall be shipped with a Contractor-installed and owned lock in place. Upon
arrival at the shipping destination, the Contractor shall open all houses and cases for
inspection by SEPTA and then shall install the Contractor-supplied SEPTA locks.
B. The Contractor shall also furnish each instrument house and case with a SEPTA
standard high security lock. SEPTA shall provide the Contractor with the lock type
prior to shipment.
2.08 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
A. Protection, as herein specified, for machined-finished surfaces, threaded rods and

nuts and other parts that are susceptible to rusting, shall have a corrosion-preventive
compound, "RUST VETO HEAVY" by E. F. Houghton, Valley Forge, PA, or
approved equal, which must have sufficient body to resist weather and rusting for at
least six months. Corrosion preventative compound shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval. This material shall be furnished by the Contractor, for
installation by SEPTA.
B. Provide equipment with manufacturer applied corrosion resistant undercoatings.
C. Provide instrument housings the exterior painted in accordance with AREMA Signal
Manual, Part 2.4.30. Primer shall be red lead oxide primer or approved equal.
D. The roof of instrument housings shall be primed and painted with two (2) coats of an
approved sunlight reflective enamel based paint.
E. Instrument housings shall be given a final transparent top coating that will enable
easy cleaning of graffiti.
SECTION 13587
SYSTEM VERIFICATION TESTING.
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. This Section describes the Contractor Requirements for factory and site acceptance
tests, validations, and inspections which the Contractor shall devise and perform on
the various systems, subsystems, assemblies, subassemblies, and components
provided under this Contract.
B. Contract requirements, including requirements derived from the referenced Industry

Standards, shall be shown as met by tracing from the source of the requirement
through to the evidence demonstrating the requirement has been successfully
implemented, typically through testing.
C. Major levels of testing shall include:
1. Component Testing and Inspection – Component Testing and Inspection

includes First Article Inspection (FAI) and shall be performed by the
Contractor on components as received from their suppliers. The object of this
testing shall be to verify that all components are functioning properly before
wiring or installation into a subassembly or other integrated product. A
Component Testing and Inspection Test Plan [CDRL 13587-01] shall be
provided for SEPTA review and approval.
2. Subsystem Acceptance Testing – Subsystem Acceptance Testing shall be
performed to demonstrate the stand-alone performance of each subsystem. A
Subsystem Acceptance Test Plan [CDRL 13587-11] shall be provided for
SEPTA review and approval.
3. Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT) – FAT shall be performed to demonstrate
the integrated functionality of the overall MSHL CBTC System prior to its
delivery to the field. All subsystems shall be included in an integrated FAT.
Simulations may be used in FAT; however, simulations shall not be used to the
exclusion of testing deliverable equipment. A Factory Acceptance Test Plan
[CDRL 13587-02] shall be provided for SEPTA review and approval.
4. Software Regression Testing – Software Regression Testing shall be
performed on all revised software prior to field installation. Software shall be
understood to include all software, firmware, data files, configuration files, and
other information which is loaded or installed on the MSHL Equipment.
Software shall be tested on an identical copy of the actual subsystem hardware
on which it will be installed in the field and within a suitable environment such
that the functionality of the revisions and its affects may be fully tested. The
Contractor, and its subcontractors as necessary, shall maintain the necessary
hardware and test equipment at their site(s) throughout the Project for the
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC System Verification Testing

purposes of performing Software Regression Testing. A Software Regression
Test Plan [CDRL 13587-03] shall be provided for SEPTA review and
approval.
5. Post-Installation Field Testing – Post-Installation Field Testing shall be
performed after components, equipment, and subsystems are installed in their
permanent locations on SEPTA property. The object of this testing is to verify
proper installation of the stand-alone components and equipment (e.g., fiber-
optic cable loss, Radio Frequency (RF) radiated energy distribution, subsystem
interface interconnections). A Post-Installation Field Test Plan [CDRL 13587-
04] shall be provided for SEPTA review and approval.
6. Systems Integration and Validation Testing – This testing verifies the
interaction and functionality of all components of the MSHL System as an
integrated overall system. A Systems Integration and Validation Test Plan
7. Trolley Design Qualification Testing – This testing shall be performed on the
first pilot trolleys (refer to Section 13591 of these Contract Documents)
outfitted with CBTC equipment to prove the equipment design, interfaces,
operation, and installation is adequate for the SEPTA rolling stock and in
accordance with all Contract requirements prior to beginning installations on
the remainder of the trolley fleet. A Trolley Design Qualification Test Plan
8. Trolley Integration and Validation Testing – This testing shall be performed
on all trolleys following the installation of CBTC equipment. The methods and
procedures used for this testing will be developed during the Pilot Program
(refer to Section 13591 of these Contract Documents). A Trolley Integration
and Validation Test Plan [CDRL 13587-07] shall be provided for SEPTA
review and approval.
1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall organize and submit a test program consisting of the Test Plan
CDRLs identified in this Section which verifies the adequacy and system integrity of
the MSHL System in an orderly and logical sequence. The submitted test program
shall include the locations of all testing and a proposed testing schedule in Critical
Path Method (CPM) format.
B. Subsequent to approval of the test program, the Contractor shall submit separate,
detailed test procedures for each and every test regardless of where performed. The
test procedures shall detail step-by-step the precise process to be performed by the
Contractor to demonstrate to SEPTA that the required metrics/parameters to be
tested during witnessed and un-witnessed tests are met. The test procedures shall
include the test result documents and a sign off list for each major section of each
test procedure. These completed forms and documents with signatures shall form the
test report and shall be submitted to SEPTA with thirty (30) days of the completion
of testing for each test performed.

C. The Contractor shall designate a test numbering scheme for the testing program. The
proposed testing scheme shall address all of the requirements of this Section as well
as the specific section describing the test and may include additional tests deemed
necessary by the Contractor in order to meet the responsibilities of providing a
complete, safe and workable system meeting Contract requirements.
D. Testing of the installed equipment shall be performed to determine that the

equipment has been installed correctly, that it satisfies all functional and
performance requirements, that it satisfies all safety requirements and that interfaces
between the equipment, including interfaces to equipment provided by other than the
Contractor, is operating correctly.
E. Tests and inspections shall be for the purpose of verifying design parameters,
ensuring proper performance and safe operation of the MSHL System equipment,
and demonstrating compliance with these Contract Documents. The tests to be
performed shall cause each system and subsystem to be sequenced through its
required operations, including the impositions of simulated conditions to prove that
the installation complies with all specified fail-safe requirements.
F. All MSHL Contract Specification requirements shall be tested and proven to have
been correctly implemented by tracing all Contract Requirements through to the test
procedure which tests the required functionality as operating correctly. For those
functions or requirements which cannot reasonably be tested, an alternate means of
demonstrating compliance to Contract Specifications shall be recommended by the
Contractor for SEPTA review and approval.
G. Where redundancy is provided, a means shall be devised to “fail” the redundant units
to determine whether the redundant functionality operated as designed and expected.
H. The Contractor's factory test documents shall consist of a test procedure and pre-
printed data sheets and/or inspection sheets for each test. All completed tests shall be
documented in a test report and submitted to SEPTA.
I. Retesting of equipment after software modifications have been made shall follow the
Software Regression Test Plan. Test reports resulting from this retesting shall
include the analysis or review which dictated the required testing to be performed as
a result of the software change.
J. SEPTA reserves the right for it, or its assignees, to witness any testing performed by
the Contractor or its Subcontractors.
K. Testing of Contractor-supplied equipment which interfaces to legacy (pre-existing)

equipment shall include sufficient testing of the functionality of the legacy
equipment to ensure:
1. The pre-existing functionality of the legacy equipment is correct.

2. The combined functionality of the legacy and new equipment is correct.

L. The Contractor shall supply all the materials, documents, tools, test and monitoring
equipment, computer time, reference literature and other items which may be
necessary to meet the requirements of the Test Program.
M. Testing shall include verification that the correct software is installed. CRC,
checksum, version designators, or other means established within the controlling test
plan shall be used to verify the version of software installed is the correct version as
held within the Contractor, or sub-Contractor’s configuration control system.
N. All test procedures shall:
1. Require the recording of revision or other configuration management system-

traceable identification of the hardware and software under test including the
hardware and software of test tools, identify the tester, record the date the
testing was performed, and record the location performed.
2. Include diagrams depicting the test setup for each test method, test equipment
to be used, procedures and method for recording.
3. Utilize pre-printed data sheets and/or inspection sheets for each test.
Completed data sheets shall be included in the test report documenting the
performance of the test procedure.
4. When test procedures require specific meter or test instrument readings, the
pre-printed data sheet shall show the allowable range of values for each part of
the test. The test report shall also contain a check-off system for each action
and blank space adjacent to the expected value in which to record the test
readings. When tests include observations of pertinent responses that do not
require instrument readings, each response shall have its own checkmark. No
single checkmark shall be used for groups of responses.
5. The test reports shall contain a status sheet on which the test summary results
shall be recorded and any discrepancies found and action taken notes. All test
reports shall be dated and signed by the responsible employee of the
Contractor, or sub-Contractor, on the day the test is performed. Space shall
also be provided for the signature of the witnessing inspector.
6. Each step of a test procedure shall be clearly written in a manner that describes
the action to be performed and provide clear pass/fail criterion.
7. Identification of the required personnel, tools, test equipment, and a test
overview for complex tests involving trolley movements or personnel to be
stationed at multiple locations.
8. Safety warnings and cautions as appropriate.
O. Tests and inspections shall be made during the progress of this Contract and after
completing the installation of equipment and shall consist of, but not be limited to,
factory tests, circuit breakdown tests, wiring verification tests, continuity tests,
resistance tests, voltage and current tests, time tests, environmental tests, operational
tests, simulation tests, and other electrical and mechanical tests and inspections. All
subsystems and systems shall be tested completely prior to any operational systems

integration testing. Test procedures and inspections shall be conducted according to
the manufacturer's standards except as otherwise specified.
P. The Contractor shall also factory and field test the final arrangement of the MSHL
System as required by these documents.
Q. The Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of his personnel and any special
equipment and assistance required conducting all required tests and inspections, and
completing the required documentation. When a device or system does not meet the
Specification requirements initially, the Contractor shall make the necessary
corrections and shall be responsible for the total cost of additional tests and/or
inspections required to prove compliance. The Contractor will not be responsible for
the costs of operating Trolleys operation; these costs will be borne by SEPTA to the
extent agreed upon by approval of the Contractor's requirements in the test
procedure.
R. The Contractor shall conduct FAT, Software Regression Testing and inspections in
the Contractor's plants or other facilities.
S. Test failures or defects shall be tracked using a defect tracking mechanism which
shall assign a unique identification number to each defect and shall be used to track
each defect to closure. Closed defects shall be maintained within the tracking
mechanism throughout the Project. The test procedure in which the failure was
detected shall reference the unique failure identification number. All entries in the
failure tracking mechanism shall refer to the unique test procedure, or other
originating source, from which the failure was detected.
T. The SEPTA Project Manager shall be notified in writing a minimum of thirty (30)
days in advance of the scheduled performance of each test and inspection so that
SEPTA or its representatives may attend if desired. When tests are to be conducted
continuously as in a production-line routine, SEPTA shall be notified thirty (30) days
in advance of the start of the tests.
U. Detailed test procedures shall be submitted to SEPTA thirty (30) days in advance of
any scheduled testing and approved by SEPTA before any testing shall commence.
V. The test program shall include integration of tests that will be conducted in
accordance with Contractor-furnished plans and procedures which have been
approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. These tests shall verify total integration
of existing systems and Contractor-furnished equipment. SEPTA will cooperate
with the Contractor, and will make the necessary facilities, existing system
equipment, and personnel available for these tests. The Contractor shall provide all
other manpower, equipment, and tools to support these tests.
W. Sixty (60) days prior to the start of field testing and throughout the field test period,
the Contractor shall maintain a test schedule identifying all specific test procedures

scheduled for performance in the field and linkages/dependencies with other
activities.
X. Any and all testing which may affect normal operations shall be done during non-
revenue hours, during a track outage, or at the direction of SEPTA.
Y. Test Plans shall include diagrams depicting the equipment under test, simulated
equipment (i.e.: something taking the place of deliverable equipment), simulators
providing inputs and outputs, interconnections between equipment and testing
equipment (i.e.: monitoring equipment). Equipment racks, instrument cases,
instrument huts, etc., shall be tested in their completely assembled, ready-to-be-
installed in the field form.
Z. FAT shall include testing of production wayside equipment communicating over RF

with production vehicle equipment. In this context “production” shall be understood
as the actual MSHL deliverable equipment.
AA. All field testing shall be conducted in accordance with applicable safety regulations,
SEPTA procedures, practices, and as noted within these specifications.
BB. Site Specific Work Plans shall be developed by the Contractor for all cutovers. Site
Specific Work Plans shall include all testing, inspections, and other actions needed
when modifying or connecting to existing circuits.
CC. The Contractor shall be responsible for all shipping, storage, insurance, receipt
inspections and all other tasks related to delivering and installing the MSHL
equipment from its source to its final installation.
A. The quality of materials, fabrication and finish of all MSHL System components,
and their compliance with these Specifications, shall be measured and assured by the
factory tests and inspections which the Contractor shall devise and perform.
B. The Contractor shall pretest all components, instrument houses and site specific
application programming prior to the factory acceptance test. Documentation of such
pre-testing shall be submitted for approval prior to the scheduling of the factory
acceptance test.
C. The Contractor shall devise and perform such tests as are required by these
Specifications to ensure that all MSHL Systems, subsystems, and operating
equipment provided under this Contract function in a safe and proper manner. All
functions providing safety shall be tested. All fail-safe functions shall be tested
including the failure of safety-related Lowest Level Replaceable Units (LLRU) to
ensure that the system response and operation remains safe and operates as designed
after the failure(s)e.

D. A Fail-Safe and Safety-Providing Function Test Plan [CDRL 13587-08] shall be
provided for SEPTA review and approval. This Test Plan shall identify all MSHL
System LLRUs which provide safety-related functions, all fail-safe design functions,
and a means to test and document their ability to provide their intended functions
including the MSHL System’s fail-safe response to equipment failure.
E. The validity of each field test shall be demonstrated to the SEPTA Project Manager
or designated representative, either at the factory or in the field. The SEPTA Project
Manager shall be satisfied that the test procedure adequately determines that the
equipment is working properly, in a safe manner, and that it meets or exceeds the
requirements of the Specifications. SEPTA will signify their satisfaction with the test
procedure by placing a signature on the first page of the document. No test
procedure shall be considered ready for performance until signed by SEPTA.
F. Test reports shall document the serial numbers and calibration dates of all
instruments and/or test equipment used during the test. The calibration of equipment
shall be certified by a recognized testing facility. Recertification shall be conducted
every 180 days or less. Out-of-date instruments shall be considered non-certified.
Tests conducted with non-certified instruments shall be rejected.
G. Test reports shall be all-inclusive and contain all required data, reference drawings,
and explanations to permit evaluation without the necessity of securing this
information from other sources by those whose purpose is to evaluate the test report.
H. As part of the MSHL System Verification and Validation Testing process, the
Contractor shall develop and follow a method to uniquely identify each test
performed and the unique equipment inspected or verified by each test. This
information shall be maintained in a Record of Test Document [CDRL 13587-09]
which shall be submitted to SEPTA monthly once testing or inspections have
commenced and shall be maintained throughout the Project. SEPTA shall have input
to the content and format used for the Record of Test Document.
I. Test procedures shall be clearly worded. A Glossary of Technical Terms shall be

provided with each group of test procedures submitted. No technical words shall be
used which are not in the Glossary. No words may be used in the test procedures
which are not either in the Glossary or in common usage as defined by their
inclusion in a commonly used "desk" or "college" edition dictionary. Words shall
have their common meaning or a meaning in general use in the signal industry.
J. A Glossary of Abbreviations shall be provided with each group of test procedures

submitted. No abbreviation may be used in the test procedure which is not included
in the Glossary of Abbreviations.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide all submittals in accordance with Section 01300.

B. Test Program Plan
1. The Contractor shall submit a Test Program Plan [CDRL 13587-10] for
2. The Test Program Plan shall cover all aspects of tests and inspections of the
MSHL System equipment including the SEPTA-provided equipment which is
connected to or otherwise forms a part of the MSHL System or its operation.
3. The Test Program Plan shall be superior to all other testing plans and shall
serve to integrate all other test plans into a cohesive testing strategy for the
Project.
4. The Test Program Plan shall include, but is not limited to:
a. A flow diagram indicating the logical sequence of tests and inspections,
starting with factory inspections and assembly tests, field inspections and
verification tests, and conclude with the Availability and Reliability
Demonstration testing (refer to Section 01620).
b. A description of the Contractor's factory and field test organizations
including the person(s) in charge of overall testing for the Project.
c. Definition of the division of responsibilities between the Contractor and
any sub-Contractors employed.
d. Proposed testing requirements for SEPTA-furnished material, personnel
and equipment.
e. Proposed SEPTA witnessing requirements.
f. Identification of the FAIs to be performed including location and
equipment.
g. Listing of all tests to be performed for each subsystem in both the factory
and field, including a brief description of each test.
h. Listing of system-level integration tests in both the factory and field,
including a brief description of each test.
i. Listing of design qualification tests in both the factory and field,
including a brief description of each test.
j. Definition of the recordkeeping methods to be employed for
configuration and control of test procedures and results.
k. Overview of shadow-mode testing (if used), how it will be implemented
and how safety will be ensures.
l. Other factors relevant to the Contractor’s test program.
C. Component Testing and Inspection Plan
1. The Component Testing and Inspection Plan shall include all FAI, material
receipt inspections, and other inspections performed by the Contractor and
others employed by the Contractor at all sites relevant to the Project including
the Contractors factory and the field site(s). The plan shall list the equipment

for which inspections will be performed, their location, and the entity
responsible for the inspection.
2. Recordkeeping for all inspections shall be as for any other test.
D. Subsystem Acceptance Test Plan
1. The Subsystem Acceptance Test Plan shall include all testing needed to verify
the complete performance and operation of each subsystem prior to testing
multiple subsystems in and integrated test environment (e.g., FAT).
2. All interfaces of a subsystem undergoing testing shall be simulated or
connected to prototypical equipment as needed to enable a complete test of the
interface to be performed and the interface performance to be verified.
3. Subsystem testing shall be successfully performed and the test results approved
by the SEPTA Project Manger prior to testing of a subsystem in FAT.
E. Factory Acceptance Test Plan
1. The Factory Acceptance Test Plan shall cover all aspects of the testing planned
at the Contractor and sub-Contractor’s factories. The Factory Acceptance Test
Plan shall a listing of each procedure to be performed along with:
a. Procedure identification number and title
b. Brief description of the intent of the procedure
c. Personnel requirements
d. Test equipment requirements
e. Diagrams depicting the interconnections between equipment during
testing
f. Descriptions of all equipment and subsystems to be tested.
2. All systems, subsystems, and components forming an integral part of a failsafe
circuit or subsystem shall be individually inspected and tested.
3. Each component and unit shall be inspected at its point of manufacture and
evidence of this inspection and acceptability shall be indicated on the item
where practical.
4. All vital relays shall be factory-tested in accordance with AREMA Standards.
5. The following tests shall be performed to the greatest extent possible at the
factory level:
a. Verification of Equipment
1) Verify equipment is the correct product for its application which
includes model and part number. The equipment is securely
mounted and located according to the circuit plans.
2) Verify software and hardware configurations, which include any
jumper arrangements, dipswitch settings, software versions, and
software checksums or CRCs.
3) No test software shall be used for factory acceptance testing.

6. Energy Distribution
a. The purpose of this test is to be certain that energy at all required levels
is available in the equipment enclosures and properly distributed to
equipment requiring it. This test shall check that no grounds, shorts,
open circuits, crosses or misplaced wiring exist in the power distribution
system. All alarm circuits shall be tested by simulating power or
equipment failure. All standby, backup, or reserve power circuitry shall
be checked both for completeness and satisfactory operation.
7. Breakdown Test
a. All vital circuits shall be tested in their entirety for the correct operation
of and response to each contact on each circuit element, such as relays
and contactors. Where parallel paths exist, the tests shall validate each
path, and circuits shall be disconnected to ensure the proper test.
b. Where parallel paths exist in a relay circuit, the circuit shall be checked
to prove that all paths are energized from the same fuse.
c. Each circuit shall be tested by simulating all operating conditions to
ensure that the circuit operates in accordance with the circuit and these
Specifications. This shall be done by removing contact terminals from
plugboards at each contact and checking to see that energized relays
drop.
d. These tests shall also include checking all tags and markings for their
presence, legibility, and accuracy. Any discrepancy shall be tagged with
a red paper tag fastened to the wire or device with string.
e. Jumper wires used for temporary connections for these tests shall be of
vividly contrasting color to the rack wire, or alternatively, these wires
shall be identified by a green paper tag fastened to the wire with string.
These wires shall be removed at the end of the tests. The test procedure
shall include documentation of jumper quantity and a check-off system
to ensure that all jumpers have been removed.
f. Both ends of each wire shall be checked during these tests to be certain
that their terminations are solidly applied and that they are properly held
in their correct place. The corresponding line on an up-to-date set of
approved plans shall be marked with green pencil to indicate the
presence of each wire in its proper position and condition, and that the
tag applied to the wire has the proper nomenclature.
g. All circuit elements shall be checked in the breakdown test. This shall
include relay test posts, pushbutton contacts, and any termination points.
All terminations shall be checked to ensure that no extraneous
connections exist and no more than two wires on a terminal.
h. A contrasting colored pencil (blue) shall be used to checkmark each
connection on the set of plans (included with the test submittal) to
indicate that each circuit element and termination has been checked as
required in this procedure. All coordinates for identifying apparatus
locations shall be likewise checked.

8. Test reports for each FAT performed shall be submitted to SEPTA for review.
The Contractor shall not ship equipment to the field before receiving approval
from SEPTA that the results of testing are satisfactory.
9. FAT shall include the testing of the configuration of all communications
equipment, including all Ground-Based Network (GBN) and Network
Management System (NMS) equipment. Representative RF equipment shall be
tested during FAT.
10. Simulation equipment shall be used to enable the testing of all automobile
roadway crossings.
11. FAT shall include sufficient negative testing to demonstrate satisfactory
functionality of the MSHL System during failures and less than optimal
circumstances. Any negative test procedures or negative testing steps shall be
clearly labeled as such.
F. Software Regression Test Plan
1. The Software Regression Test Plan shall define the processes and requirements
for the testing of revised software prior to introducing that software in the
field.
2. All software regression testing shall be performed at the Contractor’s facility
prior to the software being release to the field.
3. The Contractor shall assemble suitable experts such as the applicable software,
test, safety, etc., to review the changes which have been made and agree on the
necessary software regression tests. The results of this review shall be
maintained in the Contractor’s configuration and control system.
4. All field tests performed for revised software which has undergone software
regression testing in the Contractor’s facility shall reference the regression
testing performed at the contractor’s facility.
G. Post Installation Field Test Plan
1. The Post Installation Field Test Plan shall cover all aspects of the testing
planned in the field to demonstrate equipment has been installed correctly and
interfaces between the various pierces of the MSHL System are functioning
properly.
2. The Contractor shall supply all the materials, documents, tools, test and
monitoring equipment, computer time, reference literature and other items
which may be necessary to meet the requirements of the test Program. Field
Test Plan shall a listing of each procedure to be performed along with:
a. Procedure identification number and title
b. Brief description of the intent of the test
c. Personnel requirements including SEPTA personnel

testing
g. Safety requirements including PPE, flagging, etc.
3. Testing shall include, but not be limited to static tests including:
a. RF coverage and noise immunity tests
b. Fiber optic signal loss tests
c. Power on tests
d. “Beep” or continuity tests
e. Megger tests
f. Continuity and resistance testing of all copper cabling installed external
to instrument huts, cases, and equipment rooms.
4. Further static testing shall be conducted as defined in these Specifications and
based on a Contractor’s particular design.
H. Systems Integration and Validation Test Plan
1. The Systems Integration and Validation Test Plan shall cover all aspects of the
testing planned in the field to demonstrate equipment has been installed
correctly and interfaces between the various pierces of the MSHL System are
functioning properly.
2. The Systems Integration and Validation Test Plan shall cover the methods and
strategy to commission into service all MSHL CBTC System equipment
provided as part of the Project including but not limited to CBTC equipment,
interlocking equipment, LTC equipment, communications equipment, electric
power, and special trackwork. The plan shall include how service on the
MSHL will be maintained during the commissioning process. Any necessary
service outages or reductions to any equipment or function currently in service
shall be identified, quantified, and mitigations recommended. Proposed
disruptions to normal revenue service will require the approval of SEPTA.
3. The Systems Integration and Validation Test Plan shall a listing of each
procedure to be performed along with:
a. Procedure identification number and procedure title
b. Brief description of the intent of the test
c. Personnel requirements including SEPTA personnel
testing
g. Safety requirements including PPE, flagging, etc.
4. Integration and Validation testing shall not be performed on equipment which
has not had its Post Installation tests satisfactorily completed.

5. Integration and Validation testing shall include all tests required to ensure the
proper and safe operation of all MSHL equipment and operations and shall to
prove the adequacy and acceptability of the total installation.
6. Tests to be performed shall cause each system and subsystem to be sequenced
through all required operations and shall include simulated conditions to prove
that the installation is in compliance with failsafe requirements. This includes
imposing failed conditions, operating errors, unauthorized trolley movements,
manual manipulation of controls, etc.
I. Trolley Design Qualification Testing
1. The Trolley Design Qualification Test Plan shall define the Contractor’s
process for determining that the Contractor’s design, installation and onboard
equipment function is as required per Contract Specifications.
2. Qualification testing shall include testing that the pre-existing, non-CBTC
related functions of the trolley have not been adversely affected by the
Contractor’s modifications.
3. SEPTA will provide the necessary Trolley Operators for testing.
4. Required EMI/EMC testing shall be included in the qualification testing.
5. Operation of the test track or revenue line shall be part of the qualification
testing.
6. Achieving the required protective braking rate under all operating conditions
including environmental and the specifics of the MSHL track shall be included
in qualification testing.
7. Trolley Human factors and ergonomic testing shall be conducted with the use
of SEPTA-provided operators during qualification testing.
8. SEPTA acceptance of all trolley design qualification testing and test reports
shall be required prior to starting any modifications of additional trolleys.
9. Design qualification testing shall encompass all testing necessary to prove out
the design, installation and function of the Contractor’s onboard equipment and
installation to preclude the need to modify the fleet due to issues found during
Trolley Integration and Validation Testing, or other testing or operations
performed after the completion of Design Qualification Testing.
10. Operation and Maintenance Manual demonstrations including troubleshooting
and removal and replacement of all LLRUs shall be performed during
11. The design qualification of the Trolley Operator’s Display Unit (ODU) shall
occur in two steps:
a. Prior to installation, a prototype of the ODU shall be presented to
SEPTA with a computer-driven simulation of the necessary inputs so as
to permit realistic analysis of its display attributes, response times and
overall functionality to be evaluated. SEPTA acceptance of the prototype
is required prior to installation of the ODU onboard.

b. The ODU shall be evaluated as part of the Trolley Design Qualification
Testing.
12. Refer to Section 13591 for further design qualification testing requirements.
J. Trolley Integration and Validation Testing
1. The Trolley Integration and Validation Test Plan shall define the Contractor’s
process for determining that trolley equipment installation activities have been
properly accomplished and the modified trolleys are ready for revenue service.
2. Though possibly not as comprehensive as design qualification testing,
integration and validation testing shall fully test that all required trolley
functionality is operable and the trolley are ready for revenue service.
3. Integration and Validation testing shall include testing that the pre-existing,
non-CBTC related functions of the trolley have not been adversely affected by
the Contractor’s modifications.
4. SEPTA will provide the necessary Trolley Operators for testing.
5. Operation of the test track or revenue line shall be part of the integration and
validation testing.
6. Refer to Section 13591 for further design Trolley Integration and Validation
Testing requirements.
K. Other Required Testing
1. Other Sections of these Contract Documents specify additional required

testing, analysis, and reporting.
2. Other testing may be required based on a Contractor’s particular design.
L. CDRLs.

CDRL 13587-01 Component Testing and Inspection Test Plan 1.01C.1
CDRL 13587-02 Factory Acceptance Test Plan 1.01C.3
CDRL 13587-03 Software Regression Test Plan 1.01C.4
CDRL 13587-04 Post-Installation Field Test Plan 1.01C.5
CDRL 13587-05 Systems Integration and Validation Test Plan 1.01C.6
CDRL 13587-06 Trolley Design Qualification Test Plan 1.01C.7
CDRL 13587-07 Trolley Integration and Validation Test Plan 1.01C.8
CDRL 13587-08 Fail-Safe and Safety-Providing Function Test 1.03D
Plan
CDRL 13587-09 Record of Test Document 1.03H
CDRL 13587-10 Test Program Plan 1.04B.1
CDRL 13587-11 Subsystem Acceptance Test Plan 1.01C.2

PART 2 – PRODUCTS
3.01 FIELD TESTING
A. General
1. Prior to operational testing, the quality of the installation shall be checked by

visual inspection and by tests of continuity, insulation resistance, resistance of
ground connections, vital circuit breakdown, and other tests as required.
2. The Contractor shall be on site for the duration of field testing. The Contractor
shall make available to SEPTA, on site, the services of the qualified Systems
Integration Engineer and his staff for the duration of all field testing. These
services shall be at no additional cost to SEPTA.
3. The Contractor shall provide manpower to each location involved in the
testing, as required to adequately support all required testing, and to make
adjustments, changes or corrections to the installation to successfully complete
the testing.
4. All equipment shall go through the static testing prior to start of dynamic
(operational) testing.
B. Static Testing
1. Static testing shall be conducted and results submitted to SEPTA prior to

scheduling any operational testing.
2. SEPTA or designated representative(s) will monitor static testing and provide
the Contractor with support.
3. Circuit Breakdown Test
a. Any changes or detachment of wiring and equipment once the factory
test has been performed shall be retested in accordance with factory test
procedures or field test procedures specifically developed for this
purpose.
b. The following tests shall be performed:
1) Circuits checked for accuracy against the approved circuit
drawings.
2) Wire count on each terminal to ensure that extra wires are not
present.
3) Verify tags and nomenclature where applicable.
4) Verify that all components, relays and resistors are the same as
called for on the approved circuit drawings and located in proper
positions.

5) All metallic wire and cable shall be tested after installation to
ensure continuity and proper connection according to the circuit
plans.
6) Where parallel circuits exist, test each parallel path independently
to ensure the continuity of each path.
7) Each function shall be tested as a complete system or subsystem
for the correct operation in response to circuit element or contact
closure.
8) Simulate equipment operating conditions as necessary to verify
that circuits operate as designed.
9) Verify that all operational functions and conditions are verified as
functioning correctly.
4. Wire and Cable
a. The Contractor shall test all wire and cable in accordance with test
procedures approved by SEPTA. These tests shall be consistent with the
following requirements:
1) The tests shall be made both before installation and after
installation is complete.
2) The following items shall be checked before installation and the
Contractor shall determine that, with the cable on the reel:
a) A visual inspection shows exterior of cable to be free from
nicks, gouges, or any obvious damage insofar as the cable
can be inspected.
b) Insulation resistance between all conductors and shield, if
any, meet the specified required values.
c) The cable is of the type and conformation specified and
shown on the plans and drawings.
d) Continuity for each conductor is satisfactory.
3) The following items shall be checked after installation is complete.
The Contractor shall determine that:
a) A visual inspection of the exposed portion of the cable
shows the exterior to be free of nicks, gouges or any obvious
damage.
b) The cable is properly installed, loaded on its appropriate
terminal, and supported in the correct location, and adequate
slack has been provided to prevent strain on the terminations.
c) Test all metallic wire and cable installed at the jobsite for
insulation resistance between the conductor and ground and
between each conductor, using a megohm meter having a
test voltage of 500 to 1000 volts DC.
d) The minimum insulation resistance to ground shall be 50
megohms for circuits operating below 600 volts and one

hundred megohms for circuits operating at 600 volts and
above. Wires and cable shall be replaced when insulation
resistances are below these values.
e) The cables shall be disconnected by opening terminal links
for these tests.
f) The connection to ground for the test shall be the most
convenient low resistance connection to ground available.
g) All tags have been checked.
h) All insulation resistance has been recorded on the
appropriate form as provided by SEPTA.
i) Cable of the proper size, voltage and type has been installed.
(If substitution was necessary and was authorized and made,
the plans shall show these changes.)
5. Relays
a. The Contractor shall test each relay in accordance with in accordance
with test procedures approved by SEPTA and as specified herein. The
tests shall be consistent with the following requirements:
1) The tests shall be made for vital relays at manufacturer site and
after final installation at its permanent location.
2) The following items shall be checked before installation and the
Contractor shall determine that:
3) A performance test is a series of actions made for the purpose of
determining that the performance of the vital relays was not altered
due to damage during shipment.
4) Pickup and drop-away values of each vital relay shall be measured
before and after installation and used as the basis in determining if
damage has occurred.
5) Test results should reflect final field location configuration.
b. All other relays shall be tested in accordance with AREMA Standards
approved specifications or as otherwise approved by the SEPTA Project
Manager.
6. Power Distribution Test
a. DC Power - The Contractor shall test the power distribution system in
accordance with a test procedure submitted and approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager.
b. AC Power - The Contractor shall test the power distribution system in
accordance with a test procedure submitted and approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager.
7. Communications System Tests
a. Communications links shall be tested by “pinging” or other means of
determining that point to point connections of the data communications
system are operative.

b. Functions of data communications infrastructure, to include redundant
equipment being switched into and out of service, rerouting of data due
to equipment and cable failures shall be performed.
c. Functions of the NMS shall be tested including the reception of all traps
and MIB alerts/events, alarms and events at the NMS “head end”
workstation from all MSHL equipment which is monitored by the NMS
or which is capable of reporting its status to the NMS.
d. RF tests shall be conducted to verify he capability of the CBTC RF
system to communicate with all trolleys at all locations on the MSHL
and at the maximum design bandwidth.
e. RF noise testing shall be conducted to determine whether there are any
interfering signals which may materially contribute to the degradation of
the CBTC radio communication system.
8. Backup Power Tests
a. All systems and equipment utilizing backup or standby power shall be
tested to determine that satisfactory operation result when operating on
the backup power source.
b. Duration testing shall be performed on a representative sample of
equipment capable of operating on back-up power to ensure the design
time length of operation on backup power is achieved.
9. Each subsystem or standalone component shall be tested in a standalone
fashion including power on tests and interface tests. The standalone testing or
built-in testing provided by off-the-shelf equipment shall be incorporated into
Static testing before that equipment is incorporated into Dynamic testing.
C. Dynamic Testing
1. Dynamic testing shall be interpreted in this context to involve both standalone

(e.g., subsystem) and integrated (e.g., FAT and field) testing which is
performed only after the applicable static testing has been successfully
completed.
2. Prior to starting Dynamic field testing, the following shall have occurred:
a. SEPTA shall have accepted the Operations and Maintenance manuals.
b. The Reliability, Availability and Maintenance (RAM) and Safety
Analysis shall have been completed and accepted by SEPTA.
c. The factory Verification and Validation testing, including FAT, shall
have been completed.
d. Training manuals and training materials shall have been completed and
accepted by SEPTA.
3. Human factors and usability tests shall be an integral part of the tests used to
effectively evaluate the Trolley Operator, Dispatcher, and other operations
personnel’s ability to successfully complete the necessary operation tasks and
interactions with the MSHL equipment. The following are a few critical areas
to observe:

a. Trolley initialization and departure tests
b. Speed control with regard to restrictions and braking profiles
c. Handling of fault conditions
d. Overrides
e. Reaction to alarms
f. Entering of data or other required Operator/Dispatcher inputs
g. Typical day-to-day operational actions
4. The use of Operations and Maintenance manuals shall be incorporated into
dynamic testing.
5. Safety verification and validation testing shall be incorporated into dynamic
testing as necessary to prove safe operation and provide evidence for the
MSHL System safety case.
6. Dynamic testing shall incorporate the tests and activities necessary to satisfy
the RAM requirements and the Availability and Reliability Demonstration
(Section 01620).
7. The overall System response to a loss of trolley occupancy (dropout) and false
trolley occupancy shall be tested for every trolley occupancy detector
employed.
8. The data contained in the MSHL track database, an installed on trolleys and
wayside equipment, shall be verified as correct.
9. The information provided to the Trolley Operator by the wayside signals and
the onboard indicators shall be verified as in agreement and not providing
conflicting information.
10. Occupancy information provided by the zone controllers, interlocking
equipment and local traffic controllers subsystems shall be verified as correct
for all occupancy zones or occupancy segmentation scheme employed.
Evidence for this testing shall be a result of a test procedure expressly written
for this test, not as a byproduct of other testing.
11. Safe trolley stopping enforcement shall be tested for all wayside signals, traffic
signals, end of movement authority, track take out of service by the Dispatcher,
track blocked by other trolleys, and any other supported mean by which
enforcement of safe trolley stopping is required.
12. Trolley entrance into platforms shall be tested for all combinations and timings
of signal aspect display sequences in both directions.
13. All Dispatcher directives including but not limited to: Temporary Speed
Restrictions, track blocking, worker zone protection limits, etc., shall be
thoroughly tested.
14. Using SEPTA Trolley Operators, the ability of the Operators to follow the
speed limits along he MSHL shall be gauged. Speed profile adjustments,
warning curves and other functions of the onboard system’s operating
characteristic shall be adjusted as necessary so as to result in a system that is
judged acceptable by SEPTA and its Trolley Operators.

15. All MSHL System equipment operating modes, functions, and maintenance
and troubleshooting procedures, shall be tested dynamically including:
a. All trolley operations and functions.
b. All Operational Control Center (OCC) functions, Emergency Backup
Control Center (EBCC) functions, Maintenance Control Center (MCC)
functions, Local Control Panel (LCP) functions.
c. Maintenance, troubleshooting and repair operations as defined in the
Operations and Maintenance manuals.
d. All emergency and system startup/recovery operations including trolley
towing and pushing operations as supported by the provided equipment
design.
e. All interactions with non-Contractor provided equipment.
16. All alarm and event generation and recording functions shall be tested. Alarm
and event recording equipment including but not limited to: NMS, OCC,
EBCC, MCC, onboard equipment shall have their ability to receive and record
all alarms and events verified.
17. All interlocking functions, control operations, and displayed information
related to the OCC/EBCC/MCC/LCP shall be tested including setting of all
routes.
3.02 RELIABILITY AND AVAILABILITY PROGRAM
A. Refer to Section 01620 of these Contract Specifications.

SECTION 13591
VEHICLE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. This section describes the CBTC Onboard System and materials to be used and the
required method of implementation which shall be utilized to assure compliance with
the rules, regulations, standards, and recommended practices of the government and
the rail industry. In many cases, the individual sections provide guidance on the
specific materials or other products installed on railroad property or as part of
SEPTA operating systems. If specific guidance is not given, the requirements of this
section shall govern.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of the Onboard CBTC

System including installation of a stand-alone crash hardened Event Recorder on the
SEPTA fleet of twenty-nine (29) Kawasaki Double Ended trolleys. (From here on in
this document, the CBTC system requirements shall also apply to the stand-alone
Event Recorder System). Implementation shall include design, furnishing,
installation, oversight, integration, testing, certification and commissioning of the
Onboard CBTC System segment. The Onboard CBTC System segment shall
interface with the wayside and control office segments in order to provide a complete
integrated CBTC System that is in compliance with the requirements of these
Technical Specifications and Contract Documents.
C. The MSHL trolleys are self-propelled rail vehicles designed and manufactured by
Kawasaki Heavy Industries, and placed into service in the early 1980’s.
D. It is anticipated that a new fleet of trolleys will be procured and the existing fleet
retired during or shortly after the performance of the MSHL CBTC System
procurement. The major onboard CBTC components shall be designed so as to
permit easy removal form the existing trolley fleet and reinstallation on the new
fleet. Those items shall include as a minimum, the OBC, Operator’s display console
(ODU), crash-hardened event recorder, mobile vehicle communications package, and
transponder reader and all other high-value or critical interface systems. A plan shall
be provided [CDRL 13591-17] which identifies the proposed equipment to be moved
between the fleets, the equipment which will need to be newly procured for the new
fleet, and any specific considerations that must be accounted for in the design of the
equipment for the existing fleet to make this removal/reinstallation possible.
E. Main Features:
1. Track Gauge: ................................... 5 Ft 2 ¼ In

2. Electric Traction System: ................ 600VDC
3. Seating Capacity: ............................ 50
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Vehicle Materials and Workmanship
4. Length over Anti-Climber:.............. 53 Ft
5. Overall Width:................................. 8 Ft 10 In
6. Height to Top of Roof: .................... 10 Ft 10 ½ In
7. Bogie Center Distance: ................... 27 Ft 6 In
8. Rigid Wheel Base:........................... 6 Ft 2 ¾ In
9. Wheel Diameter: ............................. 27 In
10. Maximum Speed: ............................ 50 Mph
11. Weight: ............................................ 60,042 Lbs
F. A general arrangement of the trolley is shown below in Figure 1.
Figure 1: General Arrangement
G. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to provide any additional components or

elements such as: CBTC data links, processors, power supplies, operator displays,
train location components, circuit breakers, magnet valves, wiring, cabling, bypass
switches, antennas, interfaces to train-lines and the trolley’s crash hardened event
recorder as well as all other interfaces to the trolley subsystems in order to provide a
completely integrated and functional Onboard CBTC System.
H. As it relates to the Onboard CBTC System segment for the trolleys, to the greatest
extent possible, the Contractor shall use electrical components, hardware, fasteners,
terminals, terminal boards, among other components, that are the same as those
already provided by the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM).
I. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be submitted for all materials, including
lubricants, used in the fabrication and installation of the new CBTC equipment,
except for non-hazardous metallic materials. Information shall be in a form
compliant with ANSI Z400.1-1993.
1.02 QUALITY
A. The Contractor’s Quality Assurance (QA) Program shall assure that all aspects of the
Contract are in conformance with the design, materials and workmanship
requirements provided in this Specification and industry standards.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
B. CDRLs

CDRL 13591-01 Braking Algorithm V and V Plan 1.07D
CDRL 13591-02 Identification and Analysis of System 1.08A,
Components and Interfaces 1.09J
CDRL 13591-03 Equipment Accessibility Demonstration and 1.08A,
Report 1.09J
CDRL 13591-04 Electromagnetic Compatibility Plan 1.10B.1.b
CDRL 13591-05 Electromagnetic Compatibility Test Reports 1.10B.1.b
CDRL 13591-06 Laboratory Inductive EMI Test Procedures 1.10E.2.a.1
CDRL 13591-07 Laboratory Inductive EMI Test Reports 1.10E.2.a.3
CDRL 13591-08 Field Inductive EMI Test Procedures 1.10E.2.b.2
CDRL 13591-09 Field Inductive EMI Test Reports 1.10E.2.b.3
CDRL 13591-10 Field Radiated EMI Test Procedures 1.10E.3.a.2
CDRL 13591-11 Field Radiated EMI Test Reports 1.10E.3.a.3
CDRL 13591-12 Field Conducted EMI Test Procedures 1.10E.4.a.2
CDRL 13591-13 Field Conducted EMI Test Reports 1.10E.4.a.3
CDRL 13591-14 Flammability Test Results on All Materials 2.09A.1
CDRL 13591-15 Combustible Content List 2.09B.1
CDRL 13591-16 Flammability and Smoke Emission Testing 2.09C.1
CDRL 13591-17 Onboard Equipment Removal/Reinstallation 1.01D
Plan
1.04 STANDARDS
A. National Codes and Standards
1. The following domestic standards and specifications shall define the materials
for this Contract: Federal or Military Specifications or Standards, AAR, AISI,
APTA, ANSI, AREMA, ASME, ASTM, FRA, IEEE, and others as specified
herein.
B. SEPTA Requirements
1. SEPTA requirements are contained in this specification and the references

thereto. All materials furnished under this Contract shall comply with these
requirements.
C. Equivalent Standards
1. Where other or foreign standards are proposed by the Contractor, the

Contractor shall submit documentation with a section by section comparison to
demonstrate that the proposed standards are the equivalent of the foregoing
standards and specifications for review and approval by SEPTA. Proposed
substitute specifications shall be submitted in English. The most recent
standards and specifications applicable at the time of contract award shall
apply unless otherwise approved by SEPTA.
1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. SEPTA will perform the Onboard CBTC installations at the SEPTA Maintenance
Facility located at 69th St. with a dedicated SEPTA labor workforce.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible to perform a pilot installation program for the
first two (2) trolley installations with the support of the SEPTA labor workforce.
The pilot trolley will be used to verify installation procedures, proof of design
testing, ensure proper trolley interfaces and compliance with the requirements of the
Contract. Throughout the pilot installation phase the Contractor shall work with
SEPTA to enhance the efficiency of the installation design. SEPTA forces shall be
involved in the pilot installation so as to train SEPTA personnel in the installation,
testing and commissioning of the follow-on trolleys.
C. The Contractor shall be required to manage the shipments, deliveries and materials
storage issues of all CBTC equipment throughout the Onboard CBTC installation
production phase.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all of the Onboard CBTC equipment
installations being completed by SEPTA workforces.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing technical support, training and
installation oversight for the CBTC Onboard equipment that is being installed by
SEPTA’s workforce. The Contractor, working with SEPTA shall ensure proper
interrelation, functioning and systems integration of all aspects of the Onboard
CBTC equipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for the delivery of all CBTC
equipment kits that follows the installation schedule for all of the CBTC Onboard
equipment.
F. The Contractor shall be responsible to develop installation, testing and validation
plans that will be used by SEPTA workforce.
G. The Contractor shall provide onsite Quality Control oversight throughout the
installation production phase to include maintaining Car History Packages for each
trolley which will be turned over to SEPTA at the completion of the onboard
installation phase.
1.06 PILOT INSTALLATION PLAN
A. In ensuring full implementation of the Onboard CBTC segment, the Contractor

working with SEPTA shall, as a minimum, be responsible for the following tasks and
activities:
1. Review, revise, verify and validate the existing bill-of-materials for the pilot
installation to ensure that all necessary parts, components and materials have
been properly identified to complete installations on the SEPTA trolleys;
2. Develop and provide formal engineering documents (i.e. component
equipment and arrangement drawings, BOMs, tooling requirements, etc.) to be
utilized by SEPTA personnel during the CBTC system installation and testing;
3. Develop a complete step by step CBTC Onboard system installation procedure.
Installation procedures shall build upon the Contractor pilot installation
documents and shall be incorporated into the design review packages;
4. Develop inspection forms to be used by SEPTA during the production and
commissioning phases to ensure that work is progressing properly;
5. Develop and provide test procedures, test report forms to verify and validate
the features, functions and performance for the complete Onboard CBTC
segment;
6. Evaluate on the pilot trolley the installation of the antennas, and verify through
testing, the proper location/placement, performance, filtering, wire routing and
interference protection for the trolley;
7. Ensure the Onboard CBTC Segment equipment functions with the trolley, its
sub-systems and the integrated CBTC system under all modes of operation;
8. Perform applicable reliability and maintainability analyses;
9. Procure software, licenses, special tools and test equipment to support
production installation and commission activities and to be utilized by SEPTA
to perform maintenance, trouble-shooting and segment up-dating tasks;
10. Provide all CBTC system diagrams, schematics, maintenance manuals,
Illustrated Parts Catalogues (IPC) and all trolley interface information required
for SEPTA maintenance personnel to perform routine maintenance and
diagnostics. All schematics shall show all connecting points to trolley sub-
systems.
11. During the construction phase and following all onboard installations, the
Contractor shall provide a “shadow mode” of operation for the onboard CBTC
system. When in “shadow mode”, the trolley will be able to be used in
revenue service with the CBTC system powered but not enforcing any
movement authorities. The ODU shall display the trolley speed but all other
CBTC related alarms, indications and push buttons shall be disabled. This
mode of operation shall not require SEPTA to remove any of the onboard
CBTC system installed hardware. Shadow mode shall exercise the MSHL
CBTC System equipment to the maximum extent possible including: onboard,
wayside, communications and office equipment. The Contractor shall provide
the preliminary design and methodology how this mode shall be achieved for
SEPTA approval. Enabling/disabling shadow mode be via a lockable switch,
possibly to be removed at a later date, provided the Contractor’s safety case
and the Contractor’s design can support this operation and design.
1.07 ONBOARD CBTC REQUIREMENTS
A. Trolley consists shall be made up either one (1) or two (2) trolleys dependant on
service requirements. The onboard CBTC equipment shall automatically detect the
coupled status of the trolley and configure itself accordingly with no input from the
operator or maintenance personnel. Consists made up with two (2) trolleys shall
remain protected while operating on revenue track even when the onboard CBTC
equipment of one of the trolleys is not operational. This condition may be present
during attempts to rescue a failed trolley during recovery or rescue operations.
B. The onboard CBTC equipment shall be capable of providing highly accurate trolley
position and speed determination and shall use more than one detector technology
type, in addition to the expected trackside-installed location transponders, to
determine trolley position and velocity.
C. The onboard CBTC equipment and its ability to perform its intended functions shall
be immune to weather-related conditions including but not limited to: rain, snow, ice,
temperature and humidity.
D. The trolley driver shall be capable of performing all necessary actions related to
operating the onboard CBTC equipment from the driver’s seated position.
Exceptions to this shall require SEPTA approval.
E. The protective action which is controlled by the onboard CBTC equipment is the
application of the service brakes via the Full Service Brake (FSB) control trainline.
F. There is no CBTC-controlled traction power control trainline. However, the

protective FSB action shall vitally cut the traction enable signal and any other
required signals via car wiring if not already part of the car circuitry with the
integrity required for a vital failsafe system.
G. Once initiated or applied by the onboard CBTC equipment, the FSB shall remain
applied until the trolley achieves zero speed.
H. The onboard CBTC equipment shall vitally ensure that:
1. The trolley never exceeds the lesser of all established permitted speeds for a given
track section including the civil speed, Temporary Speed Restriction (TSR),
operating mode established speed, or other in-effect speed limit.
2. The trolley never exceeds its assigned Movement Authority (MA).
3. Trolley position is accurately determined and provided to the trackside portions of
the System.
4. Rollback in excess of a specified distance does not occur (permitted travel in the
reverse direction before protective action is taken to be determined during
Project).
5. Change in state of coupled status is detected and protected.
6. Loss of vital functionality is detected and protected.
7. Other vital functionality required based on the particular CBTC design is
provided and monitored to ensure its continued availability at all times.
8. The trolley does not pass a signal at danger nor enter a roadway crossing without
the proper authorization.
9. The trolley does not depart a storage track without an assigned route and block
(refer to other Sections of these Contract Documents).
I. An automatic method shall be provided to calibrate the onboard CBTC equipment

for variations in wheel size. Calibration shall be accomplished periodically during
normal operations and not require specific actions by the trolley driver or
maintenance personnel nor require the trolley be driven to a specific track location.
J. The onboard CBTC system shall be capable of updating the onboard track map and
downloading events recorded and alarm data.
K. Two (2) ruggedized laptop computers with the necessary software shall be provided
for onboard CBTC equipment diagnostic and maintenance purposes. All
maintenance and diagnostic related software shall be provided in Electronic or USB
Format for use in portable test equipment extending beyond the laptop computers
provided to SEPTA without licenses or other charges due to the Contractor.
L. For any provided connection(s) between the onboard CBTC equipment and a
personal computer, the onboard CBTC equipment-side of the connection shall be
demonstrated to be immune from being affected by any virus or malware which may
exist on the connected personnel computer.
M. Connections between the onboard CBTC equipment and diagnostic equipment shall
be easy to access, not require disassembly of trolley components, and not be
accessible to passengers. SEPTA approval is required for all proposed means of
connecting the onboard CBTC equipment to diagnostic equipment including the
method of access to the connection points.
N. Trolley mileage shall be logged and provided to the Maintenance Control Center
(MCC) subsystem as part of the data logging data transfer.
O. If the onboard CBTC equipment is powered off or the vital Automatic Train
Protection (ATP) functionality is not capable of providing the intended protection,
the trolley shall not be able to be moved unless the bypass switch is in the
“BYPASS” position. This action will require the Operator to break the seal on the
switch handle.
P. Sufficient track map data shall be included in the onboard CBTC equipment such
that the onboard CBTC equipment does not need to communicate with wayside
equipment to determine its precise location on the track.
Q. A keypad or other means such as The Operator’s Display Unit (ODU) shall be
provided to enable a trolley driver to enter route and block request which will be sent
to the Operational Control Center (OCC) subsystem prior to the trolley departing a
storage track. The assigned route and block shall be displayed on the ODU at all
times within the active cab. The time between when the trolley driver issues the
route and block request and the request is granted, providing there are no faults, shall
be less than five (5) seconds as measured from when the request is sent by the trolley
driver until the ODU indicates the assigned route and block.
R. During normal operations, trolleys shall be operated from the forward facing lead
end cab. In the event of an equipment failure which disables the forward facing lead
cab, the CBTC system shall provide the same functionality while operating from the
rear or trailing cab with restrictions placed on the Maximum Authorized Speed
(MAS) attainable. When two-car consists are used, the onboard CBTC equipment in
the lead car shall be in control and a failure of the non-lead car onboard CBTC
equipment shall not have any effect on the ability of the onboard CBTC equipment
in the lead car to operate the trolley consist.
S. Trolleys shall remain localized and in communication with the trackside equipment
at all times including while berthed in the terminal, or on a storage or yard track.
T. Trolleys shall not have to travel to a specific location to become localized; however,
it is permissible for trolleys to be driven a short distance, to be approved by the
SEPTA Project Manager, from where the onboard CBTC equipment is energized to
become localized. In areas where trolleys may typically need to become localized,
e.g. car barns, repair sheds, the design shall minimize the distance needed to drive
the trolley to enable localization to occur.
U. Trolleys shall be able to automatically and rapidly establish communications with the
trackside equipment from any track location without requiring support from
personnel.
V. The onboard CBTC equipment shall indicate to the MCC the location of any missing
or expected transponders. The system shall tolerate not reading every other
transponder without affecting service or requiring personnel to take corrective action
other than to acknowledge any alarms or indications.
W. The onboard CBTC equipment shall tolerate not receiving every other CBTC radio
message sent from the trackside equipment to the trolley without performance
degradation.
X. Whenever activated, the actual brake rate realized shall be vitally determined by the
onboard CBTC equipment and alarmed if the brake rate used in safety calculations is
not achieved.
Y. Trolleys shall have passed a departure test prior to being permitted to depart the
storage yard tracks.
Z. Operating Modes: Refer to Section 13593 of these Contract Specifications which

identifies the MSHL operating areas, trolley operating modes required for these
areas, and specific operational characteristics for each area.
AA. A full set of onboard equipment shall be provided as part of the onboard Bench Test
Equipment (BTE) supplied by the Contractor. The use of this onboard BTE
equipment shall be incorporated into the Maintenance Manuals, shall be connected to
a simulator of trolley inputs and outputs, and shall be used to operate onboard
LLRUs in an actual operating environment as part of trolley CBTC equipment
troubleshooting and repair as prescribed by the Maintenance Manuals.
BB. The Contractor shall be required to provide a computer generated design concept of
the Operator Display Unit (ODU) that is capable of simulating operating scenarios
and a full size scaled operational prototype with simulated inputs of the ODU for
1. The minimal SEPTA requirements of the ODU are described below: An ODU
shall be provided for both cabs in each trolley.
2. Both end cabs are accessible to the public. Thus, the ODU design shall be
suitably robust to withstand vandalism or suitable anti-vandalism mechanisms,
to be approved by SEPTA, shall be provided.
3. The operator shall be able to manually adjust the light level of the ODU so as
to be readable in all lighting conditions including direct sunlight and complete
darkness.
4. A prototype ODU shall be demonstrated in a MSHL trolley for SEPTA
approval.
5. The ODU in the operating end cab of a trolley shall be functional, leaving the
ODU in the non-operating end cab “dark” and non-functional.
6. The following information shall be available on the ODU (requirements
preceded by a “*” must be displayed to the driver at all times):
a. *Actual Speed – a two digit LED representation, green in color, of the
current velocity of the trolley. The Actual Speed must be displayed and
functional at all times when the trolley is being operated, including times
when the CBTC System is not functioning or cut-out via the bypass
switch.
b. *Maximum Authorized Speed (MAS) – a two digit LED representation,
red in color, of the speed above which a protective action shall be taken
by the onboard CBTC equipment.
c. *TSR Warning – a flashing yellow indicator indicating that a TSR is in
effect within the greater of the movement authority assigned to the
trolley or a configurable distance. A unique sound shall be made when
this indicator is activated and shall be capable of being clearly heard by
the Operator under all conditions.
d. *Operating mode – a representation of the current operating mode as
defined in these requirements documents.
e. * CBTC Normal – a white indicator which is lit when all onboard
systems are functioning as designed.
f. *Penalty – a red indicator shall be illuminated while the onboard CBTC
equipment is actively driving the FSB output. A unique sound shall be
made when this indicator is activated and shall be capable of being
clearly heard by the Operator under all conditions.
g. *Warning – an orange indicator shall be illuminated to indicate that
Operator action is required to avoid a penalty brake application. For
example: the MAS has or is about to be exceeded, the limits of permitted
travel are about to be exceeded. A unique sound shall be made when this
indicator is activated and shall be capable of being clearly heard by the
Operator under all conditions.
h. *Assigned route and block – an alpha-numeric representation of the
assigned route and block.
i. Departure Test (Operator input) – to be used by the Operator or
maintenance personnel to initiate a CBTC internal diagnostic “self
check” (see definition elsewhere).
j. *Bar Signal Request (Operator input) – to be used by the Operator to
request a proceed trolley bar signal to enable the trolley to cross an
automobile roadway. A visual indication shall be made to the Operator
when the trolley is in the correct position for the Operator to make the
request and when the actual Operator request has been sent, refer to
section 13593.
k. *Message Area – a device capable of displaying at least 40 alpha-
numeric characters to the Operator. It shall be readable in all lighting
conditions and shall be of sufficient size so as to be legible to the
Operator. The message area shall be used for displaying messages sent
by the Dispatcher to the trolley Operator, and may be used for other
functions as well based on a Contractor’s particular design.
l. *Bypass Engaged – a red colored indicator which is illuminated when
the CBTC Bypass switch is in the “bypass” position.
m. *Vital Zero Speed – a white colored indicator which is illuminated when
the onboard CBTC equipment has determined that the trolley is at
standstill.
n. Onboard CBTC equipment operational status – a representation of:
1) Whether there are any detected failures of the onboard CBTC
equipment associated with this consist;
2) A list of the failed onboard Lowest Level Replacement Units
(LLRUs);
3) Communication status with the wayside equipment; and
4) Trolley localization status;
5) Departure test performance status.
o. A unique sound shall be made when the trolley has approached, within a
configurable distance, a location that the MAS decreases.
p. Other Operator inputs and ODU display indications – Based on a
Contractor’s particular design and SEPTA’s understanding of the
Contractor’s equipment capabilities, other features may be added to,
deleted from, or modified for the ODU.
CC. Data Logging
1. Note: This section does not refer to the standalone onboard Crash Hardened
Event Recorder.
2. The data logger described in this section shall be an integral part of the
onboard CBTC hardware and Software. Its primary purpose shall be to record
internal working and status of the Input and Output of the CBTC system. Data
logged shall be time stamped to the nearest one-tenth of a second. The time
and day maintained by the onboard CBTC equipment shall be synchronized to
the OCC time clock.
3. The onboard CBTC equipment shall send logged events, alarms and related
data to the wayside system as follows:
a. Those events which affect, or could reasonably be expected to affect or
lead to degradation in system availability, service, or performance shall
be sent in real-time to the OCC to enable the OCC Dispatchers and MCC
Maintainers to effect efficient system management. The list of these
events will be agreed upon during the Project.
b. All other logged events, alarms and data shall be sent to the MCC
periodically. Data may be sent to the MCC subsystem in real-time or as
a “dump” with periodicity not to exceed twenty four (24) hours. If the
“dump” method is used and a trolley has no logged events, it shall still
send a message to the MCC indicating this fact. The list of these events
and data will be agreed upon during the Project.
4. Onboard data logging memory capacity shall be sufficient for one (1) month of
recording. When memory capacity has been reached, logging shall continue
with the oldest data overwritten first.
5. A communications port shall be provided to permit the downloading of logged
data from the onboard CBTC equipment to a laptop computer. The port shall
be in a readily accessible location within the trolley which is protected from
public access and does not require tools to access. The intent of this port
includes:
a. Provide a means to download logged data.
b. Provide a diagnostic port for additional data and maintenance functions.
6. When operating as a two car consist, each trolley shall maintain its own set of
logged data.
7. Each logged event shall include the date/time and the trolley’s location and
operating mode, and other pertinent operating information related to the event
such as velocity, assigned route and block, etc.
8. The initial list of trolley data to be logged includes, but is not limited to:
a. Operating mode change;
b. FSB application (reason for the application shall also be logged);
c. Change in coupled status (coupled, uncoupled);
d. Maximum Permitted Speed (when a new value is used);
e. Onboard CBTC equipment powered on event;
f. Warning device activation (including reason);
g. Onboard CBTC equipment operational status change (failure/restore);
h. Cab activation/deactivation event (which end shall be specified);
i. Departure test performance (any specific tests which failed shall be
identified);
j. Accumulated distance travelled in miles;
k. Loss of wayside communications;
l. Reacquisition of wayside communications;
m. Battery Voltage Low;
n. Bypass switch activated/deactivated;
o. Expected trolley location transponder not detected (if applicable);
p. Trolley location transponder low battery alarm or other alarm (if
applicable);
q. FSB expected rate not achieved (actual rate calculated shall be logged);
r. Other data items deemed appropriate based on a particular design.
9. The final list of data to be logged shall be determined during the Project and is
subject to SEPTA review and approval.
10. Contractor shall submit the design for SEPTA review showing how the data
from this hardware can be synchronize to data retrieved from external Crash
Hardened Event Recorder system.
DD. Crash Hardened Event Recorder
1. An event recorder utilizing a crash hardened memory module shall be installed
on each trolley.
2. At minimum, the following events and parameters shall be recorded:
a. Trolley Actual Speed
b. MAS
c. Warning device activation (including reason)
d. Penalty Brake Application (including reason)
e. Target Over-Run
f. Mode Transition
g. GPS Data Status (if equipped)
h. Trolley Location Transponder Data Status
i. Direction of Travel
j. Route Violation
k. Text messages displayed on the ODU
l. System Status (Cut-in/Cut-out)
m. Power/Brake status
n. Emergency Brake On/Off
o. Departure Test
3. The final list of data to be logged shall be determined during the Project and is
subject to SEPTA review and approval.
4. At minimum, an extra 20% of each type of parameter shall be available for
additional parameters to be recorded which will be identified during Project
execution.
EE. Departure Test
1. The Departure Test function shall require interaction from either an operator or
the maintenance personnel initiating the test. The steps and results shall be
logged within the CBTC datalogger and the Crash Hardened Event Recorder.
The primary function of performing the departure test is to validate the onboard
CBTC system functionality prior to dispatching a trolley and as part of routine
maintenance or diagnostic purposes. The test process shall be initiated by
depressing the Departure Test Switch located on the ODU. Once depressed
momentarily, the testing process shall initiate and follow a series of steps that
requires an action by the person initiating the test. The testing to be
accomplished during the departure test shall be presented to SEPTA for review
and approval.
1.08 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. The Onboard CBTC System shall perform all necessary and required train control
functions such as vehicle location determination, calculation of necessary braking
distances, penalty brake enforcement, management of all permanent and temporary
speed restrictions, and the management of all wayside and office communications.
The Onboard CBTC System computer shall receive updates, track authorities, work
zone and speed restrictions generated from the control office; and receive movement
authorities from the zone controllers. The Onboard CBTC System shall monitor its
own status of operation and store such data in its own data logging memory. Faults
associated with CBTC System components and overall system performance shall be
displayed to the Operator on the ODU.
B. The Onboard CBTC System location determination method shall utilize inputs from
at least two different technologies, in addition to the possible use of wayside
tags/transponders, to determine displacement and acceleration. The location
determination method shall establish train location unambiguously and ensure the
location is resolved to the correct track and direction at all times.
C. The Onboard CBTC System shall continually calculate the distance required to
safely stop the train through the use of speed determination, acceleration
determination, position determination, etc. If safe limits are exceeded, a warning
shall be given in advance which provides the Operator an opportunity to respond. If
the Operator takes the appropriate remedial action, the Operator shall retain control
of the train and the warning shall be cleared. If the train exceeds authorized limits or
the train exceeds authorized speed limits, a full service penalty brake application
shall be applied. The system shall be arranged such that the penalty brake
application cannot be released (not recoverable) until the train comes to a complete
stop. The onboard computer shall determine the train location and speed in
conjunction with speed limit and movement authority to ultimately determine if
enforcement is necessary. The Contractor shall thoroughly review and understand
the braking characteristics of the trolley under all loading conditions and determine
the proper brake rate to be applied. An alarm shall be recorded if the OBC
determines that the required braking rate is not being achieved.
D. The braking algorithm shall accommodate the various train configurations which
consist both one (1) and two (2) car trainsets, within SEPTA operation. The
Contractor shall be responsible to verify and validate the performance of the braking
algorithm through analysis, laboratory qualification tests, and dynamic tests utilizing
SEPTA rolling stock [CDRL 13591-01]. The Contractor shall develop its plan and
schedule for performing verification and validation tasks.
E. CBTC system shall have self-calibration capability such that no periodic manual
input shall be required to maintain the integrity of the system.
1.09 DESIGN COMPONENTS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying all the required system
components and the necessary interfaces and provide a report that identifies all of the
system components, their mounting locations and interfaces to the trolley for SEPTA
review and approval [CDRL 13591-02, CDRL 13591-03]. The design elements shall
include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. CBTC Onboard Computer (OBC) - Central Processing Unit which controls all
core functions of the Onboard CBTC System.
2. Operator Display Unit (ODU) – Display Unit that provides all essential
information and annunciate relevant events and alarms to the train Operator.
3. CBTC Cut-Out Switch (AKA “Bypass Switch”) - Cut-out switch to provide
the ability to isolate the Onboard CBTC System from the train functional
system by the actuation of the switch in the event of failure or a degradation of
CBTC capabilities. The cut-out switch shall include provisions to permit the
installation of the SEPTA “wire seal”.
4. All equipment including: hardware, firmware, software, brackets, supports,
covers, access panels, display drivers, wiring harnesses, cables, conduits,
relays, magnet valves, cut-out/isolation devices, terminals, connectors and
terminal blocks for interfacing between CBTC onboard equipment and existing
trolley equipment.
5. All power supplies necessary for Onboard CBTC System components.
6. CBTC data radio, antenna systems and filters required to maintain the
communication link between the train, the central control office and all
wayside zone controller locations. To ensure that there no single point radio
failures, the Contractor shall be required to install two (2) CBTC data radios to
ensure CBTC connectivity.
7. GPS Antenna and Receiver System - for real time and position determination
(if required).
8. Cellular Antenna System - for supplemental communications (if required).
9. Transponder Interrogator /Tag Reader Antenna – used to determine the
location of the trolley.
10. Circuit Breakers - to provide circuit protection.
11. Speed Sensor(s) – used to determine speed, displacement and acceleration and
direction of travel.
12. CBTC Software - shall log the operating software version, all internal faults
and all operating events in its own data logging memory.
13. Crash Harden Event Recorder – stand-alone Event Recorder as defined in this
section, independent of CBTC system data logger.
14. Braking System Interface Equipment - to provide the required interaction with
trolley brake system. Interfaces shall be included for full service brake
applications.
15. Diagnostic Ports - to facilitate maintenance, inspection and troubleshooting of
the Onboard CBTC equipment.
16. Onboard CBTC System Self Health Monitoring capability.
1.10 POTENTIAL ONBOARD CBTC HARDWARE LOCATIONS
A. The primary CBTC Electronics: OBC, Event Recorder, etc. are to be mounted in
suitable enclosures under designated passenger seats. Currently there are up to six
(6) double passenger seats where enclosures could be located on the right side of the
trolley. Since the enclosures located under the passenger seats reduce the available
floor space for passengers when seated, it will be important to maximize the
available space in each enclosure to minimize the use of enclosures. A diagram of
available seat locations in the trolley is provided in Figure 3. The dimensions of
each enclosure are provided in Figure 4. An option to extend the size of a single
enclosure to extend it along the side wall to the location where the fixed center
facing seat is located should be considered. Figure 5 illustrates the location and
dimensions of the available space.
B. The Transponder Interrogator Tag Reader/Antenna(s) - Can be mounted on the

underside of the trolley or on the roof in a variety of locations. The location of the
Tag Reader/Antenna(s) will be dependent on the positioning and locations of the
wayside tags. Ideally, it will be positioned in close proximity to the TI Electronics to
minimize the length of the cable run. Note, all under car cables and roof mounted
cables must be run in rigid metallic conduit from the location of the component to
the location of the floor or roof penetration for protection.
C. ODUs - Are to be located in each of the Driver’s consoles in clear view and within
reach of the Operator while seated. They must not obstruct the Operator’s view.
The desired location for the ODU is provided in Figure 6. The existing speedometer
can be removed to provide space where the ODU module can be mounted without
modifications to the console. The console can be modified if the ODU cannot fit in
the space provided with the removal of the speedometer, however any modifications
required to the console to house the ODU must be approved by SEPTA.
D. CBTC Cut-Out Switch- To be located in each of the cabs. There are enclosures that
are no longer used on each of the cab that are mounted on the side wall. The
enclosures can be removed to permit mounting of a module which can house the
CBTC Cut-Out switches as well as a Diagnostic Port which can be used maintenance
personnel. Provisions to seal the cut-out switch shall be provided. The enclosures
shall be lockable. A diagram of the enclosure and available space for the location of
the module is provided in Figure 8.
E. Speed Sensors – Used to determine speed and direction of travel can be mounted on
either of the trolley’s truck assemblies. The trolley is equipped with four (4) 5/8” NF
openings for speed sensors, one (1) at each axle location. The openings are
positioned over sixty (60) tooth ring gears which are pressed on to the axle assembly.
F. Circuit Breakers – The trolley is equipped with three (3) spare positions in the
32VDC Distribution Panel which is located just behind the Driver’s partition
bulkhead wall on the A End of the trolley. A diagram of the distribution panel is
provided in Figure 9.
G. CBTC Data Radio(s) – The trolley has a compartment which is located just behind
the partition bulkhead wall on the B End of the trolley which is suitable for locating
the CBTC Data Radio(s), power supplies and other related equipment. A diagram of
the enclosure and available space for the location of the data radio(s) is provided in
Figure 10.
H. CBTC Data Radio Antenna(s) – The trolley has available space on both operating
ends directly above the operating cabs for the placement of all CBTC data radio
antennas required. The areas are clear of any obstructions. The contractor will have
to determine if snow and ice build-up will affect the performance of the system and
make provisions to keep the antennas clear of ice and snow if required. A diagram
of the available space for the location of the CBTC data radio antennas or other
required antennas is provided in Figure 3.
I. Electric Couplers- The trolley is equipped with Dellner Type 30 Electric Couplers on
both ends. There are currently six (6) spare connector pins in each coupler if
trainline circuits are required when running in two (2) trolley consists. A diagram of
the electric coupler is provided in Figure 11.
J. The Contractor shall consider the feasibility of a common electronics equipment

enclosure that houses the CBTC Electronics components, power supplies and any
required interface unit(s). Regardless of whether a common enclosure can be
utilized, the equipment shall be arranged and installed to allow access for all
inspection, maintenance and trouble-shooting tasks. The equipment shall be
arranged such that the LLRU can be removed without requiring any other equipment
or component to be removed or disassembled. The access shall be demonstrated on
the first prototype installation. The Contractor shall provide a report to document the
accessibility findings following the prototype installation for SEPTA review and
approval [CDRL 13591-02, 13591-03].
1.11 HARDWARE FUNCTIONS AND FEATURES
A. The Onboard CBTC System installed in the trolleys shall be microprocessor-based

and shall be interconnected with all of the trolley’s control systems. The Onboard
CBTC System shall automatically initiate penalty enforcement braking at a full
service brake rate if the Operator fails to respond appropriately to movement and
speed limit information.
B. Electromagnetic Compatibility
1. Except as modified herein, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements
of and follow the guidelines provided in the following standards and
specifications:
a. AAR S5702 - Railroad Electronics Environmental Requirements.
b. APTA SS-E-010-98 - Standard for Development of an Electromagnetic
Compatibility Plan (EMCP). The EMCP shall be submitted separately
for SEPTA review and approval [CDRL 13591-04, 13591-05]. Tests
shall be performed in accordance with the requirements identified in this
section of the specification. This Plan shall require the onboard
equipment to be tested at the system level prior to installation on the
trolley and at the trolley level with the complete system integrated and
operating on the trolley. The trolley level tests shall be conducted under
dynamic and static conditions.
C. EMI Tests
1. An electromagnetic compatibility test shall be performed with the Onboard

System installed on the trolley to ensure compliance with those requirements
and to ensure compatibility with existing power, signal and communications
systems, as well as the local environment. During these tests, confirmation of
emissions limits specified in this section shall be conducted by monitoring
those systems functions.
D. General
1. All Onboard CBTC System electronic components which are potential EMI
emitters or victims shall be tested separately by a qualified laboratory. These
tests shall include the following specific requirements:
a. IEC 61000-4-2 - Electrostatic discharge Immunity test. Test level 4 is
required.
b. IEC 61000-4-3 - Radiated, radio frequency, electromagnetic field
immunity test. This test shall be conducted at a field-strength of 20 V/m.
The range from 80 MHz to 6 GHz shall be tested.
c. IEC-6100-4-4 Electrical fast transient / burst immunity test. Test Level 4
is required.
d. IEC-6100-4-5 - Surge immunity test. Test Level 4 is required.
e. IEC-6100-4-6 Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by
radiofrequency fields test. Level 3 is required from 150 kHz to 80 MHz.
f. Radiated Emissions per FCC part 15, class A levels from 30 MHz to 6
GHz.
g. Conducted Emissions per FCC part 15, class A levels from 0.15 MHz to
30 MHz.
h. For all Immunity testing, Performance Criteria A shall be required for all
safety critical systems. Performance Criteria B shall be required for all
other systems.
i. A trolley level radio frequency immunity test shall be conducted using
handheld radios of the same type used by SEPTA and various types of
cellular phones and carriers. The test shall include interior and exterior
of trolley.
2. The Contractor shall demonstrate through specified electromagnetic
compatibility, inductive, conductive, and radiated emissions tests that the
worst-case emissions of an Onboard CBTC System equipped two (2) car train
is electromagnetically compatible with all SEPTA systems, including both
onboard and wayside elements.
3. To determine the worst-case emissions, the Contractor shall perform the
specified tests for normal, abnormal, and failed operating conditions, and in the
full range of all applicable operating modes, speeds, voltages, train lengths,
and loading. The Contractor shall test all operating modes including
appropriate combinations of HVAC and all auxiliaries including light ballast
and destination signs at maximum and minimum power, and under failure
conditions.
4. Failure conditions shall include failures of all EMI control components or
subsystems, all EMI detection components and subsystems, all EMI sources
that affect amplitude or frequency, and all failures identified in the safety
analysis.
E. Testing and Analysis
1. For each test below, the Contractor shall develop and submit a test procedure
to SEPTA for review and approval. The Contractor shall perform the tests to
the satisfaction of SEPTA. In each case, the Contractor shall document the test
and submit a test report for review and approval. Laboratory tests shall be
conducted as part of the subsystem qualification tests. Field tests shall be
conducted as part of the qualification tests.
2. Inductive Emissions
a. Laboratory Inductive EMI Tests
1) The Contractor shall perform Laboratory Inductive EMI Tests.
2) The draft test procedure shall be presented at the Preliminary
Design Review [CDRL 13591-06].
3) The Contractor shall document the Laboratory Inductive EMI test
results in a report that shall be submitted to SEPTA review and
approval [CDRL 13591-07].
b. Field Inductive EMI Test
1) The Contractor shall perform a Field Inductive EMI Test with all
of the Onboard CBTC Equipment installed.
2) The draft Field Inductive EMI Test procedure shall be presented at
the Preliminary Design Review [CDRL 13591-08].
3) The Contractor shall document the Field Inductive Emission Test
results in a report that shall be submitted to SEPTA for review and
3. Radiated Emissions
a. Field Radiated EMI Test
1) The Contractor shall perform a Field Radiated EMI Test.
2) The draft Field Radiated EMI Test procedure shall be available at
the Preliminary Design Review [CDRL 13591-10].
3) The Contractor shall document the Radiated Test results in a report
that shall be submitted to SEPTA for review and approval [CDRL
13591-11].
4) The Contractor shall cooperate with SEPTA in the satisfactory
resolution of all complaints received by SEPTA and attributed to
the trolley CBTC System. Complaints shall include interference
with radio, televisions or other wireless devices.
4. Conducted Emissions
a. Field Conducted EMI Test
1) The Contractor shall perform a Field Conducted EMI Test.
2) The draft Field Conducted EMI Test procedure shall be available
at the Preliminary Design Review [CDRL 13591-12].
3) The Contractor shall document the Conducted Test results in a
report that shall be submitted to SEPTA for review and approval
[CDRL 13591-13].
1.12 MARKING
A. All materials intended for use on this project shall be marked or stored so as to be
readily identifiable and shall be adequately protected during handling and storage.
1.13 FIGURES
Figure 3: Double Ended LRV CBTC Equipment Layout
Figure 4: Desirable Under Seat Enclosure for Electronic Components
Figure 5: Alternative Under Seat Enclosure for Electronic Components
Figure 6: CBTC Operator Display Unit Location
Figure 7 : deleted
Figure 8: Operator’s Area Left Side Wall – Cut-out Switch and Diagnostic Port Potential Location
Figure 9: Circuit Breaker Panel
Figure 10: Potential CBTC Data Radio Location
Figure 11: Electric Coupler
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 FASTENERS
A. The Contractor and suppliers shall be responsible for selecting fastener types, sizes,
styles, lengths, materials, grades, and finishes that will meet the requirements of this
Specification. The Contractor shall minimize the number of different sizes and
styles of fasteners used. Tamperproof fasteners shall be used for safety sensitive
equipment access panels and covers accessible to passengers. Fasteners used
throughout the trolley shall be inch standard fasteners, except that ISO Metric
fasteners may be used as approved by SEPTA.
B. All fasteners used to secure access covers, doors, or panels to equipment boxes or
interior panels shall be made captive to the panel in which they are used. Where
access for service is expected more often than every five (5) years, access panels
shall be equipped with quarter-turn fasteners. Quarter-turn fasteners shall have a
minimum shank diameter of ¼-inch, be of adequate strength, and as manufactured by
SOUTHCO, or approved equal.
C. All fasteners used on the interior of the trolleys shall be flush mounted. Fasteners
used on the exterior of the trolleys, exposed to passengers, crew and maintenance
personnel, shall be flush mounted unless specifically approved by SEPTA.
D. Threaded Fasteners
1. When bolts are used to secure apparatus, where the bolt head is not accessible,
a reusable mechanical locking device shall be used to prevent the bolt head
from turning when the nut is being turned.
2. At least 1½ full screw threads shall be visible beyond all nuts. When used
without elastic stop nuts, bolts shall not project more than 1½ full threads plus
¼” for bolts, ¼” diameter or less, and shall not project more than eight (8)
threads for larger diameter bolts, unless otherwise approved by SEPTA. With
elastic stop nuts, bolt threads shall not project more than ¼”, regardless of bolt
size.
3. Prevailing torque type locknuts shall be nylon insert type, ESNA, or approved
equal, conforming to IFI Fastener Standards or Military Standard MS-21044.
4. All metal prevailing torque type locknuts shall only be used where there is
insufficient clearance to install ESNA type locknuts, or where the locknut is
exposed to temperatures above 200° F.
5. All structural bolts for undercar and overhead mounted equipment shall be a
minimum Grade 5, and the bolt diameter shall be no less than 3/8”, regardless
of design load. Stronger fasteners shall be used if required by the application.
The mounting and attachment bolts for undercar and overhead mounted
equipment and equipment support structures or brackets shall be sized to the
design strengths for Grade 2 bolts and Class A nuts.
E. Elastomers
1. All elastomeric parts shall be of neoprene, unless otherwise specified. Silicone

may be used for high and low temperature applications which require a more
resistant material. These applications shall be approved by SEPTA.
Specifically, long-term exposure to temperatures lower than -35°F and higher
than +150°F shall require the use of silicone.
2. All resilient mounts shall be of natural rubber. Synthetic rubber compounds
may be substituted for natural rubber only when approved by SEPTA for a
specific application.
3. The following elastomeric parts shall have a minimum service life of ten (10)
years, unless otherwise specified and approved by SEPTA:
a. Cover and access panel gaskets and seals
b. Isolation pads and tapes
2.02 WIRE
A. General
1. The Contractor’s design shall ensure that the minimum number of wire types
and sizes be used in the trolley.
2. Selection of wire sizes and insulations shall be based on the current carrying
capacity, voltage drop, mechanical strength, temperature, toxicity,
flammability, low smoke and flexibility requirements in accordance with
applicable AAR, APTA, ICEA, AREMA, ASTM, NEC, and MIL
Specifications. However, in no case shall the properties of the wire and cable
be less than those properties delineated in this Specification. Extra-fine wire
stranding shall be utilized on applications subject to repetitive motion. All
applications of shielded cable shall be approved by SEPTA.
3. In no case shall wire smaller than the following sizes be used:
a. Wire which is pulled through conduits or wireways – AWG No. 14.
b. Wire on electronic units, cards, and card racks – AWG No. 28.
c. Wire within control compartments – AWG No. 18.
d. A multi-conductor cable where current is not a factor– AWG No. 18.
4. All other wire, including that which is not pulled through wireways and
conduits – AWG No. 16.
5. SEPTA may approve smaller wire sizes for selected applications upon
submission of appropriate applicable data for justification.
B. Multi Conductor Cables
1. All conductors in multi-conductor cables shall be color coded or otherwise

permanently identified as approved. In applications where current is not a
factor in wire size selection, such as LED indicator lights or status displays,
AWG No. 18 may be used between repeater devices and displays. For multi-
conductor cables carrying low-voltage, high-speed, serial data, exceptions to
the wiring requirements may be submitted for approval by SEPTA, based upon
availability of wire to meet the application requirements.
2. Fillers
a. Where required to obtain a circular cross-section, fillers shall be made of
non-hygroscopic materials compatible with the wire insulation and
jacket, and shall be of the same or of a higher temperature rating than the
wire insulation.
3. Tape
a. A binder tape shall be employed over the assembly of conductors in
multi-conductor cables if needed to assist in cable manufacture, or as
required to permit the cable to function as intended in its application.
The binder tape material shall be non-hygroscopic and shall be of the
same (or better) temperature class as the wire insulation, and shall be of a
compatible material.
4. Shield
a. The shield, if required, shall consist of either tin plated copper braid,
concentrically served copper, or aluminum/polyester tape with a drain
wire, as appropriate for the application. Tape shields shall be permitted
for fixed installations only. The shields shall have the following
minimum properties:
1) Copper shield shall be made of either tinned, coated copper strands
which conform to ASTM B 33, or silver-coated copper strands
which conform to ASTM B 298, as is appropriate for the wire
insulation. Shield coverage shall not be less than eighty-five (85)
percent. Shield strand size and application shall be as
recommended by the cable manufacturer for the particular
application, but shall not be smaller than AWG No. 38.
2) Aluminum/polyester tape shields shall consist of a helical wrap of
aluminum/polyester tape with a nominal thickness of 0.0004-inch
aluminum on a backing of 0.001-inch polyester. The tape shall
have a minimum overlap of ten (10) percent of the tape width to
ensure complete coverage. In contact with the aluminum side of
the shielding tape shall be an AWG No. 22 7/30 tinned copper
drain wire conforming to ASTM B 33 and B 174.
b. Wire insulation shall comply with the requirements of APTA SS-E-001-
98. Teflon, mineral filled, abrasion resistant insulation may be used on
wire sizes AWG No. 12 to AWG No. 28, when approved by SEPTA.
5. Jackets
a. The overall jacket of multi-conductor cables shall be of flame retardant,
low smoke/toxicity, irradiated, cross-linked, modified polyolefin, Tefzel
(ETFE), or Teflon (PTFE) to be fully compatible with the wire insulation
and application as approved. The coupler cable shall have a jacket of
low temperature arctic grade neoprene per MIL-C-13777, with a wall
thickness suitable for 600 volts. The jacket shall be extruded and
vulcanized over the cabled conductors, and shall be centered, with a
smooth appearance without objectionable roughness or irregularities,
consistent with good industry practice.
2.03 TERMINAL BOARDS AND TERMINAL POINTS
A. General
1. All equipment enclosures and junction boxes shall be fitted with terminal
boards or connectors.
2. Unless otherwise specifically approved by SEPTA, connectors shall comply
with the acceptability criteria provided in IPC/WHMA-A-620.
3. Where approved by SEPTA, molded case, modular terminal blocks which
utilize a spring clamp to hold the wire may be used for low voltage circuits.
Where cage clamp terminal blocks are approved wire shall receive a ferrule,
strain relief support and acceptable locking tab. Each terminal block shall be
properly identified with a permanent marking and each assembly shall be
secured to the mounting (DIN) rail by end clamps which incorporate metallic
hardware. Plug-in style (split) terminal blocks will only be permitted if, as part
of the design, these plugs will be used as a connector when performing
maintenance, testing or replacement of a LLRU. All molded case, modular
terminal blocks are subject to review and approval by SEPTA.
4. Stud type terminal points and terminal boards shall have brass studs and
connections, each of which shall be locked using a single brass nut with brass
flat washer and a plated spring-type lock washer. Studs, nuts, and washers
may also be made of corrosion-resistant, plated steel, where approved by
SEPTA. Each board or connector shall have the necessary number of
terminations plus a minimum of ten (10) percent spares, but not less than one
(1) spare unless otherwise approved by SEPTA. Binding head, screw type
terminal boards will be permitted only where approved. All terminal boards
shall be in accordance with Military Specification MIL T 55164A.
5. Threaded studs shall have a minimum of 2½ threads exposed beyond the final
nuts. Adequate space shall be provided to permit connecting wire terminals
with standard tools. All terminals shall be properly torqued to assure sound
connections. Spacers shall not be used.
6. Jumpers between terminal board points shall be brass or plated steel. Wire
jumpers between adjacent terminals of terminal boards will not be permitted.
7. An approved permanent marking strip on each terminal board shall be
provided and attached adjacent to the wire junction point to identify the wires
attached thereto, and the wires connected to terminal boards shall have the
terminal point location printed on the wire.
8. A maximum of two (2) terminals shall be connected to any one (1) binding
screw. A maximum of four (4) terminals shall be connected to any one (1)
threaded stud, provided that there is no interference among terminal barrels.
On terminal boards, the wiring shall be arranged so that no more than two (2)
terminals are connected to a stud from each side.
B. Wire Terminations
1. Terminals and connections shall be mechanical, solderless, crimp type as

manufactured by AMP Incorporated or other approved manufacturer with a
comprehensive line of terminals, connector pins, and application tools
available. All terminals for the same wire size shall be crimped with the same
model tool. The Contractor shall minimize the total number of crimping tool
types needed for crimp connections. Terminals for wire sizes AWG No. 10-22
shall require no more than three (3) tool models to provide certified crimp
connections.
2. Terminals and connections shall be attached to the wiring with proper crimping
tools and dies as recommended by the manufacturer. The terminals used on
conductors of size AWG No. 10 or smaller shall securely grip and hold the
insulation of the conductor, unless otherwise approved by SEPTA. Terminals
shall be ring lugs in accordance with Military Standard MS-25036; the use of
spade and hook-type terminals or ferrules shall be permitted only with
approval by SEPTA on a case-by-case basis. Corrosive protection shall be
provided for all base materials.
3. Conductors subject to motion relative to the terminal shall be protected to
prevent breakage of the conductor at or near the terminal. Sufficient slack
shall be provided in all wires and cables to prevent breaking or pull out of
bushings and terminals. Only one (1) wire shall be crimped in any one (1)
terminal.
4. Wherever several wires are connected to terminals of a terminal strip on a
device which is removable from the trolley for maintenance, the wires shall be
terminated, with double ring terminations which shall be screwed to an
insulating fanning strip which shall serve to keep the terminations in the
correct relative locations while disconnected from the device, unless otherwise
approved by SEPTA.
C. Cable Connectors
1. All cable connector applications shall be approved by SEPTA. All cable

connectors shall conform to MIL-C-5015 or an equivalent standard as
approved.
2. Unused connector pin positions shall be sealed with either connector contacts
or plastic sealing plugs designed for that purpose in accordance with
IPC/WHMA-A-620.
3. They shall employ removable crimp contacts of the correct size for the wire
being terminated. Except as noted below, the connector contact area shall be
plated with a minimum of 0.000030 inch of gold over a minimum of 0.000050
inch of low stress nickel. For high current applications, the connector contact
area shall be plated with a minimum of 0.00010 inch of silver. Adjacent
connectors shall use either different inserts or different insert orientations to
prevent erroneous connections. The receptacle portion of all cable connectors
shall be rigidly mounted.
4. All cable connectors used in exterior locations shall be of the environmental
watertight variety. Cable connectors shall be equipped with sealing gaskets on
the front-mating surface and on the back where the cable enters. The cable
jacket shall be held by a clamp within the connector body.
5. Connectors in high vibration or high motion areas, such as speed sensors, shall
have the wire connections soldered and potted and shall have a watertight
jacket molded over the cable and connector to form a unitized assembly.
D. Quick-Disconnect Terminals
1. Approved quick-disconnect terminals shall be utilized to facilitate maintenance

and inspection. They shall provide positive terminal engagement and be shock
and vibration proof. All terminals shall be provided with insulation equal to
that of the wire. No “Push-to-fit”, (FASTON) type terminals shall be
permitted unless specifically approved by SEPTA.
2.04 ENCLOSURES/RACKS
A. General
1. All exposed interior equipment enclosure surfaces shall be powder-coated or

stainless steel. If powder-coated, the enclosures shall be cleaned and prepared
in accordance with the recommendations of the coating supplier. Aluminum
surfaces shall be anodized to accept powder coating.
2. All circuit boards that are rack-mounted shall plug into racks containing the
mating half of the circuit board connector. The circuit board rack shall mount
in an enclosure conforming to requirements in this Specification. The rack,
circuit board, and circuit board hardware shall be designed as an integrated
system.
3. The rack and enclosure shall provide environmental and EMI shielding.
4. Printed circuit boards shall be positively retained by means of keeper bars or
other approved method. The enclosure or rack cover shall not be used to retain
the circuit boards, unless specifically designed to do so. Hinges and latches
shall be of stainless steel.
5. Each circuit board shall be fitted with an ejector or handgrip to assist in board
removal. The rack and the edge of each board, or the card ejector, shall be
labeled with corresponding numbers to identify board location within the
enclosure. A brief functional designation shall also be included on each label.
6. The enclosure/rack shall not be connected to the power supply return or signal
common.
7. Where it is necessary to use printed circuit boards that are not plug-in and not
mounted in an enclosure, the following additional requirements shall apply:
a. The PC board shall be protected from mechanical damage and hostile
environments such as arc discharge or contact with high voltage.
b. Any test points required in routine testing or fault isolation to the user
replaceable level, shall be easily accessible without disassembly or tools.
c. If replacement of the PC board is required (as part of secondary
maintenance), no special tools or soldering shall be required.
8. If replacement of a printed circuit board is required, no special tools or
soldering shall be required.
B. Wire Insulation within Equipment
1. Insulation on wiring within replaceable modular units, electronic apparatus

such as cards and card racks, and other equipment, as approved by SEPTA,
shall be Tefzel (Ethylenetetrafluoroethylene – ETFE) per ASTM D 3159, and
insulation construction per Military Specification MIL W 22759/16 (AS),
irradiated cross-linked polyolefin or Teflon (Polytetrafluorethylene – PTFE)
type EE, per Military Specification MIL W 16878/5.
2.05 PROHIBITED MATERIALS
A. The following materials shall be prohibited from use:
1. PVC
2. Asbestos
3. Cadmium (except for battery)
4. Lead
5. PCB’s
6. Carcinogenic materials as listed by current Publication of the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienist (ACGIH)
7. Materials listed in 29 CFR Section 1910.19
8. All CFC & HCFC compounds except R-22 & R134a
9. Urethane Foam
2.06 MARKING AND DESIGNATION
A. Each wire and cable shall have printed on its outer surface the manufacturer’s
identification, conductor size, temperature rating, and voltage rating.
B. For wires entirely within an equipment enclosure, each wire AWG No. 8 and smaller
shall be permanently and legibly marked with wire markers added to each end.
Wires larger than AWG No. 8 may have wire markers applied at each end of the
wire. Wiring entirely within an equipment enclosure may have a single wire marker
at each end. Wires shall be marked with an alpha-numeric circuit designation. A
circuit designation shall change only when it passes through an active or passive
component such as a relay coil or relay contact, fuse, circuit breaker, lamp, motor, or
resistor. A circuit designation shall remain unchanged when it passes through a
terminal strip or junction box stud regardless of the number of wires of that circuit
are common to that point. There shall be no duplication of wire codes in unrelated
circuits.
C. For pre-manufactured multi-conductor cables and for cases where individual circuit
identification markers may be approved, the following requirements shall apply:
1. All wires and terminals shall be clearly identified. Wires attached to terminal
studs shall have a marker indicating the terminal stud to which it is attached.
2. Identification of wires shall be by continuous wire marking printed on the wire.
All wires shall be marked six inches (6”) from the end of the wire and every
twelve inches (12”) within 10 feet (10’) of the end of the wire, and every
twenty-four inches (24”) over the remainder of the wire. Wire marking shall
be stamped in two (2) places, approximately 180° apart, to facilitate reading
the marking. Wires in multiple-conductor cables shall be color-coded.
3. Identification of terminals shall be by white or yellow permanent markers with
black printing.
4. Wire markers shall meet the adherence and solvent resistance requirements as
specified by MIL-M-81531, latest revision, and shall withstand all
combinations of ambient and equipment temperatures. Manual printing is
prohibited.
5. For cable identification, the Contractor shall use a basic identification system
in conformance with ANSI/IEEE 200 CONDUIT
2.07 CONDUIT FITTINGS AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. General
1. All conduit and conduit couplings shall be of an ANSI-approved type. All

conduit shall be standard weight, galvanized steel with threaded fittings. Steel
conduit shall be mild steel in standard lengths with threaded ends and hot-
dipped zinc-coated exterior and interior surfaces. Conduit shall be free of
burrs and projections, circular in cross section, of uniform wall thickness, and
shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Standard C-80.1. The threads per
inch and length of threading shall conform to ANSI Standard B-2.1 for Pipe
Threads.
2. Steel fittings shall be used to assemble steel conduit. Elbows, nipples, and
couplings shall be made of the same grade of steel as that of the conduit. All
fittings shall be treated, coated, and threaded according to the requirements for
zinc-coated, rigid steel conduit and shall conform to UL 6.
3. Flexible conduit, if used, shall be watertight and interlocking steel strip
protected, with an approved rust resistive coating. Flexible covering on
conduit shall not contain polyurethane, nylon or PVC vinyl. Cross-linked
polyolefin may be used. SEPTA will approve the use of PMA conduits on a
case-by-case basis.
4. All conduit fittings and junction boxes shall be provided with gasketed covers.
All conduits and their connections to electrical equipment shall be installed to
make a continuous ground.
B. Boxes
1. All junction boxes shall be fabricated using a minimum of fourteen (14)-gauge

steel. Interiors of all junction boxes shall be primed and then protected with a
white, insulating coating. All exterior junction boxes shall be weatherproof
and shall be connected in such a way that drainage from the equipment groups
shall not pass through conduit into the junction boxes.
2.08 PIPING AND TUBING
A. All piping valves, fittings, installation methods, and testing shall be in accordance
with the Code for Pressure Piping, ANSI B31.1. Pipe and tubing routing shall be
planned and accomplished in an efficient, organized manner to keep the total length
and number of fittings and bends to an absolute minimum. Pipe and tubing
connections shall not interfere with the removal of other components.
2.09 FLAMMABILITY, SMOKE EMISSION, AND TOXICITY REQUIREMENTS
A. General:
1. All combustible materials used in SEPTA trolleys shall satisfy the

flammability, toxicity and smoke emissions requirements of this section, 49
CFR 238 and NFPA 130. In the case of a conflict the most restrictive
requirement shall apply. Test results from an independent laboratory
indicating successful testing and demonstrating compliance with these
requirements for all materials shall be submitted to SEPTA for approval
[CDRL 13591-14]. Testing shall be conducted within the Contract duration
period and on a production batch of material intended to be used on the trolley.
Each laboratory shall have tested a standard test sample no greater than thirty
(30) days prior to performing the tests which shall be submitted to SEPTA.
The Contractor shall be responsible for complete conformance with the
requirements for itself and its and suppliers. SEPTA may, at its discretion,
require that the current batch of material provided for this contract be retested
for conformance with these requirements.
B. Combustible Content
1. The design shall minimize the total combustible material content of the trolley.
A matrix showing the total weight of all materials, where used, flammability,
smoke emissions, test identity, test facility, test requirements, test results,
nature, and quantity of the products of combustion, heat content, and heat
release rate per ASTM E1354, shall be submitted by the Contractor [CDRL
13591-15].
C. Flammability and Smoke Emission
1. All materials used shall be tested to demonstrate compliance with the

requirements set forth in 49 CFR 238.103 and NFPA 130. The complete
reports shall be provided for all materials tested for all tests. The Contractor
shall submit to SEPTA for approval test reports for all materials tested and a
summary table [CDRL 13591-16]. The summary table shall include the
description of each material test and its use in the trolley, description of the test
procedure used the name and location of the test facility, performance criteria,
and actual test results. Test reports older than 5 years from the date of
submission will not be accepted.
D. Toxicity
1. Materials and products identified by state agencies, Federal agencies, and the
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienist (ACGIH) as
containing toxic properties or to emit toxic products of combustion in excess of
the limits defined in the Specification shall not be used. Materials and
products generally recognized to have highly toxic products of combustion
shall not be used.
2. All materials used, except for materials used in small parts such as knobs,
rollers, fasteners, clips, grommets, and small electrical parts that would not
contribute significantly to fire propagation or to smoke or toxic gas generation,
shall be tested for toxicity using Boeing Specification Support Standard BSS-
7239. Materials shall meet the following maximum toxic gas release limits
(ppm) as determined per BSS-7239.
a. Carbon Monoxide (CO) ..........3,500 ppm
b. Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) ............200 ppm
c. Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)............100 ppm
d. Hydrogen Chloride (HCL) ........500 ppm
e. Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN) .........150 ppm
f. Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) ................100 ppm
3. The tests shall be conducted in the flaming mode after two hundred forty (240)
seconds using the NBS Smoke Density Chamber for sample combustion. The
gas sampling may be conducted during the smoke density test. The test report
shall indicate the maximum concentration (ppm) for each of the above gases at
the specified sampling time and shall be submitted to SEPTA for review and
approval.
E. Electrical Fire Safety
1. Electrical equipment shall conform to NFPA 130, except where more

restrictive requirements are imposed by this Specification.
2.10 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC DESIGNS
A. General
1. In addition to meeting environmental requirements, all electronic equipment

shall meet the environmental requirements of IEEE Standard 1478. All
standard type tests shall be performed.
2. All electronic assemblies shall undergo Environmental Stress Screening (ESS).
The temperature cycling regimen shall be in accordance with table 7.5-2, unit
column, of the “Reliability Design Toolkit: Commercial Practices Edition”,
from the Reliability Analysis center, except as indicated below. The
temperature extremes may be limited to –40°F to + 160°F, at the discretion of
the supplier. A minimum of seven (7) complete temperature cycles shall be
conducted. The ESS shall be performed with the equipment operational,
powered, and oriented as per the ultimate application. Input signals and output
loads to simulate the maximum power dissipating condition in the equipment
shall be applied during the rising temperature and maximum temperature
portions of the temperature cycle. The equipment shall be given a full
functional test before and after the ESS, and monitored for failure and
anomalous operation throughout the ESS. In the event of equipment failure,
the repaired equipment shall be given another complete ESS test.
3. Alternatives to this baseline ESS may be acceptable but any alternative shall be
approved by SEPTA prior to commencing the ESS. Assemblies consisting
exclusively of components rated at 50 amperes or greater are exempt from this
requirement.
B. Ability to Repair
1. Where practical, all electrical assemblies, including such items as printed

circuit (PC) boards, shall be designed for repair.
2. Assemblies shall not be sealed, potted, or constructed to prohibit repair.
Assemblies that must be potted or sealed by design shall have a minimum ten
(10) year warranty.
C. Hardware
1. All hardware associated with electronic and electrical control systems shall be
protected against moisture, oxidation, and common airborne contaminants.
D. Electrostatic Discharge
1. Protection shall be provided against electrostatic discharges (ESDs) in

compliance with EN 50121-3-2, 2000 Table 9. The discharge is to be
delivered to the enclosure in which the equipment is housed (if an enclosure
exists), to the enclosure of each line replaceable unit, and to all surfaces and
controls that are accessible to operating staff and passengers (e.g. knobs,
switches, fasteners, printed circuit board faceplates, handles). The equipment
shall function properly after such testing.
2. This requirement is not intended to apply to the contacts of electrical
connectors that are exposed in the course of removing, replacing, and/or
handling a line replaceable unit. ESD-sensitive equipment shall be labeled.
The label shall be affixed in a location that clearly indicates the ESD concern
to maintenance personnel.
2.11 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD STANDARDS
A. General
1. Printed circuit boards shall be designed, constructed, and inspected to

ANSI/IPC-D-275, latest revision, except where more stringent requirements
are noted herein. Within ANSI/IPC-D-275, printed circuit board classes are
designated. Printed circuit boards supplied under this Specification shall be
Class 2, minimum, with the exception of wayside computers that are not
utilized in trolley operation. Class 3 requirements shall apply to all vital
equipment.
2. Circuit board material shall be per NEMA Standard LI 1, Type FR-4 (MIL-P-
13949, Type GF), for boards which have no components, whose power
dissipation is greater than two (2) watts, and when said board is not mounted
adjacent to components dissipating greater than two (2) watts. Otherwise,
circuit board material shall be per NEMA Standard LI 1, Type FR-5 (MIL-P-
13949, Type GH).
3. Printed circuit boards shall have a minimum thickness of 1/16” base material.
All conductor material shall be copper and shall be firmly attached to the board
and shall be resistant to blistering and peeling when heated with a soldering
iron. All printed circuit boards shall be designed for ease of testing per
ANSI/IPC-D-275, “Testability Design Check List.”
4. Traces shall be made as wide as practical, with the minimum width being
based on a 10° C temperature rise.
5. Components with pins shall be mounted only on one side.
6. Connections shall be made to the other side or internal layers via plated
through holes. SMT devices may be mounted on both sides if part of an
approved existing design.
7. All circuit boards shall be inherently stiff or shall be reinforced to prevent
damage due to vibration or handling. All printed circuit boards with the same
function shall be interchangeable between equipment groups without
adjustment.
8. All printed circuit boards shall be of the “plug-in” type, with positive support
against vibration.
9. Printed circuit boards shall be designed for insertion and removal with power
applied, except where power is removed by a switch adjacent to the card rack
and except where the mechanical construction would generally prohibit
removal and insertion with power applied. Where a switch is used, it shall be
labeled with a warning regarding its proper use.
B. Marking
1. All circuit boards shall be labeled with a part number, serial number, and
descriptive nomenclature.
2. All components shall be labeled on the board with component drawing
references and such other information as may be required to repair and
troubleshoot the board. The component and wiring sides of the board shall
each be marked to indicate capacitor and diode polarity, and at least two (2)
leads or one (1) lead and a graphic symbol indicating orientation of all
transistors and thyristors.
3. Integrated circuits (IC) and other multi-terminal devices shall have an index
mark on the component side of the board, visible with the component inserted,
to indicate proper keying and insertion; additionally, the first pin on all IC
packages shall be identified on the wiring side of the board. The labels used to
identify components on the printed circuit board shall match those used in the
schematic drawings for that particular component.
C. Component Mounting
1. Components shall be fastened to the board in such a manner as to withstand

repeated exposure to shock and vibration. Large components shall be
supported in addition to the solder connections. Power resistors shall be
mounted on standoffs so that the resistor bodies do not contact the board,
spaced far enough away from the board so that resistor-produced heat shall not
discolor or damage the board.
D. IC
1. Where approved, IC sockets shall comply with approved standards such as

MIL-S-83502 and MIL-S-83734, as applicable for the device, and shall be
made of the following materials:
a. The bodies shall be molded from diallyl phthalate, PTFE Teflon, or
approved equal.
b. The contacts shall be fabricated from beryllium copper and shall be
plated with a minimum of 0.000030” of gold over a minimum of
0.000050” of low stress nickel in the area of contact with IC pins.
E. Conformal Coating
1. Both sides of the assembled printed circuit boards shall be coated with a clear
insulating and protective coating material conforming to MIL-I-46058, latest
revision, or approved equal.
2. The coating shall be easily removed with a brush-applied solvent or penetrated
by a hot soldering iron when a component must be unsoldered. The coating
solvent shall not adversely affect board-mounted components.
3. All Integrated Circuit (IC) sockets, connectors, and test points shall be masked
when the coating is applied.
F. Keying
1. All printed-circuit boards shall be mechanically “keyed” to prevent insertion

into the wrong slot or in the wrong orientation. Further, circuit boards in
safety related control systems, and systems which can cause damage or unsafe
train operation if the trolley is operated with a card removed, shall be
connected through a safety circuit to disable the trolley if a circuit board is
removed.
G. Circuit Board Connectors
1. Printed circuit board connectors shall be heavy duty, high reliability, two-part
type with a history of successful service in rail applications and shall be
approved by SEPTA prior to commencing design.
2. Connectors which comply with MIL-C-55302 or DIN 41612 Level 1 or 2 and
which have plated contacts as described below are considered to comply with
the requirements of this section.
3. The connector contact area shall be plated with a minimum of 0.000030” of
gold over a minimum of 0.000050” of low stress nickel. Alternative contact
plating may be proposed for SEPTA’s approval.
4. Card-edge connectors are prohibited.
H. Testing
1. Sufficient clearance shall be provided between components to allow testing,

removal, and replacement without difficulty.
2. Test points shall be provided in appropriate locations on modules and printed
circuit boards. A negative-return test point shall also be provided. The test
points for manual testing shall either accept and hold a standard 0.080”
diameter tip plug or shall be a turret lug similar to Cambion No. 160-1026-01-
05, or approved equal, with sufficient clearance to permit it to accept a
standard oscilloscope probe clip and shall be identified by appropriate
markings.
2.12 ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND HARDWARE
A. Contactors and Relays
1. All contactors and relays shall meet or exceed the requirements of MIL-R-
6106 and MIL-R-5757 respectively, with the following qualifications:
a. Devices shall be tested for proper functioning in orientations up to 30°
from the orientation in which they are mounted in the trolley in each of
the three (3) possible rotations: pitch, yaw, and roll.
b. If adequate documentation exists to demonstrate that, during functional
and operational testing of the trolley, the contactors underwent normal
duty cycle tests, it shall be considered as an acceptable alternative to
burn in.
c. In selected applications, contactors and relays shall comply with the
requirements of MIL-R-6106 (for ratings of ten (10) amperes or greater)
and MIL-R-5757 (for ratings of less than ten (10) amperes) but need not
be qualified to these documents if all of the following requirements are
met:
d. The device is service proven in the same application.
e. The device is service proven in transit service.
f. All other requirements of this Specification are met.
g. SEPTA approval of the application.
h. All devices shall be constructed and utilized in a fail-safe manner; that is,
all failures shall be such that passengers, crew, and equipment are not
placed in jeopardy.
i. All time delay relays shall be of the R-C delay or solid state type.
j. Where plug-in relays are approved, the relay shall be positively retained
by means of a retaining clip or bar. This device shall be captive, of
rugged construction, and shall be easily positioned for relay installation
and removal without the need for special tools. When the relay is
removed, the retainer shall itself be retained so that it cannot come in
contact with devices which may have exposed energized electrical
circuits, and it shall not interfere with the operation of any other device
when in this position. The plug-in relay base shall utilize ring tongue
wire terminal connections.
k. Relays shall not be affected by the accumulation of airborne dust.
B. Switches
1. Switches shall be provided with a “keying” feature so that after installation, the
body of the switch is constrained from mechanical rotation.
2. All switches provided shall be of the highest quality procurable and shall be
fully suitable for the service environment. All control switches, which are
subject to water splash (switches mounted near windows or doors, or mounted
on the operator’s console), shall be environmentally sealed. Toggle and push
button switches shall be per MIL-S-3950, MIL-S-8805, MIL-S-83731, or
equal. All safety-critical switches shall be designed to withstand a high
potential test of 1,500 volts for one (1) second, in a clean, dry condition,
without false conduction. The design and selection of all switches shall be
subject to review and approval by SEPTA.
3. There shall be a maximum of two (2) wires connected to each terminal of the
device. Switches shall be individually replaceable by disconnecting only the
mounting fasteners and electrical connections of the switch to be replaced. In
addition to the above requirements, all switches and pushbuttons shall meet the
a. Contact resistance shall be less than 0.1 ohm at 3 Vdc and 10 milliamp.
b. Open circuit resistance shall be 50 megohms minimum.
c. Resistance to case shall be 1,000 megohms minimum at 500 Vdc.
C. Circuit Breakers
1. All circuit breakers shall be rugged and fully suitable for the service intended
and of the highest quality procurable. Design and selection of all circuit
breakers shall be subject to review and approval by SEPTA. Every effort shall
be made to procure circuit breakers of the same manufacture and model for all
circuit breakers of the same rating for the same equipment and function.
2. The ON, OFF, and TRIPPED positions of all circuit breakers shall be
permanently marked on the handle or the case of the circuit breaker. The
circuit breaker, when tripped, shall assume a distinct position between the ON
and OFF positions to permit determination that it has been tripped by either its
over-current or shunt trip elements. All circuit breakers shall be mounted in
the vertical direction with the ON position up. Circuit breakers shall be
individually replaceable by disconnecting only the mounting fasteners and
electrical connections of the breaker to be replaced.
3. Electrical connections to circuit breakers shall either be threaded to accept
machine screws or use a threaded stud. Wires to circuit breakers shall use ring
terminals. Circuit breaker terminals shall not be used as junction points.
4. No circuit breaker shall protect more than one (1) circuit, nor shall any one (1)
circuit be protected by more than one (1) circuit breaker.
5. All circuit breakers shall be sized by current rating and trip time to protect both
the associated equipment and the minimum size wire used for power
distribution within the protected circuit without causing nuisance trips.
6. Circuit breaker current rating shall be clearly and permanently marked and
shall be completely visible after installation.
D. Fuses
1. Fuses shall be used only where specifically called for in the Specification or
where the use of circuit breakers is not technically feasible, and only with
specific approval by SEPTA. Fuses may be considered in applications as
follows:
a. To protect solid state equipment from catastrophic damage.
b. Where current or voltage levels prohibit circuit breakers fuses shall be
permanently identified in a location adjacent to the fuse. The rating of
each fuse shall be permanently and clearly marked directly on each fuse.
Fuses shall be readily accessible. Fuses mounted in exterior equipment
boxes shall be accessible from the side of the trolley.
c. Fuse holders shall contain fuse retention devices at both ends. The fuse
shall be extracted from the circuit when the fuse holder is opened and the
exposed fuse shall be safely isolated.
E. Battery Backup Circuits
1. Backup batteries shall not be permitted, unless specifically approved by

SEPTA. Where backup batteries are proposed, the Contractor shall ensure that
the battery has a minimum useful life of not less than five (5) years in SEPTA
operating environment. The Contractor shall address backup battery
replacement and maintenance requirements in the Maintainability Analysis.
SECTION 13592
EMI AND EMC REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This document contains Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electromagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) requirements for the overall Media Sharon Hill Line (MSHL)
Communication Based Trolley Control (CBTC) System equipment.
1.02 APPLICABILITY
A. This document applies to the entire MSHL CBTC System which includes but is not
1. CBTC trackside
2. CBTC onboard
(MCCs)
Subsystems
8. Other Equipment as Required by a Contractor’s Particular Design
B. The overall MSHL CBTC System shall be designed to meet the EMI and EMC
requirements specified in this Section. It is noted that other Sections of these
Contract Documents also specify EMI and EMC requirements specific to particular
equipment. In the event of a conflict between the requirements of this Section and
any other Section, the more stringent of the two shall apply. Items not resolvable in
this fashion shall be brought to the attention of the SEPTA Project Manager for
disposition.
1.03 S UBMITTALS
B. CDRLs.

CDRL 13592-001 EMC Control Plan 1.06A
CDRL 13592-002 EMC Environmental Report 1.06B
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC EMI and EMC Requirements
CDRL 13592-003 EMC Design Report 1.06C
CDRL 13592-004 EMC Compatibility Analysis Report 1.06D
CDRL 13592-005 EMC Field Test Plan and Test Reports 1.06E
1.04 Definitions
A. EMI is defined as electromagnetic signals or emissions generated by the MSHL

System equipment which adversely affect either:
1. Non-MSHL System equipment.

2. Other MSHL System equipment.
B. EMC is defined as the ability of the MSHL System equipment to operate

satisfactorily in the environment presented by the MSHL operating areas and the
ability of other, non-MSHL System equipment, to operate satisfactorily in the
presence of the MSHL System equipment.
1.05 General Requirements
A. The MSHL System equipment shall operate without affecting, and be immune to
EMI from other non-MSHL System equipment and be immune to any effects of the
environment in which it will operate.
B. Equipment which has been modified since last being tested as in compliance with the
requirements of these Contract Documents shall be retested at a qualified and
recognized facility in an operationally prototypical fashion.
C. Degraded modes of operation shall not cause any EMI or EMC requirements to be
not met.
D. The guidance and practices identified in the referenced standards shall be followed
and shall be considered as incorporated into the requirements of this Section.
E. SEPTA uses a variety of radio frequency communications equipment including but

not limited to onboard communications equipment, fixed installation equipment and
portable equipment. The MSHL System equipment shall be immune from any
operation or use of this, or any other SEPTA equipment.
F. The Contractor remains solely responsible to ensure the EMI and EMC requirements
of these Contract Documents are met regardless of any approvals provided by
SEPTA or its representatives for any aspect of the MSHL System equipment.
G. Filters, shields, etc., shall be designed as/if needed to ensure EMI and EMC
requirements are met. Any such apparatus shall not interfere or obstruct or interfere
with the normal function or operation of the equipment.
H. The MSHL System equipment shall comply with the FCC regulations specified in
FCC Title 47, Part 15 [Ref. 13592-03].
I. Any CDRL which provides an analysis shall include the approach to performance of
the analysis.
J. No degradation of the normal operation of the MSHL System equipment shall result
from EMI or EMC interactions between the MSHL System equipment and itself, or
with any other equipment, or the environment in which the equipment has been
installed. Built-in redundancy shall not be used to counter the effects on operation of
EMI or EMC influences.
K. All EMI and EMC requirements shall be met by the Contractor and its
subcontractors, regardless whether the equipment is purposely built or is off-the-
shelf.
L. Testing requirements shall include, but not be limited to:
1. Specific limits for measured parameters including margins for safety and
design tolerance shall be defined. If not defined by the referenced standards,
margins of less than 6db shall not be used.
2. Vital equipment shall be tested to ensure the operation of the equipment
remains safe at all times regardless of the test, method of application, or
whether the induced radiation was within predefined values. At no time shall
safety-providing equipment be permitted to have a non-fail-safe response to
any EMI influence.
3. All test plans, procedures, and reports shall be provided to SEPTA for
information.
4. Prior to conducting any qualification tests, SEPTA shall be notified with
advance warning commensurate for other qualification tests specified in these
Contract Documents, so as to permit SEPTA or its designee to witness the test.
5. Qualification tests shall include diagrams, delimitation of connections between
equipment, and pictures of the test setup.
1.06 Specific Requirements
A. The EMC Control Plan [CDRL 13592-001] shall include the following:
1. Identification and qualifications of the person(s) responsible for EMI and EMC
design, testing, and management.
2. An overview of all plans, test procedures, equipment which will undergo
3. Name, address, and certification/qualifications of the entity which will perform
and EMI and/or EMC qualification testing services.
4. Installation requirements deriving from EMI or EMC considerations shall be
defined for all equipment installation locations and cable separation and
routing requirements.
5. The Contractor’s method of determining, measuring, etc., the EMI and EMC
environment existing at the locations the Contractor will install equipment,
including cable route, shall be defined.
6. Identification of all EMI and EMC related submittals including the purpose
and overview of each submittal shall be provided to allow the reader of the
EMC Control Plan to understand the overall EMI and EMC approach for the
MSHL Project. Where an analysis will be provided by a submittal, the
approach for that analysis shall be provided.
B. The EMC Environmental Report [CDRL 13592-002] shall be the result of the
Contractor’s efforts at characterizing the environment in which the MSHL System
equipment will operate and shall include the following:
1. Onboard testing – The emissions to be encountered by the Contractors onboard

equipment shall be determined by measurement in accordance with procedures
identified in [Ref. 13592-01] and the following:
a. All locations including wire runs shall be determined as appropriate for
the Contractor’s design.
b. All typical trolley operations shall be part of the testing including static
and dynamic trolley operation, one and two car operations, and
operations from both cabs.
c. Locations over which the trolley shall operate shall be included in the
testing.
2. Wayside testing – Locations which the Contractor will install equipment shall
be measured including; equipment huts, trackside, maintenance facilities,
offices.
3. General testing requirements:
a. Testing shall be especially focused on
1) Known emission sources.
2) Frequency ranges within and surrounding those which the
Contractor’s radio frequency equipment will operate.
3) Frequency ranges within and surrounding those which SEPTA’s
radio frequency equipment operates.
b. Any radio frequency equipment provided by the Contractor’s design
shall have its operating environment measured for potential interference
sources. SEPTA will make available a radio frequency survey performed
along the MSHL.
C. The EMC Design Report [CDRL 13592-003] shall include the following:
1. Identification of all significant EMI emitters.
2. Identification of all EMI/EMC techniques planned for use.
3. All specific mitigations to be employed including:
a. Filtering
b. Mechanical design
c. Suppression techniques
d. Grounding
e. Shielding
f. Other methods used to mitigate generated EMI and susceptibility to
EMC
4. Delineation of all equipment considered to be a significant emitter of radiation,
or susceptible to the effects of radiation. All safety-providing equipment shall
be considered as susceptible until proven otherwise.
5. Maintenance requirements including post-repair and preventative, required to
maintain the integrity of the equipment’s immunity to EMI or to preserve its
EMC.
6. The approach(es) taken for grounding and isolation of equipment.
7. Either by inclusion or reference, the requirements apportioned to equipment
regarding EMI/EMC.
D. The EMC Compatibility Analysis Report [CDRL 13592-004] shall include the
following:
1. General – The EMC Compatibility Analysis Report shall demonstrate that the
MSHL System equipment will not degrade the performance of non-MSHL
System equipment and that the MSHL equipment will be compatible in its
installed/operating environment.
2. Frequencies from DC to 10 GHz shall be analyzed. For frequencies not
covered by [Ref. 13592-01], [Ref. 13592-02] or [Ref. 13592-03], the
Contractor shall propose testing and analysis methods to the SEPTA Project
Manager.
3. Susceptibility – Based on the EMC Design Report, MSHL System equipment
identified as susceptible to EMI shall be analyzed in relation to the
environment in which it will be located. Based on the measured levels of EMI
at these locations via the EMC Environmental Report, margins for each piece
of equipment shall be determined. These margins shall be jointly reviewed by
SEPTA and the Contractor to determine their acceptability.
4. Emissions - Based on the EMC Design Report, MSHL System equipment
identified as radiating significant EMI shall be considered in relation to the
other equipment in proximity to the MSHL equipment’s intended installation
location. For each piece of radiating MSHL equipment, the following shall be
identified:
a. Level and type of emissions expected based on actual measurements
b. Identification of any potentially susceptible non-MSHL equipment in the
proximity of the to-be-installed MSHL equipment.
c. Mitigation measures or other testing required to determine the
susceptibility of the non-MSHL equipment to the MSHL equipment.
5. Containment of energy. An analysis of the ability of the enclosures and cables
intended to house and connect the MSHL equipment to contain the voltages
and energy contained within. Shielding, grounding, and termination methods
employed shall be identified.
E. The EMC Field Test Plan and Test Report [CDRL 13592-005] shall include the
following:
1. General – The purpose of this plan and report is to demonstrate compliance to

[Ref. 13592-01], [Ref. 13592-02] and [Ref. 13592-03] with the MSHL
equipment installed.
2. Suitable sample locations for the following equipment shall be identified by
the Contractor for SEPTA approval and following approval for EMC testing:
a. Onboard equipment rack and driver’s display.
b. Wayside CBTC controller cabinets.
c. Local traffic controller cabinets.
d. Interlocking cabinets.
e. CBTC radio frequency communications system.
f. Audio frequency track circuits.
g. Other locations or equipment based on a Contractor’s particular design.
3. Tests shall be conducted with the involved equipment operating throughout its
normal range(s).
4. Specific test procedures for each locations and equipment type shall be
developed.
5. The potential to adversely affect non-MSHL equipment shall be considered
and the risks/mitigations identified in each procedure.
6. To reduce the potential for faults of non-MSHL equipment during testing,
operating or otherwise, all testing shall be conducted with strict SEPTA
coordination.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
SECTION 13593
MSHL CBTC SIGNALING SYSTEM GENERAL OPERATIONAL AND FUNCTIONAL

REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 CBTC System Overview
A. Document Overview
1. This document contains general and operational requirements for the overall
Media Sharon Hill Line (MSHL) Communication Based Trolley Control
(CBTC) System which includes but is not limited to the following equipment
subsystems:
a. CBTC trackside
b. CBTC onboard
c. Operational Control Centers (OCCs) and Maintenance Control Centers
(MCCs)
d. Ground Based Communications and Radio Frequency (RF)
Communication Subsystems
e. Interlocking Subsystem
f. Local Traffic Controller (LTC) Subsystem
g. Test and Diagnostic Equipment
h. Power Supply Equipment
i. Other Equipment as Required by a Contractor’s Particular Design
2. Additional requirements for the MSHL CBTC System can be found in other
sections of these Specifications.
B. Project Overview and General Requirements
1. The MSHL track alignment is as shown on the Contract Drawings. The

alignment contains double track, single track and street running sections.
Except for the street running sections, roadway crossings and track in the
vicinity of the 69th Street Terminal, the alignment is on a segregated Right Of
Way (ROW).
2. The Supplier shall furnish all labor, material, equipment, supervision,
transportation, and miscellaneous services, whether or not explicitly identified
herein, to provide a completely tested and fully operational MSHL CBTC
System including all work at the Control Centers, maintenance and shop
facilities, along the track, onboard the trolleys and as required by any other
related subsystems. It is noted the Contractor will be required to perform the
initial installations of onboard equipment with SEPTA labor performing the
balance of the installations, Refer to Section 13591 of these Contract
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC MSHL CBTC System General Op. & Func. Reqs.
Specifications. The Contractor shall provide all training, portable diagnostic
and test equipment, bench diagnostic and test equipment, and all related
manuals sufficient for SEPTA to operate and maintain the MSHL CBTC
System.
3. The Contractor’s work shall include all work necessary to provide a safety
certified, tested and operational system which is ready for revenue operation
when presented for final acceptance, in accordance with these Specifications.
4. As identified in these Specifications, the existing alignment infrastructure shall
be modified including but not limited to:
a. Existing special trackwork shall be replaced or eliminated except in the
following areas:
1) 69th Street Terminal,
2) West Yard,
3) Tracks leading to maintenance facilities.
b. Point locations shown are for reference only. Final locations of points of
switches shall be determined by the Contractor and approved by the
SEPTA Project Manager during the final design review.
c. Existing Trolley Operator-operated route request push buttons shall be
eliminated except as noted.
d. Inductive loops used by the existing roadway crossing equipment shall
be eliminated.
e. Audio Frequency Overlay (AFO) Track Circuits shall be used at all
roadway crossings except those in the 69th Street Terminal area and
West Yard. The Track Circuits and related equipment in the 69th Street
Terminal area and West Yard shall remain as-is and be incorporated into
the Contractor’s design. Some roadway crossings currently have AFO
circuits installed; these shall be reused with modification where
practicable or replaced. Where no AFO circuits exist at roadway
crossings, the Contractor shall install new AFO equipment of a type
consistent with that presently in service and incorporate into the LTC
design per these Specifications.
f. New Interlocking Central Instrument Houses (CIHs) and CBTC Region
Controller CIHs shall be provided and installed and shall interface to
existing CIHs as required by the final design. Consideration will be
given to joint use facilities where SEPTA determines it is in the
Authority’s best interest.
g. Existing block colorlight signals shall be eliminated. All new colorlight
Light Emitting Diode (LED) signals shall be installed throughout. This
requirement does not apply to the color light signals used in the 69th
Street Terminal area including the West Yard and tracks leading to
maintenance facilities which indicate point position and permission to
cross roadways.
h. Trolley bar signals shall be of the LED-type only. If an existing bar
signal is not of the LED-type (e.g., along the along the trunk line), it
shall be replaced with a bar signal of like kind as currently in use.
i. Roadway crossing equipment (to include LTCs, crossing signals, AFO
track circuits) shall remain and be incorporated into the final design.
LTCs, crossing bar signals and trolley detection and related equipment
shall be modified as necessary to provide the functionality as required by
these Specifications.
j. All roadway crossings currently have installed, or will have installed
under separate contract, roadway crossing equipment. Modifications to
this equipment shall be made by the Contractor as necessary to
implement the final design of the MSHL CBTC System. Modifications
and equipment additions shall be made with equipment of a type
consistent with that presently in service and as required by these
Specifications.
k. The CBTC system shall be designed and operated so as to not add any
delay to automobile traffic crossing phases compared to the LTC system
currently installed. Typically there is a platform located adjacent to each
roadway crossing. The CBTC System, in conjunction with the LTC,
Centralized Traffic Control (CTC) and other subsystems, shall be
responsible for requesting safe passage across the roadway crossings
from the LTC for approaching trolleys and for permitting platform
berthing including when trolley bar signals indicating Stop. There also
shall be functionality built in to move trolleys safely across the roadway
under failure conditions.
5. Track circuits shall be used as follows:
a. Interlocking – Power frequency track circuits shall be used in the
immediate vicinity of interlocking areas and control points, and
throughout the Smedley Park Single Track Area as defined in these
Specifications and the Contract Drawings.
b. Roadway Crossings – AFO Track circuits shall be used by LTCs to detect
the passage of a trolley across a roadway and shall extend across the
entire roadway crossing surface (Island Track Circuit).
6. Approach indications and trolley detection shall be provided by the CBTC
equipment or as required by a Contractor’s specific design.
7. Transponders shall be used to provide absolute location information to trolleys
unless another means is approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
8. Secondary trolley detection methods shall be in accordance with these
Specifications and the approved final design.
9. There shall be three (3) CBTC trackside Region Controllers generally sited as
follows and controlling the sections identified:
a. CBTC Region Controller #1: 69th Street Terminal to Drexel Hill Junction,
including storage tracks
b. CBTC Region Controller #2: Drexel Hill Junction to Media End of Line
(EOL)
c. CBTC Region Controller #3: Drexel Hill Junction to Sharon Hill EOL
10. Each CBTC Region Controller shall consist of independent equipment to:
a. Control trolleys within the zone
b. Issue requests to the LTCs to request trolley passage through roadway
crossings within the zone
c. Interface to other CBTC control zones to coordinate the movement of
trolleys across the zone boundaries
d. Interface to other subsystems including but not limited to the OCCs,
Interlocking, MCCs, RF System, onboard equipment as required to carry
out the operations of the MSHL as identified within these Specifications,
as shown on the Contract Drawings
11. The MSHL CBTC System and related subsystems shall have sufficient
capacity such that all trolleys currently in service on the MSHL may operate in
a single CBTC control zone in single car consists. The Contractor shall provide
calculations to demonstrate compliance with this requirement during final
design and actual demonstration testing support this requirement during field
testing.
12. The MSHL has twenty six (26) double-ended trolleys which are operated as
single and double-car consists with a Trolley Operator in the lead cab at all
times. The use of “trolley” shall be understood to refer equally to a consist
made of one or two cars. If necessary, the length of the consist will be
specified as a one or two trolley consist.
13. The MSHL CBTC System shall support the making and breaking of consists
on both the storage tracks and Main Line tracks as part of normal revenue
service operations without degradation to trolley performance or safety
supervision.
14. There shall be no contradiction between the information provided to the
Trolley Operator by the wayside signals and the Operator’s Display Unit
(ODU) in the trolley.
15. There shall be no mechanical contact between the trolley and trackside CBTC
or signaling equipment.
16. Inductive loop-type communications shall not be used.
17. Maximum trolley authorized speed for each track location shall be determined
during the Project and shall be enforced by the onboard equipment.
18. As shown on the Contract Drawings, certain roadway crossings are controlled
by SEPTA-owned LTCs and others are controlled by Township-owned LTCs.
a. Where SEPTA owns the LTC, the Contractor shall be responsible for
modifying the function of the LTC, including reconfiguring the existing
equipment, adding necessary equipment and re-programming the LTC as
necessary so that trolleys will be given permission for safe passage
across the roadway as defined in these Specifications.
b. Where a Township owns the LTC, the Contractor shall be responsible for
interfacing to the existing LTC as necessary so that trolleys will be given
permission for safe passage across the roadway as defined in these
Specifications. Roadway crossings controlled by Township-owned LTC
include:
1) All crossings in the 69th Street Terminal Area
2) Fairfield Ave
3) Walnut Street
4) Avon Road
5) Hilltop Road
6) Beverly Blvd
7) Landsdowne Ave
8) McDade Blvd
9) Springfield Road
10) Woodland Ave
11) Providence Road
19. Temporary Speed Restrictions (TSRs) are required for various classifications
of safety issues, maintenance and recovery operations and shall be vitally
implemented.
20. Trolleys shall collect operational data and automatically report this data
periodically to the MCC and OCC subsystems for storage, analysis and
playback.
21. A test track shall be provisioned in the storage yard or on other SEPTA
approved track which shall be capable of operating the onboard equipment in
an equivalent fashion as it would be operated on the revenue line so as to
permit all onboard functions to be tested.
22. A solid-state interlocking subsystem, separate and distinct from the CBTC
subsystem equipment, shall be provisioned for the special trackwork areas. The
CBTC subsystem components shall interface and interact with the interlocking
subsystem to accomplish the specified functionality as described in these
Specifications and as shown on the Contract Drawings. It is noted that the
switch point control and indication equipment currently installed in the 69th
Street Terminal, West Yard, and tracks leading to maintenance facilities, be
incorporated into the Contractor’s design as-is and modified or upgraded only
so as to accomplish the requirements of these Specifications and with the
approval of the SEPTA Project Manager.
23. Bi-directional running, including the predictive trolley bar signal request
function, shall be fully supported on all track except as specifically noted.
1.02 General MSHL CBTC System Requirements
A. Due to the inter-related nature of the MSHL CBTC System including its subsystems
and other related systems, any requirement in these Specifications for a single
subsystem, to the extent it affects any other subsystem(s) or equipment, shall be
considered as specified for all such affected subsystem(s) and equipment except as
noted.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting all necessary information, data and
existing infrastructure conditions to carry out their work including, but not limited to:
track, trolleys, existing operating conditions, existing operating rules, existing
infrastructure, office facilities, environmental condition, maintenance facilities, and
any governmental regulations and other applicable regulations.
C. The MSHL CBTC System shall provide a safe and reliable integrated trolley control,
signaling and interlocking system which vitally protects against:
1. Trolley collisions including but not limited to: trolley to trolley, trolley and fixed
object collisions.
2. Trolley operation in excess of permitted speeds including but not limited to: speed
in excess of established maximum based on track location, speed in excess of
temporary limits, speed in excess of that required to permit safe stopping,
speed in excess of track geometry and point alignment.
3. Trolley entry into prohibited zones including but not limited to: entry into worker
exclusion zones, movement beyond authorized limits of assigned movement
authority, movement beyond an interlocking or roadway crossing signal
showing “stop”.
4. Trolley movement onto improperly set switch points.
5. Trolley movement into or fouling the limits of a roadway crossing when it is not
safe to do so.
6. Other conditions which present themselves based on a Contractor’s particular
design or the particular needs of the MSHL infrastructure.
D. The Contractor shall provide a computer-based model and simulation of the trolley,
LTCs, overall CBTC System, interlocking operation and platform operations. These
simulations shall take into account actual system delays and equipment timing
parameters to enable trolley headway performance to be accurately demonstrated
given the particular design presented, trolley performance characteristics and various
controlled variables including:
1. Varying delays in receiving permission to cross roadways at Township and

SEPTA controlled roadway crossings
2. Trolley failure (trolley failure to move and trolley operation in bypass mode)
3. Combining various service pattern assignments to determine the effect on junction
management and trolley merging/demerging
4. Varying platform dwell times
E. The brake rate(s) to be used by the onboard CBTC equipment calculations shall be
determined by the Contractor and approved by the SEPTA Project Manager during
the final design phase of the project. A Brake Rate Determination Plan [CDRL
13593-001] shall be submitted by the Contractor to the SEPTA Project Manager for
review and approval. The actual brake rate achieved in service shall be measured
every time the brakes are applied by the CBTC equipment and logged onboard. If the
assumed rate is not realized, this event shall be alarmed onboard and at the OCC.
F. All equipment providing safety-related functions shall be of a proven vital, failsafe

design.
G. All failures of equipment providing safety-related functions shall be automatically

detected, shall be automatically acted on and shall be annunciated, alarmed and
logged at the OCC. Onboard failures shall be annunciated, alarmed and logged by
the onboard equipment and brought to the attention of the Trolley Operator. Onboard
failures shall also be forwarded to the OCC for alarming and logging if they pose a
degradation to safety or service or could lead to a degradation to safety or service.
H. For purposes of determining hazards and the safety actually provided, all
undetectable failures in the system shall be assumed to have occurred and be present
before considering the effect of additional (detectable) failures. Safety
documentation shall identify all undetectable failures and their mitigation methods.
I. All failsafe features, functions and design aspects shall be tested, including the
failure of safety related equipment, during system acceptance testing. Failsafe
features, functions and design aspects shall be documented and a specific test plan
provided for SEPTA review and approval [CDRL 13593-003]. Test procedures and
evidence of test passage for these items shall be provided for the SEPTA Project
Manager’s review and approval [CDRL 13593-004].
J. No single failure shall cause a complete section of the alignment (both tracks) to
have its normal CBTC-related function become inoperable for the passage of
trolleys.
K. Switching to redundant units, whether automatically or manually performed, after

failure of the in-control unit, where such redundancy is used in the calculation of
availability shall be tested for all portions of the design including but not limited to:
1. Fiber, copper and RF data paths

2. Network infrastructure equipment
3. CBTC onboard components
4. MCC/OCC servers
5. Interlocking equipment, LTC equipment (SEPTA owned) and CBTC zone
controllers
6. Other equipment based on a Contractor’s particular design
L. The MSHL CBTC System and its components shall operate without degradation or
loss of function regardless of the weather and environmental conditions including but
not limited to: rain, snow, freezing rain, temperature, humidity, leaf and other
typically encountered track debris. The design and installation shall provide inherent
protection from vandalism. The Contractor’s design documentation shall specifically
address the threat of vandalism and the vandalism mitigations provided for
equipment installed on or near the ground, and the unattended trolley cab operator
controls and display.
M. The CBTC equipment shall interface with the interlocking equipment as necessary so
as to enable the CBTC equipment to provide trolleys with safe Movement Authority
(MA) which reflect the state of the interlocking-controlled infrastructure including
but not limited to: points, track circuits, interlocking signals.
N. The CBTC equipment shall interface with the LTC equipment as necessary so as to
enable the CBTC equipment to provide trolleys with safe MA which reflect the state
of roadway crossings.
O. Trolley location accuracy and protective action brake rate shall be commensurate
with the assumptions and requirements of the design safety case. Trolley location
accuracy and protective action brake rate shall be vitally monitored at all times and
an alarm logged and, if necessary, a protective action taken if the values used in the
safety case are not met.
P. A Safe Braking Analysis [CDRL 13593-002] shall be provided to the SEPTA

Project Manager for information which defines the calculations, assumptions and
system requirements used to vitally ensure the trolley will be maintained within its
MA at all times. Parameters/factors/events covered by the report shall include, but
not necessarily be limited to:
1. The wayside equipment removes or otherwise cancels a trolley’s MA,

2. The trolley looses communications with the trackside equipment or vice-versa,
3. Trolley location transponders, or means used to determine absolute trolley
position, are not correctly read by a passing trolley,
4. The trolley detects spin/slide conditions,
5. Failure of the sensors providing data to the onboard equipment for position
determination,
6. The permitted speed in a track section,
7. Track grade,
8. Full Service Brake (FSB) rate, and
9. Others requirements based on a particular Contractor’s design and as determined
during the final design.
Q. Trolley operations shall support short headways, multiple trolleys exchanging

passengers at the same platform, and trolleys closely approaching the edge of a
roadway crossing so as to permit the trolley Operator a clear view of the roadway
traffic and pedestrians.
R. The MSHL CBTC System shall be designed using service-proven technologies. As
such all CBTC equipment shall have a proven, in-service history as follows:
1. Demonstrated revenue service operating history of not less than five (5) years on
a property similar to those typically found in North America, and
2. Demonstrated history of safe and reliable operation on a transit property operating
schedules and consists of a similar type and nature to that proposed for use on
the MSHL for a period of not less than five (5) years.
S. All onboard and trackside CBTC equipment shall have a designed service life of
twenty five (25) years.
T. The MSHL CBTC System shall be designed for high availability in accordance with
the requirements of these Specifications. Where redundancy is provided, switching
between the in-control equipment and redundant (or standby) equipment after failure
of the in-control equipment shall be automatically accomplished. The trackside
CBTC equipment, ground-based communication and RF equipment, OCC and MCC
equipment shall be a redundant design. The onboard CBTC, Interlocking and LTC
equipment shall be designed in accordance with these Specifications.
U. Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM) devices are prohibited. Reprogramming

or updating of configuration data shall not require circuit cards be removed from
their enclosure or “rack”.
V. All devices containing software or configuration data which is field-updatable shall

report the version/revision numbers of each software and/or data component installed
on to the device to the MCC subsystem on a daily basis. The MCC shall maintain
daily logs of the reported version/revision information.
W. The contractor shall fully integrate all configurable items such as software, data files,
configuration files, drawings, hardware, installation records, equipment serialization
information (see below), etc., into the existing SEPTA Configuration Management
Database. Should this integration be jointly determined by the Contractor and the
SEPTA Project Manager as impractical, the Contractor shall provide SEPTA a
standalone Configuration Management Database Tool to accomplish this same
purpose. Provision of any hardware, software, licenses and training for any provided
Configuration Management Tool is the responsibility of the Contractor.
X. Equipment Serialization. Each piece of equipment, including all LLRUs, shall have a
unique serial number permanently affixed. The Contractor shall maintain a database
under configuration control which will be transferred to SEPTA at the conclusion of
the Project and control which:
1. Tracks where each piece of serial-numbered equipment has been installed,

when installed, and any associated higher assembly reference (E.G.: cabinet,
trolley). This record shall be searchable by equipment type, by serial number,
and by location.
2. Tracks defects found and repairs made to all serial-numbered equipment. This
record shall be searchable by equipment type, by serial number, and by
location.
Y. Microsoft Windows Operating system-based products shall not be permitted for use
other than on OCC and MCC workstations and servers, and test and diagnostic
equipment.
Z. Contract requirements and other system-level requirements shall be traced to lower

level design documents (including hardware and software design documents) and
ultimately through to testing (including factory, field and design qualification). This
tracing shall be performed using a modern tool designed specifically for requirement
tracing purposes. Status and other metrics related to this task shall be provided to
SEPTA periodically.
AA. The Contractor shall specify the methodology for installing transponders to the
SEPTA Project Manager for review and approval. The following shall be taken into
consideration and accounted for in the proposed installation methodology:
vandalism, periodic track work including tie replacement and ballast maintenance,
transponder reliability, mounting concerns, environmental issues, and
maintainability. Transponders shall not be mounted on the ground in street running
sections or in the 69th Street Terminal area where trolleys coexist with buses or other
traffic operates.
BB. Keying of connectors and circuit cards shall be provided to ensure only the correct
connectors shall mate, only the correct circuit card can be installed, etc., during
Lowest Level Replaceable Unit (LLRU) replacement and troubleshooting.
CC. Ventilation fans shall not be used in equipment which provides safety functions.
DD. The trackside CBTC equipment shall tolerate not receiving every other CBTC radio
message sent from a particular trolley without operational performance degradation.
Similarly, a trolley shall tolerate not receiving every other trackside CBTC radio
message sent to the trolley without operational performance degradation.
EE. The onboard CBTC equipment shall tolerate not reading every other transponder
without operational performance degradation.
FF. All equipment failures shall be detected and annunciated locally and at the OCC and
MCC subsystems. Equipment shall either be capable of reporting its failure to the
OCC and MCC, or shall be monitored by separate equipment which is capable of
reporting the failure of the monitored equipment to the OCC and MCC.
GG. An LLRU or its higher-level hardware assembly transitioning from the operational
state to failed state shall trigger an event at the OCC and MCC subsystems regardless
whether the failed equipment is operationally in control or in a standby state (not in
control).
HH. Equipment shall be housed in CIHs, trackside cases, and other enclosures as
necessary along the alignment and within SEPTA’s facilities as approved by the
SEPTA Project Manager. In addition, the Contractor shall install decorative fencing
around any new or expanded CIHs.
II. All equipment, other than onboard equipment, shall remain operational eight (8)
hours after the normal Alternating Current supply power has been removed.
JJ. All motorized points shall have position detectors and shall have their position,
including locked status, displayed at the OCC. The set of motorized points in the 69th
Street Terminal area is excepted from this requirement.
KK. Required Design Documentation. The following documents are required to be

developed according to the referenced standard, or according to good industry
practice if no standard is noted, and delivered to SEPTA for review and approval.
1. Subsystem Design Description(s), [CDRL 13593-008]. Required for at least

each subsystem identified in paragraph 1.01, A, 1 of this Section. Shall
include: hardware and software design descriptions, description of the
inputs/outputs and interfaces, describe the processing provided by the
subsystem, provide an architecture diagram of the subsystem, identify and
describe the interactions of the subsystem with the larger MSHL System. The
description and definition of the subsystems in this document shall be at a
greater depth than that provided in the MSHL System Design Description.
2. MSHL System Design Description, [CDRL 13593-009]. This document shall
provide a definition and description of the functional operations of the overall
MSHL System. All subsystems shall be defined and explained in the context of
their contribution of the overall system operation. The operations and function
of the overall system shall be defined and explained.
3. MSHL System Architecture Specification [CDRL 13593-010]. This document
shall provide an overall architecture description of the MSHL System
including all subsystems, equipment, data communications and interfaces.
4. MSHL System Concept of Operations (ConOps), [CDRL 13593-011] per
IEEE Std 1362-1999 [Ref. 13593-02] or per IEEE 29148-2011 [Ref. 13593-
01]. This document shall include a description of the major operational
evolutions of the MSHL System including fault recovery operations.
1.03 ROADWAY CROSSING REQUIREMENTS
A. As shown on the Contract Drawings, SEPTA owns and operates the LTC equipment
which operates the vehicular traffic signals and the trolley bar signals for the
majority of the MSHL roadway crossings. This section gives requirements for those
roadway crossings.
As previously noted and as shown on the Contract Drawings, there are a limited
number of roadway crossings controlled by township-owned traffic controllers. For
these crossings, the MSHL CBTC System will provide inputs to the township-
controlled equipment requesting passage across the roadway crossing. The CBTC
System will monitor the feedback from the township-owned traffic controllers to
determine if/when safe passage across the roadway crossing is possible.
B. General Description: Roadway Crossing operation consists of three functions,

working more or less independently, to obtain safe passage for a trolley approaching
a roadway crossing as follows:
1. Automatic CBTC Trolley Bar Signal Request

All crossings shall support this mode of operation unless otherwise specified. In
this mode of operation, once the trolley reaches a predetermined location, the
CBTC System shall communicate with the appropriate LTC and request passage
across the roadway. Once the LTC confirms the requested route is established, the
CBTC System shall enforce the permitted limit across the roadway.
If the LTC is unable to provide the requested route across the roadway, the CBTC
System shall enforce a safe stop within ten (10) feet of the roadway edge. At
crossings which have a platform on the approach side, once the trolley has been
brought to a safe stop, the trolley shall be capable of moving up to but not
exceeding the roadway fouling point at a speed not to exceed three (3) MPH.
2. Manual Trolley Operator Bar Signal Request
In this mode of operation, for the specified roadway crossings, the Trolley
Operator will be responsible to manually request the proceed aspect by operating
an in-cab button after the trolley has been driven up to and over a transponder
adjacent to the roadway. This request shall be permitted only if the trolley’s
assigned route includes crossing the roadway and the trolley is in a position to
imminently cross the roadway.
3. Manual Track Circuit Request
Additional circuitry shall be interposed between the LTC and the trolley bar
signals so that in the event of a failed LTC, upon a trolley being detected as
occupying the crossing AFO track circuit, the additional circuitry shall manually
initiate a green phase for the trolley. This function shall not be implemented for
non-SEPTA-owned LTCs.
C. It is noted that signal other than trolley bar signals are used in the 69th Street
Terminal including the West Yard and maintenance tracks. The functionality of the
signals used in those areas shall remain as is currently implemented and modified as
defined in these Specifications.
D. The required modifications to the existing LTC subsystem as defined in these

Specifications includes but is not limited to: adding equipment, relocating
equipment, retiring equipment, removing retired equipment and wiring,
reprogramming of LTCs, interfacing to other subsystems and shall be the
E. When the trolley bar signals are displaying “stop” (horizontal bar) the roadway
vehicular traffic signals are provided a green signal to proceed across the tracks.
Conversely, when the trolley bar signal indicates a proceed (vertical bar) the
roadway vehicles are provided red “stop” signals.
F. Automatic passage for a trolley across a roadway shall entail the CBTC equipment
requesting a proceed bar signal aspect for an approaching trolley from the associated
LTC, gaining the proceed bar signal, and permitting the trolley to proceed across the
roadway crossing.
G. The point at which CBTC System requests the LTC for the proceed aspect shall be
determined during the final design and shall be subject to adjustment during field
testing. Adjustment of the parameters which contribute to when and where a trolley
is located before the trolley bar signal proceed aspect is requested shall be via a
configuration file maintained within the OCC subsystem. It shall be possible to
update this configuration file with ordinary word-processing software. It shall be
possible to transmit the information of this file to the appropriate end terminal units
so as to effect a change in the predictive trolley bar signal request function (i.e.:
perform tuning) without requiring a reboot of any equipment or for maintenance
personnel to visit any wayside equipment.
H. The function of obtaining passage for a trolley across a roadway (i.e.: detecting an
approaching trolley, issuing and canceling the request to the LTC) shall be
performed by wayside equipment except as specifically defined in these
Specifications.
I. The final design shall provide for the ability for multiple trolley's to access and cross
the same roadway crossing within the same proceed aspect cycle. The design shall
provide adequate warning when the LTC is about to cancel the permission for a
trolley to cross the roadway so that any approaching trolley can be safely braked by
the Trolley Operator and avoid the need for a protective brake application to keep the
trolley from entering the roadway. Trolleys arriving at the expiration of a crossing
proceed aspect shall be held until the expiration of a field settable time so as to
provide automobile traffic with an adequate opportunity to cross the intersection.
J. The LTC equipment shall monitor the status of a the AFO Track Circuit and/or
position of the trolley to determine when the trolley has passed over and is not
fouling the roadway, at which time the LTC shall return the bar signal to the stop
position and permit automobile traffic to cross the tracks.
K. All trolley bar signals for a single roadway crossing area shall be wired together such
that they are all either showing stop, or are all showing proceed as required by the
Contractor’s design.
L. The current vehicular traffic signal and trolley bar signal phase timing and
characteristics shall be maintained and may be changed only with the strict approval
of the SEPTA Project Manager and the respective Township. The existing LTC
processing equipment shall be reused where practicable. Should additional
processing equipment be needed, it shall be of the same make and model to the
extent possible so that LLRUs may be exchanged between the existing and any
newly added LTC equipment. Changes to the make and model of LTC processing
equipment used shall require the SEPTA Project Manager’s approval.
M. The existing trolley bar signals shall be reused where currently located along the
alignment. Should additional trolley bar signals be needed, they shall be of the same
make and model to the extent possible. Changes to the make and model of bar
signals used shall require the SEPTA Project Manager’s approval.
N. For crossings utilizing trolley bar signals, AFO Track Circuits shall be installed on
both tracks across each roadway in both directions. If a crossing currently has AFO
Track Circuits installed, they shall be modified as needed to comply with these
Specifications. The AFO Track Circuits shall generally run between the opposing
trolley bar signals on either side of the roadway with the final locations (end points)
determined during the final design.
O. The LTC shall provide the occupancy status of the AFO Track Circuits to other
subsystems including the OCC, trackside CBTC Region Controllers and MCC
equipment.
P. The design of crossing functionality shall be vital. The LTC shall be designed and
integrated with the CBTC portion of the system to maximize availability and
crossing throughput, provide for station berthing regardless of the status of the
associated trolley bar signal and reduce roadway vehicle crossing delay times to the
maximum extent possible while ensuring the safety of operations.
Q. The CBTC System shall not request LTC passage across a roadway (automatically or
manually) for a trolley unless a trolley has a MA (and an interlocking route if
applicable) assigned which permits the trolley to pass completely across the
associated roadway.
R. It is noted that both crossing indications, where the Sharon Hill branch and Media
branch cross Turner Ave., operate concurrently and this functionality shall be
maintained.
S. The roadway crossings in Collingdale Borough shall have flashing light and warning
bell protection installed via a Contract separate and distinct form the MSHL CBTC
Project. This flashing light and warning bell protection equipment shall be interfaced
to and controlled by the CBTC equipment.
T. Final design of the Contractor’s proposed roadway crossing operation shall be

1.04 PERMITTED SPEEDS
A. The MAS through Interlockings shall be accordance with the maximum allowable
track or turnout speed, whichever is less.
B. Roadway crossing speed shall not exceed ten (10) MPH.
C. Storage tracks, terminal tracks, and yard tracks shall not exceed Restricted Speed.
D. Other track speeds are in accordance with civil speeds, any TSR in effect for specific
track sections, or as otherwise specified herein.
1.05 TROLLEY OPERATING MODES
A. There shall be three (3) trolley operating modes as follows:
1. CBTC Mode – this mode shall be used on all tracks except:

a. Street running tracks
b. Yard and storage tracks
c. 69th Street Terminal tracks to the East of Westchester Pike Eastbound
2. CBTC Mode shall provide the full compliment of trolley protection including:
overspeed protection, safe trolley separation, workzone encroachment
protection, enforcement of interlocking and trolley bar signals.
3. Speed Mode – this mode shall be used on all tracks not covered by CBTC mode.
Speed Mode shall provide only trolley overspeed protection. Trolleys
operating in the 69th Street Terminal area shall also be protected from passing
roadway crossings unless a proceed signal is displayed.
4. Uninitialized Mode – this mode shall be the default power-on mode and shall be
used until the train is capable of automatically transitioning to Speed Mode or
CBTC Mode. Trolleys shall be limited to Restricted Speed while operating in
Uninitialized Mode.
B. Trolley operating mode transitions shall be automatically accomplished by the

onboard equipment based on the trolley’s location and operating conditions and shall
be vitally implemented.
C. The ODU shall display the current trolley operating mode at all times. Refer to
section 13591 of these Contract Specification
D. Operating mode transitions shall be accompanied by a clear indication (visual,

audible) to the trolley operator.
E. “Begin CBTC” and “Begin Yard Limits” Signs shall be installed at the boundaries of
operating mode areas indicating that the trolley is entering or exiting CBTC Mode
territory.
F. Operating mode transitions shall not require a trolley to stop, slow down or
otherwise impact trolley operations other than the requirement imposed by the
operating mode itself.
1.06 FAILED TROLLEY RECOVERY REQUIREMENTS
A. General Description: In the event a trolley is unable to function within the CBTC
signaling system due to an onboard equipment failure, the MSHL CBTC System
shall provide an efficient means by which the failed trolley can be removed from
service while minimizing the effects to other trolleys and maintaining safe
operations.
B. Trolleys experiencing failure shall be safely braked to a stop within the trolley’s last
assigned MA.
C. Trolleys which have been declared as failed shall be immediately brought to the
attention of the OCC Dispatcher via an alarm.
D. Sections of track which are part of a failed trolley’s assigned MA shall be protected
from encroachment by other trolleys to ensure safe trolley separation between the
failed trolley and other trolleys.
E. The OCC Dispatcher shall use track blocking or other means to provide a safe path
for the failed trolley to follow while operating in a degraded operating mode (e.g.,
“Bypass” mode) under verbal Dispatcher orders so that the failed trolley may be
manually operated or towed safely to a storage track or other location.
F. Track blocking created for movement of a failed trolley shall require the blocked
track to be traversed by a normally functioning trolley operating at an automatically
imposed Restricted Speed. After a blocked section of track has been traversed by a
normally operating trolley at Restricted Speed, the track so traversed shall be
automatically returned to normal service.
G. A Dispatcher logged in as “Dispatcher” (refer to OCC section of these Contract

Specifications) shall not be able to unblock a section of track which was blocked as
part of establishing a path for a failed trolley until that section has been traversed by
a normally operating trolley. There shall be a means to override this requirement
(unblock track which has not been traversed by a normally operating trolley) which
requires the Dispatcher to be logged in as “Supervisor”.
H. Track which has been blocked or otherwise protected for the movement of a failed
trolley shall be denoted on the OCC track overview display in a unique fashion.
I. Should a failed trolley be able to safely resume normal operations, the failed trolley
and track may be returned to normal service with the permission, and under the
authority of the OCC Dispatcher without requiring the track to be traversed by a
(different) normally operating trolley if safe to do so.
J. All track denoted as “storage” track by this document shall be usable for the storage
of a failed trolley in a manner so as to not affect other trolley operations provided the
failed trolley does not physically foul the passage of other trolleys or otherwise
present a hazard.
K. In the case of a failed trolley being operated onto a spur track and aligning the spur
switch away from the spur, track blocked to enable movement of the failed trolley
may be returned to normal service without requiring a normally operating trolley to
traverse the blocked track if safe to do so.
1.07 SPECIFIC AREA OPERATING REQUIREMENTS
A. General Description: Operating areas as defined as follows (refer to Contract

Drawings):
1. The MSHL track operating areas are identified as follows:

a. West Yard – The West Yard provides storage tracks. The boundary
between the West Yard and the MSHL Main Line tracks occurs at the
Bywood Avenue traffic signals.
b. A and B Spur – The A and B spurs provide storage tracks and lead to and
from the maintenance shop. The boundary between the storage tracks
and revenue tracks occurs at the spring switches where the spur tracks
join the 69th Street Terminal loop track.
c. 69th Street Terminal Tracks – This area is identified as all tracks to the
east of West Chester Pike Eastbound which are not otherwise designated
as storage tracks. Noted that the center track in the 69th Street Terminal
loop will be used as either a storage track or a pass-through (routed)
track.
d. Shadeland Avenue Spur – This spur provides a storage track on the
Sharon Hill line nearby the Shadeland Avenue roadway crossing. The
boundary between the storage track and Main Line track occurs at the
interlocked switch which joins the spur to the outbound track headed to
Sharon Hill.
e. Woodland Ave. Spur – This spur provides a storage track on the Media
line nearby the Woodland Avenue roadway crossing. The boundary
between the storage track and Mine Line track occurs at the interlocked
switch which joins the spur to the outbound track.
f. Bowling Green Spur – This spur provides a storage track on the Media
line nearby the Providence Road roadway crossing. The boundary
between the storage track and Main Line track occurs at the interlocked
switch which joins the spur to the outbound track.
g. North St. Spur – his spur provides a storage track on the Sharon Hill line
adjacent to the single track section. The boundary between the storage
track and Main Line track occurs at the interlocked switch which joins
the spur to the outbound track. It is noted that this spur track and its
associated interlocking may be moved slightly from its current position.
Refer to the Contract Drawings.
h. Main Line Tracks – All tracks not identified above as storage tracks are
considered Main Line tracks. It is noted that main line tracks consists of
segregated ROW, roadway crossings, single track, and street running
sections.
2. Trolleys shall maintain continuous CBTC radio communications with the
wayside equipment including having their current location and operational
status displayed on the OCC screens while operating on all track sections. At a
point to be determined during Project execution, CBTC radio coverage will
cease when a trolley enters the trolley car maintenance shop.
B. 69th Street Terminal Area Operations
1. All CBTC trolley operations in the West Yard, A and B spurs and the 69th
Street Terminal area shall be automatically protected by trolley overspeed
protection. Trolleys shall be protected from passing a roadway crossing signal
which does not displaying a proceed aspect. Trolley separation and switch
protection in these areas shall not be automatically provided. Trolley
separation and switch protection in these areas shall be provided by the Trolley
Operator complying with the wayside block signals, switch point observations,
traffic signal indications and maintaining safe following distance.
2. Track switches in the terminal area are spring/hand operated except for the
switch leading to the West Yard on the outbound (outer loop) track which is
electrically powered with switch point position signals and operated by Trolley
Operators and maintainers using trackside pushbuttons. The function of this
electrically powered switch, its position indicating signals, and the push button
operation are to be maintained and incorporated into the Contractor’s design.
3. All spring/hand operated switches in the 69th Street Terminal, West Yard and
A and B Spur area do not have switch point protection and are not monitored
nor interlocked, and shall remain as such.
4. As shown on the Contract Drawings, township-owned traffic controllers
control the automobile roadway crossings. SEPTA-owned equipment monitors
the state of the township-owned traffic controllers, track circuits, switch
position indicators, pushbuttons, etc., to determine the signal aspects to
display. This functionality and operation, as it currently exists, shall remain
and be implemented or incorporated by the Contractor’s design.
5. For trolleys preparing to depart a storage track, the Trolley Operator shall
operate up to and over a transponder installed immediately before the signal.
Upon detection of the trolley’s location at the transponder, the trolley shall be
automatically provided with a Route and Block assignment (refer to the OCC
section). The Trolley Operator shall also be able to manually request a
particular Route and Block assignment.
6. Trolleys shall be automatically prohibited by the CBTC System from departing
a storage track for the 69th Street Terminal loop until they have been provided
a Route and Block assignment (refer to the OCC section of these
Specifications) unless a manual route assignment has been made by the OCC.
7. If a trolley operates over a departure transponder but is not automatically
assigned a Route and Block nor manually assigned a route within a
configurable amount of time, this event shall be alarmed at the OCC.
8. There shall be a convenient means for the Dispatcher to manually route
trolleys between the West Yard storage tracks and the A and B spur tracks.
9. The precise location for the speed change from line speed to Restricted speed
shall be determined during Project execution.
C. Lansdowne Avenue Inbound and Outbound Crossing Operation
1. Trolleys shall be routed into the platform and berthed at a point prior to
crossing a specific transponder located in close proximity to the roadway edge.
2. The location of the specific transponder shall be such that the maximum
number of consists can berth to exchange passengers without the lead trolley
exceeding the specific transponder. Upon completion of passenger exchange,
the lead trolley shall move forward and operate over the specific transponder
without crossing the roadway edge at a speed not to exceed three (3) MPH.
3. Once the specific transponder has been exceeded and the trolley is stopped, the
Trolley Operator shall be required to depress button on the ODU to request the
crossing signal to display proceed. The request shall not be sent by the onboard
equipment until the trolley has exceeded the specific transponder and stopped.
When the trolley is located so that the onboard will respond to the ODU
pushbutton, there shall be a visual indication on the ODU of this condition.
When the onboard has sent the request for the proceed bar signal, there shall be
a visual indication on the ODU of this condition.
4. Once the crossing signal displays an aspect to proceed, the trolley shall be
permitted to proceed. Once the trolley has passed across and cleared the
roadway, the CBTC system shall remove the crossing request.
5. For clarity, it is noted that it is the Trolley Operator who requests the proceed
aspect for the crossing. The wayside CBTC system does not preemptively
request the crossing signal for the trolley.
D. Shadeland Avenue Interlocking and Crossing Operation
1. General Requirements
a. The Shadeland Avenue Interlocking and trolley bar signals shall operate
in concert so that a trolley receives a proceed bar signal only when:
1) A route has been set through the interlocking for the trolley and
2) The trolley is in a position to immediately cross the intersection.
b. A field-settable timer shall be used to provide a minimum delay between
successive trolley bar signal requests being processed by the LTC. The
intent of this requirement is to ensure trolley operations do not unduly
inhibit automobile traffic through the crossing.
2. Shadeland Avenue Interlocking Operation
a. Trolleys shall operate through the Interlocking in accordance with routes
set by the CBTC and Interlocking subsystems. These routes shall be set
either by:
1) The trolley’s assigned Route and Block,
2) A manual route set by the Dispatcher, or
3) Under local Interlocking control.
b. The Shadeland Interlocking shall be capable of permitting simultaneous,
non-conflicting moves through the interlocking under signal indication.
c. Trolleys shall be capable of turnback operation under signal indication
from either platform at Shadeland Avenue.
d. Proper cab make up shall be required to initiate turnback operation.
e. Trolleys performing a turnback move shall not be enabled to trigger a
crossing request.
3. Shadeland Avenue Outbound Crossing Operation
a. Trolleys shall be routed into the platform and berthed at a point prior to
crossing a specific transponder located in close proximity to the roadway
edge.
b. The location of the transponder shall be such that the maximum number
of consists can berth to exchange passengers without the lead trolley
exceeding the specific transponder. Upon completion of passenger
exchange, the trolley shall move forward and operate over the specific
transponder without crossing the roadway edge at a speed not to exceed
three (3) MPH.
c. Once the specific transponder has been exceeded and the trolley is
stopped, the Trolley Operator shall be required to depress button on the
ODU to request the crossing signal to display proceed. The request shall
not be sent by the onboard equipment until the trolley has exceeded the
specific transponder and stopped. When the trolley is located so that the
onboard will respond to the ODU pushbutton, there shall be a visual
indication on the ODU of this condition. When the onboard has sent the
request for the proceed bar signal, there shall be a visual indication on
the ODU of this condition.
d. Once the crossing signal displays an aspect to proceed, the trolley shall
be permitted to proceed. Once the trolley has passed across and cleared
the roadway, the CBTC system shall remove the crossing request.
e. For clarity, it is noted that it is the Trolley Operator who requests the
proceed aspect for the crossing. The wayside CBTC system does not
preemptively request the crossing signal for the trolley.
4. Shadeland Avenue Inbound Crossing Operation
a. Inbound trolleys approaching the Shadeland Avenue crossing shall
obtain a proceed trolley bar signal via the mechanism defined in the
“Automatic CBTC Trolley Bar Signal Request” section of this document
except as noted here.
b. A route through the Shadeland Avenue Interlocking shall be lined and
locked for the inbound trolley before the request for a proceed trolley bar
signal is sent to the LTC.
c. The inbound Shadeland Avenue Interlocking signal shall not display
proceed until:
1) The inbound route has been properly lined and locked, and
2) The trolley has been granted a proceed trolley bar signal.
5. Shadeland Avenue Siding Track Operation
a. Trolleys preparing to depart the siding track shall be required to operate
up to and over a specific transponder within the spur.
b. Once a trolley is detected as over the specific transponder, the OCC shall
automatically send the previously assigned Route and Block to the
trolley similar to the process used on the storage tracks in the 69th Street
Terminal Area.
c. Trolleys shall not be able to depart the siding track without a Route and
Block assignment or:
1) Manual routing is established by the OCC, or
2) Manual routing is established by a local interlocking control.
d. Trolleys operating out of the siding track shall be precluded from
activating the crossing protection systems at the Turner Avenue and
Garrett Road crossings.
e. The Shadeland Ave crossing protection shall be activated in conjunction
with the interlocking signal controlling departure out of the siding as is
done for inbound trolleys crossing Shadeland Avenue.
E. Berkeley Ave. to North Str. Street Operations
1. No Reverse running capability shall be provided in the street sections between

Berkley Avenue and North Street.
2. All CBTC trolley operations in the Berkeley Ave. to North Str. street-running
area shall be automatically protected by trolley overspeed protection only.
Trolley separation in this area shall not be automatically provided. Trolley
separation in this area shall be provided by the Trolley Operator complying
with traffic signal indications and maintaining safe following distance.
F. Providence Road to Media End of Line Operations
1. All CBTC trolley operations in the Providence Road to Media End of Line area
shall be automatically protected by trolley overspeed protection only. Trolley
separation in this area shall not be automatically provided. Trolley separation
in this area shall be provided by the Trolley Operator complying with traffic
signal indications and maintaining safe following distance.
G. Smedley Park Single Track Operations
1. Both ends of the Smedley Park Single Track (SPST) shall operate as a single
interlocking with modifications as described herein.
2. The SPST shall be operated from a Vital Microprocessor Interlocking System
(VMIS) located at the inbound end of the SPST. The control location at the
non-VMIS end of the SPST shall be outfitted with discrete devices directly
connected to the VMIS end control location. To the greatest extend possible,
the non-VMIS end of the SPST shall use high reliability equipment including,
cables, relays, transformers, etc., to minimize nuisance failures and reduce the
need to travel to that location under a failure condition.
3. The SPST Interlocking and related CBTC MA function shall be coordinated so
as to facilitate a coordinated setup of routes and MAs and perform junction and
single track management of the entire SPST area.
4. Vital power frequency track circuits shall be provided throughout the length of
the SPST and in both SPST Interlockings with approach indications provided
by the CBTC equipment.
5. Routes and MAs through the SPST shall be granted:
a. On a first come, first serve basis,
b. Manually assigned by the OCC,
c. By assigned route and block number, and
d. Manually by local Interlocking control.
6. The OCC Dispatcher shall be able to select:
a. Priority for outbound trolleys,
b. Priority for inbound trolleys, or
c. First-come, first-serve.
7. Following moves through the SPST shall be permitted with the established
current of traffic. Opposing moves shall not be permitted against an established
current of traffic other than for turnback moves.
8. A trolley performing a turnback move at Woodland Avenue or berthing in the
Woodland Platform in preparation for an inbound trip, shall not preclude an
inbound route from being aligned for a trolley entering the SPST area at the far
end of the SPST.
9. Trolleys performing turnback moves at Woodland Ave shall be protected from
approaching inbound trolley incursions.
H. Woodland Ave Interlocking and Crossing Operations
1. Woodland Avenue Interlocking Operations
a. Trolleys shall operate through the Shadeland Avenue Interlocking in
accordance with routes set by the CBTC and Interlocking subsystems.
These routes shall be set either by:
b. Trolleys shall be capable of turnback operation under signal indication
from the platform at Woodland Avenue.
c. Proper cab make up shall be required to initiate turnback operation.
d. Trolleys performing a turnback move shall not be enabled to trigger the
crossing request.
2. Woodland Ave Outbound Crossing Operations
edge.
three (3) MPH.
3. Woodland Ave Inbound Crossing Operations
a. Inbound trolleys approaching the Woodland Avenue crossing shall
obtain a proceed trolley bar signal via the mechanism defined in the
“Automatic CBTC Trolley Bar Signal Request” section of this
document.
4. Woodland Avenue Siding Track Operation
up to and over a specific transponder within the spur.
Terminal Area.
I. Providence Rd. and Burmont Rd. Outbound Crossing Operations
1. These outbound crossings shall operate exactly as the Woodland Avenue

outbound crossing whereby the trolley Operator requests the proceed signal via
the ODU.
J. Bowling Green and North Street Interlocking and Crossing Operations
1. General Requirements
a. Operations at Bowling Green and North Street Interlockings and sidings
shall be the same to the extent the track geometries permit such operation
and unless differing operations are required by these Specifications.
b. It is noted that special trackwork in these areas may be required to be
modified or moved.
2. Interlocking Operations
a. Trolleys shall operate through the Interlocking in accordance with routes
set by the CBTC and Interlocking subsystems. These routes shall be set
either by:
b. Trolleys shall be capable of turnback operation under signal indication.
c. Proper cab make up shall be required to initiate turnback operation.
d. Trolleys performing a turnback move shall not trigger the crossing
request (if applicable).
3. Bowling Green Outbound Crossing Operation
edge.
three (3) MPH.
4. Bowling Green and North Street Inbound and North Street Outbound Crossing
Operation
a. Trolleys approaching these crossing shall obtain a proceed trolley bar
signal via the mechanism defined in the “Automatic CBTC Trolley Bar
Signal Request” section of this document.
5. Siding Track Operation
up to and over a specific transponder within the siding track.
Terminal Area.
K. End of Line Operations
1. Trolleys shall be vitally protected from traveling beyond the EOL.
1.08 SUBMITTALS
B. CDRLs.
CDRL 13593-001 Brake Rate Determination Plan 1.02E
CDRL 13593-002 Safe Braking Analysis 1.02P
CDRL 13593-003 Failsafe Features, Functions, Design Aspects 1.02I
Identification and Associated Test Plan
CDRL 13593-004 Failsafe Features, Functions, Design Aspects 1.02I
Test Procedures and Results
CDRL 13593-005 deleted
CDRL 13593-008 Subsystem Design Description – Noted there 1.02KK.1
will be one document per subsystem
CDRL 13593-009 MSHL System Design Description 1.02KK.2
CDRL 13593-010 MSHL System Architecture Specification 1.02KK.3
CDRL 13593-011 MSHL System Concept of Operations 1.02KK.4
PART 2– PRODUCTS
SECTION 13594
CBTC OFFICE AND CONTROL CENTER REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE CONTROL CENTER OVERVIEW
A. The function of the Operational Control Center (OCC) subsystem is to provide the
primary Human Machine Interface (HMI) to the overall MSHL Communication
Based Trolley Control (CBTC) System including but not limited to: providing
typical Centralized Traffic Control (CTC) operations of interlockings and crossings
including manual and automatic operations, trolley scheduling, event and alarm
recording, systems performance and reporting functions. The CTC System shall be
the supervisory system interfacing directly to the interlocking subsystem and the
CBTC subsystem and shall provide other functions defined herein and as necessary
based on the Contractor’s particular design. From the various OCC Dispatcher
workstations, the Dispatcher shall be able to monitor and manage the overall
operation of the entire MSHL CBTC System.
The OCC equipment shall be located on the 19th Floor at 1234 Market Street and
Market Street East Platform.
B. The function of the Maintenance Control Center (MCC) subsystem is to provide the
primary HMI to the CBTC System for maintenance, troubleshooting and data
recording and analysis functions. In addition, the MCC workstations shall be capable
of performing the functions of the OCC workstations during failure modes or when
the OCC workstations are not usable.
The MCC equipment shall be located at the Fern Rock Maintenance Headquarters
and the 103 Victory Avenue Maintenance Facility.
C. Office Equipment shall have a design life of fifteen years (15) unless otherwise
noted.
D. Office equipment shall be provisioned within existing SEPTA office and equipment
spaces. Refer to the Contract Drawings.
1.02 OPERATIONAL CONTROL CENTER REQUIREMENTS
A. The OCC shall provide the following primary functions:
1. System overview and real time status display;

2. Trolley tracking;
3. Automatic and manual route setting;
4. Interlocking control;
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC CBTC Office and Control Center Req.
5. Crossing override control;
6. Setting and clearing track blocking;
7. Temporary speed restriction setting and clearing;
8. Data archiving, recording and playback;
9. Training and simulation;
10. Event and alarm monitoring for the entire MSHL System;
11. Other functions as required by a particular Contractor’s design.
B. The MSHL OCC function shall be performed at the current OCC located on the 19th
Floor at 1234 Market Street (primary), at the EBCC located at Market Street East
Platform (secondary). The MCC and individual Interlocking Local Control Panel
(LCP)s are designed as maintenance and troubleshooting facilities and shall be
capable of assuming operations of the MSHL in the event of a system-wide failure
which renders the OCC/EBCC incapable of providing their designated functions.
The term “OCC” shall be understood to refer to the collective equipment and
function provided by the OCC, EBCC and MCC unless otherwise indicated.
C. Only the OCC, EBCC, or MCC shall be capable of being operational at any one
point in time with regard to acting as the HMI for the supervisory and control
functions for the entire MSHL.
D. Unless otherwise stated, all functionality defined for the OCC subsystem shall be
available at the OCC, EBCC and MCC.
E. The maximum real-time display delay between when a status change has occurred at
a monitored entity or an event has taken place and that change is displayed on OCC
workstations shall not exceed three (3) seconds.
F. A dedicated master time clock shall be provided as part of the OCC subsystem. The
master time clock will be used by the OCC subsystem and all other equipment
utilizing date/time shall be synchronized to the OCC’s master time clock. This
includes, but is not limited to: OCC equipment, EBCC equipment, MCC equipment,
onboard CBTC equipment, Local Traffic Controller (LTC) equipment, interlocking
equipment and wayside CBTC equipment.
G. The OCC master time clock shall be used for the time stamping of all logged data
and events throughout the MSHL System.
H. OCC Equipment Requirements
1. All OCC subsystem and related equipment necessary to install and operate the
CBTC System shall be supplied.
2. The following fully functional workstations shall be provided:
a. OCC:
1) Three (3) workstations shall be installed for use by the OCC
Dispatchers
2) Two (2) workstations shall be installed for use by the OCC Chief
Dispatchers
3) One (1) workstation for use by maintenance personnel at the OCC
4) One color laser printer
b. EBCC:
1) Two (2) workstations shall be installed for use by the OCC
Dispatchers
2) One color laser printer
3. All workstations shall be provided with playback capability.
4. All OCC workstations shall be identical. Workstations shall consist of an
industrial-grade current-generation (hardware and software) Personal
Computer (PC) with two (2) 21 inches or larger LCD monitors, a keyboard and
a mouse except as noted.
5. Identical, self-redundant servers (the server is itself redundant) shall be
provided and installed at the OCC Server Room (20th Floor, 1234 Market
Street) and the EBCC (Market Street East Platform Complex).
6. The self-redundant servers used by the OCC and EBCC shall be a rack-mount
design. Within each of the self-redundant servers, automatic fail-over to the
standby (non-failed) server in the event the in-control server experiences a
failure shall be provided. This fail-over process shall be automatic and
transparent to the operation of the CBTC System except for the resulting
equipment status alarm indications.
7. Switching between the OCC and EBCC servers shall be manually performed.
It shall be possible to perform all actions necessary to switch between the OCC
and EBCC servers regardless of the operational state of the currently in-control
server. Switching between the OCC and EBCC servers shall cause no
disruption to the on-going CBTC operations;
8. Data synchronization shall be continuously maintained between the OCC and
EBCC servers.
9. Failures of components of the self-redundant servers, including the complete
failure of a single server computer within the self-redundant server, shall be
self-detecting and annunciated as an alarm at the OCC workstations.
10. Refer to the Contract Drawings for the space envelope available for the OCC
and EBCC workstations.
11. Two (2) laptop computers with the necessary software shall be provided for
OCC equipment diagnostic and maintenance purposes.
12. The OCC subsystem shall interface to the Network Management System
(NMS) to provide a single-point interface between the OCC Dispatcher and the
state of the CBTC System including the NMS. Sufficient information shall be
made available to the OCC displays to inform the OCC Dispatcher if there are
events in progress which require attention, possibly including investigating
status provided by a NMS workstation.
I. HMI Requirements
1. All OCC subsystem display screens, including all Graphical User Interface
(GUIs) and HMI operational procedures, screens and methods of operating the
CBTC System, shall be presented to SEPTA for review and approval during
the project. Prototype Graphical User Interface (GUI) screens and related
HMI interactions shall modeled or mocked-up in realistic fashion to enable
SEPTA to review the proposed GUI display screens and HMI functions and
Dispatcher interactions in a realistic manner.
2. The HMI of the OCC subsystem shall use modern technology. Touch screens
shall not be used. The majority of user inputs shall be via a mouse with
occasional keyboard input as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
3. The OCC workstations located at 1234 Markey Str. shall drive the existing
“video wall” dedicated to the MSHL which is located at1234 Market Str.
4. All OCC workstations shall be identically capable of displaying the same
information, processing user actions, and performing the same functions.
5. Only users logged in as “Dispatcher” shall be capable of performing control
actions or executing commands which affect CBTC operations or control
infrastructure, except as noted.
6. All Dispatcher actions shall result in some form of immediate feedback.
7. All commands shall be clearly annunciated with an affirmative (success) or
negative (failure) response by the OCC subsystem. Negative annunciation
shall include an error message with a description of the reason for the failure.
8. Commands or menu selections which cannot be performed or executed, based
on the current system state shall be “grayed-out” or otherwise clearly indicated
as not available for selection. All operations shall be carried out in as few
steps as possible and it shall be possible to stop the operation at any time
before selecting the final action which causes the operation to be issued as a
command or set of commands. During dialogues, data entry operations, etc.,
the user shall be led step-by-step so as to minimize the need to remember the
individual operational procedures, sequences, and to minimize the need for
prior knowledge.
9. The GUI shall support display attributes like color, color intensity, flashing,
texture, and appended symbols to highlight dynamic data fields, such as
alarms, device and measurement status, data quality, data entry locations, and
error conditions. These highlighting techniques shall be uniformly
implemented across all OCC functions.
10. The OCC subsystem shall support the following roles:
a. Supervisor
b. Dispatcher
c. Maintainer
11. Each user of a OCC workstation shall be assigned unique login credentials and
a single role as identified above. Only the Supervisor shall have the ability to
modify/add/delete users and delete or otherwise modify operating data records.
12. The following sections define the display screen requirements. Other display
screens shall be suggested by the Contractor based on their experience with
similar transit systems and specifics of their CBTC System design and
capabilities. However, in general the OCC workstations shall work similar to
the workstations presently used by the MSHL Dispatchers.
a. System Overview Display Screen
1) There shall be a System Overview Display Screen (SODS) which
shall provide an approximately scaled overview of the entire line
including Route and Block numbers, all track sections, trolleys
including their current position or area of occupancy and unique
identification number, roadway crossings, trolley bar signal
displayed aspect, platforms, control section boundaries, track
switch positions and locked status, signal displayed status, track
and switch block status, traffic direction, switch heater status,
intrusion and fire alarm status and other relevant items necessary
or helpful to the OCC personnel in the day to day management of
the MSHL operations.
2) The SODS shall display shall indicate track which is unpowered by
coloring that track yellow or another method approved by the
3) Points which do not have position detectors shall be displayed
differently from points with position detectors and shall not be
shown in one aligned position or another.
4) The following colors and attributes of on-screen items shall be
generally used:
a) Colors green – Normal or satisfactory state.
b) Color red – Abnormal or unsatisfactory state.
c) Color amber – Override state.
d) Blue – Blocked status.
e) Flashing – Something in transit or requiring the Dispatcher’s
attention.
5) Features shall include the following:
a) Panning. This shall be accomplished by dragging the mouse
across the screen rather than by “slider bars” along the edges
of the display screen.
b) Zooming. This shall be accomplished by use of the mouse
roller wheel or other approved method.
c) “Drilling down” to gain more information on an object.
d) Splitting the display of the line overview across all monitors
associated with one workstation. This shall also be possible
using the entire video wall currently installed on the 19th
Floor at 1234 Market Street.
e) Using one monitor for the display of the entire line overview.
6) The location of all trolleys on the Line shall be indicated with the
positional accuracy sent by the trolley to the wayside. Trolley
travel direction, unique trolley identification, assigned Route and
Block, and whether the trolley is a one-car or two-car consist shall
also be indicated on each screen.
7) Track section occupancy shall be indicated for occupied track
sections within the interlockings or other locations as determined
during final design.
8) Motorized switches shall clearly indicate their point position,
whether they are electrically locked, and whether the switches are
operating according to automatic route setting or not. Switches
which do not have point position detectors are excepted from this
requirement.
9) Selecting a trolley shall result in further information for the
selected trolley being displayed such as: position, speed, cab
activation status, activated alarms, operating mode, current and
next service patterns, and other relevant statuses.
10) Trolleys shall be displayed with a unique color if their operating
mode is not the normal operating mode for the area of track they
are located.
11) The OCC Dispatcher shall be able to select one or more trolleys
and send a textual message to the trolley(s) for display on the
selected trolley(s) Operator Display Unit (ODU).
12) Track sections shall be depicted differently based on the status of
blocking in effect for each section.
13) Track switch heaters shall be controlled from the SODS, refer to
Section 13584.
b. Event Display Screen
1) There shall be an Event Display Screen (EDS) which shall provide
the status of various subsystem-related events, alarms, and general
statuses.
2) The EDS shall be used as a single-point for alarm recording for all
supplied subsystems and equipment which are part of the MSHL
System.
3) Three (3) categories of events shall be provided as follows:
a) Category 1 – Category 1 events are events which require
immediate attention due to the potential of the event to
negatively affect personnel safety and/or safe operation of
the MSHL System. Category 1 event activation shall be
accompanied by a visual indication and an unique audible
sound (configurable in on/off) and shall require
acknowledgement (configurable as required/not required).
b) Category 2 - Category 2 events are events which represent an
immediate potential to disrupt the normal operation of the
MSHL System. Category 2 event activation shall be
accompanied by a visual indication and an unique audible
sound (configurable in on/off) and shall require
acknowledgement (configurable as required/not required).
c) Category 3 - Category 3 events are events related to
equipment operating status and information reporting events
and generally can be considered as status reporting events.
4) All Events shall be time/date-stamped and recorded upon receipt
by the OCC equipment.
5) The unique event activation source shall be provided in the event
data.
6) If an event’s activation source is a trolley, the trolley’s unique
identifying number, position and operating mode shall be recorded
with the event.
7) If a particular event consists only of an event activation and does
not have a corresponding restoration event, the event activation
status ceasing to exist shall be considered as a restoration event.
8) The exact list of all events and alarms, their respective
categorization, the actions required to be taken and the party
responsible to take any action shall be determined during the
course of the project and their final disposition shall be as
reviewed and approved by SEPTA.
9) For events requiring acknowledgement, the specific event
acknowledged, the person performing the acknowledgement and
the date and time shall be recorded. At any time, the OCC shall be
able to send the currently displayed event list to the printer or to a
comma-separated ASCII text file.
10) The Contractor shall provide the ability to store, categorize, trend,
sort, display, etc., all event and alarms and present them in various
pre-defined reports which are automatically created by the OCC
subsystem with minimum operator actions. The reports to be
generated by this function shall be subject to the SEPTA Project
Manager’s review and approval.
11) All event and alarm data shall be capable of being output by the
OCC subsystem in a comma-separated-value file format.
12) A user must be logged in as a Supervisor to be able to change any
of the EDS configuration settings.
c. Maintenance Display Screen
1) A Maintenance Display Screen (MDS) shall be provided and shall
contain functions as necessary for the general support of the OCC
subsystem such as adding/deleting/modifying OCC users, backup
and file maintenance activities, time and day setting, and other
required maintenance operations. A user must be logged in as
Supervisor to access the MDS.
d. Form Recording Screens
1) The following paragraphs describe several data recording screens,
or “templates”, in which a data entry form is filled in by an OCC
Dispatcher with context help provided by the OCC subsystem.
These screens shall consist of a template to be filled in by OCC
personnel, the contents of which shall be defined during Project
execution. All saved forms shall be searchable by date, specific
form type used, and person responsible for entering the data. Upon
completion and acceptance of the entered data, the form is to be
saved for recall and printing at a later date. A user must be logged
in as Supervisor to modify previously saved forms.
2) Templates typically will have automation which occurs as a result
of the specific template being filled in and “issued”. For example,
the TSR template will create a TSR on the track sections identified
in the template.
3) A data recording screen shall have a means by which to revert the
automation carried out as a result of the template originally being
issued, if applicable (e.g., canceling a TSR).
4) Templates shall include:
a) Bulletin Order Recording Template
i} A Bulletin Order Recording Template shall be
provided which enables an OCC Dispatcher to enter
data specific to the Bulletin Order being verbally
issued to trolley drivers, track workers, and other
operations personnel.
b) Track Removed From Service Template
i} A Track Removed From Service Template shall be
provided which enables an OCC Dispatcher to remove
specified sections of track from service. Tracks
removed from service shall be vitally protected from
trolley encroachment.
c) Track Blocking Template
i} A Track Blocking Template shall be provided which
enables an OCC Dispatcher to perform track blocking
on specified sections of track.
d) TSR Template
i} A TSR Template shall be provided which enables an
OCC Dispatcher to set a reduced speed on defined
sections of track.
e) Other Templates
i} Other templates shall be required based on the general
categories of items for which a NORAC Form-D is
typically used and based on a Contractor’s particular
design.
J. Trolley Routing
1. Route and Block and Service Pattern Operations

a. Trolley travel assignments shall be keyed off data generated by a
SEPTA-owned Route and Block Scheduling Program (RBSP). The
RBSP will be used by SEPTA to generate the information necessary to
be input by the OCC equipment to enable trolley travel assignments and
related configurable functionality to be accomplished by the OCC. The
RBSP-generated data is in a Comma-Separated-Values format.
b. The RBSP will define a series of end-to-end paths (i.e.: the “Route and
Block”) for each trolley. The Route and Blocks shall be linked so as to
construct round-trips, or service patterns, for each trolley (e.g.: from 69th
Street Terminal to Media EOL and back). The OCC shall automatically
assign the defined succeeding Route and Blocks to each trolley as
required, without requiring Dispatcher input, so as to keep the trolleys
moving along without delay.
c. The OCC shall enable the Dispatcher to view the RBSP information
associated with each trolley and to change the Route and Block/service
pattern for any trolley at any time.
d. The OCC shall vet the RBSP-provided data prior to its assignment to a
trolley to ensure the Route and Block/service pattern can be
accomplished.
e. If a Route and Block/service pattern’s ability to be accomplished by a
consist depends on the length of the consist, the OCC shall not let a
Route and Block/service pattern be assigned to a consist who’s length is
incompatible with the Route and Block/service pattern.
f. Schedule operation functions shall be enabled /disabled from the
Dispatchers workstation.
g. Standard routes shall be defined for every path between any two control
points. Both normal and reverse travel direction operations shall be
included.
h. Turnback routes shall be available for every siding, crossover and
turnout under signal control. Both normal and reverse travel direction
operations shall be included.
i. End of Line (EOL) turnback moves shall be supported to allow a trolley
to reverse direction and make its return trip automatically and by
schedule.
j. Entrance routes from yard tracks to main line tracks shall be supported to
allow a trolley to move from the yard tracks onto revenue service tracks.
k. Exit routes from main line tracks to yard tracks shall be supported to
allow a trolley to move from the main line tracks to yard tracks.
l. The same service pattern identifier (Route and Block) shall be displayed
to the trolley operator and at the OCC for that trolley.
m. Predefined Route and Blocks shall be developed to support a wide range
of service operations.
n. Prior to entering revenue tracks, the onboard CBTC equipment will
automatically request a Route and Block assignment from the OCC when
the trolley arrives at a pre-defined staging location prior to entering Main
Line tracks. The OCC shall automatically respond by providing the pre-
assigned Route and Block to the requesting trolley.
2. Automatic Route Setting
a. An Automatic Route Setting (ARS) function shall be provided. ARS is
the process by which the OCC automatically executes command requests
to the Interlocking and wayside CBTC equipment as needed to set traffic
direction, align switches, clear interlocking signals, etc., to align a route
or a sequence of routes to enable a trolley to follow its assigned Route
and Block without interaction from the OCC personnel and with no
delay to impede the trolley movement.
b. Once a trolley is assigned a service pattern, the OCC shall automatically
monitor the position of the trolley and automatically interact as needed
with the interlockings, wayside CBTC, and other equipment as necessary
to enable the trolley to continue along its assigned service pattern
without delay.
c. The OCC subsystem shall monitor the progress of a trolley along it’s
assigned service pattern and generate and alarm if the trolley deviates
from its assigned service pattern or remains stationary for a configurable
amount of time.
d. The ARS function shall regulate the merging of the trolleys at common
junctions to ensure trolleys operate according to junction priority
requirements specified elsewhere.
e. The ARS function shall be able to be disabled and enabled on an
individual interlocking basis. If an interlocking has had its ARS function
disabled, that fact shall be clearly indicated on the SODS.
K. Manual Control Functions
1. The following OCC commands shall be provided:
a. Manual routes shall be setup by the OCC Dispatcher using standard
Enter / Exit operation.
b. Temporary Speed Restrictions (TSRs) – The OCC Dispatcher shall be
able to set and cancel TSRs for all track sections. The sectionalization of
the track for the purpose of assigning TSRs shall be determined during
Project execution. The TSR function shall be vitally designed and
implemented. If the OCC attempts to set a TSR of zero speed at a track
location that is likely to cause a trolley to be stopped while blocking a
roadway crossing, or if the TSR is being applied to track which contains
an operating trolley, the OCC Dispatcher shall be clearly warned of this
fact.
c. Track blocking – The OCC Dispatcher shall be able to block portions of
track with a granularity based on the sectionalization defined for TSRs
(see above).
d. Other commands – Other commands as necessary for the efficient
operation of the MSHL based on a particular Contractor’s design.
L. OCC Data Recording, Playback and Simulation
1. OCC Data Recording

a. The Data Recording function shall continuously record the state of all
objects monitored by the OCC and all OCC Dispatcher actions. The
intent of recording this data is to allow playback for training and event
reconstruction.
b. The OCC workstations, not currently used to monitor or control the
MSHL, shall be useable for off-line OCC tasks such as playing back of
recorded information, OCC alarm review, report generation, operation of
the RBSP and related tasks.
c. All data recorded by the OCC shall be time and date stamped.
d. The OCC shall record all actions including the result of any commands
issued, command result and the identity of the logged in user and
workstation used.
e. The OCC servers shall be capable of unattended recording of at least one
year of full operational data. The operational data shall be stored within
the OCC servers on a separate physical disk drive subsystem used
exclusively to store the recorded operational data. The operational data
stored on the OCC servers shall be continuously synced so that the same
data is available at either server at all times. Each OCC server shall have
a means to save the recorded operational data to a permanent storage
medium (e.g., DVD disk). An event, managed from the EDS, shall be
provided to remind OCC personnel to perform a transfer of the recorded
operational data to the permanent storage medium on a configurable
periodic basis. An event, managed from the EDS, shall be provided to
inform OCC personnel that the storage space on the OCC servers is at a
configurable amount of the total available.
2. OCC Data Playback
a. The playback function shall be used to playback the recorded OCC data
on any workstation at the OCC. The display screens shall include all
those found on the OCC workstations. In addition, other display screens
shall be provided to facilitate the functions of playback.
b. The user shall be able to select a starting point in a playback file. For
example, it shall be possible to start the playback of a file from the
middle of the file rather than require the file to be played starting at the
beginning to get to the desired point.
c. It shall be possible to speed up and slow down the playback of a file.
d. The display screens which show the played-back data and shall indicate
the state of the displays screens exactly as they appeared during the
actual system operation.
3. OCC Simulation and Training
a. The OCC equipment shall provide a simulation of the MSHL operations
such that all control and operational functions supported by the OCC can
be exercised and used for Dispatcher training purposes.
b. Failure scenarios shall be supported to permit training of Dispatchers to
deal with failure operations. Failure operations to be simulated shall
include but not be limited to:
1) A trolley which has failed to communicate with the wayside
equipment and must be manually driven off the system.
2) Failure of an interlocking to move switch points.
3) Failure of an interlocking to clear signal status.
4) Failed trolley which cannot be moved requiring other trolleys to be
rerouted around it.
5) Sending trolleys into and out of all siding tracks.
6) A LTC which fails to grant a proceed trolley bar signal aspect to an
approaching trolley.
7) Additional failure scenarios based on a particular Contractor’s
design.
c. Non-SEPTA owned equipment which is required to operate the MSHL
CBTC System (e.g., certain traffic controllers) shall also be simulated.
d. A Dispatcher training plan shall be provided which will be used to train
Dispatchers on the operation of the MSHL.
1.03 MAINTENANCE CONTROL CENTER REQUIREMENTS
A. The MCC’s workstations shall provide all the functionality found on the OCC
workstations as noted herein. In addition, The MCC workstations shall collect, store
and support data analysis of trolley, wayside communications and OCC data
including events and alarms, NMS data, and any other information required to
diagnosis troubleshoot, trend, record, store and report on the operation of the MSHL.
B. The MCC workstations shall connect to and operate with the in-control OCC server
just as is done by the OCC workstations.
C. MCC workstations shall be capable of operation as either maintenance workstations

or as OCC dispatcher workstations as follows:
1. Control Mode – In this mode of operation, the designated MCC workstation

shall be the sole Dispatcher control location for the operation of the entire
MSHL system. The designated MCC workstation will operate just as if it were
a workstation located in the OCC or EBCC (whichever is in control). During
operation in Control Mode, non-necessary MCC workstation operations (e.g.,
maintenance operations) shall be suspended. When a MCC workstation is in
Control Mode, the function of the workstations of the OCC and EBCC shall be
suspended (i.e.: the OCC/EBCC workstations shall not be capable of exerting
control operations over the MSHL when a MCC workstation is in Control
Mode).
2. Non-Control Mode – In this mode of operation, the MCC workstation shall be
capable of all MCC workstation operations except those which can affect
control of the MSHL system. In this mode, a MCC workstation will be used
for maintenance and troubleshooting tasks rather than line control tasks.
D. Unless a workstation of the MCC subsystem is in “Control Mode”, there is nothing

the MCC subsystem can do, intentionally or not, to interfere with or otherwise affect
the operation of the OCC subsystem nor any part of the operating MSHL.
E. There shall be nothing the MCC subsystem is capable of which can in any way
degrade the performance of the OCC subsystem or affect the control or performance
of any other subsystem, nor cause an unsafe condition, nor lead to an unsafe
condition on the MSHL.
F. The functions available at the MCC workstations shall be identical.
G. The MCC subsystem roles and responsibilities shall be the same as for the OCC
subsystem.
H. Two (2) laptop computers with the necessary software shall be provided for MCC
equipment diagnostic and maintenance purposes. Data Recording and Playback
functions shall be the same as provided for the OCC and it shall be possible for the
MCC and OCC (or OCC) workstations to playback the same incidents and at the
same time.
I. A Configurable Item Display Screen (CMP) shall be provided at the MCC

workstations which shall display the version of all field-upgradable configurable
items such as software items, data or database items, configuration or “personality”
files, and other such items installed on all equipment supplied as part of the MSHL
CBTC System including that installed on trolleys. The CMP shall enable the printing
dated reports which identify the revisions of configurable items installed and the
associated hardware item.
J. Requirements for the MCC’s recording of the data logged by the onboard CBTC
equipment are as follows:
(Note: This section does not refer to the onboard crash hardened event recorder.)
a. Each trolley shall provide the MCC subsystem its stored data logs
(defined elsewhere in these Specifications) no less frequently than every
twenty four (24) hours regardless of the trolley’s location.
b. The MCC subsystem shall maintain a record of the logs for each trolley
in a comma separated values format.
c. The MCC subsystem shall generate the following reports after the end of
each revenue service day:
1) Onboard equipment failure report – this report shall list of the
recorded onboard equipment failures for each trolley.
2) Wayside equipment failure report – this report shall list of the
recorded equipment failures for the entire MSHL System which
are not installed onboard trolleys.
3) Protective action report – this report shall list the recorded
automatic protective actions taken by the CBTC equipment.
4) Anomalous event report – Anomalous events shall include: loss of
communications with the wayside, failure to read a transponder
tag, trolley driver selection of Bypass Mode, control transfer to a
standby device, and other occurrences based on a particular
Contractor’s design.
5) Trolley mileage report – This report shall list each trolley and the
total miles traveled since its in-service date and the total miles
traveled since a reset was performed to the trolleys mileage
recording function.
d. These reports shall be further defined, and additional required reports
identified during the execution of the Project in collaboration with
SEPTA and subject to the review and approval of SEPTA.
2. MSHL Subsystem Communications
a. For the purposes of this specification, a reference architecture diagram is
provided in the Figure below. The bolded lines represent interfaces
which shall have their data recorded by the MCC subsystem. It is
recognized that there likely will be other interfaces implemented,
networked or otherwise, which are not shown in this reference diagram.
To the extent these additional interfaces perform a control function for
the MSHL System (e.g. Programmable Logic Controllers which
interface to the LTCs), the data on such interfaces is to be recorded by
the MCC subsystem.
OCC
Subsystem
Trackside
CBTC Zone
Controller
#1
Interlocking
Controllers
Trackside
CBTC Zone
Controller
#2
Local
Traffic
Controllers
Trackside
CBTC Zone
Controller
#n
MCC
Subsystem
Figure 1: Typical CBTC Data Interfaces
b. All network data messages sent between the various network-connected

elements of the MSHL System, and other interfaces involved in the
performance a control function for the MSHL System, shall be recorded
by the MCC subsystem as defined in this section.
c. Network traffic between the elements of the OCC subsystem (e.g.,
between the OCC and EBCC servers) need not be recorded; however,
traffic between the OCC subsystem and other subsystem shall be
recorded
d. A playback function shall be provided which uses the data recorded per
this section to provide a playback function similar to that provided for
the OCC subsystem except this playback function shall use the actual
networking messages between subsystems to reconstruct the operation of
the MSHL.
e. The playback function shall provide a system overview display, similar
to the OCC SODS except additional details shall be provided for such
items as bit fields within messages, internal statuses as reported through
the messages recorded, requests and acknowledgements between
subsystem equipment. In addition, the timing sequence of the various
messages and sequence of control requests and actions shall be provided
in an understandable format so these sequences can be understood
without reading the actual network messages themselves.
f. A convenient method for transferring the recorded data to a USB
memory device shall be provided to enable this data to be moved from
the MCC workstations to other computers.
3. OCC Alarm and Event Data
a. Alarm and event data from the OCC subsystem shall be available at the
MCC workstations in read-only form with minimal time delay between
when the data is available at the OCC workstations and when it is
available at the MCC workstations.
b. The same alarm operations (e.g., report generation, sorting) and user
interface provided by the OCC subsystem for event data shall be
available at the MCC workstations except as noted.
c. The MCC workstations shall not be capable of modifying, or otherwise
changing any recorded data unless the MCC workstation is operating in
Control Mode.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
SECTION 13604
DC POWER SUPPLIES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work to be done under this Section consists of the design and furnishing of
direct current power supplies of various voltages to supply energy to all signal
system equipment.
B. The design and furnishing of ground detection, power supplies, battery chargers,
batteries, and secondary surge protection equipment for all equipment to be
furnished under this Section.
C. The work under this Section shall include the design and furnishing of all necessary
electrical connections, and material between the AC power buses and the battery
chargers or power supplies and associated DC power supply equipment, and DC
buses in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
D. Unless otherwise approved by the SEPTA Project Manager, all DC power supply
equipment and devices shall be provided as shown on the Contract Drawings and the
Material Reference Sheets.
A. The battery chargers, batteries, and power supplies furnished under this Contract
shall undergo all tests and inspections required to ensure compliance with these
Specifications.
B. The factory test of battery chargers, batteries, power supplies and components shall
be the manufacturer's standard. Transformers shall meet the requirements of the
latest revisions of AREMA Signal Manual Part 14.2.10 where applicable and where
the requirements of the AREMA Specifications do not conflict with any
requirements specified in this Section.
C. A certification of compliance with factory test requirements shall be submitted prior

to delivery of the battery chargers and power supplies.
D. All power supplies shall be compatible with and operable from a 60 Hz feed.
E. All DC power supply equipment shall be as manufactured by National Railway

Supply Company.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC DC Power Supplies

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shall be submitted for review and acceptance prior to fabrication of
the rectifiers, dc power supplies, batteries, and associated surge protection, detection,
and alarm systems:
1. Complete mechanical and circuit drawings of rectifiers, batteries, DC power

supplies, load centers, ground detectors, load center breakers, fuses and other
protection to be furnished.
2. Complete power calculations for each location showing the locations DC draw
including equipment loading and capacity, fuse and breaker sizes and spare
capacity as a minimum.
3. Complete performance data of each type and size of rectifiers, batteries, DC
power supplies, load centers, ground detectors, load center breakers, fuses and
other protection to be furnished
4. Proposed location and method of mounting rectifiers, batteries, DC power
supplies, load centers, ground detectors, load center breakers, fuses and other
protection to be furnished
5. Complete circuits for ground detection alarms.
6. Factory test procedure and forms.
B. Calculations shall be made and submitted for review and acceptance to verify that
the ratings of the DC signal power cables, power supplies including breakers, surge
suppression, batteries, power supplies, and all other equipment required are
adequate.
C. All delivered hardware shall be identified on a list marked and packaged for easy
identification in the field.
D. The Contractor shall furnish certified factory test reports for each piece of equipment
provided under this Contract.
E. The intention of this article shall be to provide a minimum standby power duration
for each system and or location as specified herein. Therefore, the Contractor shall
be responsible to calculate their needed draw, and size their equipment to provide the
necessary standby capability. Where the values provided within this Contract are
insufficient to meet this standby requirement, the Contractor shall provide all
equipment necessary to meet the minimum specified hour needed.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Design Requirements

1. All semiconductors shall be silicon type with Joint Electron Devices
Engineering Council (JEDEC) numbers.
2. Transformers shall not emit audible noise in excess of 75 db, referenced to
0.0002 dynes/cm at a distance of two feet, at rated voltage and current.
3. The battery chargers and power supplies shall be capable of withstanding 600
volts, applied for one minute between both input leads connected together and
the case; between both output leads connected together and the case; between
both output leads connected together, and both input leads connected together.
4. Input voltage shall be 115 VAC plus or minus 15 percent, plus or minus 0.5
HZ, single-phase, two wire. Power supplies and battery chargers shall be
designed to accept 60 Hz, 100 Hz or 200 Hz input power at nominal 110 VAC.
5. The Contractor shall furnish and install automatic battery chargers, the taper
charge type, for banks of batteries of 12 VDC, 24 VDC and electronic 12
VDC. The chargers shall be capable of providing full charging capacity.
6. The battery chargers shall be a constant voltage, taper charge type with a float-
equalize switch.
7. The capacity of the charger and power supplies shall be determined by the
Contractor and furnished with a minimum of 125 percent over the calculated
capacity.
8. Power supplies shall be designed for continuous operations.
9. The battery chargers shall be equipped to automatically adjust the rate of
charge based upon the ambient temperature in the instrument and the
temperature of the batteries.
10. Low voltage and power off alarms and indication shall be provided to the field
event recorder.
11. The current rating of each battery charger to be supplied shall be adequate to
fully charge a completely discharged set of batteries within six (6) hours while
carrying the full current requirement.
B. Protection Requirements
1. The power supply shall be so designed so that it will not be damaged by an

input voltage range between 0 and 140 VAC.
2. Reverse output current protection will be provided to prevent shorting or
sagging of tandem power supplies in the event of filter capacitor failure.
3. The power supply output terminal shall contain a non-conducting device or
insulated safety shield to protect personnel from electrical hazards. The device
shall protect and be rated not less than 4 times the out of the power supply.
4. The audio frequency overlay track circuits shall be equipped with surge
protection and shall conform to AREMA Manual Part 11.2.1 - Recommended
General Surge Protection for Signal System.

5. Power supply output terminal shall contain a non-conducting device or
insulated safety shield to protect personnel from electrical hazards. The device
shall protect and be rated not less than 4 times the out of the power supply.
6. Primary surge protectors shall be used in track circuits, line circuits, and AC
power circuits and conform to AREMA Manual part 11.3.1 - Recommended
Function of Primary Surge Protectors for Electrical Surge Protection of Signal
Systems.
C. Storage Batteries
1. The storage batteries shall be sized to provide twenty-four (24) to thirty-six

(36) hours of standby service at maximum load after a power failure.
2. The battery capacity shall be calculated at the 8-hour discharge rate to 1.10
volts per cell at a temperature of +25’C (+77’F) when tested in accordance
with IEEE Standards for the type of battery. A copy of all standard practices
shall be provided to SEPTA.
3. Batteries shall be of the maintenance free Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA)
type or approved equal.
D. Battery trays shall be design only for that use and shall match the size of the batteries
it protects.
E. Ground Detectors
1. Ground detectors shall be the push-to-test manual ground detector type as

manufactured by Ansaldo or Invensys Rail or approved equal; except as
modified herein.
2. Ground detector resistance shall be no less than 5000 ohms per volt.
3. Ground detector shall be provided with 0 - 50 metered scale.
4. Ground detector shall test for positive and negative grounds.
5. Ground detector shall be provided with a selector switch for testing each power
supply individually. Selector switch shall be provided with an “Off” position.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Fuses providing overload protection for the DC bus branch circuits shall be of the
electrical indication type and shall be circuited to provide fuse failure alarm.
B. Battery backup will be designed to connect to the respective DC power supply buses
in accordance with the approved plans, and the applicable requirements of AREMA
Signal Manual Part 9.5.1.
C. Ground detectors shall be mounted on equipment racks in accordance with the

manufacturer's recommendation.

3.02 TESTING
A. All DC power supply equipment shall be tested for rated output voltage and grounds
in conjunction with the complete factory test procedure as specified in the Testing
Section of this Specification.
B. Each alarm circuit shall be tested individually to assure that it indicates the proper
alarm condition as shown on the approved plans.
C. Perform all factory tests as specified in this document.


SECTION 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDES
A. The work of this Section includes the electrical distribution work associated with
furnishing, installing and testing all products, equipment and necessary labor
required for the complete electrical installation of the following:
1. Automatic Train Control Equipment (Signals).

2. Communications Based Train Control Equipment (Comms).
3. New Utility Services at designated locations
4. Conduit and Wiring.
5. Grounding.
B. The Contractor must comply with all Divisions of project specifications, as

applicable to the work specified in Division 16 and shown on the Drawings.
A. Section 01300: Submittals.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS COMPLIANCE
A. All work shall meet the requirements of local regulatory or Code enforcing agencies
as well as the requirements of:
1. National Electric Code (NEC)/NFPA 70 - Latest edition.

2. American National Standard Institute (ANSI).
3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
4. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).
5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
6. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM).
7. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) - ANSI C2.
8. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA).
9. American Society of Quality Control (ASQC).
10. Local Codes.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Basic Electrical Requirements

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit drawings and data for all products specified in Division 16 for all items of
equipment and materials to be furnished. Submittals shall be made in compliance
with Division 1, Section 01300, of these Specifications prior to the performance of
any related work. [CDRL 16010-001]
B. Complete shop drawings shall be submitted for review for all products. As a
minimum, shop drawings shall include product performance specifications, bills of
material, front views, assembly drawings, elementary diagrams, and connection
diagrams. [CDRL 16010-002]
C. Submit drawings and data within 90 days after Notice to Proceed.
D. The Contractor shall furnish the SEPTA Project Manager seven (7) copies of all test
data taken for tests performed by the Contractor which shall be properly signed by an
authorized Contractor's representative. [CDRL 16010-003]
E. CDRLs.

CDRL 16010-001 Product drawings and data 1.04A
CDRL 16010-002 Shop drawings for all products 1.04B
CDRL 16010-003 Test data 1.04D
1.05 DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall maintain a neatly marked set of record drawings at the job site
showing the installed location and routing of conduits, cables, pull boxes, junction
boxes, and lighting poles for record (as built) data. Drawings shall be kept current
with the work and subject to inspection by the Engineer at any time. Final record
drawings shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to final acceptance of the work in
accordance with requirements of Division 1.
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All materials to be furnished by the Contractor shall be new and unused and shall
conform to the latest applicable standards of ANSI, IEEE, NEMA, ICEA and
ASTM. Materials furnished shall bear the label of the Underwriters Laboratories and
shall be listed by UL in the appropriate Product Directory unless the materials and
equipment are of a type which the UL does not list or provide label service. Where
no specific make of material or equipment is specified, a quality product of a
reputable manufacturer may be used provided it conforms to the requirements of
these Specifications and is acceptable to the SEPTA Project Manager.

B. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all fittings, hangers, sleeves,
chases, supports, conduit, anchors, lamps, switches, junction boxes, mounting
brackets, cable supports, wire terminals, solderless lugs, connectors, identification
tags, tape, insulating compounds, nameplates, power receptacles, and any other
electrical accessories, hardware, or materials required to satisfactorily install and
place into service the products specified or shown on the Drawings.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All electrical installations shall be in accordance with the applicable standards of

ANSI, IEEE, NEC, NEMA and the Division of Labor of the State of Pennsylvania,
unless specified otherwise. The Contractor shall place the equipment accurately in
position, level the equipment, properly assemble all equipment which requires
assembling, and adjust and make ready for service the electrical products required by
these Specifications or shown on the Drawings. After the installation is complete,
the Contractor shall clean each piece of equipment to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. All work shall be done in an orderly and workmanlike manner and shall
present a neat appearance when completed.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the embedment of conduits, ground cables
and anchoring devices as specified and shown on the drawings and coordinate this
work with the other Contractors so as not to interfere with or delay their work.
C. All equipment installed by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the approved
final design Drawings and the manufacturer's recommendations and shall operate to
the satisfaction of the SEPTA Project Manager. The Contractor shall be responsible
for, and shall correct by repair or replacement at the Contractor’s own expense,
damage to or failure of any part of any of the items of the equipment which, in the
opinion of the SEPTA Project Manager, is deemed faulty. Necessary tests to
demonstrate that the operation of the products is satisfactory and meets the
requirements of these Specifications shall be made by the Contractor at no additional
cost to SEPTA.
D. SEPTA reserves the right to require minor changes in location of products without
incurring additional costs.
E. The Contractor shall preserve technical data, instructions and manuals furnished with
electrical products. This material shall be neatly organized, bound and delivered to
SEPTA after meeting the submittal and review requirements of Division 1.
F. Receiving, Inspecting and Storing:
1. All products shall be received and inspected immediately upon delivery.

2. Products, regardless of whether it is to be installed immediately or stored for
some time before installation shall be kept in a clean dry place.

G. Products shall be installed and assembled in accordance with the Drawings and
instructions furnished by the manufacturer.
3.02 TESTS
A. The Contractor shall perform all required factory and field tests to establish that the
products have been properly manufactured and installed in accordance with the
Contract requirements.
B. The Contractor shall provide the necessary electrical test equipment and all meters,
instruments and miscellaneous equipment and perform all work required or as
directed by the SEPTA Project Manager to complete all tests specified herein. In
addition to tests specified elsewhere, the Contractor shall perform ground system
resistance tests, insulation resistance (meg-ohmmeter) tests on all power and control
cables, ventilation systems, and miscellaneous electrical equipment. The test data
forms used for tabulating the information required shall be furnished by the
Contractor and shall be acceptable to the SEPTA Project Manager. Submittal and
approval of the test data forms shall be in accordance with Section 01300. The test
records shall be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager no later than five (5)
working days after successful completion of the test.

SECTION 16050
BASIC ELECTRICAL MEANS AND METHODS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section includes specifications of installation of the following:
1. Utility Service Requirements

2. Pull-boxes, Junction Boxes and Wireways
3. Wire
4. Conduit
5. Switches
6. Handholes
7. Branch Circuit Breakers
B. Provisions of the Contract Documents including requirements of Division 1 of the

Specifications apply to all work of this section.
A. Section 01300: Submittals
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. CDRLs.

CDRL 16050-001 Permits required for PECO service 2.01B
CDRL 16050-002 Calculations and studies necessary for PECO 2.01C
service
CDRL 16050-003 Test results 3.03A
CDRL 16050-004 Demonstration 3.03E
A. Furnish all items of the materials, design, sizes, and ratings shown on the Contract
Drawings and herein specified.
B. Furnish materials and equipment bearing evidence of UL approval where UL

standards exist and such product listing is available.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Basic Electrical Means and Methods
C. Method of fabrication, assembly and installation is optional unless otherwise
specifically stated.
D. Provide products that are free from defects impairing performance, durability, or
appearance, and of the commercial quality best suited for the purpose shown on the
Contract Drawings or specified herein.
E. All steel items specified to be zinc coated: Hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication
in accordance with ASTM A286.
F. Method used to determine the thickness of zinc coating: The Referee Test included
in the appendix ANSI C80.1.
G. Conform all manufacturing, testing, and installation work to these specifications and
go to the applicable requirements of the latest edition of the following codes,
regulations and standards:
1. Local Building Codes

2. National Electric Code (NEC)/NFPA 70
3. National Electric Safety Code (NESC)
5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
9. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
10. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
11. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) - ANSI C2
12. American Society of Quality Control (ASQC)
13. All other applicable laws, ordinance and requirements of the local agencies and
utility companies having jurisdiction.
H. In the event of any conflicts in the provisions stipulated in the referenced codes,
regulations or standards and the specifications, the most stringent provisions, as
determined by the Engineer, shall govern.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 UTILITY SERVICE
A. Locations which require a new electric service shall be provided through PECO.
Contractor shall coordinate all necessary activities and equipment requirements with
PECO and provide all necessary equipment and pay any costs associated with this
installation and activation of electrical service.
B. Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits required for PECO service.
[CDRL 16050-001]
C. Contractor shall provide all necessary calculations and studies necessary for PECO
service. [CDRL 16050-002]
D. Service disconnect requirement shall meet PECO and NEC standards and
requirements.
2.02 PULLBOXES, JUNCTION BOXES AND WIREWAYS
A. Boxes 1,500 square inches (length X width) and smaller shall be constructed with
No. 12 code gauge metal; fully seam welded with a bolt-on cover using brass penta-
head 10/32 screws, minimum 8” on center. The enclosure shall be U.L. 50 listed and
labeled. Boxes greater than 1,500 square inches (length X width) shall be constructed
with No. 10 code gauge metal with same requirements. Use the following enclosure
type and material:
1. Indoor Locations: NEMA 2, marine-grade aluminum.

2. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 4X, 316 stainless steel, or composite.
2.03 WIRE
A. General: All wire and cable shall be 98% conductivity copper unless otherwise
noted and shall have the year of manufacture, size, type of insulation, and
manufacturer's name clearly stamped on the surface of the insulation. All wire and
cable shall conform to the requirements of the current edition of the NEC, shall meet
all relevant ASTM and joint IPCEA-NEMA standard requirements and be listed by
the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
B. All conductors shall be rated for 600 volts, 75 degrees C temperature rating for wet
locations and 90 degrees C for dry locations, thermoplastic insulation type XHHW
for copper conductors. The minimum size wire used shall be No. 12 AWG. All
wires shall be stranded, single conductor.
C. Electrical Service conductor assemblies shall be Service Rated (SE) rated.
2.04 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (RGS) CONDUIT AND ACCESSORIES
A. Use rigid galvanized steel conduits where conduits are exposed, except where noted
otherwise on the Contract drawings.
B. Conduit, couplings, elbows, bends and nipples: ANSI C80.1 and UL approved.
C. Galvanized steel of malleable iron, ANSI C80.4.
D. Provide separable watertight hub fittings with a gasket, separate nylon insulated
throat and a case hardened locknut.
E. Nylon insulated metallic type bushings.
F. Furnish conduits straps, clamp backs made of galvanized malleable iron.
G. Furnish conduit with standard pipe thread, furnish with coupling, shipped with thread
protector.
H. Accurate record actual routing of all conduits
2.05 PVC RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
A. All conduit installed underground shall be PVC (EPC-80; schedule 80) Rigid
Nonmetallic Conduit. It shall be rated for 90O C conductors, UL listed. Material
shall comply with NEMA specification TC-2, TC-3 and UL651 and 514b.
1. The conduit shall be made from polyvinyl chloride compound which includes
inert modifiers to improve weather-ability and heat distortion.
2. Conduit fittings and cement shall be produces from the same manufacturer to
ensure system integrity.
B. Accurate record actual routing of all conduits
2.06 HANDHOLES
A. Underground conduits entering the handholes shall extend into the handhole, but not
mechanically connected to the handhole.
B. Handhole shall be constructed of precast polymer concrete.
C. Handhole shall have no bottom
D. Handhole cover shall have an identification mark or logo that identifies the handhole
as “Electrical”, “Signals” or “Communications” per contract drawings.
E. Handhole application shall be classified as Tier 22 with a vertical design load of

22,500 pounds and test load of 33,750 pounds, and a lateral design load of 800
pounds per square foot and test load of 1,200 pounds per square foot. Handhole and
cover shall conform to all test provisions of ANSI/SCTE 77 2007 “Specifications for
Underground Enclosure Integrity.”
F. The underside of the handhole shall be placed on a gravel base of 6 inches minimum.
The gravel base shall extend past the sidewalls of the handhole.
G. The handhole shall be manufactured by Quazite/Hubbell or equal. The handhole

cover shall be Quazite Cat. No. PG1118CA00 (17/12 per use), PG1324CA00(17/12
per use), PG1730CA00(17/12 per use) or equal. The handhole boxes shall be
stackable for two (2) boxes high. Both top box and bottom box shall have open
bottom. Use grade extender for boxes as necessary. The boxes shall be Quazite Cat.
No. PG1118BA18, PG1324BA18 or PG1730BA22/12 (for 17”x30” handhole, a 22”
deep box is to be used as bottom box with a 12” stacked on top).
2.07 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Contractor shall install circuit breakers in spaces on the new panelboard as shown on
Contract drawings.
B. Circuit breakers’ ampere rating, and number of poles shall be as shown on Contract
drawings
C. Circuit breakers installed in existing panel boards shall match existing branch circuit
breakers and have similar interrupting capacity (kA symmetrical) ratings existing
equipment and shall not compromise the current assembly rating.
2.08 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD
A. Manufacturers:
1. Eaton
2. Square D Company
3. Siemens
4. General Electric
B. Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker
type.
C. Proposed distribution panel boards shall be rated for 100 amp service and shall have
an interrupting rating consistent with local utility requirements.
D. Panelboard Bus: Copper ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each
panelboard; provide insulated neutral bus.
E. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB1, bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip
circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles. Provide circuit breakers UL
listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits. Do not use tandem circuit breakers.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Use U.L. approved pulling compound as a lubricant for pulling wires into raceway.
Provide suitable installation equipment to prevent curved sidewall pressure and
abrasion of wire during pulling.
B. Splices and terminations shall be performed using an approved compression
connector and associated tool such as Thomas & Betts Systems.
C. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.
D. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends.
E. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.
F. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp
and wet locations and to cast boxes.
G. Install no more than equivalent of three 90-degree bends between access points.
H. Provide adequate clearance between conduits and other utilities.
I. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.
J. All underground conduits shall be installed at a depth of 30 inches below grade and
with warning tape above the conduit.
K. Install conduit in accordance with NECA “Standard of Installation”.
L. Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls.
M. Provide suitable heavy duty nylon pull string in each empty conduit. Label each end
of every conduit for easy future identification.
N. Conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned inside prior to installing cables.
O. Provide each branch circuit with its own equipment grounding conductor.
P. Pull all cables into conduit at same time.
Q. Make splices only in junction boxes and handholes.
R. Make electrical connections in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
S. Make splices and terminations to carry the full ampacity of conductors.
T. Clean conductor surface before installing lugs and connectors.
U. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment and panel boards.
V. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals in accordance with manufacturer’s

published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer’s torque values are not indicated
refer to UL 486A and UL 486B.
W. Color coding shall be as follows: Phase A – black, Phase B – red, Neutral – white,
Ground – green.
X. Identify each circuit with its circuit number or other designation indicated on
Drawings.
Y. Inspect cables for physical damage and proper connection.
Z. Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor and equipment grounding

conductor.
AA. Conduits installed beneath railroad tracks shall be installed at least 30” below rail
and be RGS.
BB. RGS installed below grade shall be provided with an engineer approved coating to
minimize galvanic corrosion.
A. Branch Circuit Wiring: All branch circuits shall be tested for electrical continuity,
opens, and shorts by standard volt-ohm meter method. Correct all deficiencies
including those caused during manufacturing processes.
3.03 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
A. All work shall be tested regularly during its progress. SEPTA shall have power to
test any portion of work at any time, and all labor and material shall be furnished as
necessary to assist in making such tests. Foreman in charge of work shall give his
personal attention, together with any other assistance required, in order to investigate
any portion of work. The following tests shall be performed: Load balancing in
panel boards, operation of photocells, contactors, and operation of parking lot lights
and canopy lights. [CDRL 16050-003]
B. Perform all tests in the presence of SEPTA representatives. All circuit breakers are
to be in place, splices made and all equipment connected at the time tests are made.
Furnish labor, materials and instruments necessary to conduct the tests.
C. On completion, the work is to be inspected and must satisfactorily pass tests against
short circuits and grounds.
D. The Electrical Contractor shall be present during the test operation of all mechanical
equipment to which electrical connections have been made.
E. Contractor shall demonstrate the proper operation of all systems.

[CDRL 16050-004]
3.04 RESPONSIBILITY DURING TESTS
A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of equipment
during tests and instruction periods and shall neither have nor make any claim for
damage which may occur to equipment prior to the time when SEPTA formally
assumes the operation thereof.
3.05 FAILURE OF TESTS
A. Any defects in the equipment, or deviations from the guarantees or requirements of

the specifications, shall be promptly corrected by the Contractor by replacements or
otherwise. If the Contractor fails to correct any defects or deviations, or if the
replaced equipment when tested shall fail again to meet the guarantees or specified
requirements, SEPTA notwithstanding there having made partial payment for work
and materials, may reject the equipment and order the Contractor to remove it from
the premises at the Contractor’s expense.
SECTION 16060
GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Grounding electrodes and conductors
B. Equipment grounding conductors
C. Traction return bonding
A. Section 01300 - Submittals
B. Section 01400 - Quality Control
1.03 GROUNDING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The grounding systems described herein involve: the grounding system at individual
power distribution locations and the traction power return system.
1. Grounding at each individual power distribution location shall be installed in

accordance with NEC guidelines and PECO service location requirements as
appropriate. Contractor shall provide a complete grounding system at these
locations which meets NEC guidelines except as specified otherwise herein.
2. The traction power return system shall be modified so as to provide a
continuous path for DC traction return currents to the various traction power
substations. The contractor shall design and provide a complete traction return
system.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Product Data: Provide for grounding electrodes and connections.

[CDRL 16060-001]
C. Test Results [CDRL 16060-002]
D. Bonding Plans for all interlockings [CDRL 16060-003]
E. Additional information is provided in section 3.03.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Grounding and Bonding

F. CDRLs.

CDRL 16060-001 Product data for grounding electrodes and 1.04B
connections
CDRL 16060-002 Test results 1.04C
CDRL 16060-003 Bonding plans for all interlockings 1.04D
CDRL 16060-004 As-installed drawings and test information 3.02A.3
CDRL 16060-005 Data sheets 3.03A
CDRL 16060-006 Grounding and bonding plans for interlockings 3.03B
and grade crossings
1.05 CODES AND STANDARDS COMPLIANCE
A. All work shall meet the requirements of local regulatory or Code enforcing agencies
as well as the requirements of:
1. National Electric Code (NEC)/NFPA 70 - Latest edition

2. National Electric Safety Code (NESC)
3. American National Standard Institute (ANSI)
4. Underwriters Laboratory (UL)
5. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
7. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)
8. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) - ANSI C2
9. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
10. American Society of Quality Control (ASQC)
11. Local Codes
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUND RODS
A. Material: Copper-clad steel.
B. Diameter: 5/8 inch.
C. Length: 10 feet.
2.02 CONNECTORS
A. Provide exothermic welding between the grounding cable and ground rods.
B. Traction return bond: mechanical connection to rail – Cembre or approved equal.

2.03 WIRE
A. Material: Stranded copper.
B. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Shall be sized and specified on the drawings. Size
shall meet NEC Art 250.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install ground rods and underground grounding electrode conductors in accordance

with NEC.
B. Grounding and bonding shall be provided at each service location to ensure ground
resistance levels meet requirements as follows:
1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less:
10 ohms.
2. CIL’s with microprocessor equipment: 1 ohm.
3. Cases and Zone houses: 5 ohms.
C. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each

feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or
bushing.
D. Traction bonding shall be designed and indicated on the final Contract Drawings.
Contractor shall submit Grounding and Bonding (G&B) plans for all interlockings
and road crossings where modifications are made.
E. All traction bonding connections shall be 2 – 500 MCM, RHW-2 copper cables.
F. All traction bonding shall be attached to the rails using mechanical connectors
approved for this specific installation.
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have
been energized, test for compliance with requirements.
2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible,
bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
3. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground-
rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in
alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the

number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include
observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results.
Describe measures taken to improve test results. [CDRL 16060-004]
4. Contractor shall perform DC resistance tests to ensure the return path does not
exceed 10% over the calculated resistance value over all circuit segments.
B. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and
inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports. Test reports shall indicate ground resistance
levels at each service location.
D. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values:
1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less:
10 ohms.
2. CIL’s with microprocessor equipment: 1 ohm.
3. Cases and Zone houses: 5 ohms.
E. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values

(section 3.02.D), notify SEPTA Project Manager promptly and include
recommendations to reduce ground resistance.
3.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall submit data sheets for all products installed related to Grounding
and Bonding. [CDRL 16060-005]
B. Contractor shall submit G&B plans for all interlockings and all road crossing
locations where modifications are proposed. [CDRL 16060-006]

SECTION 16740
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. This Section provides an overview description of the CBTC Communications

Systems. This overview includes, but is not limited to, all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, software, hardware and incidentals as may be necessary for the
Contractor’s design, furnishing and installation of a CBTC Communications System,
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The omission of any communications element or component in this Section that is

specifically required, or implied, in any other part of these Contract Documents, does
not constitute an excusable omission for the Contractor’s sole responsibility for the
provision of a complete and operable CBTC system, as described in the Contract
Documents.
C. The requirements listed in this communications section and related subsections shall
be supplied by the Contractor. However, if the Contractor cannot meet any of these
requirements, the Contractor shall submit a report that includes, but is not limited to,
an explanation of why the particular requirement cannot be met. Contractor
recommended alternatives shall be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager for
D. The CBTC Communications System shall consist of those communications

subsystems, elements, components, networks and ancillary devices as may be
required to supply a complete, comprehensive CBTC Communications System
meeting all of the requirements of the Contract Documents.
E. All CBTC system elements requiring network connectivity shall be interfaced to, and
interconnected by, the CBTC Communications System, whether the CBTC system
elements are supplied by the Contractor, provided by SEPTA or are currently in
service.
F. The CBTC Communications System shall consist of a complement of

communications sub-systems designed by the Contractor that shall collectively
interconnect to, and transport data messages between and among, CBTC system
elements including but not limited to interlockings, crossings, vehicles, control
centers and CBTC regions.
G. The Contractor may make use of certain existing SEPTA wayside communications
systems for their design. These systems include:
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Communications Systems Overview

1. Existing dark (unused) wayside fiber optic cable on the MSHL connected to
project locations such as the primary and back up control centers at 1234
Market Street and Market East Station, and the CBTC Maintenance Control
Centers (MCCs) at 69th Street and Victory Avenue. It shall be the Contractor’s
sole responsibility to supply all necessary active devices for the existing
SEPTA dark fiber optic cable. No active devices for use on the SEPTA dark
fiber will be supplied by SEPTA.
2. Existing RuggedCom devices (Ethernet switches and device servers) located in
wayside cases and houses on the MSHL. These devices are in service today on
the MSHL, however their current use will be completely discontinued and they
are available for incorporation into the Contractor’s CBTC Communications
System design. Any existing SEPTA RuggedCom devices not utilized by the
Contractor shall be salvaged and returned to SEPTA.
3. The existing SEPTA communications systems and facilities that may be
utilized by the Contractor in their proposed design are shown on Contract
Drawings.
H. The Contractor’s proposed use of SEPTA’s existing communications systems shall

be clearly delineated within the Contractor’s proposal, and design submittals. The
Contractor shall be responsible to configure and interconnect their CBTC system to
any existing SEPTA communications system.
I. The Contractor shall be solely responsible to maintain uninterrupted, any existing

SEPTA communications systems presently in service that are proposed and approved
for use in the Contractor’s design.
J. The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply, provision and installation of any
components required consequential to the Contractor’s utilization of SEPTA
Communication resources. This shall include any additional cards, chassis, power
supplies or interface devices, fiber patch and termination panels, fiber optic jumper
cables, as well as providing support and oversight to SEPTA staff for any
modification required to exiting SEPTA communication resources to be performed
by SEPTA forces.
K. SEPTA will be responsible to make all final connections and changes to any SEPTA
dark fiber optic cable. The Contractor shall be responsible for IP assignments and
shall coordinate all such work with SEPTA.
L. CBTC System elements that shall be interfaced to, and interconnected by, the CBTC
Communications System shall include, but not be limited to:
1. Office Systems (in the primary, backup control centers, the 69th Street and
Victory Avenue MCCs, and any other office system location called for in these
Contract Documents):
2. Wayside Systems:
a. Zone Controllers (ZC).

b. Wayside wireless data radios.
c. Interlockings
d. Grade crossings
e. Other locations as may be determined during final design
3. Vehicle Systems:
a. All vehicle communications related equipment.
4. CBTC Network Management System (NMS).
5. CBTC Network Security System (NSS).
M. The CBTC Communications System shall include, but not be limited to, the
following major sub-systems, as may be required for the Contractor’s design to
supply a complete and comprehensive CBTC Communications System that meets
the required functional requirements, as described in the Contract Documents:
1. Radio Systems - The radio systems, including base stations (Data Radio
Transceivers) and mobile radios (Mobile Data Radio Transceivers), that shall
be utilized to provide CBTC data communications between the wayside CBTC
systems and all on-board rail vehicle CBTC systems. The radio system shall
include radio transceivers and ancillary equipment as described in Section
16780 “Radio Systems”.
2. Ground Based Network (GBN) - The GBN shall consist of existing SEPTA
fiber optic cable and network equipment that may be used by the Contractor
subject to SEPTA approval, and any new Contractor supplied fiber optic cable
and equipment, copper communications cable, and any and all network
equipment as necessary for the provision of a path diverse Ethernet based
transport system between and among CBTC system elements and SEPTA
facilities. The Contractor’s intent to utilize any existing SEPTA
communications elements shall be clearly identified in both the Contractor’s
proposal to SEPTA, and in all subsequent submittals. The GBN shall be
supplied in accordance with Section 16760 “Ground Based Network”.
3. Network Devices and Systems - Those additional network devices, including
routers, switches, device servers, code systems and other devices, as may be
required to implement the Contractor’s final design, that shall provide a
comprehensive end-to-end CBTC Communications System and all interfacing
of CBTC or other devices thereto.
4. Interfacing – Interfacing and protocol conversion, as may be required, between
and among all CBTC system elements that utilizes, or connects with, the
CBTC Communications System. An Interface Control Document (ICD)
[CDRL 16740-002] shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the
SEPTA Project Manager for approval that shall define and document any and
all physical, electrical and other interfaces and protocols between and among
the CBTC Communications System and any CBTC element or other devices,
including to any existing SEPTA supplied communications facilities and
systems utilized in the Contractor’s design.

5. CBTC Network Management System (NMS) - The NMS shall supply remote
configuration, management, monitoring and control of all communications
network elements, and shall report all alarms and reports, at both the primary
and backup control centers and the MCCs, as described in Section 16750
“Network Management Systems”.
6. Power Systems – The Wayside Communications Power Systems shall be
dedicated solely to the CBTC Communications System and shall be
completely isolated from any signal system power system, whether existing or
new. Signal power systems are isolated from, and floating above earth ground.
Grounded Communication Power Systems for CBTC Communications devices
shall not be permitted to provide a pathway to earth ground to any signal
power system or device. The Contractor is solely responsible for the design
and provision of SEPTA approved isolation methodology and devices for any
Communications Power Systems or CBTC Communications System element
that may electrically or mechanically interface with any signal systems,
including, but not limited to, vital signal interlocking and crossing devices.
Communications Power Systems shall be supplied in accordance with Section
16786 “Communications Power Systems”.
7. Network Security System (NSS) - The Contractor shall include, as an integral
component of their design, appropriate network security devices, such as
firewalls, Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS), Radius servers and other security
devices, as required and approved by SEPTA. The CBTC Communications
System shall be a closed network, as defined by CENELEC EN50159, and
shall not be connected to the Internet or any other network without the express,
written approval of the SEPTA Project Manager, as described in Section 16754
“Network Security Systems”.
8. Ancillary devices and network equipment as may be required for the
Contractor’s design of a complete communications network from end-to-end,
including all LANs, WANs and other systems as required by the Contractor’s
proposed design.
N. Contractor’s Responsibilities. The Contractor’s responsibilities shall include the

design, furnishing, installation, testing, training and warranty to include, but not be
limited to, the following major communications elements:
1. Contractor’s Comprehensive Design. The Contractor shall submit a design

specific to the equipment selected by the Contractor [CDRL 16740-003], in
accordance with the design and submittal requirements of the Contract
Documents. The Contractor’s design shall be inclusive of the entire CBTC
Communications System, including all subsystems. The Contractor shall make
submittals of all design documents as described in Section 01300, Submittals
These drawings shall clearly and concisely demonstrate the Contractor’s
intended design, and shall indicate each major communications sub-system.
2. Propagation Analysis. The Contractor shall be solely responsible to perform a
complete system-wide Radio Frequency Propagation Analysis, based upon

their proposed equipment and installation parameters, for submittal to the
SEPTA Project Manager [CDRL 16740-004]. The Contractor’s Propagation
Analysis shall demonstrate that Contractor’s design provides the coverage
required in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall submit the
Propagation Analysis as part of the Contractor’s Comprehensive Design
[CDRL 16740-003].
3. Carrier-to-Interference Analysis. The Contractor shall be solely responsible to
perform a complete system-wide Carrier-to-Interference Analysis, based upon
their proposed equipment and installation parameters, for submittal to the
SEPTA Project Manager. The Contractor’s Carrier-to-Interference Analysis
shall demonstrate that Contractor’s design provides the interference free
coverage required in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall submit the
Carrier-to-Interference Analysis as part of the Contractor’s Comprehensive
Design [CDRL 16740-003]. - This analysis shall be inclusive of all public
unlicensed and “lightly licensed” public safety band radio frequencies,
including, but not limited to, Wi-Fi and other devices operating at 2.4 GHz and
5 GHz, and all other public unlicensed bands (00 MHz ISM, etc.).
4. Intermodulation Analysis. The Contractor shall be solely responsible to
perform an intermodulation analysis. The analysis shall include all existing and
new radio systems to ensure that the new CBTC Radio System does not cause
interference to existing systems, radio, WiFi, WiMax, etc (SEPTA owned,
public or other) and that and existing Systems (SEPTA owned, public or
other) does not interfere with the new CBTC Radio System [CDRL 16740-
005].
5. Radio Frequency. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for identifying,
selecting and obtaining licenses for SEPTA’s perpetual use of the Radio
Frequency band for the CBTC Radio System operation. The Contractor shall
submit for approval by SEPTA Project Manager written justification for
selecting the proposed Radio Frequency, to include all mitigation techniques to
be used against potential interference from external sources [CDRL 16740-
006].
6. The Contractor shall install and test the CBTC Communications System in
accordance with the requirements of these Contract Documents.
7. Interfaces. The Contractor shall provide all physical, electrical and protocol
interfacing between and among CBTC system elements and components
interconnected by the CBTC communications system communications
software. To the greatest extent possible, the Contractor shall utilize
Commercial Off The Shelf (COTS) software that may be configured by the
Contractor, but shall not be modified. Configuration of all COTS software
shall be documented in accordance with the SEPTA requirements for
Configuration Management specifications. Any new software that is developed
or written by the Contractor or suppliers to the Contractor for this project shall
meet the requirements for new software development stated in this Section.
8. Manuals and Training. The Contractor shall supply a complete and
comprehensive set of Communications System installation, operations and

maintenance manuals as required for SEPTA forces to operate and maintain
the Contractor supplied Communications System. Manuals shall be prepared
for each major sub-system in the Communications System as required in the
Contract Documents. A complete CBTC Communications System training
program for SEPTA staff shall be prepared and presented by the Contractor.
Training shall be performed in separate classes specific to, and in accordance
with, SEPTA craft disciplines, as required in the Contract Documents. A
comprehensive Communications System Overview training class for SEPTA
management shall also be prepared by and presented by the Contractor [CDRL
16740-009].
9. Permits. The Contractor shall be responsible for any permits, licenses and
associated costs pertaining to this work.
10. The Contractor shall provide all engineering, labor, tools and materials
required to furnish completely tested and fully operational CBTC
Communications Systems in accordance with these Contract Documents,
including documentation of as-built conditions and acceptance and operational
tests.
O. SEPTA Responsibilities
1. All connections to live SEPTA circuits will be made by SEPTA forces only.
The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all interconnection and
interface activities with the SEPTA Project Manager.
2. SEPTA will make available for the Contractor’s use equipment as shown in the
Contract Documents. This shall include the dark fiber as shown in the Contract
Drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible to equipment beyond those
specifically presented as being supplied by SEPTA in the Contract Documents.
3. SEPTA will provide equipment space allocation in the primary and backup
control centers and the MCCs.
P. Contractor Responsibilities. All existing SEPTA communications equipment unused

by the contractor shall be salvaged and delivered to SEPTA.
A. The Contractor shall refer to Section 01400, “Quality Requirements.”
B. Equipment shall be designed and installed in accordance with the pertinent

provisions of the codes and standards as described in Section 01091, “Reference
Standards.”
C. Any law or regulation of the State of Pennsylvania or other local regulating body
having jurisdiction over this equipment shall apply.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. All submittals shall conform to the requirements of the Submittal Section of these
Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall submit design documents for the CBTC Communications
System as described herein and in the submittals section of these specifications.
C. Subsequent to all design reviews, the Contractor shall furnish a complete set of
design documents to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval prior to construction
[CDRL 16740-003]. The approved set of design documents shall be the basis for
subsequent Project Work, including but not limited to testing, fabrication and
assembly, and installation. A complete set of approved drawings shall be furnished
with the equipment at the time of delivery, and shall include all arrangement
drawings, schematic diagrams, detailed terminal diagrams, complete with nameplate
and terminal strip designations, installation instructions, maintenance and other
relevant data [CDRLs 16740-010, 16740-011, 16740-012]. Terminal diagrams shall
also show names of individual wire sleeves and cable names. Loose hardware shall
be identified in a list, shown on the installation drawings, marked and packaged for
easy identification in the field.
D. The Contractor shall submit certified factory and field test reports [CDRL 16740-
015].
E. The Contractor shall submit all indicated inspection, test and compliance data
[CDRL 16740-016].
F. The Contractor shall submit material safety data sheets and handling and application
instructions for all paints, chemicals and other materials to be used in the work
[CDRL 16740-017].
G. The Contractor shall submit as built or final drawings for the entire CBTC
Communications System [CDRL 16740-018].
H. The Contractor shall submit Interface Control Document(s) as required herein

[CDRL 16740-002].
1. Communications Software Project Management Plan [CDRL 16740-019].

2. Communications Software Requirements Specification [CDRL 16740-020].
I. CDRLs.

CDRL 16740-001 Requirements Compliance Report 1.01C
CDRL 16740-002 Interface Control Document 1.01M.4
CDRL 16740-003 Contractor Comprehensive Design Document 1.01N.1
CDRL 16740-004 Radio Frequency Propagation Analysis 1.01N.2

CDRL 16740-005 Radio Frequency Intermodulation Analysis 1.01N.4
CDRL 16740-006 Radio Frequency Selection Justification 1.01N.5
Carrier to Interference Analysis
Radio Frequency Link Budget
CDRL 16740-009 Cut Sheets and Operation Manuals 1.01N.8
Working Drawings
Shop Drawings
Circuit Drawings
CDRL 16740-013 Test Plan 3.02A
CDRL 16740-014 Test Procedures 3.02B
CDRL 16740-015 Certified Factory and Field Test Reports 1.03D
CDRL 16740-016 Inspection, Test, and Compliance Data 1.03E
CDRL 16740-017 Material Safety Data Sheets 1.03F
CDRL 16740-018 As-built (final) Drawings for CBTC System 1.03G
CDRL 16740-019 Software Project Management Plan 1.03H.1
CDRL 16740-020 Software Requirements Specification 1.03H.2
1.04 DELIVERY
A. Shipping, handling and storage of all electrical equipment and appurtenances to be

furnished under this Section shall be in accordance with the Material and Equipment
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for delivery from manufacturer, storage, and
delivery to job site for installation.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install each element of the CBTC Communications System in
accordance with the requirements stated in each communication system subsection.
3.02 TESTING
A. The Contractor shall prepare a single comprehensive CBTC Communications

System Test Plan in accordance with Section 13587, “Installation and Systems
Validation Testing.” [CDRL 16740-013]. The following summarizes the testing
described in these sections:

1. Factory Tests of major components to verify the component functions as
required.
2. Factory Test of the final arrangement of the CBTC Communications System.
This Factory Test shall verify that the final arrangement of the CBTC
Communications System will function as required. This Factory Test shall
include but not be limited to the following components:
a. Office Network Management System (NMS) components
b. Network Security System (NSS) components.
c. Representative and working networked examples of each Ground Based
Network component. (Example: Router to Router, or any fiber optic
point-to-point communications). These components shall be used in the
Factory Tests as they will be configured in the final field installation.
d. Base Radio System.
e. Mobile Radio System.
f. Onboard Computer (or simulation).
3. Factory Test and inspection of each wayside communications enclosure with
all equipment installed, and each pre-wired rack with all equipment installed
that will be installed in an existing SEPTA room or housing. This Factory Test
shall demonstrate that each set of equipment functions as required. This test
shall verify each piece of equipment, energy distribution and all circuits.
4. Field Test and Inspection of each location upon completion of installation at
the location. This test shall ensure proper operation of the CBTC
Communications System equipment at each location and prove the adequacy
and acceptability of the installation.
5. System Integration and Validation Testing to verify proper operation of the
CBTC Communications System and the entire CBTC System.
B. Upon SEPTA’s Project Manager’s approval of the Contractor’s CBTC

Communications System Test Plan, a comprehensive set of CBTC Communications
Test Procedures shall be developed and submitted by the Contractor to the SEPTA
Project Manager for approval [CDRL 16740-014]. The Test Procedures shall
elaborate on the overall Communications Test Plan with detailed step-by-step
procedures. Each procedure shall include, but not be limited to:
1. A detailed written description, with supporting schematic drawings, of each of

the tests to be performed for each major element of the CBTC
Communications System.
2. Test equipment to be utilized.
3. Methodology for reporting and documenting results.
4. Pass/Fail criteria.
5. Test recording forms.


SECTION 16750
NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, providing all engineering,
labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary for the final design,
supply, test and commissioning of a CBTC Network Management System (CBTC
NMS), in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for any permits, licenses and associated costs
pertaining to this Work.
C. The Contractor shall provide all engineering, labor, tools and materials required to
furnish a completely tested and fully operational CBTC NMS in accordance with
these Contract Documents, including documentation of as-built conditions,
acceptance, operational tests and training.
A. Equipment shall be designed and installed in accordance with the pertinent

Standards.”
B. Any law or regulation of the USA Federal Government, the State of Pennsylvania or
other local regulating body having jurisdiction over this equipment shall apply.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall make all submittals described in Section 16740 and elsewhere
in these specifications as they apply to the Work of this Section to the SEPTA
Project Manager that shall include, but not be limited to:
1. Overall NMS architectural schematic(s) detailing all devices and network

interfaces to the SEPTA CBTC systems [CDRL 16750-001].
2. Text description of the overall NMS supplied [CDRL 16750-002].
3. Listing and manufacturers specification sheets for all hardware and software
supplied with specific indication of how all hardware and software supplied are
applicable to the SEPTA CBTC architecture [CDRL 16750-003].
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Network Management Systems

4. Detailed cut sheets and literature of each NMS system element or device
supplied, to include functional and operating descriptions, typical applications
and recommend practices [CDRL 16750-004].
5. A preliminary conceptual design of the NMS for approval by the SEPTA
Project Manager [CDRL 16750-005]
6. Upon receipt of approval of the conceptual design from the SEPTA Project
Manager, a detailed and comprehensive design of the proposed system, to
include all NSS wiring and configuration shall be presented for approval by the
SEPTA Project Manager [CDRL 16750-006].
C. CDRLs.

CDRL 16750-001 Overall NMS architectural schematic(s). 1.03B.1
CDRL 16750-002 Text Description of the Overall NMS 1.03B.2
CDRL 16750-003 Manufacturer’s Specification Sheets for all 1.03B.3
Hardware and Software.
CDRL 16750-004 Detailed Cut Sheets and Literature of each 1.03B.4
NMS System Element or Device.
CDRL 16750-005 Preliminary Conceptual Design. 1.03B.5
CDRL 16750-006 Detailed and Comprehensive Design. 1.03B.6
CDRL 16750-007 Alarm Generation. 2.04F
CDRL 16750-008 Configuration Manager. 2.06A
CDRL 16750-009 Reports Template. 2.08D
CDRL 16750-010 NMS Access Privilege Levels. 2.10B
1.04 DELIVERY
A. Refer to Section 13570.
1.05 REQUIREMENTS
A. This Section describes the functional requirements for the CBTC NMS that shall be
furnished, integrated and implemented in support of all Project equipment and
systems supplied. The Contractor shall supply and integrate all necessary
components into a single networked CBTC NMS system.. The NMS shall monitor
the entire CBTC Communications System and related subsystems as described in
this and other Sections of this Specification.
B. The CBTC NMS shall be a hierarchical system that shall report the status of all
CBTC devices, whether in the offices, the wayside or onboard CBTC equipped rail
vehicles.
1. The CBTC NMS shall consist of two major sub-systems:

a. A SEPTA CBTC NMS, supplied, provisioned and configured by the
manufacturer of the SEPTA CBTC system, that shall report and manage

all “in-band” SEPTA CBTC NMS messages and points monitored,
managed or generated by the Contractor supplied CBTC system. For the
purposes of this specification SEPTA CBTC NMS shall be considered a
Network Element Manager (NEM) in the CBTC NMS hierarchy.
b. An SNMP based NMS, comprised of a CBTC NMS Manager of
Managers (MOM) and other NEMs, located in the primary and backup
offices, CBTC NMS workstations, Remote Terminal Units (RTUs), and
ancillary equipment located in the wayside, that shall report and manage
all CBTC Network Elements (NE)s, as described herein.
2. The top level of the CBTC NMS hierarchy shall be a Manager-of-Managers
(MOM). The MOM shall be networked to multiple CBTC NMS workstations
that shall graphically depict alarms from both the in-band SEPTA CBTC and
SNMP based monitored NEs.
3. The intermediate level of the CBTC NMS shall consist of Network Element
Managers (NEMs), that shall be purpose built and supplied by the
manufacturer of the NEs monitored (example: An NEM for SEPTA supplied
RuggedCom Ethernet switches and routers, if utilized by the Contractor).
NEMs shall send all alarms, of any level reported at the NEM, to the CBTC
NMS MOM. The NEMs shall be used by maintenance personnel to “drill
down” into the respective NE reporting an alarm at a specific site for:
a. Determining more detail related to the alarm message sent to the MOM.
b. Performing diagnostics specific to the NE in alarm at the site.
c. Management and reporting of the NE alarm.
d. Provisioning and configuration of the NE.
e. Performance of software upgrades and version control.
f. Only alarm reporting, management and control shall be ported to the
CBTC NMS MOM. The NEMs shall be utilized for element
configuration, provisioning and all other functions beyond alarm
functions that are ported to the CBTC NMS MOM.
4. The lowest level of the CBTC NMS hierarchy shall consist of two types of
devices in the wayside:
a. CBTC NMS RTUs that shall function as proxies for non-SNMP
equipped NEs, if so included in the Contractor’s design. The RTUs shall
communicate directly to the CBTC NMS MOM via SNMP.
b. NEs that can communicate directly to the CBTC NMS MOM via SNMP.
5. An NEM that is specific to a NE, if available from the Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) of the NE, may not be omitted from the CBTC NMS
system supplied, except as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
6. The alarm hierarchy and reporting and control structure of the in-band SEPTA
CBTC NMS shall be supplied, provisioned and configured by the manufacturer
of the SEPTA CBTC system. All in-band CBTC alarms shall be sent to the
CBTC NMS MOM, as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. The SEPTA

CBTC system shall be utilized for all other SEPTA CBTC alarm, management
and configuration functions not sent to the CBTC NMS MOM.
7. The Contractor shall design the NMS to provide backup protection to all NMS
configuration data. NMS configuration data shall remain available in the event
of system and component failures, including but not limited to, electrical
power failures and failures of hardware components.
C. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the interoperability and
integration of the NEs, NEMs, MOM and other components of the CBTC NMS into
a functioning system.
D. A failure of the CBTC NMS or any of its subsystems shall not interfere with the
operation of the CBTC communications system or related subsystems as described in
this and other Sections of this Specification.
E. The Contractor shall supply, install and interface the NEMs of any NE that cannot
communicate directly with the CBTC NMS MOM via SNMP 3 for alarm or element
configuration, including, but not limited to, other CBTC Systems:
1. Office NEMs.
2. CBTC NEMs.
3. RF Management System.
4. Ground Based Network NEMs (RuggedCom, and others, if utilized by the
Contractor).
5. Vehicle borne systems.
F. The Contractor shall minimize the number of servers/workstations utilized for stand-
alone NEMs. The Contractor shall combine multiple NEM systems onto a single
server/workstation, only as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. The Use of
Virtual Server technology (VMware, etc.) is not permitted.
G. Each NEM shall be a standalone device equipped with a workstation and shall
function independently of the normal operation of any other NEM.
H. The Contractor shall provide all engineering, labor, tools and materials required to
furnish completely tested and a fully operational CBTC NMS in accordance with
these Contract Documents, including documentation of as-built conditions and
acceptance and operational tests.
I. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the interoperability and integration
of the following equipment and systems referenced in this and other Sections of this
Specification:
1. 13573, “Wired Instrument Housings.”

2. 16740, “Communications Systems Overview.”
3. 16760, “CBTC Ground Based Network.”

4. 16780, “Radio Systems.”
5. 16786, “CBTC Communications Power Systems.”
J. All software provided shall meet the general software requirements of Section
16740, “Communications Systems Overview.”
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The functional requirements of the CBTC NMS shall be realized in software and
hardware. The hardware units upon which the CBTC NMS reside and run are
referred to herein as NMS Hosts. There are three major types of NMS hosts; NMS
Master Unit (MOM), Network Element Managers (NEMs) and Remote Terminal
Units (RTUs).
2.02 DEVICE MANAGEMENT APPLICATION
A. The CBTC NMS MOM and each NEM shall initiate a query no more than every 15
minutes, to confirm the health and viability of the NEs (NEs) that the System is
monitoring. If the MOM has not received an update from the NEMs and NEs within
said period, the MOM shall present a failure alarm. The CBTC NMS MOM and
each NEM shall display all alarms and events within two (2) seconds of receipt of
said alarm or event.
B. Standard Interface - The CBTC NMS MOM and each NEM shall support multiple
protocols or formats including but not limited to:
1. TL1
2. ASCII
3. SNMP v1, v2c and v3
C. SNMP Management - The MOM and NEMs shall be equipped with Simple
Network Management Protocol version 1, version 2c and version 3 (SNMP v1, v2c
and v3).
1. The SNMP Manager shall provide access to information contained in a

device’s Management Information Base (MIB).
2. The SNMP Manager shall provide SNMP “GET” and “SET” (read and write)
access to a device’s MIB.
3. The SNMP Manager shall provide an auto-discovery mechanism to facilitate
CBTC NMS administration.
D. Non-Standard Protocol - The MOM and each NEM shall be equipped to create
customized interfaces for devices, which may not support a standard protocol. In

general this should be applied to devices that are transmitted over a TCP/IP socket
interface.
E. Expandability - The need for additional communication interfaces necessitates 20%

allocated additional capacity beyond the final installed count of NEs and interfaces
that shall be incorporated into the termination equipment beyond that required for the
interfaces required in this and other Sections of this Specification.
2.03 ALARM MONITORING APPLICATION
A. Alarm Monitoring is defined herein as monitoring of unplanned or uninitiated

events. The Contractor shall provide the CBTC NMS with Alarm Monitoring
Application as specified herein.
B. Processing - The MOM and each NEM shall process a minimum of 500 alarms per
second continuous.
C. Display - The CBTC NMS MOM shall display an alarm on the graphics display
within two seconds of identification by the NEM or directly monitored device.
1. The CBTC NMS MOM shall be equipped and configured with a Graphical
User Display (GUI) that shall present a regional geographic map. The map
shall emulate the SEPTA CBTC system as an overlay superimposed on a
regional geographic overview as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
This shall include any pertinent railroad boundaries not affiliated with
SEPTA’s CBTC system, as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager.
2. The GUI map shall present high level alarm status on the map at specific
monitored alarm sites depicted on the map. The granularity of the highest level
of alarms displayed shall be no less than a single CIL (Central Instrument
Location) or any case containing CBTC equipment (CBTC site). Alarms at
CILs shall be classified and displayed, at a minimum, as No Alarm (Green),
Minor Alarm (Yellow), Major Alarm (Red) and Maintenance Mode (White).
Refer to Section 2.18. The definition of no Alarm, Minor and Major alarms
shall be approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
3. The GUI shall permit the user to “drill down” or “zoom in” to lower tiered,
more specific, focused and detailed screens that shall depict the precise nature,
type and severity of alarm at the CIL or CBTC site, as detailed herein.
4. In all circumstances, when a user has “drilled down” or “zoomed in” to a lower
level screen representative of a specific site, all higher level alarms at other
sites shall indicate on the screen and in audible format so that multiple alarms
or alarms at other sites are not overlooked or are not indicated or overlooked
during a diagnostic examination of a lower tiered screen.
5. The GUI shall be available from the CBTC NMS MOM to be projected on a
large screen LCD or wall projector using integral HDMI technology, and shall
be made available for viewing on a web-based browser by an authorized user

(with appropriate credentials) anywhere on the SEPTA network domain, as
directed by the SEPTA Project Manager.
6. Graphic presentation of alarms shall distinguish between acknowledged and
unacknowledged alarms. For example, a blinking red icon of the managed
device shall visually indicate a “received critical alarm”. When the same alarm
is acknowledged, the same icon stops blinking and remains red.
7. The GUI shall provide a dynamic list of both unacknowledged and
acknowledged alarms organized by priority then by most recent. The bottom
area of this list shall summarize number of acknowledged and
unacknowledged alarms by priority.
8. All alarms received by the MOM or NEM shall be immediately date and time
stamped by the corresponding internal clock. The date/time stamp shall be
utilized for all consequential processing of associated alarms. The CBTC NMS
MOM shall include the date/time stamp reported to it by a NEM or managed
device in the description section of the alarm message. The MOM and NEMs
shall be synchronized to the same GPS based timing clock. Use of other
synchronized timing sources shall be as approved by the SEPTA Project
manager.
9. The information associated with each alarm shall include as a minimum: time
and date of occurrence, location, device type, device identifier, descriptive
section of alarm, logon identifier of user who acknowledged alarm, and
priority (at minimum, Minor or Major).
D. Acknowledgement - The CBTC NMS MOM shall acknowledge and record that an
authorized user has accepted responsibility for a particular alarm and the
acknowledgement shall be reflected system wide to all authorized users.
1. The CBTC NMS MOM shall allow acknowledgement of an alarm only after
the operator has “zoomed in” or actually seen and acknowledged the specific
alarm from the MOM or the respective NEM. If acknowledgement of an alarm
is performed on an NEM, it shall be correspondingly and automatically
acknowledged on the MOM. Alarm acknowledgement shall not be permitted at
a high level screen. This prohibition is to prevent an operator from
inadvertently acknowledging an alarm without actually having seen the
specific and detailed attributes of the alarm.
2.04 EVENT MONITORING APPLICATION
A. Event Monitoring is defined herein as monitoring of planned or operator initiated

events. The Contractor shall provide the CBTC NMS MOM with Event Monitoring
Application as specified herein.
B. Display - The CBTC NMS MOM shall display event initiation time and date,
initiator logon identification and event details on the graphics display within two
seconds after initiation of a request.

C. CBTC Communications Network Parameters - The CBTC NMS MOM shall monitor
and provide statistics for CBTC Communications Network parameters. In addition
the NEMs and the CBTC NMS MOM shall monitor all non-passive devices in the
communication network for availability and normal operation.
D. Through directly monitored NEs, any wayside NMS RTUs utilized as well as the
interfaces to the various NEMs, the CBTC NMS MOM shall monitor all CBTC
System events, including but not limited to, the following:
1. Mobile Radios
2. Base Radios
3. Cellular modems
4. Ground Based Network Elements (NEMs)
5. Office Communications (LANs, etc.)
6. Office Network Elements (switches, routers, etc.)
E. The Contractor shall configure the CBTC NMS MOM to initiate a “health check”
query, for verification of the health and viability of each non-passive device in the
communication network.
F. For any NE(s) not directly monitored by the CBTC NMS MOM or an NEM, the
CBTC NMS shall include an automated “ping checker” that shall utilize Contractor
supplied scripts, and automatically send IP Pings and shall report responses at user
selected intervals. Alarm generation from a “ping checker” failed response from an
NE shall be submitted for review and approval by the SEPTA Project Manager
[CDRL 16750-007].
2.05 ANCILLARY MONITORING
A. The CBTC NMS MOM shall monitor and provide for the communication of site
alarms monitored by RTUs.
B. The CBTC NMS MOM and NEMs shall provide for a minimum of 25% additional
site alarms for future use.
C. All alarms shall be communicated to the CBTC NMS MOM utilizing one of the
protocols for which the RTUs or NEMs are equipped.
D. The communication of an alarm to the NEM or MOM shall complete within one
second or less from the receipt of the input at the monitored site.
2.06 CONFIGURATION MANAGER
A. An object-oriented graphical modeling system shall be used to create and update

graphical elements that represent the network regions and elements. The CBTC
NMS MOM shall provide the ability to display and manipulate this information. This

information shall be in a form usable by the operator when diagnosing a network
problem. The configuration manager will separate elements, as submitted and
approved by the SEPTA Project Manager [CDRL 16750-008], by:
1. Branch Line
2. Site
3. Device
2.07 PRINTING
A. The MOM and each NEM shall support industry-standard laser printing hardware for
both graphical and textual hard copy output.
B. The MOM and each NEM shall provide for printing of individual files and print
screens of both graphical color and text color upon request of the network operator
from any terminal/monitor attached to the associated NMS LAN.
C. The printing of alarms shall be configurable by SEPTA as either “near real time” and
ad-hoc or strictly on an ad-hoc basis. Ad-hoc alarm printing functionality shall be
controllable by the operator.
2.08 REPORTING
A. The MOM and each NEM shall allow for historical extraction of all saved
information by criteria, such as date, time, device type, location, alarm category, area
of responsibility. Through the Graphical User Interface (GUI), the user shall be
enabled to select one or more criteria stored in the historical database for inclusion in
ad-hoc or on-going reports.
B. The CBTC NMS MOM and each NEM shall provide the ability to retain report
setups, formats and execution schedules for future use.
C. Users shall have the option to route reports to a file, screen or printer.
D. The MOM and each NEM shall output to a defined file, on an on-going basis daily,
weekly and monthly reports that shall summarize the activity of the systems at the
CBTC NMS MOM workstations. The Contractor shall coordinate with the SEPTA
Project Manager in developing templates for reports. The Contractor shall develop
and submit the report templates for review and approval by the SEPTA Project
Manager [CDRL 16750-009].
2.09 HISTORICAL DATA
A. All data received or generated by the CBTC NMS MOM shall be archived into
historical database files. The data shall be cross-referenced by any of the contained
fields, if required.

2.10 AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY
A. Access to the various sets of scenes shall be controlled by the operator category
level, which is determined by the operator’s privilege level, as tied to their login
identification.
B. The Contractor shall submit descriptions of the NMS access privilege levels. SEPTA
will assign access privilege levels by User ID [CDRL 16750-010].
2.11 TROUBLE TRACKING
A. The MOM shall be provided with an Integrated Trouble Ticket Package (ITTP). The
ITTP shall allow users the ability to associate alarms generated by the CBTC NMS
MOM, NEM or by the user with a particular ticket. The ITTP shall incorporate as a
minimum:
1. SQL based ticketing.

2. The following fields: Priority, Status, Service Type (Radio Equipment, Ground
Base Network, Communication House), Type (Service Affecting, Non-Service
Affecting, Degraded), Resource or Device Name, Group and Individual
Assignee, Outage and Restoral date/time and computed elapsed time.
3. The ability to segment tickets by field.
4. Minimum of four levels of alarm escalation.
5. An escalation feature, which automatically escalates the priority of a ticket if
not resolved within a period as designated by the SEPTA Project Manager.
6. Ticket notification to assignee by electronic mail, pager and mobile phone Text
Messaging.
2.12 PAGING
A. The Contractor shall configure and provide the CBTC NMS MOM to send
designated alarms to Hip Link, the alarm notification system currently in use by
SEPTA.
2.13 OPERATOR INTERFACE
A. Graphical User Interface - The Contractor shall provide a fully developed software
graphics interface, utilizing point and click methodology, which can be modified to
meet the customer’s needs.
1. The GUI shall give users access to all applications their logon privilege allows.
2. The CBTC NMS MOM shall offer a cut-through feature allowing authorized
users to access network elements, NEMs or other operational support systems.
3. The CBTC NMS MOM shall give users the ability to traverse multiple views
hierarchically.

4. The top-level scene shall represent a summarized view of the entire network
with accurate graphical orientation and scaling.
5. The lowest-level scene shall be the lowest level of alarm that is available from
the equipment being monitored at a particular site.
6. Using the window manager, all network scenes shall be able to be re-sized
(stretch or shrink, horizontally, vertically, or diagonally) or moved by
positioning the mouse pointer on the specified part of the window frame and
performing the appropriate mouse button action.
7. The operator shall have an audible alert that will serve to notify of the receipt
of an alarm or event. The volume level of this alert shall be adjustable at the
CBTC NMS MOM workstations and shall be audible up to a maximum
distance of thirty feet. The audible alert adjustment shall not be equipped to be
silenced.
B. Remote Access - Each NMS shall allow remote users to access all functionality
through the utilization of a web based browser via the SEPTA internal network or a
SEPTA VPN that their logon privileges allow. Access shall only be granted once the
appropriate login has been accomplished and as directed by the SEPTA Project
Manager.
C. Internet Access - Each NMS shall, at a minimum, be compatible with Internet

Explorer for viewing and accessing the application, and be upgradeable for future
view and control access via any web browser on the SEPTA intra-NET, as approved
by the SEPTA Project Manager. No Internet access shall be connected to, or
provided for, this closed SEPTA network under any circumstances, except as
2.14 CBTC NMS MOM WORKSTATIONS
A. The Contractor shall provide NMS Workstations at the Operational Control Centers
(primary and backup for maintenance), the Suburban Station Communications
Room, Victory Ave. Signal Forman’s Office, Fern Rock Signal Forman’s office and
one additional set of workstations at 1234 Market Street, 13th floor (Final location to
be assigned by SEPTA). Each workstation shall consist of two separate hardware
platforms, one for the CBTC NMS MOM, one for the in-band CBTC NMS. The two
platforms shall each be equipped with separate keyboard, monitors and mice. The
use of a single monitor, keyboard and mouse through use of a KVM is subject to the
approval of the SEPTA Project Manager. The CBTC NMS MOM Workstation
hardware platform shall be Dell, meeting or exceeding the requirements stated
herein:
1. Processor: Intel® Xeon® Dual Core.

2. Operating System: Windows® 7 Professional
3. Chipset: Intel® X58 chipset
4. Memory: 4 GB DDR3 SDRAM at 1333 MHz

5. Video Card: 2 PCI Express x16 Gen 2, ATI FireMV™ V2260,integral HDMI
connector.
6. Hard Drives: 300GB SATA hard drive (10000RPM)
7. Drive Controllers: SATA 3.0 Gb/s host controller, host based RAID 0, 1, 5,
and 10.
8. Network Controller: Broadcom® 5761 Gigabit Ethernet controller
9. I/O Ports: (11) USB 2.0, eSATA, serial, parallel, RJ-45, IEEE 1394a, HDMI
video.
10. Storage Devices: CD-RW/DVD Combo.
11. Monitor: Dell Professional P2411H 24"W Monitor with LED with HDMI.
B. Workstations shall include as a minimum:
1. Web-browser access.
2. Client/Server software as required to meet all CBTC NMS requirements.
3. Standard wired (USB) keyboard and mouse.
C. CBTC NMS MOM Workstations shall provide a method of allowing an authorized

user to remote access all NEMs through the workstation using windows functionality
or IP based KVMs. However in all cases all audible and visible alarms on the CBTC
NMS MOM shall become immediately visible and audible in a manner that will not
allow a CBTC NMS MOM workstation user to fail to be alerted to an alarm from
one NE while viewing the NEM of another NE. The use of the CBTC NMS MOM
sub-screens to view an NEM shall default back to the primary CBTC NMS MOM
home screen after a period of workstation inactivity, as approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager.
2.15 NMS MASTER UNITS
A. The CBTC NMS MOM and NEMs shall be configured and licensed for a minimum
of ten (10) concurrent users without a degradation of performance. The users shall be
the NMS Workstations at the workstation locations listed herein and future NMS
Workstations.
B. The CBTC NMS MOM and NEM Internal, Random Access Memory (RAM) shall
be delivered at a minimum of 100% above the NMS RAM for complete system
operation. The spare memory shall be completely free for future use and contiguous.
The NMS software shall be able to support and utilize all memory delivered.
C. The CBTC NMS MOM and NEM shall be sized to retain, at a minimum, (90) days
of each individual alarm and event message, on-line, for analysis and reporting
purposes.
D. The CBTC NMS MOM and NEMs shall be configured to record automatically, off-
line, for longer-term message retention and analysis, all records of alarms and events.

1. The off-line media for storage of this data shall be RAID disk.
2. The system shall be sized to contain a minimum dual 80 Gb hard drives in a
RAID 1 configuration. The NMS shall alarm both audibly and visually before
overwriting any history of events.
3. The CBTC NMS MOM and NEMs shall download new data recorded no more
than every night at 3AM.
E. The CBTC NMS MOM and NEMs shall be provisioned with 100/1000 mbps,
Ethernet, LAN connectivity.
F. The CBTC NMS MOM and NEMs shall allow access from desktop workstations.
G. Contractor shall supply and integrate the CBTC NMS MOM, NEMs and each
workstation with a laser printer, brand and model to be determined by the SEPTA
Project Manager. Each printer shall be integrated as described in Printing
Requirements in this Section.
H. NMS Master Units (MOM) shall be DPS Telecom T/Mon LNX Remote Monitoring
Alarm System or equivalent as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
2.16 NMS REMOTE TERMINAL UNITS (RTUS)
A. RTUs shall be LAN-based alarm collector that provides The CBTC NMS MOM
with remote visibility of NEs at all CBTC sites for devices that cannot conduct
bidirectional communications using SNMP 3 directly to the NMS. The RTUs shall
accept local alarms in various formats as described, and convert those alarms into
SNMP or MIBs that are directly compatible with the NMS master unit. Examples of
elements that will report to the RTUs include devices with contact closure based
alarms, such as HVAC units, power supplies, AC commercial power and DC battery
power levels, door alarms, fire and smoke alarms, intrusion detection and similar
devices as described herein and on the contract drawings.
B. RTUs shall be equipped to support SNMP v1, v2c and v3 and other versions of
SNMP as required by the Contractor’s approved NMS design.
C. RTUs shall be equipped with a sufficient number of serial RS232 and/or RS485 ports
if required to meet the minimum requirements of this Specification as well as the
requirements of the Contractor’s approved NMS design.
D. RTUs shall be equipped with sufficient number of discrete alarm inputs to meet the
minimum requirements of this Specification as well as the requirements of the
Contractor’s approved NMS design.
E. RTUs shall be equipped with sufficient number of analog inputs to meet the
minimum requirements of this Specification as well as the requirements of the
Contractor’s approved NMS design.

F. RTUs shall be equipped to monitor the following alarms at minimum at all SEPTA
CBTC wayside location houses:
1. DC charger alarms
2. Low voltage load/battery disconnect alarm
3. Surge arrestor – loss of commercial power alarm
4. DC distribution alarms
5. High and low temperature alarms
6. HVAC status if HVAC is required/present per enclosure size
7. Smoke/ionization alarms if required/present per enclosure size
8. Door magnetic contacts
9. Authorized user entry interior keypad if required/present per enclosure size
G. RTUs shall be equipped to monitor all discrete alarms available from the following
SEPTA CBTC NEs located at the site except where those elements can send SNMP
or MIBs directly to the CBTC NMS MOM unit over the GBN:
1. Ethernet Switches and Routers.

2. Radio Systems.
H. RTUs shall be equipped with sufficient number of inputs and outputs so that a
minimum of 20% of inputs and 20% of outputs are unused and reserved.
I. Licensing shall be provided to enable the future addition of RTUs by SEPTA for
200% of the number of RTUs installed under this Project at minimum.
J. RTUs shall meet the following additional requirements:
1. For walk-in locations, if applicable: mountable in EIA-310 19-inch, or 23-inch

rack using extension brackets. Rack mount adapters of DIN rail or panel-
mount devices are acceptable, but loose shelf-mounting of devices will not be
accepted.
2. For non-walk-in locations or other backboard-equipped locations: DIN rail or
panel mounting.
3. Equipped to be powered by the Communications Power System specified in
Section 16786, “Communications Power System”
4. Network Connection: RJ45 Ethernet 10/100/1000BaseT
5. Operating Temperature: -40C to +70C (-40F to +160F)
K. RTUs shall, at a minimum, be Newmar Site Power Monitor (SPM-200), DPS

Telecom NetDog (82IP G2) or an approved equivalent approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager

L. Large RTUs, if required by the Contractor’s approved NMS designs and only in
locations with sufficient available space, shall be DPS Telecom NetGuardian 832A
G5 product line or equivalent as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager
2.17 DIAGNOSTICS
A. The System shall monitor the internal system and the host processors operating
within the CBTC NMS MOM and each NEM. This shall produce graphical
indicators of the overall health status of the operating system programs. These
measures shall be written to a defined file for report generation/analysis.
B. Where applicable and compatible, NEM and monitored device diagnostics and
configuration shall be executable from the CBTC NMS MOM via the NMS GUI
without the need to utilize the NEM.
2.18 PROGRAMMING AND SCRIPTING
A. Message Processing - Each NMS shall be equipped to process each “individual”

message from each managed NE.
1. Each message shall be assigned at least six (6) priority levels (e.g., critical,
major, minor and at least 3 others).
B. Alarm Filtering - The CBTC NMS shall process and react to the first instance of a
set of alarms so as to not “flood” the operator with redundant alarms sent by the
network elements.
1. The NMS shall support the filtering out (deleting) of those events received by
the Network Elements. This functionality shall only be configurable as
2. The NMS shall allow the operator to place a device into “Maintenance Mode”.
This will allow the operator to suppress alarms associated with that NE and
consequently remove any “Expert Mode” functionality associated with the
alarming. The activation of any “Maintenance Mode” shall be indicated on the
GUI and in the system log in a unique and distinct manner from any other
alarms or system status, and shall be set to automatically release from
Maintenance Mode after a set period of time, as approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager.
C. Data Identification - The NMS shall uniquely identify all data collected and
displayed to the operator. Each data item shall be identified by at least the
following:
1. Site name.
2. Equipment type and identifier.
3. Time and date of occurrence.

2.19 POWER REQUIREMENTS
A. Unless indicated otherwise, all equipment associated with this Section shall operate
on 120 VAC, 60 Hz.
B. The CBTC NMS MOM and each NEM shall utilize a minimum of two, integrated,
hot swappable power supplies. Each power supply shall be sized to carry the load of
the entire associated NMS. The redundant power supply shall operate in a “hot-
standby” mode of operation.
2.20 REDUNDANCY
A. The NMS system shall be comprised of two, totally independent systems configured
on two separate Local Area Networks (LANs). The separate LANs shall be
connected as a WAN to support communications between the two systems that shall
function in a dual-master (hot standby) configuration.
B. One NMS shall be installed at the Primary Control Center, the second shall be
installed at the Backup Control Center.
C. The CBTC NMS MOM and each NEM shall be configured so as to automatically
initiate synchronization within one second for any change of status or for a
resynchronization due to break and subsequent reconnection of link. This
synchronization is to be maintained so that the two systems accurately reflect each
other. Synchronization time shall be minimized to prevent interference with other
functionality.
D. The NMS shall be configured to initiate a “health check” query, for verification of
the health and viability of each system. This query shall occur no longer then every
15 minutes.
2.21 TRAINING
A. Training shall be supplied by the manufacturer of the CBTC NMS and sub-elements
(NEMs, RTUs, etc.) as described in the training section of this specification.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install CBTC NMS devices, hardware and software
as required herein and as indicated on the Contract Drawings, and as otherwise
required for a fully functioning CBTC System.

3.02 TESTING
A. Through testing and inspection the Contractor shall verify the CBTC NMS meets
Contract specifications and all technical and performance requirements. The
Contractor shall test and inspect all items of hardware and software specified herein,
and furnish test results to the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. Tests and inspections shall be conducted according to procedures submitted by the

Contractor and approved by the SEPTA Project Manager as defined in this Section
and in Section 13587.
C. Upon approval of the inspection and testing plan, and at least 60 days prior to the
start of each test, the Contractor shall develop and submit for approval all necessary
test procedures for placing into service all components, integrated sub-systems and
completed communications systems.
D. If any system or component does not pass a required test the Contractor shall inspect
the installation and take required action to bring the system or component to
specified compliance and repeat the test procedure. If no problems are found the
Contractor shall immediately notify the SEPTA Project Manager.


SECTION 16754
NETWORK SECURITY SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, providing all engineering,
labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary for the final design,
supply, test and commissioning of a Network Security System (NSS), for the CBTC
system supplied, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for any permits, licenses and associated costs
pertaining to this Work.
C. The Contractor shall provide all engineering, labor, tools and materials required to
furnish a completely tested and fully operational NSS in accordance with these
Contract Documents, including documentation of as-built conditions, acceptance,
operational tests and training.
A. Equipment shall be designed and installed in accordance with the pertinent provisions
of the codes and standards as described in Section 01091, “Reference Standards.”
B. Any law or regulation of the USA Federal Government, the State of Pennsylvania or
other local regulating body having jurisdiction over this equipment shall apply.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Specifications.
1. The Contractor shall make all submittals described in Section 16740 and
elsewhere in these specifications as they apply to the Work of this Section to the
SEPTA Project Manager, that shall include, but not be limited to:
a. Overall NSS architectural schematic(s) detailing all devices and network

interfaces to the SEPTA systems [CDRL 16754-001].
b. Text description of the overall NSS supplied, including a detailed description
of how the NSS provides “Defense in Depth” security, a detailed description
of use cases the NSS provides protection from, and a comprehensive
description of the protection provided against specific threats as defined by
the Contractor in their use cases [CDRL 16754-002].
Septa A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Network Security System (NSS)
c. Listing and manufacturers specification sheets for all hardware and software
supplied with specific indication of how all hardware and software supplied
are applicable to the SEPTA CBTC architecture [CDRL 16754-003].
d. A text description of how the Contractor proposed NSS meets all
recommended best security practices of the network standards bodies listed
herein [CDRL 16754-004].
e. Detailed cut sheets and literature of each NSS system element or device
supplied, to include functional and operating descriptions, typical
applications and recommend practices [CDRL 16754-005].
f. A preliminary conceptual design of the NSS for approval by the SEPTA
Project Manager [CDRL 16754-006].
g. Upon receipt of approval of the conceptual design from the SEPTA Project
Manager, a detailed and comprehensive design of the proposed system, to
include all NSS wiring and configuration shall be presented for approval by
the SEPTA Project Manager [CDRL 16754-007].
B. CDRLs.
CDRL 16754-001 Overall NSS architectural schematic(s). 1.03A.1.a
CDRL 16754-002 Text description of the overall NSS supplied . 1.03A.1.b
CDRL 16754-003 Listing and manufacturers specification sheets for 1.03A.1.c
all hardware and software supplied.
CDRL 16754-004 A text description of how the Contractor proposed 1.03A.1.d
NSS meets all recommended best security
practices of the network standards bodies listed
herein.
CDRL 16754-005 Detailed cut sheets and literature of each NSS 1.03A.1.e
system element or device supplied .
CDRL 16754-006 A preliminary conceptual design of the NSS for 1.03A.1.f
approval by the SEPTA Project Manager.
CDRL 16754-007 A detailed and comprehensive design of the 1.03A.1.g
proposed system.
CDRL 16754-008 Interface Control Document (ICD). 1.09G.1
CDRL 16754-009 Contractor’s NSS Test Plan. 1.10B.1
CDRL 16754-010 Contractor’s NSS Test Procedure. 1.10B.2
1.04 DELIVERY

furnished under this Section shall be in accordance with the Section 01600, “Material
and Equipment.”
1.05 REQUIREMENTS
A. This Section describes the functional requirements for the NSS.
B. Two separate and independent NSSs (herein after referred to as NSS) shall be
installed, one (1) each for 1) the CBTC system and sub-systems supplied by the
Contractor (herein after referred to as the “CBTC In Band NSS”, and 2) for the
SEPTA supplied Ground Based Network (GBN) systems, hereinafter referred to as the
“CBTC GBN NSS”, that are utilized by the Contractor.
C. The NSS shall consist of a combination of dedicated hardware devices and associated
software that shall provide multiple layers of security to the CBTC system and GBN
as described. The NSS shall be solely dedicated to the CBTC and GBN only, and shall
not be associated with, or linked to any other network or system at SEPTA.
D. The CBTC systems are SEPTA mission critical and must be available on a 24/7 basis.
The CBTC systems are independent of all other SEPTA networks and systems, and
are closed, with little or no direct access by unauthorized internal SEPTA staff or
external parties. Access to the CBTC and NSS by SEPTA internal or any external
parties shall be only as specifically called for in this design, and as approved by the
E. The purpose of the NSS is to protect the CBTC and GBN from both internal and
external threats, whether intentional or accidental. The NSS is intended for the CBTC
and GBN only, and shall have no interconnection with any other SEPTA network or
system, except as specifically authorized by the SEPTA Project Manager or defined in
these specifications.
F. The Contractor shall be responsible for the configuration of all hardware, firmware
and software elements with the NSS and fully configure all devices in the CBTC GBN
as part of the NSS. All existing SEPTA Ruggedcom devices and any SEPTA supplied
GBN components, as detailed within these Contract Documents, shall be incorporated
into the NSS, except as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager. The Contractor shall
be responsible, as required, for updating all Ruggedcom devices to comply with NSS
requirements without compromising resiliency or availability of CBTC operations.
G. The NSS shall be comprised of technology that is commercially available and shall not
include any proprietary security countermeasures that have not been vetted by a public
community of interest.
1.06 THREATS
A. Threats are defined as any man made or natural element that can act in either an
accidental or intentional manner to adversely impact the function, performance and
operation of CBTC. Threats can manifest by connection of any hardware devices,
software code, viruses, malware or any other function that can result in undesirable
consequences pertaining to the operation of CBTC. Threats may be introduced, by
either internal SEPTA or external parties, at any point in the networks.
B. The NSS shall secure all network elements, hardware, systems, software and data
transport in the CBTC and GBN systems included in the Contractor’s design, to
include, but not be limited to:
1. Office systems and all interconnecting networks and devices, in both the primary
and backup offices and at any remote NSS or CBTC workstation. This includes
but is not limited to any interfaces with, SEPTA Power SCADA, SEPTA
ATCDS, and existing alarm monitoring, should such interconnection be included
in the Contractor’s design.
2. Interfaces to any external SEPTA systems or entities including but not limited to:
Amtrak and any Contractor or Vendor Access via dial-in or VPN access,
including all associated firewalls.
3. Internet access and associated firewalls (Internet access shall only be permitted as
approved by the SEPTA Project Manager).
4. Interfaces to any wired carrier supplied networks.
5. Interfaces to any wireless carrier supplied networks.
6. The Network Management System (NMS).
7. Ground Based Network (GBN) network elements, including fiber optic, copper or
other interfaces utilized for data message transport.
8. All CBTC radio systems.
1.07 STANDARDS
A. The NSS shall be designed by the Contractor consistent with the latest standards and
recommended practices as presented in IETF, IEEE and ITU/T, ITU/R, TIA/EIA,
NIST SP800-82, NIST SP800-53 Rev3, ANSI/ISA-99.00.01-2007, ANSI/ISA-
99.02.01-2009, DHS CSSP, APTA, FRA and NERC CIP recommended practices for
telecommunications network security.
B. The following are reference documents from which the Contractor shall obtain and
apply “Best Practices” in their final NSS design. The Contractor shall demonstrate the
manner in which their NSS design is compliant with these practices:
1. Cyber Security Policy Planning and Preparation.

a. TR99.00.02: Integrating Electronic Security into the Manufacturing and
Control Systems Environment, ISA, 2004.
b. NIST SP 800-82, Guide to Industrial Control Systems (ICS) Security, Final
c. NIST SP 800-53 Rev 3, Recommended Security Controls for Federal
Information Systems and Organizations, August 2009.
2. DMZs and Network Segmentation.

a. Good Practice Guide on Firewall Deployment for SCADA and Process
Control Networks, Centre for the Protection of National Infrastructure
(CPNI), London, 2005.
b. Control Systems Cyber Security: Defense in Depth Strategies, May 2009, U.S.
Department of Homeland Security National Cyber Security Division, Control
Systems Security Program.
3. IDS & IPS Usage and Placement.

a. NIST SP: 800-94, Guide to Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems
(IDPS).
b. Mitigations for Security Vulnerabilities Found in Control System Networks,
June 2006, U.S. Department of Homeland Security National Cyber Security
Division, Control Systems Security Program.
4. Authentication, Authorization, and Access Control For Direct and Remote

Connectivity.
a. NIST SP: 800-73-2, Interfaces for Personal Identity Verification (4 parts),
September 2008.
b. NIST SP 800-76-1, Biometric Data Specification for Personal Identity
Verification, 2007.
c. NIST SP 800-82, Guide to Industrial Control Systems (ICS) Security, Final
Public Draft.
5. Applying and Complying with Security Standards.

a. TR99.00.01: Security Technologies for Manufacturing and Control Systems,
ISA, 2004.
b. TR99.00.02: Integrating Electronic Security into the Manufacturing and
Control Systems Environment, ISA, 2004.
6. DHS CSSP Recommended Practices.

c. Improving Industrial Control Systems Cybersecurity with Defense-in-Depth
Strategies.
d. Developing an Industrial Control Systems Cybersecurity Incident Response
Capability.
e. Good Practice Guide on Firewall Deployment for SCADA and Process
Control Networks.
f. Mitigations for Security Vulnerabilities Found in Control System Networks.
g. Patch Management of Control Systems.
h. Securing Control System Modems.
i. Using Operational Security (OPSEC) to Support a Cyber Security Culture in
Control Systems Environments (draft).
1.08 NETWORK ELEMENT COMPATIBILITY
A. The NSS shall be designed to ensure compatibility with all hardware and software
(including operating systems) supplied by the Contractor. The NSS shall be equipped
to communicate directly with each and every network element to be protected by the
NSS without the need for any intermediate protocol conversion or separate interface
devices, except as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. The NSS shall be fully
compatible with existing and new Ruggedcom Network Switches and Serial Servers,
that shall be configured to be monitored and controlled by the NSS without impacting
operations or availability of the CBTC system.
1.09 NSS ARCHITECTURE
A. General.
1. The NSS architecture shall be based on the principle of ‘Defense in Depth’ and
shall be a hierarchical implementation that shall work in conjunction with the
various network elements of the systems to achieve the desired levels of
protection of the networks and systems. The NSS shall consist of a platform of
hardware and software dedicated to the NSS exclusively. As independent systems,
a failure of any portion of the NSS shall not impede normal functionality of the
CBTC system.
B. Integrated Security Event Management / Threat Management
1. The Contractor’s NSS design shall utilize devices that shall combine NSS
functionality of security event management, and threat management into a
comprehensive system that shall include, but not be limited to, the functionality
described herein. This shall include the use of devices to provide firewall,
Intrusion Detection System (IDS), Intrusion Protection System (IPS) and alarm
reporting functionality as described herein. The use of firewalls, IDS and IPS
shall not relieve the Contractor from the requirements for minimizing latency,
preventing single-point-failure or other functionality described herein.
C. Centralized Management
1. The Contractor’s design for the NSS shall be managed from a single central
management terminal that shall consolidate all NSS management, control,
configuration and reporting functions. In the event that NSS devices are used with
dissimilar reporting and management standards and/or formats, separate
management systems may be proposed, however all similar sub-elements (i.e.
Ethernet switches or Firewalls) shall be managed and configured from a single
central management system supplied by the manufacturer of that element.
2. The central management system and all NSS workstations proposed shall be
installed at the same locations as the Network Management Systems (NMS),
presented in Section 16750. In all cases, the Contractor’s design for NSS central
management shall be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval.
D. Message Latency and Integrity
1. The NSS shall function without adding any data message latency, except as
approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. In addition, the NSS shall function in a
manner that any security countermeasure shall not introduce any modifications to
CBTC data traffic, except as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. Any
requests for an exception to the prohibition of added message latency or data
modification shall be accompanied by an analysis and written presentation of the
precise effect that any such requested latency or data modification will have on
the overall ability of the CBTC system to deliver data messages within the
minimum acceptable periods or within expected data structures, consistent with
the Contractor’s overall system design.
E. Single Point of Failure and Failure Modes
1. The Contractor’s NSS design shall not present a single point of failure at any
point in the system. If a device, such as a firewall protecting the network from
external port “A” fails, it shall not impede traffic from external port “B”. The
device shall include redundant, hot-switched power supplies and redundant
components that shall not impede data message exchange upon an NSS element
failure. Under no circumstances shall the device responsible for securing a
network perimeter ‘fail closed’ when becoming nonoperational, thereby exposing
the network to unprotected access from exterior sources.
F. Redundancy
1. The NSS shall be a fully redundant system installed in the primary and backup
control centers. The backup control center shall be equipped with duplicate hot-
standby NSS equipment, and in the event of a failure of the primary control center
systems, shall failover to the redundant equipment in the same failover
sequencing as the CBTC. The backup control center standby NSS shall be in
“listening” mode and shall be synchronized with the primary control center NSS
to maintain the identical database records and system configurations so that in the
event of a failure of the NSS at the primary Control center the standby control
center NSS can assume NSS functionality immediately without the need for re-
entering network, user and device database information and configuration.
G. Interface Control Document
1. An Interface Control Document (ICD) shall be prepared by the Contractor and

submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval that shall define and
document any and all physical, electrical and other interfaces and protocols
between and among the GBN Communications System and any CBTC element or
other devices [CDRL 16754-008].
1.10 LAYERS OF SECURITY AND FUNCTIONALITY
A. The NSS shall minimally supply security that shall include, but not be limited to:
1. Port Access and Lock Down and Disable.
2. Firewalls
3. RADIUS Server
4. Intrusion Detection System (IDS)
5. Intrusion Prevention System (IPS)
6. Antivirus and anti-malware
7. Remote Access
8. Virtual Private Network (VPN)
9. Security Incident and Event Monitoring (SIEM)
10. Compliance Management and Reporting
11. Software Configuration Management and Reporting
B. Port and Access, Lock Down and Disable
1. All switches, routers, firewalls, servers and other device with I/O ports or external
connections of any kind including but not limited to: Ethernet, serial, USB,
Firewire, CD/DVD, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, floppy disk or other that may serve as an
entry point for a threat, shall have any open, unused I/O port or connection locked
down and disabled to any device attached thereto. Enabling and use of any
disabled port shall be under the direct control of AAA functionality of the
RADIUS server. The NSS shall employ IEEE 802.1x. Additional requirements
for the deployment of Port Access, Lock Down and Disable in the NSS are found
in Section 16760, Ground Based Networks.
C. Intrusion Detection System (IDS) and Intrusion Prevention System (IPS)
1. An integrated (defined as working together synchronously in an automated mode)

system of IDS and an IPS shall be supplied that provides intrusion detection and
takes preventive measures without direct human intervention. The IDS & IPS
shall have a capability to learn a ‘normal’ baseline of control system traffic and be
able to update this baseline on a scheduled basis. The IDS shall identify patterns
of traffic or application data presumed to be malicious (misuse detection systems),
and shall compare network and data traffic activities against the 'normal' baseline.
The integrated IDS & IPS shall work seamlessly in conjunction with the firewalls
and other Contractor supplied NSS devices to automatically prevent such
malicious packets or data from propagating into the SEPTA network and systems,
and shall alert, log and report all such instances. The integrated IDS & IPS shall
function in a manner that any active security countermeasure shall not introduce
any modifications or latency to CBTC data traffic, except as approved by the
SEPTA Project Manager
2. The IDS and IPS shall include a subscription for harmful traffic patterns and a
database of viruses, worms, trojans, malware and any other harmful code or
attacks. A database shall be updated automatically over the internet by the
manufacturer during a period not to exceed monthly. The IDS and IPS in the NSS
shall have a capability for being updated automatically without human interaction
and in a manner that does not expose the NSS IDS and IPS directly to the Internet
in an unprotected manner.
D. Firewalls
1. Separate, independent device-level firewalls shall be supplied at each and every

point of entry to the systems from connection points to the CBTC systems, to
include, but not be limited to, all wired, wireless, dedicated fiber connectivity or
any other form of connection that constitutes a route into, or from, a system
external to the SEPTA systems.
2. Firewalls shall also be installed between the offices (primary and backup) and the
CBTC and GBN systems devices, for prevention of harmful accidental or
intentional malicious access to the offices from a field site. If a single chassis
firewall device with multiple fire walls is proposed, it shall be acceptable only
upon demonstration, to the sole and complete satisfaction of the SEPTA Project
Manager, that no single point of failure in any component of the device, to include
power supplies, shall permit the failure of more than one protected external
connection or that any device shall ‘fail closed’ exposing SEPTA to external
threats.
E. RADIUS Servers
1. The RADIUS servers shall be a Microsoft Windows based server application. The
RADIUS servers shall be provided at the primary and backup control centers to
manage network access and message exchange in the two-step AAA
(Authentication, Authorization and Accounting) transaction process with the
supplicant (user or network element).
2. Authentication and Authorization characteristics in RADIUS shall follow IETF
RFC 2865 while Accounting is described by RFC 2866 and alignment with EAP
is described by RFC 3579. The Authenticator and Authentication (RADIUS)
Server shall have a trusted (client/server) relationship over the systems in the
network. The Authentication (RADIUS) Server shall authenticate the supplicant
based upon a user profile that shall be maintained at the central RADIUS and
remotely in manageable devices, such as Ethernet switches and routers.
3. The database of user profile (user names, passwords, MAC addresses, etc.) as
well as the Accounting shall be maintained in SQL. RADIUS Accounting shall be
utilized for management and forensic purposes for audit purposes and to provide a
permanent record for the investigation of a security related event. No billing
functionality is required.
4. RADIUS server AAA management of the edge devices (switches, routers, etc.)
shall be in full compliance with IEEE 802.1x.
5. RADIUS servers shall be fully compatible with all new and existing Ruggedcom
devices and shall be updated to accommodate RADIUS without any impact to
Control Systems operations and availability requirements.
6. Access Requests
a. Access Requests from a supplicant on the network shall include access

credentials, in the form of username and password or security certificate
provided by the user, as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
Additionally, the supplicant’s request shall include the network address, and
information regarding the user's physical point of attachment to the system.
7. Authentication
a. Authentication performed by the RADIUS server shall validate that the

supplicant’s information is valid using Password Authentication Protocol
(PAP). Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) is the preferred protocol,
except as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
b. The user's proof of identification shall be verified, along with the user's
network address, account status and specific network service access
privileges, as determined by the SEPTA Project Manager. The RADIUS
server shall check the user's information against a locally stored flat file
database in SQL, and Active Directory to verify that the user's credentials are
valid.
8. Authorization:
a. Authorization attributes shall be conveyed to the network element requesting
access stipulating terms of access to be granted. Upon receipt and analysis of
the Access request, the RADIUS server shall then return one of three
responses to the requesting network element: 1) Access Reject, 2) Access
Challenge or 3) Access Accept.
b. Access Reject - The user is unconditionally denied access to all requested

network resources.
c. Access Challenge - Requests additional information from the user such as a

secondary password, PIN, token or card. Access Challenge shall be
implemented only as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager. All user
information (user name, password, MAC address, etc.) shall be maintained in
SQL.
d. Access Accept - The user is granted access. Once the user is authenticated,
the RADIUS server shall also check that the user is authorized to use the
network service requested against the SQL database records for the user.
9. During an Access/Authorization transaction, attributes shall be exchanged to

include, but not be limited to:
a. The specific IP address to be assigned to the user device.

b. The address pool from which the user's IP should be chosen.
c. The maximum length that the user may remain connected (permanent or
temporary).
d. An access list, priority queue or other restrictions on a user's access.
e. L2TP (Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol) parameters.
f. VLAN parameters.
g. Quality of Service (QoS) parameters.
h. Other parameters as required in accordance with the Contractor’s design.
10. Accounting:
a. Accounting, as defined in RFC 2866, shall maintain statistical data of

Access/Authentication transactions for forensic analysis and for general
network monitoring. The data shall be maintained in an SQL database. The
reports shall be presented in standard Windows Office compatible format, for
investigation and analysis by SEPTA staff. No billing functionality is
required. Use of other report formats shall be only as approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager.
F. Each NSS shall be a standalone device equipped with a workstation and shall function
independently of the operation of any other NSS.
G. The Contractor shall provide all engineering, labor, tools and materials required to
furnish completely tested and a fully operational NSS in accordance with these
Contract Documents, including documentation of as-built conditions and acceptance
and operational tests.
H. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the interoperability and integration
of the following equipment and systems referenced in this and other Sections of this
Specification:
1. 13573, “Wired Instrument Housings.”
2. 16740, “Communications Overview.”
3. 16750, “Network Management System.”
4. 16760, “Ground Based Network.”
5. 16780, “Radio Systems.”
6. 16786, “Communications Power.”
I. All software provided shall meet the general software requirements of Section 16740,
“Communications Overview.”
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HARDWARE
A. The hardware and software platforms for all NSS devices shall be based upon
Windows Operating System (Latest version with the exception that no variations or
derivatives of Windows 8 shall be permitted) and shall utilize COTS servers,
workstations and devices, as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. Use of
purpose built custom hardware devices shall be only as approved by the SEPTA
Project Manager.
2.02 SOFTWARE
A. All software supplied by the Contractor for the NSS shall be COTS based and
supplied by a commercial company that has demonstrable history of a minimum of
five (5) years in business supplying NSS software with at least two (2) years supplying
NSS software for control systems environments. No custom code shall be permitted,
except as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. “Freeware”, or any other non-commercial code, shall not be permitted. All databases
shall be SQL, except as approved by the SEPTA Project manager.
C. The Contractor shall supply all necessary licenses and seats to accommodate a full
system implementation with 10% spare capacity to accommodate system growth,
where applicable, to workstation and end user devices. The Contractor shall maintain,
supply, and install all software and firmware updates for the duration of the
installation until the CBTC system is accepted by SEPTA, and for a period of two (2)
years thereafter, including all subscriptions and installations as may be required for
any software, firmware, or hardware required for the firewall, SIEM, RADIUS, IDS,
IPS, anti-virus/malware intrusion protection or any other element supplied as part of
the NSS.
2.03 DEFENSE IN DEPTH
A. The Contractor shall utilize the “Defense In Depth” concept for the design of their
application of any Firewall, IDS and IPS systems. Consequently, any “integrated”
firewall with IDS and IPS shown on the Contract Drawings or called for in these
specifications shall be implemented with separate devices; a firewall, an IDS and IPS,
each contained within separate physical devices consistent with the layered “Defense
in Depth” security methodology. A single physical device combining firewalls, IDS
and IPS shall not be acceptable. Integrated IDPS (Intrusion Detection and Prevention
System) shall be allowed in the Contractor’s NSS design.
2.04 FIREWALLS
A. The Contractor shall utilize Barracuda Networks NG Firewall Model F400 (Part
number BNGF400a) for all firewalls utilized in their design. The integrated IPS/IDS
of the Barracuda F400 shall not be configured or implemented, consistent with
“Defense in Depth”. Firewalls shall be installed at all locations as shown on the
Contract Drawings.
B. Firewalls integral to the Ruggedcom edge switches located in select locations that are
equipped with Wireless modems shall have the integral Ruggedcom firewall activated,
configured and a VPN tunnel shall be established between the edge device and the
SEPTA Control Centers.
C. The Contractor shall supply a central firewall management system Barracuda

Networks NG Control Center C400-Standard Edition (Part Number BNCC400a).
D. A 2 year subscription for all software, firmware, and updates shall be included. The 2
year period shall commence upon acceptance of the CBTC system by SEPTA.
2.05 INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM (IDS)
A. The Contractor shall utilize IDS in their design. IDS shall be installed at all locations
as shown on the Contract Drawings that are supplied with a firewall. The Ruggedcom
1501 integrated firewall is not required to have IDS/IPS.
B. A 2 year subscription for all software, firmware, and IDS updates shall be included.
The 2 year period shall commence upon acceptance of the CBTC system by SEPTA.
2.06 INTRUSION PREVENTION SYSTEM (IPS)
A. An Intrusion Prevention System shall be deployed by the Contractor that shall be an

active device that shall provide policies and rules for network traffic along with the
IDS for alerting system or network administrators to suspicious traffic, and shall
automatically take action to stop the intrusion and alert the administrator to the threat
and action taken.
B. The Contractor shall use Sourcefire Next-Generation Intrusion Prevention System

(NGIPS) or SEPTA engineer approved equal, for all IPS utilized in their design. IPS
shall be installed at all locations as shown on the Contract Drawings that are supplied
with a firewall. The Ruggedcom 1501 integrated firewall is not required to have
IDS/IPS.
C. A 2 year subscription for all software, firmware, and and IPS updates shall be
included. The 2 year period shall commence upon acceptance of the CBTC system by
SEPTA.
2.07 RADIUS SERVER
A. RADIUS server functionality described herein, to include AAA functionality, shall be

supplied by a standalone system consisting of a hardware server operating Microsoft
Windows 2008 server operating system, workstations(s) operating on Windows 2007
Professional, SQL database and RADIUS functionality accomplished in software as
described herein. No variation or implementation of Windows 8 shall be permitted.
The Contractor shall demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the SEPTA Project
Manager, that the proposed system has been in successful, continuous service in a
network comparable in size, function and scope to that of the SEPTA network,
inclusive of RADIUS control of Ruggedcom switches, for a minimum of three (3)
years. A 2 year subscription for all updates, patches and revisions to all RADIUS
server related software shall be included. The 2 year period shall commence upon
acceptance of the CBTC system by SEPTA.
B. The RADIUS server for CBTC shall be sized for 150 Ruggedcom Layer 2 and Layer 3
switches, and scalable for an additional 20% for the future application, to be
performed by SEPTA.
2.08 NSS WORKSTATIONS
A. The Contractor shall provide NSS Workstations at the Operational Control Centers
(primary and backup for maintenance), the Suburban Station Communications Room,
Victory Ave. Signal Forman’s Office, Fern Rock Signal Forman’s office and one
additional set of workstations at 1234 Market Street, 13th floor (Final location to be
assigned by SEPTA). Each set of workstation shall consist of two separate hardware
platforms, one for the CBTC In Band NSS, one for the CBTC GBN NSS. The two
platforms shall each be equipped with separate keyboard, monitors and mice. The use
of a single monitor, keyboard and mouse by deployment of a KVM is subject to the
approval of the SEPTA Project Manager. The NSS Workstation hardware platform
shall be Dell, meeting or exceeding the requirements stated herein:
1. Processor: Intel® Xeon® Dual Core.
2. Operating System: Windows® 7 Professional (Windows 8 is not permitted).
3. Chipset: Intel® X58 chipset
4. Memory: 8 GB DDR3 SDRAM at 1333 MHz
5. Video Card: 2 PCI Express x16 Gen 2, ATI FireMV™ V2260, integral HDMI
connector.
6. Hard Drives: 1 Tb SATA hard drive (10000RPM)
7. Drive Controllers: SATA 3.0 GB/s host controller, host based RAID 0, 1, 5, and
10.
8. Network Controller: Broadcom® 5761 Gigabit Ethernet controller
9. I/O Ports: USB 2.0, eSATA, serial, parallel, RJ-45, IEEE 1394a, HDMI video.
10. Storage Devices: CD-RW/DVD Combo.
11. Monitor: Dell Professional P2411H 24"W Monitor with LED with HDMI.
B. Workstations shall include as a minimum:
1. Web-browser provided by Windows Internet Explorer 9.0.
2. Client/Server software as required to meet all NSS requirements.
3. Standard wired (USB) keyboard and mouse.
4. Compatibility with, and oversight by, the CBTC NMS system.
2.09 POWER REQUIREMENTS
A. Unless indicated otherwise, all equipment associated with this Section shall operate on
120 VAC, 60 Hz.
B. Each NSS server shall utilize a minimum of two, integrated, hot swappable power
supplies. Each power supply shall be sized to carry the load of the entire system. The
redundant power supply shall load share with the primary supply and operate in a
“hot-standby” mode of operation to carry the entire load in the event one power supply
fails.
2.10 REDUNDANCY
A. The NSS system shall be comprised of two, totally independent systems configured on
two separate Local Area Networks (LANs). The separate LANs shall be connected as
a WAN to support communications between the two systems that shall function in a
dual-master (hot standby) configuration.
B. One NSS shall be installed at the Primary Control Center, the second shall be installed
at the Backup Control center.
C. The NSS shall be configured so as to automatically initiate synchronization within one

second for any change of status or for a resynchronization due to a break and
subsequent reconnection of any inter-NSS link. This synchronization is to be
maintained so that the two NSS systems constantly and accurately reflect each other.
Synchronization time shall be minimized to prevent interference with other
functionality.
2.11 SPARES, TOOLS AND TRAINING
A. A minimum of 20% additional units of each major device or component (LRU) shall
be supplied.
B. Training on the NSS systems shall be supplied to SEPTA staff in accordance with the
Training Section of this specification. Training shall include the core NSS as well as
interfacing, configuration, management and maintenance of all security related
functions of the devices under the domain of the NSS. Training shall encompass all
necessary material to provide allow for SEPTA maintained NSS.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install NSS devices, hardware and software as
required herein and as indicated on the Contract Drawings, and as otherwise required
for a fully functioning NSS.
3.02 TESTING
A. Through testing and inspection the Contractor shall verify the NSS meets Contract
specifications and all technical and performance requirements. The Contractor shall
test and inspect all items of hardware and software specified herein, and furnish test
results to the SEPTA Project Manager.
B. Tests and inspections shall be conducted according to procedures submitted by the
Contractor and approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. The Contractor shall submit
a Test Plan and a Test Procedure to SEPTA.
1. Test Plan. The Test Plan shall consist of a broad but complete overview of the
intended tests to be performed, test methodology for demonstrating compliance to
the specification requirements, single line schematics of the test set up, a listing of
test equipment to be used to demonstrate compliance to the specification
requirements and the results to be generated for the entire NSS and all elements
that shall be under the surveillance and control of the NSS, to include a
comprehensive description of the protection provided against specific threats as
defined by the Contractor in their use cases [CDRL 16754-009].
2. Test Procedure. Upon SEPTA approval of the Test Plan, and at least 60 days prior
to the start of each test, the Contractor shall submit a detailed Test Procedure that
shall provide a step-by-step procedure for each component and subcomponent of
the NSS [CDRL 16754-010]. The Contractor shall develop and submit for
approval all necessary test procedures for placing into service all components,
integrated sub-systems and related communications systems and elements that
shall be under the surveillance and control of the NSS. These shall include, but
not be limited to:
a. Firewalls
b. IDS
c. IDP
d. RADIUS
e. Edge devices
f. Wireless devices
g. Servers
3. The Testing shall be witnessed by SEPTA and may include SEPTA requested
unstructured tests not called for in the Contractor’s Test procedure.
C. If any system or component does not pass a required test the Contractor shall inspect
the installation and take required action to bring the system or component to specified
compliance and repeat the test procedure. If no problems are found the Contractor
shall immediately notify the SEPTA Project Manager.
THIS PAGE IS INTENTIALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 16760
CBTC GROUND BASED NETWORK
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, providing all labor, materials,
tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary for the CBTC Ground Based Network
(GBN), in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor’s Work shall include, but is not limited to, the following activities:
1. Furnish, install, configure, test and commission all GBN network devices as
shown on the Contract Drawings and as otherwise needed for a fully
functioning CBTC system.
2. Furnish, install, test and commission all fiber optic and/or Cat5e patch cables
necessary to interconnect the GBN devices as well as all other CBTC devices
requiring network connectivity for a fully functioning CBTC system.
3. Furnish, install, terminate, test and commission all single-mode fiber optic
outside plant cabling and termination/distribution hardware necessary to
connect each new or expanded existing CBTC location supplied under this
Contract to existing SEPTA fiber demark locations as indicated on the
Contract Drawings.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any permits and associated costs pertaining
to this work.
D. The Contractor shall provide all engineering, labor, tools and materials required to
furnish a completely tested and fully operational CBTC GBN in accordance with
these Contract Documents, including documentation of as-built conditions and

provisions of the codes and standards of the following listed organizations:
1. Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)

2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
4. National Electrical Code (NEC)
6. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC CBTC Ground Based Network
7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
8. Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
9. Association of American Railroads (AAR)
(AREMA)
11. Military Specifications (MIL)
12. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
13. Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)
B. Unless otherwise approved by the SEPTA Project Manager, all GBN equipment and
material furnished under this contract shall comply with all requirements for a Class
C environment (wayside signal enclosure) as defined by Section 11.5.1 of the
AREMA C&S Manual. All such equipment shall also comply with any other
environmental requirements stated elsewhere in these Specifications if those
requirements are more restrictive than the AREMA Manual. The pertinent
requirements of the AREMA manual shall include but not be limited to the
following.
1. Operating Temp: -40C to +70C (-40F to +160F)

2. Relative Humidity: 95% non-condensing
3. Vibration, 5 to 20 Hz: .07: p-p
4. Vibration, 20 to 200 Hz: 1.5 g p
5. Mechanical Shock (11ms): 10 g
6. EMI (50kHz-88MHz): 150 V/m
7. EMI (88MHz-216MHz): 250 V/m
8. EMI (216MHz-1GHz): 350 V/m
9. Dielectric Strength: 2kVrms for electronic equipment
C. Any law or regulation of the State of Pennsylvania or other local regulating body
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall make all submittals described in Section 16740 and elsewhere
in these specifications as they apply to the Work of this Section. This includes but is
not limited to Design Documents, Test Plan and Test Procedures, Cut Sheets and
Operations Manuals, Test Reports, and As-Built Drawings.
C. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer cut-sheets and quality control plan for
each proposed manufacturer’s Cat5e and fiber-optic cable. [CDRL 16760-001]
D. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer cut-sheets and assembly procedures for all
proposed Cat5e and fiber-optic cable termination/distribution hardware.
[CDRL 16760-002]
E. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer certification that each specific type of
cable is compatible with its associated connector. [CDRL 16760-003]
F. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer cut-sheets for each type of connector
adapter. [CDRL 16760-004]
G. The Contractor shall submit for review and approval by the SEPTA Project Manager
an IP Addressing Scheme as defined in this Section. [CDRL 16760-005]
H. The Contractor shall submit for review and approval by the SEPTA Project Manager
a GBN device naming scheme as defined in this Section. [CDRL 16760-006]
I. CDRLs.

CDRL 16760-001 Mfr. cut sheets and QC plan for all Cat5e and 1.03C
fiber optic cable
CDRL 16760-002 Mfr. cut sheets and QC plan for all Cat5e and 1.03D
fiber optic hardware
CDRL 16760-003 Mfr. certification that each specific type of cable 1.03E
is compatible with its associated connector
CDRL 16760-004 Mfr. cut-sheets for each type of connector adapter 1.03F
CDRL 16760-005 IP addressing scheme 1.03G
CDRL 16760-006 GBN device naming scheme 1.03H
CDRL 16760-007 Training program 2.09C
CDRL 16760-008 Test documentation 3.05B.1
1.04 DELIVERY

furnished under this Section shall be in accordance with Section 01600, “Material
and Equipment.”
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 LAYER 2 ETHERNET SWITCH
1. The Layer 2 Ethernet Switch (“L2 Switch”), if required by the Contractor’s
proposed and approved design, shall be a RuggedCom RuggedSwitch RS900-
24-D-T2-T2-TX. This model number shall be considered a minimum
requirement, and any enhancements to this model number necessary to deliver
a complete and functioning CBTC system, e.g. intermediate or long reach
optics required to interconnect distant sites, shall be furnished by the
Contractor at no additional cost to SEPTA.
B. Hardware Requirements
1. The L2 Switches furnished under this Contract shall include the following
hardware features in their as-delivered configuration. These features shall be
incorporated in the Contractor’s proposed design and furnished system to meet
the overall CBTC system performance requirements of this Specification.
a. Equipped for standard 19-inch EIA rack mounting, DIN-rail mounting or
panel mounting.
b. Industrial-grade terminal blocks for power and I/O connections
c. Internal DC power supplies operating at 10 to 36VDC
d. Fully passive cooling; no fans permitted
e. A minimum of one Form-C failsafe contact relay to indicate major
alarms
f. A minimum of seven 10/100Base-T ports
g. A minimum of two 100Base-FX optical ports with ST connectors, or LC
connectors if ST is unavailable due to size constraints, suitable for
operation over distances up to 20 kilometers (12.43 miles) using single-
mode fiber optic cable
C. Environmental Requirements
1. The L2 Switch shall comply with all requirements for a Class C environment
(wayside signal enclosure) as defined by Section 11.5.1 of the AREMA C&S
Manual. All such equipment shall also comply with any other environmental
requirements stated elsewhere in these Specifications if those requirements are
more restrictive than the AREMA Manual. The pertinent requirements of the
AREMA manual shall include but not be limited to the following.
a. Operating Temp: -40C to +70C (-40F to +160F)
b. Relative Humidity: 95% non-condensing
c. Vibration, 5 to 20 Hz: .07: p-p
d. Vibration, 20 to 200 Hz: 1.5 g p
e. Mechanical Shock (11ms): 10 g
f. EMI (50kHz-88MHz): 150 V/m
g. EMI (88MHz-216MHz): 250 V/m
h. EMI (216MHz-1GHz): 350 V/m
i. Dielectric Strength: 2kVrms for electronic equipment
D. Functional Requirements
functions in their as-delivered configuration, and these features shall be
the overall signal system performance requirements of this Specification.
a. Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) as defined by IEEE 802.1W and
Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) as defined by IEE 802.1Q –
2003, with the ability to fall back to Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) as
defined by IEEE 802.1D if used in conjunction with older, non-RSTP
equipment
b. Port security that includes both static Media Access Control (MAC)
address access lists and IEEE 802.1X Network Access Control
c. VLAN tagging as defined by IEEE 802.1Q, including but not limited to
the assignment of native VLAN number by port
d. Prioritization of packets according to the Priority Code Point (PCP) as
defined by IEEE 802.1p and used in the 802.1Q frame, with a minimum
of four Classes of Service (CoS). Devices shall be able to set the CoS
based upon incoming Ethernet header, ingress port, source/destination
MAC address and/or ToS information from the incoming IP header
e. Multicast filtering with Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)
snooping; port rate limiting; broadcast storm limiting
f. Remote management and monitoring including web-based, Telnet and
Command Line Interface (CLI) interfaces
g. Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 (SNMPv3) as defined
by IETF RFC3411 and RFC3418, and Remote Network Monitoring
(RMON) as defined by IETF RFC3577
h. Capture, storage and upload of device configuration files, either locally
or remotely, to allow replacement of devices in field without need to
reprogram from scratch
i. Secure Shell (SSH) and password protection for management of devices
at a minimum
j. Unless otherwise specified on the Contract Drawings, fiber optic ports
shall be 100Base-FX optics with ST connectors, or LC connectors if ST
is unavailable due to size constraints, suitable for operation over
distances up to 20 kilometers (12.43 miles) using single-mode fiber optic
cable.
2.02 SERIAL DEVICE SERVER / ETHERNET SWITCH (SDS/ES)
1. The Layer 2 Serial Device Server / Ethernet Switch (“SDS/ES”), if required by
the Contractor’s proposed and approved design, shall be a RuggedCom
RuggedSwitch RS400-24-D-T2-3D. This model number shall be considered a
minimum requirement, and any enhancements to this model number necessary
to deliver a complete and functioning CBTC system, e.g. intermediate or long
reach optics required to interconnect distant sites, shall be furnished by the
Contractor at no additional cost to SEPTA. RuggedCom RS416 models may
also be submitted for SEPTA consideration and approval if more than four
serial ports are needed at a single location.
1. The STS/ES furnished under this Contract shall include the following
hardware features in their as-delivered configuration. These features shall be
the overall CBTC system performance requirements of this Specification.
a. Equipped for standard 19-inch EIA rack mounting, DIN-rail mounting or
panel mounting.
e. A minimum of one Form-C failsafe (failsafe?) contact relay to indicate
major alarms
f. A minimum of two 10/100Base-T ports
g. A minimum of two 100Base-FX optical ports with ST connectors, or LC
connectors if ST is unavailable due to size constraints, suitable for
operation over distances up to 20 kilometers (12.43 miles) using single-
mode fiber optic cable
h. A minimum of four RS232/RS422/RS485 ports with DB-9 connectors,
furnished with any serial protocols necessary for a complete CBTC
system per the Contractor’s approved design
1. The SDS/ES shall comply with all of the environmental requirements defined
above for the L2 Switch.
1. The SDS/ES furnished under this Contract shall include in their as-delivered
configuration the same functions as defined for the L2 Switch above, and these
features shall be incorporated in the Contractor’s proposed design and
furnished system to meet the overall signal system performance requirements
of this Specification. In addition, the SDS/ES shall also include:
a. Any serial protocols and related functions necessary for a complete
CBTC system per the Contractor’s approved design
2.03 LAYER 3 ETHERNET SWITCH (ROUTER)
1. The Layer 3 Ethernet Switch (L3 Switch) shall be the RuggedCom

RuggedBackbone RX1500 or RX1501, furnished complete with all modules as
shown on the Contract Drawings. Any enhancements necessary to deliver a
complete and functioning CBTC system, e.g. additional ports, different port
types, intermediate or long reach optics required to interconnect distant sites
etc., shall be furnished by the Contractor without any additional cost to
SEPTA.
hardware features in their as-delivered configuration.
a. Equipped for standard 19-inch EIA rack mounting. Mounting adapters
for DIN-rail or panel-mount equipment are acceptable. Shelf mounting
will not be permitted.
e. Power supply modules as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as
otherwise required for a fully-functioning CBTC system
1. The L3 Switch shall comply with all of the environmental requirements

defined above for the L2 Switch.
1. The L3 Switch shall comply with all of the functional requirements defined
above for the L2 Switch, plus shall include the following additional features in
their as-delivered configuration. These features shall be incorporated in the
Contractor’s proposed design and furnished system to meet the overall signal
system performance requirements of this Specification.
a. Layer 3 routing protocols: Open Shortest Path First (OSPF – defined by
IETF RFC2328), Border Gateway Protocol (BGP – defined by IETF
RFC4271), Routing Information Protocol version 1 and version 2
(RIPv1, RIPv2 – defined by IETF STD-56), Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol (VRRP – defined by IETF RFC5798)
b. Integrated firewall
c. Virtual Private Networks with Internet Protocol Security (IPSec –
defined by IETF RFC4301 and RFC4309)
2.04 CELLULAR MODEM
1. The Cellular Modem, if required by the Contractor’s proposed and approved

design, shall be a Digi TransPort WR44-R.
2. The Cellular Modem shall comply with the AREMA environmental standards
defined in Section 1.02 B above.
3. The Cellular Modem shall be compatible with both HSPA+ and EVDO
services in all areas served by SEPTA passenger rail service.
B. Antenna System
1. The Cellular Modem, or other radio-based backhaul if furnished by the

Contractor, shall be furnished and installed with all antennas, cables,
lightning/surge protection and associated mounting hardware as shown on the
Contract Drawings or otherwise necessary for a complete and functioning
cellular/radio network and CBTC system.
2. The antenna system components shall be fully compatible with all cellular
carriers, systems and frequencies identified under General Requirements
above.
3. The Cellular Modem Antenna System shall also meet all antenna grounding
and lightning protection requirements defined in Section 16780, Radio
Systems, of this Specification.
1. The Cellular Modem shall comply with all of the environmental requirements
defined above in Section 1.02 B.
1. The Cellular Modem shall provide a TCP/IP connection to the existing SEPTA
wireless data network.
2. The Cellular Modem, in conjunction with L3 Switch as appropriate, shall
provide secure IPSec VPN connections to the CBTC Office Network.
3. The Cellular Modem, in conjunction with the L3 Switch as appropriate, shall
include a user-settable configuration parameter to carry traffic only when the
primary path over SEPTA fiber infrastructure is unavailable, at which time the
GBN shall automatically fail over to the cellular path.
2.05 CATEGORY 5E ETHERNET PATCH CABLES
B. All Ethernet patch cables shall be factory manufactured and tested. Field fabrication
of cables is not permitted.
C. All Ethernet patch cables shall be manufactured in full accordance with the EIA-568-
B standard.
D. All Ethernet patch cables shall be manufactured with RJ-45 connectors with snag
less boots at both ends. Other proposed connector types shall first be submitted to the
SEPTA Project Manager for approval.
E. All Ethernet patch cables shall be manufactured with cable that is rated Cat5e or
greater.
F. All Ethernet patch cables shall be color-coded according to a standard to be provided

by SEPTA.
2.06 FIBER OPTIC PATCH CABLES
A. The Contractor shall provide Fiber Optic Patch Cables that meet the following
general requirements:
1. All fiber optic patch cables shall be factory manufactured and tested. Field
fabrication of cables is not permitted.
2. Unless otherwise specified, fiber optic patch cables shall be single-mode and
shall utilize Straight Tip / Ultra Physical Connection (ST/UPC) connectors.
3. The maximum insertion loss shall not exceed 0.2 dB (.09 dB Typical).
4. The maximum return loss shall be less than -57 dB.
5. Fiber recess ± 50 nm
6. Apex offset 50 μm max
7. Radius of curvature 10-25 mm
8. Fiber optic patch cables shall meet or exceed the optical attenuation
requirements of TIA/EIA-568-B.3.
9. Connectors shall be compliant with TIA/EIA-604 Fiber Optic Connector
Intermateability Standards (FOCIS).
10. Connectors shall pass qualification testing that meets or exceeds all applicable
EIA/TIA Fiber Optic Test Procedures for Temperature Shock (FOTP-3),
Humidity (FOTP-5), Temperature Life (FOTP-4), Mating Durability (FOTP-
21), Vibration (FOTP-11), Cable Flex (FOTP-1A), Cable Retention (FOTP-6),
Cable Twist (FOTP-36) and Impact (FOTP-2).
11. The Contractor shall assure that the fiber optic patch cables are compatible
with the fiber optic cable to which they are intended to connect.
12. The Contractor shall order the patch cables in lengths that allow for a neat and
orderly installation.
13. All interior fiber-optic patch cables shall be installed, for their entire length
external to any racks or cabinets, in 1-inch corrugated, plenum-rated innerduct
furnished by the Contractor. The innerduct shall be Carlon Plenum-Gard, part
number CF4X1C, or an approved equivalent.
2.07 FIBER OPTIC HARDWARE
1. Fiber Optic Hardware required per the Contractor’s proposed and approved
design shall be of the following types unless otherwise approved in advance by
SEPTA.
2. Rack-mounted fiber optic patch panels shall consist of Corning Cable Systems
Preconnectorized “Stubbed” Hardware. The specific Corning part number shall
be FD5 24 XX 06 19 – W4 00 1 B where “XX” refers to cable stub length to
be determined by Contractor per the Contract Drawings.
3. Wall-mounted fiber optic patch panels shall be AFL Telecommunications
model WME04E, complete with all adapters, splice trays and mounting
hardware necessary to terminate the number of fiber optic strands defined
herein.
4. Unless otherwise specified, all fiber optic connectors shall be single mode of
the ST/UPC type. All terminations shall be of the pre-polished/splice type
(fusion splicing of factory-terminated pigtails) or of the epoxy/polish type.
Crimp/polish terminations will not be accepted.
5. The fiber patch panel shall be complete with sufficient termination positions
and all hardware necessary (panels, adapters etc.) for terminating a minimum
of 24 single-mode fiber strands, or the minimum number of strands indicated
on the Contract Drawings.
6. Fiber optic slack enclosures shall be Corning Wall-Mounted Slack Storage
Housings. The specific Corning slack enclosure used shall be part number
WCH-SSH-02. At least two splice trays shall be furnished by the Contractor
and shall be Corning part number M67-100.
2.08 FIBER OPTIC OUTSIDE PLANT CABLE
1. Fiber Optic Outside Plant Cable that is required by the Contractor’s proposed
and approved design, and that does not already exist as SEPTA-owned fiber
plant, shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor and shall meet the
following specifications.
2. The fiber optic outside plant cable shall be Corning LANscape® Pretium™
Solutions ALTOS® all-dielectric gel-free fiber optic cable, Corning part
number 024EW4-T4101D20. The cable shall include a minimum of 24 single-
mode strands.
3. The cable shall contain two active buffer tubes each containing twelve strands
of single-mode fiber.
4. All fiber optic cable shall be suitable for installation aerially and/or in RGS
conduit, innerduct and cable trough.
5. All fiber optic cable shall be designed for outdoor use.
6. All fiber optic cable shall be fully water-blocked to prevent water penetration
using absorbent polymers lining the interior wall of the buffer tubes.
7. All fiber optic cable shall be loose tube, gel-free, all dielectric with medium
polyethylene jacket.
8. Buffer tube size shall be standard 2.5 mm.
9. Temperature rating shall be as follows, at minimum:
a. Storage: -40° to +70°C (-40° to +158°F)
b. Installation: -30° to +70°C (-22° to +158°F)
c. Operation: -40° to +70°C (-40° to +158°F).
10. Maximum Attenuation Coefficient shall be 0.4/0.4/0.3 dB/km
(1310/1383/1550 nm).
2.09 STAGING MATERIAL, TOOLS AND TRAINING
A. The Contractor shall provide as Staging Material a quantity of 10% of all equipment
and materials required for the Work of this Section, with a minimum quantity of one.
B. The Contractor shall provide five sets of the following Test Equipment and Tools to
be used in maintaining the CBTC Ground Based Network:
1. AFL Noyes SLP5-6D Single-Mode Loss Test Kits, including but not limited to
an OLS-2 Dual Laser Source, an OPM-5 Power Meter, ST and LC adapters
with dust caps for all units, AC adapters for all units and USB Mini-B cables
and software for downloading of stored data from the optical power meter.
2. Ruggedized laptop computers such as the Panasonic Toughbook or Dell
Latitude XFR. Laptop operating systems and performance specifications shall
be sufficient to simultaneously run all of the applications defined in this
Section. Each laptop shall also be furnished with:
a. Windows 7 Pro 64 bit operating system; the Windows 8 operating
system will not be accepted
b. 3G/4G cellular data modems compatible with the cellular network
carriers defined elsewhere in this Section
c. All licenses and/or client software necessary to remotely connect to all
of the Network Management System (NMS) and Network Security
System (NSS) applications defined in Section 16750 of this Specification
d. A fully-licensed copy of the latest version of Microsoft Office
e. A suite of freeware/open source network troubleshooting tools including
but not limited to Wireshark (http://www.wireshark.org/), Ostinato
(http://ostinato.googlecode.com) and Ixia Qcheck
(http://www.ixchariot.com/products/datasheets/qcheck.html) or approved
equals. If the license agreements for these applications do not permit the
Contractor to redistribute them, the Contractor shall provide download
links with instructions for SEPTA personnel to download and install
these applications.
C. The “Contractor’s Training Program” [CDRL 16760-007] required by Section

01730 shall cover all topics necessary for SEPTA to understand and maintain the
Ground Based Network and all associated equipment, materials and systems
provided as part of the Work of this Section. This shall include but not be limited to
the following:
1. Use of fiber optic and Cat5e patch cables in GBN interconnections,

relationship to system documentation
2. Interfaces to SEPTA fiber demarks, leased facilities, all other GBN system
interfaces
3. GBN testing methods and records
4. GBN maintenance and trouble-shooting procedures, including but not limited
to the use of test equipment required by this Section
5. GBN topology
6. IP addressing scheme
7. Configuration Management
8. Relationship and functionality of Network Management System to the GBN
and associated software, hardware and systems specified herein.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install pre-wired enclosures that include all GBN
devices, hardware, cabling and terminations in minimum quantities as indicated on
the Contract Drawings, and as otherwise required for a fully-functioning CBTC
system.
B. The Contractor shall furnish and install pre-wired racks including GBN devices,
hardware, cabling and terminations in minimum quantities as indicated on the
Contract Drawings, and as otherwise required for a fully-functioning CBTC system.
C. The Contractor shall furnish and install pre-configured and tested individual GBN
devices, hardware, cabling and terminations in minimum quantities as indicated on
the Contract Drawings, and as otherwise required for a fully-functioning CBTC
system.
D. In each pre-wired enclosure furnished by the Contractor, and in certain other existing
SEPTA locations as indicated on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall install
and terminate outside plant fiber optic cable, or pull in and terminate existing slack
fiber cable as shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible
for installing such outside plant cable for its entire length, including any necessary
ground work and provision of all material necessary such as innerduct, conduit or
cable trough as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
E. Final cross-connect between any Contractor-furnished fiber patch panel and any
existing SEPTA fiber cable plant shall be performed by the Contractor unless the
SEPTA Project Manager determines that they could impact any active SEPTA
system, in which cases SEPTA forces will perform such cross-connects. Final cross-
connect between any Contractor-furnished fiber patch panel and any other
Contractor-furnished hardware shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor
shall furnish all required fiber optic patch cables, whether they are installed by the
Contractor or SEPTA forces.
3.02 IP ADDRESSING
A. The Contractor shall, in conjunction with SEPTA, develop a functionally complete

Internet Protocol (IP) addressing scheme to be used by the GBN and associated
CBTC devices. A list of SEPTA IP addresses available for CBTC use will be
furnished to the Contractor by SEPTA after Notice to Proceed (NTP). The IP
addressing scheme proposed by the Contractor is subject to SEPTA approval, and
shall meet the minimum requirements of this section.
B. The GBN shall be divided into logical subnets relative to the line on which they are
located. The list of subnets shall include but not be limited to:
1. 69th Street to Drexel Hill Junction

2. Media Line – Drexel Hill Junction to Media
3. Sharon Hill Line 1 – Drexel Hill Junction to Sharon Hill
4. Core Network – the high-speed network that connects the field routers to the
office routers
5. Office & Maintenance Networks – separate subnets for the primary and backup
office networks
6. Any other subnets or physically separate networks necessary for a fully-
functioning CBTC system per the Contractor’s approved design.
C. Each rail line defined above shall be provided a minimum of one class C logical
subnet. Each subnet shall be demarcated by a Layer 3 Switch at each end of the
railroad line to which that subnet is assigned, as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
The Contractor shall configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) on each
of these router pairs so that, if a given subnet becomes bifurcated due to a fiber cable
cut or device failure, devices on each of the resulting segments can continue to
communicate via their assigned default gateway IP address.
D. Unless otherwise approved by the SEPTA Project Manager, each subnet shall also
include multiple Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs), each with its own unique IP
address range, to segregate traffic types as follows:
1. CBTC – one or more VLANs to include all traffic directly related to the
primary function of the CBTC system, with segregation between traffic types
such as vital versus non-vital as required by the Contractor’s approved design
for a fully-functioning CBTC system.
2. CBTC NMS – shall include all SNMP and other traffic related to the
management and operation of the CBTC network, separate from and CBTC in-
band management
3. Loopback – for end-to-end diagnosis
4. Spares – a minimum of two
E. No field device shall be required to be configured with a subnet mask other than
255.255.255.0 (class C or /24 subnet).
F. All IP addresses shall be assigned in a manner that facilitates route summarization in

the core and office routers.
3.03 NMS INTEGRATION
A. All GBN devices furnished under this Contract, defined as those components that
comprise a functionally complete network while excluding the CBTC devices that
the network interconnects, shall be fully configured for integration with the Network
Management System (NMS) defined in Section 16750 of this Specification. This
shall include but not be limited to:
1. Use of Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 (SNMP v3) or – with

prior approval of the SEPTA Project Manager – earlier SNMP versions only
for those devices that do not support SNMP v3
2. Assignment and configuration of meaningful device names based upon device
types and physical locations, following a naming convention first submitted to
the SEPTA Project Manager for approval
3. Configuration of SNMP and other parameters to include but not be limited to:
a. Read/Write Communities
b. Security Name
c. Authentication Passphrase/Protocol
d. Privacy Passphrase/Protocol
3.04 NSS INTEGRATION
A. All GBN devices furnished under this Contract, defined as those components that
comprise a functionally complete network while excluding the CBTC devices that
the network interconnects, shall be fully configured for integration with the Network
Security System (NSS) defined in Section 16750 of this Specification. This shall
1. Configuration of Static MAC Access Tables, populated with the MAC

addresses of all Ethernet-enabled devices furnished under this Contract, so that
connection of any unauthorized device to any empty switch or router port shall
result in the automatic disabling of that port and generation of an alarm to the
NMS.
2. Configuration of 802.1X port parameters as necessary for interoperability with
the RADIUS server defined in Section 16750 of this Specification. This shall
a. Primary and backup RADIUS server IP addresses
b. Auth UDP Port
c. Auth Key
d. txPeriod
e. quietPeriod
f. reAuthEnabled
g. reAuthPeriod
h. reAuthMax
i. suppTimeout
j. serverTimeout
k. maxReq
3.05 TESTING
A. Through testing and inspection the Contractor shall verify that the GBN meets
Contract specifications and all technical and performance requirements. The
Contractor shall test and inspect all items of hardware and software specified herein
as required in Section 16740, “Communications Overview,” and elsewhere in these
Specifications.
B. Fiber Optic Cable Installation Testing Requirements:
1. The Contractor shall perform an Optical Loss Test (OLT) on all strands of each
Contractor-furnished and installed fiber optic cable, including all terminations,
and submit full test documentation to the SEPTA Project Manager for approval
prior to acceptance of that installation. [CDRL 16760-008] In addition, the
Contractor shall perform an OLT on all utilized strands of each complete fiber
span required for a fully-functioning CBTC system, including all intervening
existing SEPTA cables and terminations. If any deficiencies uncovered during
this testing are determined to be related specifically to cables furnished and
installed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall correct such deficiencies to the
full satisfaction of SEPTA at no additional cost to SEPTA. Any deficiencies
discovered during testing that are determined to be related to existing SEPTA
cable plant shall be reported immediately to SEPTA, and SEPTA shall correct
such deficiencies at no additional cost to the Contractor.
2. OLT equipment shall be comprised of either an optical loss test set (OLTS), or
a stabilized light source (SLS) used with an optical power meter (OPM) to
measure end-to-end link attenuation.
3. Contractor shall have all fiber optic test equipment calibrated in accordance
with the test equipment manufacturer’s recommendations. The Contractor shall
determine that all fiber optic test equipment is in good working condition.
4. The Contractor shall match fiber jumpers used to connect test equipment to the
fiber being measured to the type of fiber under test, i.e. single mode jumpers
for single mode fiber.
5. Before any measurements are made, the Contractor shall perform all cleaning
as recommended by the test equipment manufacturer. This shall include but
not be limited to cleaning bare fiber ends, fiber connector ends and optical
jumpers thoroughly with alcohol using lint-free wipers and blown dry with
compressed, clean air.
SECTION 16780
RADIO SYSTEMS
PART 1 – GENERAL
tools, equipment, software and incidentals necessary for CBTC Radio Systems, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The radio systems to be provided under this project shall be designed and
constructed such that a trolley will never be without radio coverage while traveling
on the MSHL. This pertains to both the wayside and vehicle functionality.
C. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to the design, install, test, and
commissioning of a fully functioning CBTC Radio System.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for any permits and associated costs pertaining
to this Work. This includes, but not limited to complying with FCC Section 106
Requirements which involves filing Tower Construction Notification (TCN), E-106
and responding to inquiries from Tribal Organizations and local State Historic
Preservation Office (SHPO) that may have interest in a proposed antenna location. It
is also the responsibility of the contractor to provide a Principal Investigator if
required.
E. The contractor shall use SEPTA’s licensed frequencies 4940 - 4990 MHz as the
primary frequency band. The contractor shall design a Radio System that uses
frequency diversity within each radio. This can be achieved by either using multiple
channels in the 4.9 GHz band within each radio or by using non-licensed ISM band
frequencies 2400 -2483 MHz as the secondary frequency to achieve diversity. The
contractor shall adhere to all FCC rules and regulations pertaining to radio operations
in these frequency bands.
F. The Contractor shall provide all engineering, labor, tools and materials required to
furnish a tested and fully operational CBTC Radio Systems in accordance with these
Contract Documents. This includes documentation of as-built conditions and
G. The contractor shall install the appropriate antennas and radios on SEPTA’s catenary
structure, where feasible, with antenna height not exceeding 35 feet Above Ground
Level (AGL). Antenna and radio attachment onto the catenary structure shall be
unistrut. There shall be no drilling of catenary structure. Exceptions to this
requirement shall be submitted for consideration and approval to the SEPTA Project
Manager.
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Radio Systems

H. It is the responsibility of the contractor to conduct any structural analysis to
determine the structural integrity of catenary structures before installing any radio
equipment. The contractor shall submit a copy of each Structural Analysis Report to
SEPTA Project Manager for review. [CDRL 16780-001]
I. The contractor shall install all coaxial cables between the antenna and the radio in
Rigid Galvanized Steel (RGS) or Schedule 80 PVC conduit to prevent vandalism.
The RGS shall be a minimum of 10 feet from ground level and 5 feet from the
antenna. RGS shall be properly bonded to the catenary structure steel in accordance
with SEPTA bonding standards.
J. In areas where the catenary structure does not meet the structural requirements or
design criteria for radio frequency (RF) coverage, a wooden pole shall be erected in
conformance with applicable codes (including zoning and other local ordinances and
requirements) for antenna placement. The contractor shall submit specifications for
wood poles.
K. The contractor shall perform any and all necessary site surveys, communications
environment studies, analysis, and tests required to support the design, installation,
testing, and commissioning of the Radio Subsystem of the CBTC Communications
System.
L. The Radio System shall be design to perform in accordance to TIA-TSB-88.2-C

2009.
M. The Contractor shall perform tests of the installed CBTC Radio System to
demonstrate that the system meets the requirements stated herein. The Contractor
shall mitigate any identified system deficiencies at no additional cost to SEPTA.
N. Following approval of the installation plan, the Contractor shall install a complete
radio system in accordance with all applicable standards, specifications, and
regulations. The Contractor shall test the data communications subsystem in
accordance with applicable requirements of Section 13587 of this Specification and
TIA-TSB-88.3-C or the latest version of this document.

Standards.”
B. Any law or regulation of the U.S. Federal Government, the Commonwealth of

Pennsylvania or other local regulating body having jurisdiction over this equipment
shall apply.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall submit the following: [CDRL 16780-002]
1. Manufacturer cut-sheets, certified test data and plots for antenna patterns in
both the horizontal and vertical planes.
2. Manufacturer cut-sheets and assembly procedures for each type of cable
connector.
3. Manufacturer certification that each specific type of cable is compatible with
its associated connector.
4. Manufacturer cut-sheets for each type of connector adapter.
5. Manufacturer cut-sheets for weather and water proofing products.
6. Manufacturer certified test data for each spool of transmission line.
7. Manufacturer cut-sheet and manuals for the proposed base and mobile radio.
8. Catalog cut-sheets and operations manuals for all equipment in this section.
9. Manufacturer cut-sheet of proposed polyphaser.
C. The contractor shall submit the following test and compliance data. These shall
include but not be limited to.
1. Propagation maps of the proposed radio coverage. [CDRL 16780-003]

2. Carrier-to-interference (C/I+N) maps. [CDRL 16780-004]
3. A link budget. [CDRL 16780-005]
4. An intermodulation study that shall include all radio systems currently
operated by SEPTA on MSHL and the proposed radio system for CBTC RF
communications. [CDRL 16780-006]
5. Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) study report and Radio Frequency
Interference (RFI) study report indicating that the LRVs would not produce
any EMI or RFI that would negatively affect the RF data communications
system. [CDRL 16780-007]
6. Drive test data along with a drive rest report that shows the contractor’s
proposed RF communications system meets the RF coverage requirements.
[CDRL 16780-008]
7. Calibration certificate of all equipment that will be used for RF testing, [CDRL
16780-009]
8. A Radio Link Throughput Test Report showing that the RF link would provide
sufficient capacity to meet the CBTC over-the-air communications need plus
30 percent additional capacity. [CDRL 16780-010]
9. Prior to installation, the transmission lines and antennas shall be swept at the
frequencies in which the CBTC Radio System will operate to determine it

meets the manufacturer specification and the requirements stated herein. The
sweeps shall include return loss or VSWR and insertion loss. After installation,
the contractor shall perform return loss, insertion loss and distance-to-fault
sweep of the entire transmission system. The contractor shall submit both sets
of sweep data for review by SEPTA Project Manager. [CDRL 16780-011]
10. Photographs showing all connectors weatherproofing installation. [CDRL
16780-012]
11. Photographs showing all lightning protection system grounding points. [CDRL
16780-013]
12. A database containing every radio site characteristics to include, but not
limited to antenna type, antenna height, antenna manufacturer, antenna
azimuth where applicable, coaxial cable type and length, radio manufacturer,
radio output power, channel frequency, channel bandwidth, Effective Radiated
Power (ERP) and fiber optic node to which the radio site is connected to.
[CDRL 16780-014]
13. A document describing the capacity of the radio communications link and an
estimate of the expected peak load. [CDRL 16780-015]
14. A report describing the characteristics of the RF data link protocol that
demonstrates it will meet all requirements specified herein. [CDRL 16780-
016]
15. Installation plan for all radio communication related equipment. [CDRL
16780-017]
16. If the Radio is compliant to any applicable rule or regulations by waiver, the
Contractor shall submit documentation of the waiver with, or prior to,
submittal of product data for the Radio Transceiver. [CDRL 16780-018]
17. A proposed design including bill of materials of the antenna attachment for
both catenary structure and wood poles for approval by the SEPTA Project
18. A radio frequency reuse plan for the entire MSHL radio system for 4.9 and 2.4
GHz frequencies if used. [CDRL 16780-020]
19. The contractor shall submit documentation describing how RF redundancy is
achieved. At a minimum, redundancy shall be achieved with dual onboard and
wayside radios and dual frequencies (4.9 GHz as primary and potentially 2.4
GHz as secondary) on each radio. [CDRL 16780-021]
20. The contractor shall design, install and furnished a radio system with a
99.999% availability and reliability. The contractor shall submit documents
and calculations to substantiate such claim. [CDRL 16780-022]
D. CDRLs.

CDRL 16780-001 Catenary Structural Analysis Report 1.01H
CDRL 16780-002 Radio Equipment Manufacturer Cut-Sheet and 1.03B
Certification Data

CDRL 16780-003 RF Propagation Analysis Maps 1.03C.1
CDRL 16780-004 Carrier-to-Interferer Maps (C/I+N) 1.03C.2
CDRL 16780-005 RF Drive Test/Data Collection Report 1.03C.3
CDRL 16780-006 Link Budget 1.03C.4
CDRL 16780-007 Intermodulation Study 1.03C.5
CDRL 16780-008 EMI and RFI Report 1.03C.6
CDRL 16780-009 Drive Test results and Drive Test Report of 1.03C.7
Proposed Design
CDRL 16780-010 Radio Throughput Test Report 1.03C.8
CDRL 16780-011 Antenna System Sweeps Report 1.03C.9
CDRL 16780-012 Photos of Weatherproofing 1.03C.10
CDRL 16780-013 Photos of Lightning Protection Grounding Points 1.03C.11
CDRL 16780-014 Radio System Database 1.03C.12
CDRL 16780-015 Radio Link Load Analysis 1.03C.13
CDRL 16780-016 Radio Link Protocol Description 1.03C.14
CDRL 16780-017 Radio Equipment Installation Plan 1.03C.15
CDRL 16780-018 Radio FCC Compliance Certification 1.03C.16
CDRL 16780-019 Antenna Catenary and Wood Pole Attachments 1.03C.17
CDRL 16780-020 Radio Frequency Reuse Plan 1.03C.18
CDRL 16780-021 Radio Redundancy Plan 1.03C.19
CDRL 16780-022 Radio System Reliability & Availability Report 1.03C.20
CDRL 16780-023 Radio Interference Mitigation Technique 2.01I
CDRL 16780-024 Radio System Baseline Noise Floor Test Report 2.01J
CDRL 16780-025 Radio System Verification Test Report 2.01K
1.04 DELIVERY
A. Refer to Section 13570
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 RADIOS
A. There are two types of Data Radio Transceivers required for this project:
1. Base Radio
2. Mobile Radio
All Transceiver requirements stated herein that are not specifically identified as a
Base Transceiver requirement or a Mobile Transceiver requirement shall be
considered as a requirement for both Base and Mobile Transceivers.
B. The Vehicle Radio or Mobile Transceiver shall meet all requirements set herein
while traveling at maximum attainable speeds on SEPTA MSHL territory.

C. The Data Radio Transceiver shall meet the requirements of all applicable Federal,
State and local rules and regulations. This shall include but not be limited to all
applicable parts of “Code of Federal Regulations Title 47, Communications.”
D. Supply a complete CBTC radio communications system and all necessary equipment
which meets the requirements of, and is capable of performing the functionality
defined in this specification. The radio communications system shall include all
necessary radio equipment, software, wiring, and cabling required to interconnect the
CBTC wayside and onboard systems.
E. The CBTC radio communications subsystem shall include:
1. Communications hardware, software, cabling, and other devices as required to

interface the radio communications subsystem with the CBTC onboard
equipment, Wayside Signaling Equipment, Network Management System,
Network Security System, SEPTA Fiber Optic Network and to any other
subsystem associated with the radio system whether supplied by the Contractor
or by SEPTA.
2. Data radios or other RF data communications devices to be installed on the
wayside, on trains, in yards, and in storage facilities.
3. A built-in mechanism that will interface with the Network Management
System to provide alerts, alarms and advance warning to maintenance
personnel about potential problems with the radio system. This shall include
but not be limited to high Signal to Noise ratio, high VSWR, high temperature,
high bit error rate, high packet loss, and failure to associate and/or establish
connection with a LRV.
4. All mounting hardware, brackets, cases, racks or other items required for the
Radio System installation.
F. The RF network shall:
1. Provide ubiquitous RF coverage on all mainline tracks, storage tracks, sidings,

and yards. The RF Network shall be designed such that a single failure will not
cause a service affecting failure.
2. Support operations in right-of-way cuts, on public roadway, at grade, and be
capable of installation within tight tolerances of SEPTA owned limited right-
of-way property. The RF network shall have sufficient margin to overcome
noise floor fluctuation and deep fades that may occur as a result of blockage of
RF signal for example, by a truck or other automobile parked between the
wayside antenna and the LRV. Survey of the CBTC territory shall be the
3. Be suitable for installation on retrofit vehicles.
4. Provide wayside-to-train and train-to-wayside communications with required
performance.

5. Employ a standard protocol structure that is consistent with open architecture
principles and allow for growth in function, message, number of units
addressed, and types of devices addressed.
6. Employ an addressing scheme that supports safety, flexibility, and message
delivery reliability requirements.
G. To be suitable for handling CBTC data, the RF data communications subsystem

shall:
1. Include a specially-designed protocol structure for the CBTC Radio System to

ensure timely and secure delivery of critical train control messages. The
system must provide protection against unauthorized access to the network,
spoofing, hacking, or sabotage from external parties outside of the SEPTA
system. The CBTC RF data communications system protocol shall:
a. Utilize the latest IEEE 802.11i standard such as WPA2 (Wi-Fi Protected
Access) for link encryption for all over-the-air messaging. .
b. Include Forward Error Correction (FEC) or other techniques to support
the specified data throughput and latency requirements.
c. Include Layer 5 Session Binding or equivalent method of ensuring that
commands are only accepted from authorized and validated sources.
H. The CBTC radio subsystem shall be of a modular design that will support
replacement of the data radio without significant impact on other aspects of the
system design or operation.
I. The data radio system shall include provisions to overcome interference, such as:
Providing sufficient performance to minimize the potential disruption in service as a
result of interference from other radio systems operating in adjacent and same
frequency bands. The contractor shall submit a report describing the mechanism used
in the radio that will minimized the potential of service affecting interference.
[CDRL 16780-023]
J. The contractor shall provide proof by demonstration that the interference mitigation
technique implemented in the radio shall be sufficient to operate reliably in the noise
environment at installation and a future increase of at least 15 dB in the noise floor.
The contractor shall provide a report of baseline noise floor data that was
continuously collected for at least 2 weeks and was collected no more than 2 months
prior to the beginning of installation. [CDRL 16780-024]
K. After installation, the contractor shall verify the proposed RF coverage, data
throughput and C/I+N design meets the SEPTA approved design and the
requirements of this specification. A report along with test results shall be submitted
to SEPTA Project Manager for review and approval. [CDRL 16780-025]
L. The Radio shall:

1. Support wireless mesh capability on multiple radios and on multiple frequency
bands in a highly mobile environment.
2. The radio wayside radio shall interface to the Ground Based Network (GBN)
provided by the contractor.
3. The radio network design shall not implement a master controller or root node
design architecture.
4. Implement a make before break method for switching between radio channels.
5. Support at least one of the following modulation techniques.
a. Frequency Hoping Spread Spectrum (FHSS)
b. Dynamic Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS)
c. Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM)
M. Radio Frequency Band.
1. The RF Data Communications subsystem shall use the following frequency

bands.
a. Public Safety Band 4940 – 4990 MHz as the primary communications
path.
b. ISM band 2400 – 2483.5 MHz as a potential secondary communications
path.
N. The following requirements apply to provision of the CBTC Radio Data

Communications subsystem:
1. All solid-state equipment installed shall be protected, as a package, from

lightning discharges, power line surges, and electromagnetic interference in an
approved manner. The Contractor shall furnish and install approved types of
surge suppressors and lightning arrestors.
2. All equipment and materials furnished and installed shall be approved by the
SEPTA Project Manager prior to installation.
3. All outdoor enclosures shall be waterproof to IP65 standard.
4. Rail vehicle interiors are periodically cleaned with high pressure water which
may penetrate the under-seat and other interior spaces. The supplied onboard
equipment shall be immune to this activity in all regards.
5. All wayside data radio communications equipment furnished and installed
shall continue to function during, and shall not be damaged by, switching of
primary power by the automatic transfer panels.
O. The Contractor shall meet the following hardware requirements:
1. RF port (Antenna connection) shall have output impedance of 50 Ohms. The

preferred RF port shall be Type N connector.

2. The Radio shall be equipped with a diagnostic port permitting a technician to
connect a laptop computer to troubleshoot, make updates, or download
configuration information.
3. The Vehicle Radio shall be equipped to be mounted as specified in Section
13588, “Vehicle Systems.”
4. Visual alerts shall be provided to including but not limited to Power On, RF
Transmit, and RF Receive. The radio system shall be capable of being fully
operational on SEPTA provided power or commercial power with battery
backup.
P. The Contractor shall meet the following environmental requirements:
Q. All Radio connectors shall be ruggedized connectors in accordance with industry

specifications ISO 4523, MIL STD-1344, and MIL STD 810
1. Conducted emissions, surge withstanding capability, dielectric strength test,

and tests of immunity to conducted disturbances and radio emissions shall be
provided with a statement of conformance to the AREMA C&S Manual test.
2. Radio cooling shall be by convection only. No fans will be permitted.
3. The Radio shall comply with AREMA Manual Part 11.5.1 and Military
Specification 810.
4. Operating Temperature Range shall meet or exceed the range of -40 degrees C
to +70 degrees C.
5. Minimum Humidity shall be 90% at 40 degrees C, non-condensing.
6. Transmit Duty Cycle shall meet the following parameters:
a. Mobile: 100% at +70 degrees C.
b. Base: 100% at +70 degrees C.
7. The Radio shall be designed to enable operation in an environment of airborne
steel dust and high particulate content.
8. Vibration resistance for Vehicle Radio shall comply with IEC 61373.
9. Electromagnetic Compatibility for Radio shall comply with the following:
a. Radiated Emissions per FCC part 15, class A levels from 30 MHz to 6
GHz.
b. Conducted Emissions per FCC part 15, class A levels from 0.15 MHz to
30 MHz.
10. EMI immunity for Mobile Radio shall comply with IEC 61000-4-2 thru IEC
61000-4-6 inclusive, Performance Criteria B.
R. The Radio interface protocol shall report appropriate error codes. For example if the
radio is unable to connect, or associate with a node, high data collision, excessive
packet loss and high VSWR or reflected power.
S. Antenna support structures

1. The Wooden Poles shall meet the following requirements:
a. Wooden Poles shall be class-one, kiln dried Southern Pine, ANSI code
SP. Machine or hand trimmed poles are acceptable.
b. Poles shall also comply with ANSI 05.1, Specifications and Dimensions
for Wood Poles and Rural Utilities Service (formerly the REA) Bulletin
1728F-700 REA Specification for Wood Poles, Stubs and Anchor Logs,
and American Wood Preservative Association (AWPA) C-4.
c. Creosote treatments shall not be allowed.
d. Poles shall be roofed to 15 degrees prior to preservative treatment.
e. Antenna wood poles shall be pre-drilled for antenna support pipe mounts
during the manufacturer’s framing process, prior to preservation.
f. Unless otherwise specified, heights for power and communication utility
poles shall comply with NEC, NESC, and Rural Utilities Services
(formerly REA) requirements, and comply with local utility guidelines.
T. Antenna grounding and lightning protection systems
1. The Contractor shall provide Lightning Rods or Air Terminals that meet the
a. Manufactured from highly conductive electrolytic tough pitch allow 110
copper.
b. Conductivity greater than 99% when annealed.
c. Standard UNC treads.
d. The Contractor shall provide couplers and extension rods as required to
meet requirements of NFPA 780.
e. Minimum diameter 3/8 inch solid.
U. The Contractor shall provide radio equipment grounding that meets the following
requirements.
1. The coaxial cable Grounding Kit shall meet the cable manufacturer
recommendation.
a. The coaxial cable shield shall be grounded to the catenary structure prior
to the cable entering the conduit and the radio house where applicable.
2. On wood poles, the ground wire shall be black and at a minimum be # 6 AWG
ground wire.
3. The down conductor shall be on the opposite side from the coaxial cable.
4. The down conductor shall tie into a ground rod at the base of the pole which
may be connected to the radio house ground ring if the closest ground rod is
less than 25 feet from the ground rod at the pole.
5. The ground rod shall be a minimum of 2 feet from the antenna pole.
6. The ground rod shall be copper clad steel and buried to a minimum depth of 10
feet.

7. Ground leads shall be as short and direct as possible.
8. Bends of 8 inches radius or more are allowable in ground leads but tighter
bends are to be avoided.
9. The resistance to the ground rod system shall ideally be 15 Ohms or less. If
this is not possible either adding length to the rods or use a grounding
enhancement material such as Bentonite or other approved product.
10. A minimum of two ground rods shall be installed around radio houses and
cases connected by #6 AWG solid bare copper buried a minimum of 18 inches
below the surface. The ground conductor shall be buried below the frost line.
11. Exothermic connection of the ground rod shall be visible for inspection.
12. Ground rods shall be installed so that they are not less than 6 feet and more
than the sum of their respective length apart.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install the Base Radios at locations chosen by the Contractor,
meeting all requirements stated in the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall meet the following requirements regarding the installation of
Wooden Poles:
1. Field cut and drilled poles shall be treated. All unused holes shall be plugged.
2. The installation shall meet the requirements of the NESC, including but not
limited to NESC definitions of loading and climatic conditions (NESC
Sections 25 and 26.)
3. Wood poles shall also be installed in accordance with SEPTA’s Wood pole
installation procedures. This shall include, but is not limited to maintaining
required clearance from all operating track areas, high voltage transmission
lines, and other designated areas. Required clearance shall be maintained by
workers, equipment and all materials such as wood poles.
4. All poles shall be set to a minimum depth of 20% of the pole’s length.
5. The bottom of the hole shall be thoroughly tamped to compact any loose earth
prior to setting the pole.
6. Each excavated pole ground hole shall be of sufficient diameter to permit the
pole to settle freely to the bottom of the hole without trimming the butt. The
hole diameter shall allow sufficient space between the pole and the sides of the
hole to permit proper tamping of the backfill at every point around the pole,
and throughout the entire depth of the hole.
7. Holes shall be backfilled with soil or small rock. Backfill shall be thoroughly
tamped to the full depth of the pole hole, in 6-inch lifts. Earth shall be banked
around the pole to a minimum height of 6 inches above ground level.
8. The top of each wood pole shall be installed within 5 degrees of plumb.

9. Due to the close proximately of existing buried cables, the contractor shall dig
a minimum of 3 feet by hand. The use of an Auger or other machine must have
prior written approval from the SEPTA Project Manager.
C. The Contractor shall meet the following requirements regarding installation and
testing of Transmission Line Cables:
1. Transmission lines shall be installed per manufacturer recommendations with

regard to grounding, vertical and horizontal run weight support, and
connectors, except as noted in the Contract Documents.
2. The transmission line manufacturer shall certify that the selected transmission
line connector is compatible with their transmission line.
3. If a Radio Houses is used, the Contractor shall install the transmission line
through a matching port-cushion that has been installed in the transmission line
entry panels. The transmission line shall immediately terminate inside the
house and interconnect with the lightning surge arrestor using a transmission
line jumper cable. A blank port-cushion shall be installed in any unused
waveguide entry panels.
4. At Radio Houses the Contractor shall furnish a lightning arrestor ground bar,
lightning arrestor, and 20 feet of size 6 AWG THWN-2 green insulated ground
wire with compression lugs (only one lug installed) for interconnecting the
lightning arrestor ground bar to the main ground bar in the node house.
D. The Contractor shall comply with manufacturer’s bending radius requirements for all
RF transmission cable.
E. All Transmission Line Connectors from the polyphaser to the antenna shall be
weatherproof with appropriate weatherproofing tape.
F. The Contractor shall construct Transmission Line Jumpers to interconnect antennas,

antenna transmission lines, and radio equipment. The Contractor shall connect Base
Antennas to Base Transmission Line using low-loss jumper cable. Contractor shall
install external jumper cable with drip/stress loop.
G. The Contractor shall furnish, integrate and install Lightning Arrestors for each
antenna system furnished for a site as follows:
1. For Radio Houses, each arrestor shall be mounted on one of the two copper
ground plates near the transmission line waveguide entry panel.
2. The Contractor shall ground all Transmission Line Cables using appropriate
Grounding Kits.
H. The Contractor shall secure ground wire to antenna poles using Ground Wire Clips, a
minimum of one clip per every three feet along the pole.

SECTION 16786
CBTC COMMUNICATIONS POWER SYSTEM
PART 1 – GENERAL
tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary for the CBTC Communications Power
System (CPS), in accordance with the Contract Documents
B. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, design, furnish, install,
configure, test and commission all CPS components, including but not limited to
batteries, rectifiers, system controllers, DC-DC converters, low-voltage distribution,
cabling and other components necessary for a complete functional CPS.
C. The CPS shall be a completely isolated signal power source, both positive and
negative battery, and be free of grounds. All CPS shall be completely isolated from
the signal power system using appropriate equipment and SEPTA-approved isolation
techniques. No grounded communications devices shall directly interface with,
connect to, or have metallic chassis contact with any piece of signal system
equipment, except signal cables that shall have their metallic shields grounded at one
end of the cable only. The potential grounding of the signal system by the
communications systems, in any manner, can constitute a severe safety hazard that
can cause life/safety threat.
B. Equipment shall be designed and installed in accordance with pertinent provisions of

the National Fire Protection Association code70 (NFPA 70).
C. All CPS equipment and material furnished under this contract shall comply with all
requirements for a Class C environment (wayside signal enclosure) as defined by
Section 11.5.1 of the AREMA C&S Manual. All such equipment shall also comply
with any other environmental requirements stated elsewhere in these Specifications
if those requirements are more restrictive than the AREMA Manual. The pertinent
requirements of the AREMA manual shall include but not be limited to the
following.
1. Operating Temp: -40C to +70C (-40F to +160F)

2. Relative Humidity: 95% non-condensing
3. Vibration, 5 to 20 Hz: .07: p-p
4. Vibration, 20 to 200 Hz: 1.5 g p
SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC CBTC Communications Power System
5. Mechanical Shock (11ms): 10 g
6. EMI (50kHz-88MHz): 150 V/m
7. EMI (88MHz-216MHz): 250 V/m
8. EMI (216MHz-1GHz): 350 V/m
9. Dielectric Strength: 2kVrms for electronic equipment
D. Any law or regulation of the State of Pennsylvania or other local regulating body
1.03 SUBMITTALS
B. CDRLs.

CDRL 16786-001 Breaker sizing calculations 2.03A
CDRL 16786-002 Rack-mounted DC-DC converter cut sheets and 2.04A
product data
1.04 DELIVERY

furnished under this Section shall be in accordance with the Material and Equipment
PART 2– PRODUCTS
2.01 POWER SUPPLY / BATTERY CHARGER (PS/BC)
A. The DC Power Supply / Battery Charger (PS/BC) shall be of the Newmar Bungalow
and Remote Site Power System Series, or approved equivalent, with specific model
number to be determined by the DC voltage and current draw requirements of the
Contractor’s approved designs.
B. The PS/BC shall integrate with Batteries and other related components specified
below to create a fully functional CPS meeting the requirements of this Section.
C. The CPS and battery bank shall be sized to carry the peak DC load returning from a
deep battery discharge condition for each location, plus a 25% margin, for a period
of at least 8 hours.
D. The Contractor shall furnish and install multiple PS/BC at any location where
required, per the Contractor’s approved designs, for purposes of additional current
capacity and/or redundancy. The PS/BC shall include active load sharing to allow for
N+1 redundancy even if such redundancy is not required per the Contractor’s
approved designs.
E. Power input to the CPS shall be 110/220 VAC +/-10% at 60 Hz. Power output shall
be DC, of voltage and amperage necessary for a fully functional CBTC system per
the Contractor’s approved designs.
F. In the interest of keeping equipment enclosures as small as possible, the PS/BC shall
be panel or DIN-rail mounted unless otherwise approved in advance by SEPTA.
G. The CPS shall include thermal compensation, including a battery-mounted

temperature compensation sensor, and both low-voltage and manual disconnect to
protect the batteries and allow battery change without taking the system offline.
H. The CPS shall include monitoring functions including, but not limited to visual
output current display, form-C relay outputs and LED indications including but not
limited to AC supply status, temperature/probe status and rectifier status.
2.02 BATTERIES
A. Batteries shall be of the EnerSys GENESIS series or approved equivalent.
B. Batteries shall be furnished in sufficient size and quantity to power the peak DC load
returning from a deep battery discharge condition for each location, plus a 25%
margin, for a period of at least 8 hours.
C. Batteries shall be Absorbed Valve Regulated (AVR), sealed lead-acid type.
2.03 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION
A. Low Voltage Distribution shall be via DIN rail mounted circuit breakers, with the
specific make and model of each proposed breaker, along with the calculations
supporting those selections, first submitted to SEPTA for review and approval.
[CDRL 16786-001]
B. The Contractor shall furnish and install circuit breakers as needed to power all DC
devices in each location. Every DC-powered device shall have its own dedicated
breaker, and the breakers shall be appropriately sized for the specific device that they
serve.
2.04 DC-DC CONVERTERS
A. If required per the Contractor’s approved designs and per the requirements stated
below, isolating DC-DC converters shall be of the Wilmore Electronics DC-DC
Converters for Mobile Applications family or approved equivalent. If none of the
Wilmore mobile DC-DC converters can meet the needs of the Contractor’s approved
designs, SEPTA may consider Wilmore rack mounted converters if submitted for
prior approval. It should be noted, however, that SEPTA wishes to keep wayside
enclosures as small as possible, which will impact any decision on whether or not to
approve larger components. [CDRL 16786-002]
B. Whenever a communications or other non-signal device must be installed in a

Central Instrument Location (CIL) or any other location with a floating signal
ground, an isolating DC-DC converter shall be furnished and installed to insure
continued isolation between that floating ground and earth ground.
C. Whenever any signal device requiring a floating ground is installed in a

communications location with an earth-referenced ground, an isolating DC-DC
converter shall be furnished and installed to isolate that device from the earth-
referenced ground.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
A. Strain relief shall be provided by DIN Rail ERS-35 or approved equivalent. DIN rail
used for mounting of components shall be of the same make and model.
B. Ground bus shall be Homaco part number GB-19 or approved equivalent.
2.06 STAGING MATERIAL, TOOLS AND TRAINING
A. The Contractor shall provide as Staging Material a quantity of 10% of all equipment
and materials required for the Work of this Section, with a minimum quantity of one.
B. The Contractor shall provide five sets of the following Test Equipment and Tools to
be used in maintaining the Communications Power System:
1. Five (5) Fluke model 28 II industrial digital multimeters, each with one (1)
Fluke model i410 AC/DC current clamp
C. The Contractor shall cover the following in the Training Program required in Section
01730, “Contractor’s Training Program.”
1. All aspects of troubleshooting, scheduled maintenance and operation of all

components of the CPS, including but not limited to battery maintenance.
2. Full usage instruction covering all items of Contractor-furnished test
equipment as defined above.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. In areas where a new location is required, the Contractor shall furnish and install pre-
wired enclosures that include all CPS devices, hardware, cabling, and as otherwise
required for a fully-functioning CBTC system.
B. In areas where the Contractor installs new equipment in existing locations, if the
existing DC plant is not sufficient to support the Contractor’s equipment, is
incompatible with the Contractor’s equipment or is declared off-limits to the
Contractor by SEPTA for any reason, the Contractor shall furnish and install all new
CPS devices, hardware, cabling, and as other related material required for a fully-
functioning CBTC system.
C. The Contractor shall utilize cable sizes that, at a minimum, meet National Electric
Code Requirements for the maximum current supply capacity of the system.
D. The Contractor shall install all CPS hardware in full accordance with all
manufacturers’ published instructions.
3.02 PAINTING
A. Not Used
3.03 TESTING

(CBTC) Project Technical Specifications (PDFDrive)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(CBTC) Project Technical Specifications (PDFDrive)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA

Media Sharon Hill Lines

Issued for Bid

Division 1 – General Requirements

Division 2 – Site Work

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

Division 7 – Thermal and Moisture Protection

Division 8 – Doors and Windows

Division 13 – CBTC and Signal Systems

Division 14 – Conveying Systems

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

SIGNAL LOCATIONS (LOC)

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

SIGNALS TYPICAL DRAWINGS (TYP)

ONBOARD VEHICLE DRAWINGS

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

E-100 MEDIA SHARON HILL ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION PLAN

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

END OF SECTION 00001

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Table of Contents

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Summary of Work

4+70 69th St Transportation Center

a. Replace existing MicroLok I in instrument room on platform with new

13+48 Fairfield Ave.

a. Install new instrument case.

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Summary of Work

24+80 Walnut St.

a. Install new instrument case

29+00 Bywood Interlocking (new)

a. Install new CIH

33+44 Avon Road

a. Install new instrument case.

45+77 Hilltop Ave.

a. Install new instrument case.

51+58 Beverly Blvd

a. Install new instrument case.

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Summary of Work

a. Install new case for crossing equipment.

83+68 Windemere Ave

a. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC.

90+97 Fairfax Road

a. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC.

98+30 Irvington Road

a. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC.

107+77 Drexel Interlocking (new)

a. Install new CIH

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Summary of Work

a. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC.

112+24 Track and Signal Temporary Work

SEPTA A&E Services for MSHL CBTC Summary of Work

a. Switch layouts track 1 and 2 moved south from Shadeland Ave.

M115+88 Turner Ave. (operates in conjunction with SH115+88 Turner Ave.)

M118+64 Rosemont Ave.

a. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC.

M124+61 Huey Ave.

a. Interface existing Traffic Light Controller to CBTC and OCC.